EARLY NORTH ARABIAN HISMAIC

A preliminary description based on a new corpus of inscriptions from the ism desert of
southern Jordan and published material
Volume I

Geraldine Margaret Harmsworth King

Submitted for the degree of Ph.D.

School of Oriental and African Studies
1990

ABSTRACT
The basis of the study is an edition of 1337 Hismaic inscriptions which were recorded
from three sites in Wd Judayyid in southern Jordan in 1986 and 1987. The introductory
chapters in Volume I include a discussion of the study and provenance of Hismaic
inscriptions and the methodology used for recording the texts; a description of the
Hismaic script, an outline for a classification of mixed texts and some remarks about the
relationship between the scripts of the different types of Thamudic, Hismaic and Safaitic;
a description of some points of the phonology, orthography, grammar and content of the
Hismaic inscriptions and a comparison with the content found in other types of
Thamudic, Hismaic and Safaitic; a discussion of the names and genealogies found in the
inscriptions; a description of the rock drawings which occur in association with the
Hismaic texts from Wd Judayyid, a discussion of the distribution of the epigraphic
material at the sites and some points that can be made about the relationship between
Hismaic and Nabataean. Volume II contains indexes of names, vocabulary and drawings
occurring in the edition. The Index of names lists all the names found in Hismaic as well
as etymological and comparative material taken from Arabic, Nabataean, Palmyrene and
modern Bedouin sources. Appendix 1 lists the provenances of Hismaic inscriptions;
Appendix 2 includes re-readings of many of the published texts and Appendices 3-6 give
the vocabulary in published texts, the deities, elements in theophoric names tribal names
found in the inscriptions. The figures and plates include a map of the distribution of
Hismaic inscriptions, a script table, facsimiles of the texts, plans of the sites and
photographs.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
PREFACE
1. INTRODUCTION
A. The study of Hismaic
B. Tabuki Thamudic and South Safaitic
C. The provenance of Hismaic texts
D. The ism and Wd Judayyid Sites A, B and C
E. The fieldwork
F. The edition of the texts and the published material
2. SCRIPT
A. The forms of the letters
B. Problems with the interpretation of some letters
C. The stance and direction of the letters
D. Letters written in the gaps of the preceding letter and the inversion of letters to
form a symmetry
E. The joining, infilling and embellishment of letters
F. Similarities between the letters
G. The direction of the texts
H. The differences in the letter forms
I. Hismaic and texts with Mixed features
J. Hismaic, B, C, D and Safaitic
3. PHONOLOGY, ORTHOGRAPHY AND GRAMMAR
A. Phonology
1. t and
2. d and
3. z for // and //
4. w, y and
5. Assimilation and elision
6. The use of m for b
7. The use of n for l
8. Doubling of the liquid letter l
9. T Marbah
B. Orthography
1. Vowelling
2. Geminated radicals
3. Alif Maddah
4. Medial
5. Final

6. The radicals w and y

7. Suffix w and y
8. Prosthetic alif
9. afal
10. Mistakes
C. Grammar
1. Verbs
2. Plurals
3. Adjectives and adverbs
4. Pronouns
5. Prepositions
6. The definite article
7. The particles w and f
8. The vocative particle
4. CONTENT AND STRUCTURE OF THE TEXTS
A. Texts of simple authorship
1. Texts of the form l N
2. Texts of the form w N
3. Texts introduced by (a) w l and (b) w
4. Texts with no introductory particle
5. Texts of the form w n N
6. Joint authorship
B. The authorship of drawings
1. Texts of the form l N
2. Texts of the form l N w N and w N
3. Texts beginning with (a) w l and (b) w
C. Prayers
1. Invocations using kr
2. Invocations using d
3. Invocations of the form h D.N. l N
4. Invocations using smt and sm
5. Invocations using zr, sb, d and qdr
D. Curses
E. Texts expressing emotions
1. Using rb/rbt
2. Using wdd and nk/nyk
3. Using n r b
F. Statements relating to hunting

G. Expression of authorship of complex statements

H. Content of Hismaic texts which is not attested among the Wd Judayyid
inscriptions
I. Features of content and structure of the texts from the Wd Judayyid sites and
those of Safaitic, Thamudic B, C and D
5. THE NAMES
A. Compound names
1. Theophoric and Basileophoric compounds
a. The structure
b. The elements
2. Non-theophoric compounds
a. Names with prepositions
b. Names with bn-, bn-, b-, b-, B. One-word names
1. Structure of one-word names
2. Explanations of one-word names
3. Non-Semitic names
C. Individual authors and genealogies
1. Individual authors
2. Genealogies
D. Tribal names
6. THE DRAWINGS
A. The inscriptions associated with the drawings and the artists
B. The subjects of the drawings
7. THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE TEXTS
8. Hismaic AND NABATAEAN AND THE DATING OF THE TEXTS
A. Hismaic and Nabataean, the writers of Hismaic and the Nabataeans
B. The dating of the texts
9.

THE EDITION OF THE TEXTS FROM WD JUDAYYID SITES A, B AND C

Site A
Site B
Site C

VOLUME II
INDEXES:
Index of names in Hismaic
Index a: Names and genealogies from the Wd Judayyid Sites
Vocabulary in the texts from the Wd Judayyid sites
Index of drawings
APPENDICES:
1. The provenance of the Hismaic texts
2. Published Hismaic texts
3. Vocabulary in the published texts
4. Deities in Hismaic
5a-b Elements in compound names
6. Tribal names in Hismaic
Bibliography
Abbreviations
FIGURES AND PLATES:
Fig.1
2-6
7-67
68-89
Pls. 1-15

Distribution map of Hismaic

Script table
Facsimiles of the Wd Judayyid inscriptions
Plans of the Wd Judayyid sites
Photographs of the Wd Judayyid sites and of a selection of the
inscriptions and drawings

PREFACE
The new corpus of Hismaic inscription contained in this study was recorded in 1986 and
1987 from sites in southern Jordan. I would like to thank the following sponsors who
financed the fieldwork: the British Institute at Amman for Archaeology and History; the
Central Research Fund (University of London); the Palestine Exploration Fund; the
School of Oriental and African Studies (University of London); G.A. Wainwright Fund.
I am extremely grateful to Dr. A. Hadidi, former Director General of the Department of
Antiquities of Jordan, for granting a permit and for his support for the project. Mr Hugh
Barnes did the survey work during both seasons and I am indebted to him for undertaking
the task and for drawing up the plans of the sites.
This new body of material has greatly increased our understanding of this little known
dialect of Early North Arabian, although the ambiguities posed by the brevity and nature
of the texts mean that many of the interpretations offered here will undoubtedly need
revising as further material is recorded. The study concentrates on interpretation and
description of certain aspects of the inscriptions the script, phonology, orthography,
grammar, content, names, genealogies and associated rock art and only draws on
material from other sources, mainly, features of other types of Thamudic, Safaitic and
Nabataean inscriptions, to a limited extent, as a more detailed comparative approach
would be the subject of a separate study.
I have not attempted to vocalise any of the names occurring in the inscriptions because of
the many possible vocalisations presented by parallel examples and the uncertainty that
an alternative, in any particular instance, is the correct one. Less well-known Arabic
place names have been transcribed in the Italic type which contains the diacritical marks.
I have kept the transliterations used in the publication when quoting Arabic names from
other sources.
I am greatly indebted to Dr. A. K. Irvine for supervising my thesis and giving me
valuable advice and guidance. I would like to thank Professor A.F.L. Beeston and Dr.
K.A. Knauf for reading an initial draft of Chapter 4. Mr Michael Macdonald introduced
me to Early North Arabian epigraphy ten years ago. His generosity and encouragement
as a teacher inspired me to undertake this study and it would be difficult to express my
gratitude adequately.
Whilst writing this study I have relied heavily on my friends and family for moral
support. I would particularly like to thank my sister Mrs Victoria Jolliffe, who gave me
tremendous encouragement even though her own fields of interest are far removed from
mine. My special thanks go to Miss Phyllis Crawford whose support and understanding
during more frustrating moments gave me the courage and determination to continue.
The study is dedicated to her and to my parents, Michael and Elizabeth King.
Geraldine King
1990

Ch. 1
1. Introduction
A. The study of Hismaic:
Thamudic is the name that has been given to Early North Arabian graffiti, written by
nomads, which are found in large numbers in the deserts of Saudi Arabia and the ism
desert of southern Jordan. At the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the
twentieth century, several collections of these texts were made by early travellers to
Saudi Arabia Doughty (1884, Do), Huber (1884 (a) HuI and 1891 Hu and, after Van
den Branden 1950 (a), HU), Euting (I, 1896, II,1914 (ed. Littmann, E.) Eut1) and Jaussen
and Savignac (I-II 1909, 1914, JS) which enabled scholars to tackle their decipherment.
In the 1930s a few texts were recorded by Savignac (1934, SSA and 1936, UR) from
Jordan and some occur in the plates of Rhotert 1938 (Rh) from Jordan and Saudi Arabia2.
In 1937 Professor F.V.Winnett edited a new inscription (Meek) and, in the same
publication, distinguished, on the basis of script and content, five types within the
Thamudic texts which he labelled Thamudic A, B, C, D and E (Hismaic). The present
study is concerned with the last type Hismaic which, among the early collections, had
largely been found in northwestern Saudi Arabia in the area of Tabk. In 1950 A. van
den Branden published a corpus of all the known Thamudic texts with his own
classification, in which his type Tebouq more or less corresponds to Winnetts Hismaic
but the first major corpus of Hismaic texts themselves was recorded and published by
G.L.Harding in (Harding and Littmann) 1952 (TIJ) which contains just over 500
inscriptions in this type of script. These texts were largely found in the ism desert in
Jordan, mainly from the area of Wd Ramm3.
Despite the relative ease of access to the ism in Jordan, nobody attempted to record
further large collections of texts until the early 1980s although, following a brief visit,
Winnett published a few inscriptions in 1971 (WAM) and a small number of Hismaic
texts were published that had been found elsewhere in Jordan, Saudi Arabia and the
Negev4.

The complete collection of Eutings copies was not published until 1974. See Jamme
1974(a).
2
See Pls. XX and XXIX.
3
Some of the texts copied by Philby and published by A. van den Branden 1956(a) are
Hismaic but, because of the generally unreliable nature of the copies, I have not included
them in the present analysis except in a very few instances.
4
Ryckmans, G. 1939 (RyGT 2), Harding 1951 (NST 1), Jamme 1959 (JaS 1), Milik 1958
1959 (MNM a-c, inscriptions 1-7), Winnett 1959 (WA 10379, 10386, 10682, 11472),
Winnett 1970 (WTI 11), Harding 1972(b) (HE 79), Koenig 1971 (Tdr 9), Clark 19761977 (CSP 2, 3i-ii), Naveh 1978 (Naveh TSB C). Several of these texts were not
classified by the editors as Hismaic.

During 1979-1980 Dr. David Graf conducted a survey and reports having recorded a few
hundred Thamudic texts from the region5 and, at about the same time, Dr William Jobling
started the Aqabah-Man survey the objectives of which included recording inscriptions
and rock drawings within the area6. In 1983 Mr David Jacobsen recorded approximately
500 inscriptions at a site below the Ras al-Naqb escarpment in the north of the region.
Except for the texts scattered throughout Joblings preliminary reports (AMJ)7 none of
these large collections from the ism have been published yet8, although a small
collection was edited by Dr. E.A. Knauf (1985, KnEG), two texts by Dr. al-Muhaysin
(1988, MuNJ) and quite a large number of unedited texts appear in the plates and figures
of Campetti and Lwenstern 1983 (LAU). Apart from these, from Jordan, several more
small collections and individual texts, including an alphabet (KnA), from areas outside
the ism were published during the 1980s9.
In 1986 and 1987 I organized expeditions to southern Jordan during which I recorded
1337 Hismaic inscriptions from three sites, using a systematic approach to the fieldwork.
A large section of this study consists of an edition of these new texts but the work is also
an attempt to draw together the already published Hismaic texts and to lay the
foundations fir a description of this dialect of Early North Arabian.
B. Tabuki Thamudic and South Safaitic:
In 1970 Winnett (Winnett and Reed 1970: 70) renamed the class of texts Hismaic as
Tabuki Thamudic10. I have not adopted this name because, as several authors have
pointed out11, most of the texts in this collection are in fact Safaitic or mixed
Safaitic/Hismaic12 and the term is therefore somewhat confusing13. Knauf (1980, 1983,
5

Graf n.d.: 2.
I am grateful to Dr Jobling for inviting me to visit some of his sites in 1983.
7
See the bibliography under Jobling.
8
Although Mr David Jacobson allowed me to make copies of the slides he took during
his project and I would like to thank him for his generosity. It has been invaluable, whilst
compiling this study, to have access to the texts from his site although naturally, since
they are not published, they have not been included in this discussion.
9
Clark 1980 (CTSS), Macdonald 1980 (SIAM 39a-b, 43-44), Macdonald in Kilick 1983:
115 (MU 1), King n.d. (KU 1-2), Knauf 1085 (KnA), Rllig 1987 (RTI), King 1989
(KWM).
10
He also renamed Thamudic A Taymanite, Thamudic B Najdi, and Thamudic C and
D he placed together under the name Hijazi.
11
Harding 1972(a): 5; Jamme 1972: 524; Macdonald 1980: 188; Winnett [1982]: 37 n.1.
12
See Ch.2. I below.
13
I have also kept the names Thamudic B, C and D for the other types rather than
adopting the terms, Najdi Thamudic and Hijazi Thamudic as the use of artificial
names is preferable until we have a more complete description of these dialects.
Furthermore, Winnetts distinction between Thamudic C and D is an important one (see,
for example, the different graphemes used for /s/ (Thamudic C JS 129, 159 and
Thamudic D JS 1, 499, for instance), and the texts should not be classed together.
6

1985: 204 n.3) suggested the texts should be called South Safaitic. Whilst I would
agree with him that the name Thamudic, for any of the texts generally known by the term,
is inappropriate14, I prefer not to use a new name which suggests a particular relationship
between Hismaic and Safaitic which, in my opinion, is equally misleading15.
C. The Provenance of Hismaic texts:
The provenance of edited Hismaic texts is given in Appendix 1 and an indication of the
distribution in Fig.1. As pointed out above, most of the known texts have come from the
Jordanian ism and a large proportion of the texts from Saudi Arabia were found
around Tabk, although we do not know whether similarly high concentrations of the
texts exist in that region as well. Elsewhere, small collections and individual texts have
been found as far west as the Negev and Sinai, in the south around Mad in li and
Jabal Mism to the east and, in the north, around al-Jawf. In Jordan, a number of texts
have been found in the central and eastern deserts as well as at several places in the
western uplands and in areas around Amman.
Evidence from the fieldwork carried out in 1987 clearly indicates that the texts recorded
from the three sites were written by nomads local to the area or, at least, by people who
returned frequently to it16. Many of the isolated finds from other regions were probably

14

The people of amd from which the name was derived occur in the Quran, Srahs
7:73, 11:61,68 etc. and are believed to have lived in al-ijr (Madin li) 15:80-84.
The name is also attested in the Assyrian annals, Pritchard 1955: 286 (120-125); in
Classical sources, for example, Plint, Natural History, VI : 157; in a Nabataean/Greek
bilingual inscription from Rawwfah, Milik 1972(a) : 23-58, Bowersock 1975: 513-522
and the name md occurs in two Safaitic inscriptions, WH 3792a snt rb jsm l md the
year that jsm warred with the people of md, and WH 3792c snd jsm md the year that
jsm warred with md. Evidence, however, for a connection between the people in these
references and the writers of the Thamudic inscriptions is very tenuous. The only
possible occurrences of the name in Thamudic are on Thamudic B, Do XXV 48,2, HU
453, JS 280, 300, 339 (Van den Branden 1966: 17). The interpretation of all these texts
is somewhat doubtful. In JS 280 where the nisbah ending has been read by most editors
(see HIn: 148, for example), the y is only a restoration from an incomplete circle. JS 300
l btr h md, usually interpreted as By btr the amd (see Winnett 1937: 33, for
example), might equally be translated To btr belongs the water hole (cf. Ar. amad a
small cavity or hollow in which rainwater collects). Furthermore, even if one accepts
the references in Thamudic B to amd there is still no evidence to suggest that the
writers of other types of Thamudic also belonged to a tribal group or confederation of
that name. See, Ryckmans, J. 1960.
15
Whilst there are certain features shared by both South Safaitic and Safaitic (cf. Knauf
1985:204 n.3 b), there are several important differences between the script (see Ch.2.J),
style and content of the inscriptions of the two dialects, see Ch. 4.I. If the texts are to be
renamed it would be better to use a neutral term.
16
See Ch.7.

written by writers of the script who were travelling outside their usual domain17 although
the lack or paucity of inscriptions in some areas is not, by itself, an indication that an area
was only rarely used by the writers of a script18.
D. The ism and Wd Judayyid Sites A, B and C
The ism desert in Jordan is bordered in the north and east by the northwest/southeast
Ras al-Naqb escarpment and in the west by the granite mountains lying along the edge
of the Wd Arabah. It stretches southeast into Saudi Arabia beyond Tabk until the
basalt areas of arrat al-Rahah and arrat al-Uwayri. The area is one of spectacular
scenery with isolated sandstone mountains rising steeply form the often wide, sand
covered floors of the wadis that divide them. In the west and centre of the Jordanian
ism, to the east of Quwayrah, the sandstone has largely degraded to base level with
only the occasional hill or mountain rising from the plains. The drainage of the region
inclines to Q Umm Salab and Q al-Dis, lying in the centre, to the north and north
east of Wd Ramm19. The temperature ranges from 30+ in summer to a few degrees
above freezing in winter with an average rainfall of about 80mm.
The Hismaic inscriptions can be placed roughly in the Nabataean and Roman periods20
and archaeological exploration has revealed a certain amount of settlement in the
Jordanian ism during this time. At Wd Ramm there is the site of a Nabataean
temple, dedicated to the goddess Allt, which can be dated to the first century B.C. and
which continued in use until at least 147 A.D21. Also found at the site were tombs, and
evidence of walls suggesting a fairly large settlement which would have been supplied
with water from the numerous springs and the reservoir to the south of the site. Water to
the reservoir was channelled down from Ayn alllah where there is a Nabataean shrine
with betyls and several Nabataean inscriptions which include dedications to the deities
Allt, al-Uzz, al-Kutb, and, in a damaged text, Duara and Balamn as well as
17

As, for example, one finds in the ism itself evidence of travellers from elsewhere in
the occasional Minaean texts (Ryckmans, G.: 1934, Graf 1983(a) no.1 and 3); Dedanite
(Graf 1983(a) no.2); Thamudic B (AMJ 42); Thamudic D (KJC 435, TIJ 100, 101).
18
The distribution of inscriptions is of course largely dictated by the availability of
inscribable material and in some areas the lack of large numbers of inscriptions is almost
certainly a reflection of the geological conditions rather than the extent to which an area
was used by the inscribers of graffiti. In the area around Man on the Jordanian plateau
to the north of the ism, for example, the amdah desert provides very little suitable
rock. In 1985 I conducted a survey in the area whilst working for Alistair Killick who
was excavating the Roman fort at Uru and, although the numbers of Hismaic texts
were comparatively small, wherever there was a suitable outcrop of limestone there
usually were a few texts. The corpus of about 50 texts is unpublished except for KU 1-2,
see Appendix 2. For Mixed features in some of these texts, see Ch2.I.(2).
19
For descriptions of the geology and geomorphology of the ism in Jordan, see Bender
1974, 1975 and Osborn and Dudford 1981.
20
See Ch.8 below.
21
See Savignac and Horsfield 1935: 265-268, Starcky 1966: cols. 978-980

several texts asking Allt for the remembrance of individuals22. At Umm Quayr to the
southeast of Wd Ramm is a structure of uncertain function with a dam a short distance
to the north and three Nabataean inscriptions one of which refers to Allt who is in
Iram23. At Bir Ramm al-Atq, at the northern end of Wd Ramm, are the remains of a
dam24.
In the northwest of the region, lying in the open plain below the escarpment, is the site of
umaymah/Auara. The site, said to have been chosen by Aretas III as a result of a
prophecy25, has recently shown to have been a major town in the Nabataean and Roman
periods26. Running close to the west of the site are the remains of the Via Nova Traiana
built by the Romans after the annexation in 106 A.D. to link the port of Aqabah (ancient
Aila) in the south with the town of Bostra in the Syrian awrn.
At different times growth of both the settlements at Ramm and umaymah was probably
stimulated by the caravans that crossed the ism to transport merchandise from
Aqabah, Aynnah, further south along the Red Sea coast27, and Madin li (al-igr)
in the ijz, up to the Nabataean city at Petra and other towns in the north28. Clearly
connected with the north south route across the region are the series of watchtowers and
small forts that have been found at al-Kitharah, al-ald and Quwayrah, for instance,
and along the edge of the escarpment29. In the sandstone mountains to the east of
Quwayrah and elsewhere there are the remains of impressive dams built by the
22

For the description, the epigraphy and excavation of the site and Ayn alllah, see
Savignac 1932: 583-590; Rostovtzeff 1934: 402; Savignac 1933: 405-422; Savignac
1934: 573-58; Ryckmans, G. 1934: 590-591; Savignac and Horsfield: 1935; D Kirkbride
1960(b). For the dedications to Allt see Savignac (Ayn alllah) no. 2, al-Uzz,
Savignac no. 4, 17, al-Kutb, Savignac no. 17 and Strugnell 1959, Duara and
Balamn, Savignac no. 19. For occurrences of invocations to the deities Allt, Dushara
and al-Kutb in Tham. E, see Appendix 4 and Ch.4.C.
23
See, Savignac 1932: 590-594, Kirkbride and Harding 1947: 16 and Graf 1983: 655 +
657. cf. also the inscriptions Savignac Ayn allalah no. 1 and Savignac (From Ramm
temple) no. 1 (Savognac and Horsfield 1935: 265-268) The grid reference of the site on
the 1:50, 000 map of Jordan Sheet 3049 II is 383694.
24
See Kirkbride and Harding 1947: 17-18.
25
See Musil 1926: 59-60 n.20.
26
For recent archaeological work, see Eadie: 1984, Eadie and Oleson 1986 and Oleson
1986.
27
For a convincing argument that Aynnah is ancient Leuke Kome, see Kirwan 1985.
Whether his identification is correct or not, the Jordanian ism would still have
provided an important rou for communication between the Nabataean settlement at alBad (Muir uayb) and Petra.
28
Depending on the political conditions and the availability of water supplies a large
proportion of the caravans from the ijz would have avoided the central Jordanian
ism and travelled along the route to the east, more or less equivalent to that of the
ijz railway, known in the Islamic period as Darb al-am.
29
For a map and recent assessment of these and other sites in the area, see Graf 1983(b).

Nabataeans across the clefts in the rock to catch the run-off water during the winter
months30. These must have supplied essential water to the caravans passing through the
area and probably created a water source sufficient to support a considerable local
population as well31.
The three sites from which the inscriptions were recorded are situated in the north below
the Ras al-Naqb escarpment on the eastern edge of the large drainage system of Wd
Judayyid 32. They are not particularly remote from modern settlements along the desert
highway and nor would they have been in antiquity, lying as the crow flies,
approximately 20 kilometres from umaymah in the east and 22 kilometres from
Quwayrah in the southeast. Sites A and B, covering an area of approximately .27 square
kilometres each, are both bays cut into the escarpment and Site C, covering an area of
approximately .85 square kilometres, constitutes the lower reaches of Wd Mzniyyah,
which flows down from the escarpment, and the rock field that lies between it and Jabal
Mzn to the west33.
The geological formation and subsequent erosion has resulted in a somewhat different
topography to that found further south in the more spectacular region of Wd Ramm.
Along the escarpment, the slopes whilst often steep and sometimes vertical, tend to be
broken and jagged and covered in rock fall which, as is the case at these three sites, has
often spread considerable distances from the foot of the slopes forming extensive rock
fields. In the upper reaches of the sites the rock tumble is often several metres deep with
a tendency to thin out away from the slopes. In all three sites there are networks of
drainage channels, some of which are extremely deep indicating a run-off from the
escarpment during the winter months.
When we were working at the sites in 1987 all three were being used for pasturing sheep
and goats by Bedouin camped in the sand covered areas of Wd Judayyid 34.
Occasionally the animals were herded up the escarpment at sunrise and returned at sunset

30

See Kirkbride and Harding 1947: 16-21, Graf 1983(b) 654-657.

I am inclined to agree with Graf 1983(b): 654 that these dams were not built with the
sole purpose of providing water for caravans passing through the area.
32
See Fig. 68. The grid references for the sites on the 1:50,000 map, Sheet 3149 IV,
Jibal al-Batra, are, Site A 414135, Site B 415129, Site C 415120.
33
On the 1:50,000 map the larger mountain to the south is called Jabal Mzn but the
Bedouin I asked only volunteered the name for the small mountain to the west of Wadi
Mzniyyah. As the Bedouin pointed out to me the masculine form of the name is used
for the male topographic feature and the feminine for the female one.
34
The Bedouin today rely heavily on motorised transport which means they tend to camp
away from the rock fields and use transported water and supplementary fodder to
maintain their flocks. Their use of the region is not, therefore, necessarily indicative of
land use in the past. Unfortunately we did not have time to search the vicinity for
possible natural supplies of water, although no doubt temporary pools probably form in
the warercourses after heavy rains.
31

so that they could benefit from the grazing on top35. Large fauna in the area is now
extremely rare but in 1986 in Wd Fakhriyyah the next wadi south of Wd Mzniyyah
we witnessed a, now illegal, attempt by the Bedouin to shoot an ibex which was
interesting in view of the large number of drawings of ibex hunt among the Wd
Judayyid material and the reference to an ibex hunt in the inscription KJC 14036.
E. The fieldwork
The fieldwork lasted for five weeks in 1986 from September to October and for eight
weeks in 1987 during the same months. The aims of the first season were to locate and
re-photograph the texts recorded by Harding (Harding and Littmann 1952) and Winnett
(Winnett 1971) and to find new sites which would be suitable for a systematic and
comprehensive recording of the epigraphic material37.
In 1987 we returned to the Wd Judayyid area to record the inscriptions and drawings at
Sites A, B and C. Most of the material at Site A had been recorded in the last week of the
1986 season and we spent a further week completing the work there. We then spent just
over a week recording the material at Site B and the remaining 6 weeks at Site C.
The methodology used in recording the material was similar to that employed by Mr
Michael Macdonald in recording the Safaitic inscriptions and rock drawings in the Jawa
region in northern Jordan (Macdonald and Searight 1982 and 1983 and, see King 1988).
The sites were systematically walked across and searched for material; a full and detailed
photographic record was made of all the epigraphic finds and a plan was drawn up of the
position of the inscribed boulders within the sites. I recorded the material whilst Mr
Hugh Barnes undertook the surveying work38.
In order to search the rock fields systematically, small areas were marked out with cairns
and then walked up and down in strips. Each inscribed rock was given a Roman numeral
and the inscriptions and rock drawings were numbered separately with Arabic numerals39.
35

I make this point because, as a visitor to the area, one tends to think of the steep slopes
of the escarpment as a divide, but this, of course, is not the case for the local inhabitants.
36
Two men stationed themselves at the narrowest point of the wadi and waited for their
companions to drive the ibex down from the escarpment. We were asked to leave but,
since we never heard any gunfire whilst in our camp not very far away, I believe that,
fortunately, the animal must have escaped.
37
During the 1986 season we photographed and copied several hundred new inscriptions
from various sites, only a few of which have been quoted in the present study. They have
been given the siglum H(isma) S(urvey).
38
The project is greatly indebted to Mr Barnes for tackling the daunting task of planning
the inscribed material within these somewhat amorphous rock fields. It was very largely
due to his persistence and continuing good humour in the face of considerable difficulties
that the results of the project were so successful and I am extremely grateful to him.
39
The rocks were given individual numbers so that Mr Barnes could work separately
from me and was not dependent on my reading and numbering the material before he

Each inscription was copied40 and all the inscriptions and drawings were photographed in
black and white and in colour slides41. At these three sites 1900 black and white
photographs and 1600 colour slides were taken. Few of these have proved superfluous in
the subsequent tracing of the texts and in some cases more photographs would have been
beneficial.
Notes were made on the technique of inscribing although to produce a satisfactory study
of this aspect of the material it would be necessary to carry out experiments to see how
similar results could be achieved. In general, however, quite a large proportion of the
texts found at the sites seem to have been indirectly hammered by using a heavy metal
instrument as a chisel in order to produce fairly deep careful lines. Others are roughly
inscribed by direct hammering with a blunt instrument. We found no texts that had
clearly been scratched on to the rocks42.
A great deal of the sandstone at these sites is covered with a black patina. When the
surface is first broken, the rock appears as white and then patinates to orangey, dark
brown and back to black. Whilst recording, a note was made of the colour of the patina
of an inscription or drawing. However, except where the material is white or black,
because of the changes of light throughout the day, it is extremely difficult to maintain a
standard description and these notes, whilst useful for general purposes, proved to be too
subjective to be of any further use. Furthermore, the rate of patination depends on a
number of factors including the chemical constituents of the rock, the exposure of the
surface and the depth of the broken surface. The possible variations in the combinations
of these three factors mean that inscriptions can be found in any colour within the range
and even for relative dating of material on the same surface the patination is sometimes
an unreliable guide.

could locate it on the plan. Roman numerals were employed so that there would be no
confusion between the rock numbers and inscription/drawing numbers. They are,
however, cumbersome and using them has not been very satisfactory.
40
I did not on the whole make copies of the drawings as this would have considerably
increased the amount of time spent on recording. In cases where the drawings are clear
and simple, a photograph has proved adequate but with the more complicated and worn
material a copy is really essential, as it is difficult to interpret details from a photograph
alone.
41
Obtaining adequate photographs of such a large quantity of material is one of the most
difficult aspects of recording Early North Arabian texts, particularly in rock fields such as
these sites where the material is widely scattered, as it is often necessary to return to
different areas at various times of the day in order to get the inscriptions in a satisfactory
light. For inscriptions that show up well in shade, an umbrella is a useful piece of
equipment. There are certain advantages in sandstone areas such as here, as the glare on
the rock is far less than on basalt, on which most of the Safaitic inscriptions are written.
42
In Safaitic a scratching technique is fairly frequently used, see, for example, WH 718
in Pl.75a of the edition. A few painted Hismaic inscriptions have been found, see AMJ 7,
LAU 37-38.

The search for material at Sites A and C was started at the eastern edge43 and at Site B at
the northern edge. In planning the material, where there were high concentrations of
inscribed boulders, Mr Barnes laid out a 30 or 50 metre grid which was gradually
extended as further finds were made. In the upper reaches of Site B and the central areas
of Site C where the material was widely scattered, a plane table and telescopic aledaide
were used instead. The time and resources were insufficient to mark contours of the
areas but the plans give the relative positions at a scale of 1:1000 and all the distinctive
watercourses are marked44.
F. The edition of the texts and the published material:
368 Hismaic inscriptions were recorded from Site A, 189 from Site B and 820 from Site
C. The texts have been prefixed with the initials K(ing) J(udayyid) and the site letter A,
B or C. in addition to the Hismaic texts, one Thamudic D inscription was found (KJC
435) and one Nabataean graffito in which the name of the author of KJC 380 is repeated.
The rock drawings are prefixed with the Site letter and the abbreviation dr(awing): Adr,
Bdr and Cdr. Although all the rock drawings from the sites were recorded, only those on
the same surfaces as the Hismaic texts have been included here (see Ch.6.). This means
that there are gaps in the sequence of rock numbers and drawing numbers in the edition.
Rocks a h at the end of Site C were found slightly outside the area that was
systematically searched.
The index of names in Tham.E lists etymological and comparative material relating to the
names. Since it would have been too complicated to include the genealogies as well,
there is a second index. Index a. which lists all the names at Sites A, B and C and gives
patronyms and further generations. The commentary on the individual texts has been
kept to a minimum and mainly concentrates on difficult readings. In cases where a name
is not previously attested in Early North Arabian I have simply stated that it is not in HIn
(Harding 1971). The reader is not repeatedly referred to the Index of Names but he
should turn to that for recurring genealogies and for new or apparently less common
names that occur several times at the sites. This will enable him to see whether other
occurrences of the names are patronyms and so on.
For repetitive formulae the reader is referred to the relevant introductory chapter.
However, a discussion of the translation is given in the commentary of longer texts and
those that do not consist of frequently attested vocabulary.
The readings and translations of a large number of the published texts have needed
revising and these are listed in Appendix 245. The appendix is not intended to be a
43

The upper reaches of Site C were not systematically searched.

When we returned to Site A in 1987 it proved quite easy, once we had located a
particular boulder, to relocate others on the plan by their relative positions.
45
The re-readings are based on published facsimiles and photographs and unpublished
field copies and photographs taken during the 1986 season and during other field trips or
visits to museums. Mr Hugh Barnes greatly assisted with copying the texts during the
44

detailed re-edition of the texts and only gives translations of those that state something
more than simple authorship. All the texts of some of the smaller collections are given,
even when I have nothing to add to the editors interpretation. Texts that need re-reading
solely on the basis of the re-evaluation of the graphemes ITALICS have not been listed
(see Ch.2).
Appendix 3 gives the vocabulary in the published texts and Appendices 4 and 6 the tribal
names and deities that are attested in the inscriptions.

1986 season. Mr Michael Macdonald took many of the photographs of the inscriptions
found outside the ism and I would like to thank him for giving me prints of these and
for lending me other material from his photograph archive.

Ch.2.
2. The Script.
Early attempts at the decipherment of the Thamudic scripts in general were made by
D.H.Mller (1893) and Halvy (1901, 1902) and, slightly later, more comprehensive
studies were undertaken by Littmann (1904(a)) and Lidzbarski (1908: 23-48, 345362). The few examples of Hismaic texts in the collections of Huber and Euting on
which this early work was based, were considerably augmented by the publication of
the inscriptions recorded by Jaussen and Savignac (1909, 1911), although several
letters remained unidentified by the editors and no significant contribution was made
by Grimme who used some of these texts in his treatise published in 1926(b).
A major advance in work on the script of Hismaic was made by Winnett (1937: 4248) who established the values of the letters , s, , and n which had not been
convincingly identified by previous scholars. Littmann (1940) discusses the
Thamudic script but without classifying the various types and Van den Branden
(1950(a)) published a script table in which his group Tebouq more or less
corresponds to Winnetts Hismaic. His table, however, is extremely inadequate as he
t "notg list
# all$/%
tends to be inconsistent! andb does
thed forms of the letters in the inscriptions
1
included in his corpus .
b
z

t
s!

The values of three graphemes

&

* &+

r ,z

"

s!f

g
s" '

and
q

s" ' k

$/%

were
not correctly identified until
l
)
(

recently.
Knauf
and
1985) established that the grapheme
represents
t " Dr.
$/% d m (1983
g E.A.
#
b
n h
w, y f
q
l
t "
$/%
g #
+
b
*
!
/g/2 and, in a paper I read in
1984
(King 1989),kI argued
on the basis
of
some
new

&

m n h
y
) and
(
r zfrom
texts
Jordan
those walready
published from the ism that
s! central
s" '

represents
//f and
,
q
+

&

represents
// .
l
*

s" '

s!
,

$/%

The hre-evaluation
of these letters, which is confirmed by the Wd Judayyid texts,
y
w
n h
y
w
means that the script table for Hismaic in Winnett 1937 and more mrecent
publications,
Harding and Littmann 1952 (Pl.XXVI) and Winnett and Reed 1970 (P1.1),
need gto #be
t "
b
!
revised accordingly4. In addition, the table in Winnett and Reed where Hismaic is

m n

&

s!

s" '

See, for instance, JS 629, 632 where he, incorrectly, reads the grapheme ,as f butq
+
*
does not list it in the script table and JS 24, 658 bis for the most usual form of in the
m n h
y
w
dialect which is not listed either.
2
For a detailed discussion of Knaufs arguments, see Macdonald 1986: 105-107.
3
See also (King 1988: 312). Jobling in his more recent articles has adopted this
interpretation of these graphemes, see Jobling 1986(a): 262. Jamme, however,
rejects the identification, see Jamme 1985: 21-31 and 1988: 185-189 and, for instance,
his reading of AMJ 79 (= JaT 106R) on p. 207. His translations offer no convincing
arguments against it.
4
And, of course, the readings of the inscriptions that contain these graphemes in these
and other publications, including the names occurring in Hismaic that are listed in
Harding 1971. Knauf 1983: 587-588 gives many of the instances in which words that
need to be re-interpreted on the basis of the new value of

and King 1989: 52-53

termed Tabuki Thamudic is misleading because, most of the texts included there are
in fact Safaitic or mixed Safaitic/Hismaic5.
A. The forms of the letters6:

&

Transliteration

Safaitic

Hismaic

Thamudic D

Dumaitic

Thamudic B

Thamudic C

The basic shape is a vertical stroke, sometimes slightly wavy or bent, with a
fork at either end. The forks are either two angled lines inscribed centrally on to the
stroke (KJA 23, 190) or formed by adding angled or slightly curved lines to the
stroke, either on the same side of the stroke (in the direction of the text (KJC 176) or
the opposite direction (KJA 16, KJB 114))7 or on different sides (KJC 147i). The
North ArabianinScripts
depth and angle of the forks vary from being deep and acute to different shallow and
obtuse. Different shapes of forks occur in the same letter (KJB 78, 124, KJC 84,
147i). The proportional length of the stroke to the size of the fork varies. The fork in
KJC 698 appears to be inscribed at a right angle to the stroke, although the letter is
damaged and uncertain and also possibly in KJB 106a+. The infilling of the fork in
t " isgprobably
484
$/% ad result of rough hammering.
#
b
! KJC
t "
$/% d
g #
b
!
) where they need to be re-interpreted on the basis of the new
(
some
occurrences
'
r z of s!the s"

! study, when quoting names with these graphemes from

values ,of f and
. In this
qs" ' k ( l
)
r z
s!
previous publications, I have
' not mentioned in, every instance, that the re-evaluation
made
but
the
reader
should bear in mind that I have read the graphemes
m needs
n h tow be
, y f
q
k
l b
+
*
with the following etymological values:
* &+

&

g #
t
b

s!
&

s" '
r z

m n

"
!

f
+

y
w
m n h

d
y
w
?
$/% d
( etymological //)
as /g/ (previously
read as
?
( as )// ?
(previously
read as"etymological //)
)
(
s!
s" '
f etymological // or /g/)
asl // (previously read as
k
? k l
g
,
f
q
In instances
? where or equivalent forms have been read as /g/ then, where the letter
is
see, for
) example, TIJ 25 and the re-reading in Appendix 2, it
?
?w noty a mis-reading,
$/% n d h
m
"
g #

should be read as an .
See Ch.1.B and I below.
6
In describing the letters I #
have distinguished between form, stance and the direction
in which they face. In the script tables, Figs-2-6, I have, in the majority of cases, kept
$ as this gives a clear picture of the nature of the script. I
the stance as in the facsimiles
have drawn an arrow to show the direction in which the text reads. In describing the
k
stance of a letter I refer to how it would stand in a horizontal text. In a vertical text the
letters are turned 90 and thus
l a horizontal text becomes a horizontal stroke or back
etc. in a vertical text.
m
5

The examples in the script n

table have been chosen to illustrate the various points in
the text and do not necessarily reflect the frequency in which a particular form or
q
variations of it occur. Additional examples not shown in the table are marked with
and can be found in the facsimiles.
In some cases the letters in the script table are
r
drawn up from larger scale photographs than those on the facsimiles. This means that
s!
there are sometimes slight variations
in the forms. The examples in the script table
s"
should be taken as more accurate.
For reasons of space, the texts are labeled JA, JB
and JC in the script table although
I have used the complete versions of the sigla for
s#
the corpus KJA, KJB and KJC in the text.
+
7
Cf. the formation of the fork in the letters and h.

t
%

*
w

b
The letter occurs either as (1) a curve or (2) square shape, with a vertical back
and arms at right or obtuse angles facing in the direction of the text. The depth of the
curve varies (cf. KJA 8, KJB 83 with KJC 151) as do the proportional lengths of the
arms in the square form (cf. KJA 310 with KJC 172, 554). The length of the arms in
the same letter are sometimes different (see the first b in KJA 46). (3) An angular
form occurs in KJC 631a (see another example in KJA 270+).
t
The letter is a square cross one stroke of which is usually vertical, the other
being aligned in the direction of the text. In several instances the lines of the cross are
obscured by hammering or a chip8.

There are three forms of the letter: (1) a rectangular grid, with the long side of
the grid, vertical. The extended lines of the long side of the grid are sometimes very
short or slightly obscured in roughly inscribed texts (KJA 18, 196, KJB 109, KJC
716). A square grid with the lines of the crossbar extending beyond the sides occurs
in KJC 443. (2) There are examples where there are three (KJA 230, KJC 750) or
four (KJC 744) crossbars giving the letter the appearance of a ladder9. (3) A square
or rectangular shape with four rays added at each corner (cf. Harding and Littmann
1952: 3 and Pl. XXVI under ). This form is not well represented among the Wd
Judayyid texts although KJA 37, KJB 30, KJC 24, 236, 321 and 410 were probably
inscribed in this way.
g
A vertical stroke with a circle or loop at either end. The circle or loop is either
inscribed centrally on to the stroke (KJA 352) or to one or other side of the stroke
(KJA 355) using part of the stroke to form it10. The proportional size of the circle to
the length of the stroke varies. An example of the letter with a short stroke occurs in
KJC 147e, whilst in KJA 128 and KJC 122a ? the stroke is practically non-existent,
giving the letter the appearance of the numeral 8. The stroke of the letter is not
always straight, see, for instance, KJC 71+ and 760.

There are two forms of the letter11: (1) three sides of a rectangle (KJC 147j, for
instance) or a curve (KJC 605, for instance) with a line running through the
middle, extended to form a tail. The proportional length of the back and the arm
varies (cf. for instance, the letters in KJC 25, 271 with that in KJC 699). The arms are
sometimes inscribed at obtuse angles to the spine (see KJC 304). The length of the
tail varies and when it is very short can easily be missed in reading the letter. Clear
examples of tailless letters occur in KJB 73 and KJC 487. (2) three prongs with a
straight tail, formed from a central line with the outer arms angled towards it and
facing in the direction of the text (KJC 10, 202, 402, 566). The length of the tail
8

This might be because a rough, inaccurate technique was used in inscribing the
letters (see KJA 193, KJC 43), in others it is most likely the rock has flaked away as a
result of the addition of the second line of the cross (see KJA 74+, 130+, KJC 296,
348+, 668+)
9
See E.3. n. 69 below.
10
cf. the formation of the circle in the letter and that of the fork(s) in , and h.
11
The difference between the two forms is essentially the same as that between the
two forms of , see below.

varies. In KJC 202 it is proportionally long12. The tail of the letter is bent in KJA
256+, 344, which is of form (2) and in KJC 470 which is of form (1)13. An unusual
form of the letter occurs in KJC 272 where the letter has a horizontal stance in a
vertical text and the tail is hooked and attached to one of the outer arms.

The letter is typically a straight line with a curved one inscribed across (KJC
48, 155,471, one of the s in KJC 539), although sometimes both of the arms are
curved (KJB 112). The obtuse junction of the two lines usually faces in the direction
of the text. In KJA 161 the letter seems to have been formed by inscribing a straight
line and then adding a curved line to one side14.
d
A vertical or slightly curved spine with (1) a squared or (2) a rounded loop
attached to the middle. The lines of the loop do not usually protrude beyond the
spine, although an instance occurs in KJC 205. The proportional size of the loop to
the spine varies, exaggeratedly large loops occurring in KJB 79, KJC 241 and KJC
589+. The spine is sometimes bent away from the loop (KJC 114). (3) A form in
which the ends of the spine are bent in the direction of the loop (KJA 310+, KJC 205,
631a). (4) A different version of (3) with, on the whole, a more rounded loop and
longer hooks at the end of the spine occurs in KJA 36, 179 and KJC 202 (see H.3
below). One of the letters in KJC 202 and the letter in KJC 436, 453+ has the
complete spine bent in the direction of the loop. Most frequently the loop faces in the
opposite direction to that of the text although there are several instances where it faces
forwards (KJA 26, KJB 179, KJC 114, 140, 202, 631a), and there are variations in
the direction of the loop in the same text (KJA 36, KJC 123)15 .

There are two basic forms of the letter16: (1) A square or rounded back with
three (KJB 96b), four (KJA 14 etc.) or five (KJA 44 etc.) arms and a tail, which is
usually curved at the end but not always (KJC 28, for instance). There are clear
instances (KJA 49, KJB 72, 171, for example) where the tail and one of the arms are a
continuous line17 with the back of the letter inscribed across it and then the additional
arms added to the back. In KJC 260 both s have tails that are completely bent over
to one side. (2) A central tail line with slightly curved or angled arms drawn across it
at different points (KJA 36 (the fourth in the text), KJC 212, 272, 641). (3) In KJA
231 there is a form of the letter which combines both forms of the letter, i.e. a back
with arms attached, has been inscribed across a central tail line and an additional arm
has been inscribed further down the central line. Forms (1) and (2) of the letter occur
in KJA 36.
12

See below under H.3.

The name of the author of both KJA 344 and KJC 470 is mllt.
14
The interpretation of the text is doubtful although the reading is clear.
15
Letters with forward facing loops seem to be the most frequent in Safaitic and Clark
1983: 73, under d, says the backward facing d (he describes it as the reversal of the
stance) is a Thamudic trait but this is much too generalized. Whilst a large number of
the ds in Thamudic C do face backwards, in Thamudic D and C there seems to be
quite a lot of variation between the two directions.
16
cf. the forms the two forms of above.
17
In letters with four arms this is either one of the two inner arms or, where there are
five, the middle arm (KJC 115).
13

Translite

Safaitic

Hismaic

Thamudic

Thamudic

Thamudic

Dumaitic

Taymaniti

Dadanitic

Ancient S
Nort
[for co

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||

!
'

r
The letter is either (1) a small curve (KJA 43, KJA 292 etc.), a proportionally
larger curve (KJA 133, for instance) or (2) a square shape (KJB 106, KJC 25, for
instance) with the arms facing in the direction of the text. The depth
b of the curve
varies (cf. KJC 66 and KJC 761, for example) and similarly the proportional length of
the arms to that of the back varies in the square form of the letterd
(cf. the second r in
?
( arms are
KJA 294 with the letter in KJC 103). In KJC 433 the lengths of the
? 403.
different. (3) An angular form occurs in KJC

"
z
The letter is either a vertical or horizontal stroke (cf. KJA 6, 25 with KJA 36,
f
341, KJB 105, for example) with a line at either
? end. The strokegis slightly bent in
KJA 36 and KJC 188 and the end lines of KJC 147b have a slightly forked
?
appearance. The end lines are usually shorter than the central stroke, although in KJA
) appearance18, in
? the letter a square
? size, giving
310 they are approximately the same
KJA 341 they are slightly longer and in KJC 84 considerably longer. In KJA 36, KJB
105 and KJC 641 the lines are different lengths but one at least is proportionally quite
long in comparison with the stroke19.
#
s
The letter is either (1) a curve (KJC 139, for instance), (2)$a square shape (KJA
353, KJB 100) or rectangular shape (KJC 46, 275) with a tail, (3) an acute (or almost
obtuse (KJC 735)) angle, either without a tail (KJA 49) or with akmore or less
distinctive tail (KJB 1, 178). The angle is often formed by the addition of an angled
(KJA 23) or a slightly curved line (KJB 17) to a straight one at varying
distances from
l
the end and thus producing a longer or shorter tail. The arms of the letter face in the
direction of the text except in a few instances (KJA 17+, KJB 47m
KJC 46, 649). In
20
KJB 179 and KJC 202 the letter has a proportionately long tail .

s
The letter is (1) a vertical straight stroke (in some cases the line is slightly bent
q
(KJA 16, 226,190)) or, in a few cases, (2) a squiggly line (KJA 105, KJB 1) as in
Safaitic, and a slightly different type occurs in KJC 46 where thersquiggles, which are
not very pronounced, do not continue along the length of the line.

s!

The letter is a vertical stroke with a circle, loop or squared shape (KJC 180) at
s"to the end
one end and a fork at the other. The circle is attached centrally on
of the stroke (KJA 21, KJB 59) or on to one side (KJA 46, KJC 27).
s# In some
instances the stroke is probably used to complete the circle or loop (KJC 292, for
+ (KJB 59,89) or
example). Similarly, the fork is either added centrally on to the stroke
formed by attaching a line at an angle (KJA 16), a slight curve (KJB 76, KJC 292) or
t
an angled shape to the stroke21. The stroke is sometimes slightly bent (KJC 180, 515,
565) and its length proportional to the size of the circle and fork %varies (cf. KJB 59
18

The text is neatly inscribed and several of the letters are more or less squared.
19
Many of the instances of the proportionally long lines occur when
w the stance of the
stroke is horizontal suggesting that the slight increase might result
y from a tendency to
adjust the height of the letter to make it a comparable size to that of the other letters in

the text (cf. the comments on below). The grapheme

underzz in the script table
in Harding and Littmann 1952: Pl. XXVI is from the Safaitic text&TIJ 499. The
grapheme read /z/ in WAM T 60 is a //, see under below and Appendix 2.
20
See H.3 below.
21
cf. the formation of the circles of the letter g and the forks of and h.

Tr

Saf

His

Th

Th

!
'

with KJB 89, for example).

The circle occurs at both the bottom and the top of a
b
22
horizontal text .

d
?
( from two concentric circles or approximations to circles.
The letter is formed
?The relative sizes of the circles varies (cf. the relatively small inner
?circle in KJA 23, 246"with the larger one in KJA 247). In KJA 138, 321+, KJB 111,
KJC 507+ the inner circle is a hammered dot23.
f
?
g frequently (1) a straight vertical back with three arms (KJA
letter is most
?83 etc.)The
but also occurs with (2) a curved back (KJC 174, for instance). In some cases
?there is no back and )the arms are joined at one point (KJC 586, for instance). The
proportional length of the back to the length of the arms varies (cf. KJA 263 with the
letters in KJB 148, for instance). The arms of the letter are usually at a right angle to
the back but there are#exceptions (see KJC 362, for example, where the angle of one
of the arms is obtuse).

Because of the most frequently attested stance of this letter at these sites it is
perhaps most accurate
k to describe it as a vertical stroke with a horizontal line
protruding at a right angle from the centre, either in the direction of the text (KJA 83,
88, 138 etc.) or awayl from it (KJC 291, 716, 721)24. The horizontal line, when the
letter has this stance, is approximately the same size as the vertical stroke or else
minstances (KJC 133, 171, 341, 528, 583a) the stroke has a
rather shorter. In five
25
horizontal stance and the central line is vertical. In four of these texts (KJC 133,
n
171, 528, 583a) the central line is proportionally longer than that of the stroke26.

The letter is basically a circle or oval of varying degrees of regularity. The

relative height of therletter to the other letters in the text varies. In some instances it is
very much smaller (see KJB 81, for example). In KJA 64 and KJC 210 the letter has

s!
s"
22
See D.2 below. s#
23
cf. under and see+n. 27 and E.2 and n. 69.
24
The examples of this letter are too few at the moment to say whether this stance is
t
in general the most frequent
one. Furthermore, some of the examples are in texts
possibly written by the
same
person (nt bn slm KJA 88, KJC 295 and KJC 749; KJC
%

133, 490 and 505 are possibly by the same person yr and KJC 528, 583a possibly the
same person f) and* so to sample, to a certain extent, might be biased. It is
interesting, however, that this is the stance of the letter in the inscribed alphabet KnA.
The grapheme was read
w /z/ in WAM T 60 but it is //, see Appendix 2.
25
All these texts areywritten vertically or diagonally and therefore the stroke is in fact
vertical but if they were laid horizontally the stroke would be horizontal (see n.1

z
above) i.e.
.
26
The letter in JS 702
& (a copy), KWM 7 and WAM T 60 also has this stance and in all
of them the central stroke is proportionally long. These examples suggest a tendency
to lengthen the central line when the letter has this stance to make the height of the
letter more or less similar to that of the others in the text i.e. the proportional lengths
of the line and the stroke are to a certain extent related to the stance. cf. the letter z
above.

a dot in it27.

The letter has the form of a vertical back and two arms with a tail, which is
usually hooked (KJA 24, 229) or curving (KJA 28, KJC 674)28. The tail is either (1)
continuation of one of the arms (KJA 23, 34, KJC 759) or else (3) added at the corner
of the back and one of the arms (the first in KJA 83, for instance)29. The
proportional length of the tail varies, depending on the distance between the arms of
the letter. In KJA 97, 105, for example, the tails are proportionately long. A form
with a rounded back and the tail attached slightly along one of the arms occurs in KJC
120 (see also the second in KJA 83+) and KJA 123 has a hook that curls back to
such an extent that it forms a loop.
f
The letter is a vertical wavy line with three undulations. Three typical forms
occur in KJA 23, (1) the central undulation might be rounded, (2) flat or squared or
(3) one or more of the undulations might be angular. Usually the concave face of the
middle undulation faces in the direction of the text, although that is not always the
case (see KJB 179, KJC 585, 733, for instance). An exaggeratedly deep middle
undulation occurs in KJA 113. The undulations are sometimes indistinct, often
because the technique of inscribing is rough hammering. KJC 472 lacks a third
undulation (see also KJA 174+, the first of the f s of the text). KJB 44 and KJB 53
are long, slightly wavy lines30.
q
The letter is (1) a circle, oval, rectangle or an approximation to those shapes,
with two lines, vertical in the text, protruding opposite to each other on either side
(see KJA 49, 304, KJB 67 etc.). (2) The lines are also inscribed as one continuous
line dissecting the circle, oval etc. and protruding on either side (KJA 20,
25,27,31 etc.).
k
A vertical back with two arms, facing in the direction of the text, and a straight
tail. The tail is formed either as (1) a continuation of the back (KJA 4,6 etc.), (2) a
!

27

"

$/%
!

d
b

"

$/%

) texts from the Wd Ramm

(
' Hismaic
&
r Tz 27.s! In s"the
An example also occurs in WAM

area, Winnett ([1982]: 30-31) reads the ,grapheme

f
q
*

&

(
'
asl rw zin TIJ
212 )and g in
s! 47
s" and

TIJ 58. In all these texts I would read it as , see Appendix 2., Thef sign
inl this
q
k
+
*
m n h
y
w
script also represents etymological // although in the examples here and in Harding
and Littmann 1952 the letters are distinguishable by their
h
m n size,
wthe y being smaller
relative to the other letters in the texts. See under and see E.3 n.69. Winnett
[1982]: 15-32 discusses the value of the sign in other types of Thamudic and mixed
Safaitic/Hismaic texts (HU 2, JS 596) where he gives it the value w. However, as he
points out (32), there are often discrepancies between the copies of Huber and Euting,
and, although Winnetts identification of the value of the letter is almost certainly
correct for most of these texts, the form of the grapheme must remain doubtful until
we have photographs.
28
The lack of a hook or distinctive curve in KJC 459 is probably a result of rough or
inaccurate hammering.
29
Similar variations occur in the letter k, see below.
30
Letters with more than three undulations occur in AMJ 148 and possibly in the
patronym of CTSS 1a, see Appendix 2.

continuation of one of the arms (KJC 39, 406, 55331) or else (3) attached to a corner of
the back and one of the arms (KJB 7, KJC 60)32. In some cases the arms are wide
apart, leaving only a proportionally short tail (KJC 38, 457, 458 etc.), and, in others,
the reverse is the case (KJC 202, 272, for instance). In KJA 258+ and KJC 312 the
letter is (4) a curve with the tail protruding from the side, similar to the form of the
letter in Safaitic and in some Thamudic C texts33. A badly formed version of the letter
occurs in KJC 52+.
l
The letter is most frequently attested as (1) a vertical stroke with a hook at one
end. The proportional length of the hook varies (cf. those in KJA 11, three of the l s
in KJA 36 and two of the ls in KJC 641). In some cases the hook is virtually the
same length as the stroke, see KJC 695, for example, whilst in others it is nothing but
a slight nick from the rock and can easily be missed when reading or copying a text.
There are examples of the letter with a deeply curved hook (see, for instance, the
second l in KJA 354). There are also, clear examples of (2) completely straight
strokes similar to the letter in Safaitic, see, for instance, the first letter in KJA 344 (the
other l s in the text are hooked), KJB 149 and KJC 446. The lack of a hook
sometimes seems to be compensated for by making the letter slightly curved (see KJA
21 and the second l in KJB 149, for instance). There is a clear example of the letter as
a smallish curve in KJC 236 and instances where the letter is bent (see KJC 241, 594,
for instance). The stance of the letter is almost invariably vertical, although there is
an exception in KJC 11 and possibly in KJA 337+34. The hook usually faces in the
direction of the text, although exceptions occur, see, for instance, the last letter in KJC
140. The hook occurs at the top or bottom, see D.2 below.
m
The letter occurs in (1) square (KJA 26 etc.), (2) rounded (KJA 46, 74 etc.) and
(3) elongated (KJB 7) forms with the indentation facing in the direction of the text.
The depth of the indentation varies (for shallow examples, see KJC 29, 79, 499). In
KJC 439 the letter is a rectangular shape with no indentation. A pinched version of
the letter occurs in KJC 632. Sometimes a line joins the inner and outer lines of the
letter (see KJC 768, for example)35. There are examples of the letter where (4) the
inner and outer strokes are not joined at the ends (see KJA 309+, KJC 332, for
instance) and cases where (5) the letter is joined at one end but not at the other (see
KJA 4636, for example). The inner line of the letter in KJA 302 does not appear to
have been completed37 and the letter in KJC 614, in addition to having no indentation,
has a line across it which gives it the appearance of a w. An anomalous form, where
one of the arms bends down occurs in KJC 271. The indentation usually faces in the
direction of the text but an exception occurs in KJC 253+, 509 where it faces
backwards and in KJC 13 + where it faces down (see E.1.n.59).
31

Many of the examples of this form of the letter occur in the name knn but not all of
them, see KJC 15+ and 39, for instance.
32
See under for similar variations of the form.
33
See JS 119, 123, for example.
34
The reading of the letter is unclear on the photograph.
35
This is often because a rough hammering technique has been used.
36
Both here and in KJA 309+ there are also completely joined forms of the letter, see
H.2.
37
cf. the letter in some mixed texts, I (1) and WTI 16, 20, 55.

n
The n is a dot or vertical dash, usually small in relation to other letters of the
text. In a few instances the dash is a horizontal line (see KJC 485, 510, for example).
h
The letter is a vertical stroke with a fork at one end. In some instances the fork
appears to be placed centrally on to the end of the stroke, and in others formed by
adding a slight curve (KJC 211, for example), square shape (KJA 351, for example)
or angled line (KJA 108, for example) to the stroke38. The angle of the fork is usually
acute but can be obtuse (see KJC 352, for example). A somewhat rectangular form
occurs in one the hs in KJB 18. The proportional length of the fork to that of the
stroke varies (for instance, see KJB 116 where the forks are small and the strokes
long). Different lengths of the prongs of the fork occur in KJC 46, 8439 and in KJC
718.
w
The letter is basically a circle, oval (one of the w s in KJC 48, for instance) or
a square (KJC 30, for instance) with a line going either horizontally or vertically
across the centre. The letter occurs with a cross in the middle of the circle in KJC
40840.
y
A stroke with a circle or a loop at one end. As with the letters g and , the
circle is either placed centrally on the end of the stroke (KJA 6 etc.) or formed by
adding a curve on to one side of the stroke near the end (KJA 20 etc.). The length of
the stroke in proportion to the size of the circle varies, although quite a distinctive
feature of this script is a relatively large circle and a short stroke. The stroke usually
has a vertical stance but there are instances where it is diagonal (one of the y s in
KJA 36) and horizontal (KJA 245, KJ8 91+, for example). A letter with an
incomplete circle occurs in KJC 300.
B. Problems with the interpretation of some letters:
In some instances certain letters have a form which is similar to another letter and is
therefore difficult to identify with certainty unless the context is clear41. The , for
example, when it does not have a tail resembles a ; the in some cases is similar to
an and in others to a t; the f can resemble the squiggly form of s and l without a
hook might be mistaken for the straight form of the letter42. The most problematic are
the letters b and r. A glance at the script table shows that the shapes and variations of
the two letters are very similar. Usually the letters are fairly clearly differentiated by
size, the b being larger than the r and about the same size as the other letters but when

38

Cf. the formation of the forks of the letters and .

See H.3 below.
40
See E.3 below.
41
See Harding and Littmann 1952:3 for similar remarks under and .
42
See in KJB 73, KJC 487, for instance; for an example of the letter which
resembles an , see KJC 336 and for an example resembling t, see one of the s in
KJC 539 (usually the stance of the letter helps distinguish it from t); for examples of f
which resembles a squiggly form of s, see KJB 44 and 53; in one instance the letter k
with the tail bent forwards resembles a (KJC 590). In all these examples there is
sufficient context to make the reading certain.
39

this distinction is not made problems arise43.

The joining up (see E.1) of the forks of the letters and gives the the appearance
of a when only one fork is enclosed and the the appearance of g. When both forks
of the are joined it also resembles a g. Usually, however, the line joining the fork is
shallower.
There are many examples of texts that have been started and left unfinished44 and in
some cases the last letter has not been completed45. In cases where it is obvious that
this is what has happened, problems do not occur but if only a straight line or dash of
the unfinished letter has been inscribed, then it might easily be read as a s or a n (or
possibly a l)46.
C. The stance and direction of the letters:
1. The stance of the majority of the letters is fairly consistent, although variations do
occur47, some of which seem to be associated with a change in the direction of the
text48. There are comparatively frequent variations between the use of a horizontal and
vertical stance of the letters z and 49.
2. Similarly, the direction in which the letters face is on the whole consistent,
although variations are attested50 and sometimes both directions of the letter occur in

43

See, for instance, the proportionally large r in KJB 53; the last letters in KJA 247+
and 273+, the second letter in KJC 318+ and the penultimate letter in TIJ 316
(Harding and Littmann 1952: 33) which might be read as either a b or r.
44
See, for example, the instances on Rock d, KJC 738a, 738b, 738c, 744a etc.
45
See, for instance, KJB 115a where the second letter is probably an unfinished m;
KJC 50 where there is an unfinished g and KJC 511 where the last letter is an
unfinished .
46
That the line is not a letter is, in most cases, impossible to prove but a clear instance
occurs in KJC 649 where the dash at the end must be the line of an unfinished t; KJA
153 and KJB 113 are most probably unfinished and I think one should bear in mind
that this might be the case with KJA 342, KJC 97b, KJC 187b, 413, 583, 601 which I
have read as l ns, l bs, l bs, l ms, l s, l bs respectively. See also the commentary
under KJC 163. If the line is horizontal (see KJB 141 and KJB 556) then, although
unusual stances of letters do occur, the most probable interpretation is that it is an
unfinished text.
47
See t in KJB 112; in KJC 264; in KJC 144; s in KJB 47; in KJB 123; l in
KJA 337, KJC 11; m in KJA 72; y in KJ 245, KJB 91, for instance. In TIJ 163 the
first word of the text is written with a horizontal stance and the rest of the letters
except q are written with a vertical stance in a horizontal text. For KJC 46 and 84, see
H.3.
48
See the r and t in KJA 69; t in KJA 181; in KJB 155; the word in KJC 754, for
instance.
49
Harding and Littmann 1952: 3 notes that z occurs horizontally and vertically.
50
b in KJA 289, in KJB 148, for instance, f in KJB 179, KJC 585, 733, as mentioned
above, k in KJC 458.

one text51. The most frequent variations in direction occur with the letter d in which
the loop faces both backwards and forwards52.
D. Letters written in the gaps of the preceding letter and the inversion of letters to
form a symmetry:
1. The gaps between the arms of the letters b, and k are sometimes filled with the
following letter. The most frequent example of this is the n following b in the word
bn but there are other instances53.
2. The letters , , k, l, h and y occur either way up in the texts. There are frequent
examples of the hooks of the ls in one text occurring both at the top and bottom (see
KJA 24, 37, 40, 44 etc.), which is probably done in many cases to produce a
symmetry, a feature which is particularly striking when the two letters occur next to
each other (see KJA 37, 114, 344, 348 etc.). A similar symmetry is formed with the
s of a text by inscribing one of the letters with the circle on top and the other with
the circle on the bottom (see AMJ 110, 111 and Jobling 1986(a): 262-263 and Jamme
1988:238)) and is probably the reason behind the and h of the name hbt being
consistently inscribed with the forks of the two letters placed at the opposite ends. An
instance with the hs of a text occurs in KJA 34854 and also in KJC 66355.
E. The joining up and infilling of letters:
1. Macdonald (1989) recognized that the letters of several Safaitic inscriptions had
been joined up using various methods56. This he convincingly argues was a form of
doodling on the basically monumental forms of the letters rather than an attempt at
a distinctive cursive script. The letters of several texts among the present corpus have
been played around with by joining in a similar fashion57. As in the examples in
Safaitic discussed by Macdonald, not all the letters in a particular text are always
51

The ls in KJA 31, KJC 140, 619 (where because of the shortness of the text a
symmetry is formed).
52
See under d.
53
The b accommodates the in the name mbl (KJC 74, 79), the loop of the d in the
name bdt (KJC 241,503) and r in the name brr (KJC 350); the n is written inside the
arms of the of nt (KJA 83) and of n in (KJC 745), for instance; k accommodates
the r in krt (KJA 111, KJB 132) and both the ns in knn (KJB 7, 65 KJC 175, 553).
The ns in some of these texts are also placed diagonally (KJB 7, KJC 175, 687) and
see KJC 553 where there are three dots. The b of the name b in KJC 650 is
inscribed between the space separating the two forks of the which might also be an
instance of using the space created by the letters.
54
And the two adjacent ls.
55
Only some of the authors invert the letters in this way. The name mh, for instance,
where the relevant letters are next to each other sometimes occurs with letters inverted
KJA 19,21, for example, but in other texts the forks are the same way up KJA 46,
KJC 29.
56
He distinguishes five ways of joining (64): letter extension, letter conjunction, letter
distortion, ligaturing (by dots and bars) and drawing a straight line through the letters.
57
Five of the examples from Site C are on the same rock CCXIV, KJC 310-311, 315317 and those on rocks CXVIII KJC 321 and rock CCXXVII KJC 329 are close by.

joined to one another and the ligatures are usually shallower than the letters58 although
an exception occurs in KJB 61 where they appear to be the same depth. Four of the
methods of joining described by Macdonald have been used. Clear examples of letter
extension and conjunction occur in KJB 61, KJC 67, of ligaturing in KJC 13, 310, 317
and 32159 and by inscribing a straight line through the text in KJC 311 and 54460. The
joining up of the apertures of letters61 also occurs, either in conjunction with the
joining up of the letters to one another (KJC 13, for example62), or by itself (KJC 73
and 75).
2. In several cases the gaps of a letter, i.e. the space between the arms, forks, curves or
circles, are infilled63. In some instances the apparent infilling is the result of
inaccurate or rough hammering, which has caused the rock to flake away particularly
when the gap or circle is rather small64. Intentional infilling is easier to identify when
the technique of inscribing is even and a selection of the letters have been hammered
in65. That the feature of infilling was an addition made to the letters by the author
rather than being destructive hammering by him or someone else is suggested by the
careful way in which it is done and by the fact that some authors seem to do it
repeatedly, although not necessarily to the same letters66. Infilling is frequently
associated with joining-up of the letters67 which suggests it was similarly a form of
playing around with the letters or embellishment albeit destructive from the point
of view of anyone trying to read the text.
In KJE 111 the inner circle of the has been infilled, since the first two letters of the
58

Although in most cases I have not been able to identify the n separately from the
ligatures that join it to the arms of the b thus forming a monogram of the word bn.
See, for instance, KJA 212, KJC 315 and 321.
59
A possible example of letter distortion by stance might occur in KJC 13 where the
m has a vertical stance in a horizontal text. This might have been done to maintain a
more or less even height of the letters and thus the flowing appearance created by
the joining. If that was the case then it would mean the author intended from the
outset to join up this part of the text.
60
The line through KJC 578 might also be an instance of this but it very roughly done
and might equally be destructive.
61
See Macdonald 1989: 65 with reference to and h in WH 3923 and Clark 1983: 72
under and see B above.
62
In KJC 229 and 657 the arms of the k have been joined and in KJC 229, 230 the
arms of the indentation of the ms.
63
cf. the in WH 3923, Macdonald 1989: 65-66.
64
cf. the remarks in A under t above. It is sometimes difficult to identify intentional
or accidental infilling, the infilling in KJA 163 (of the g), KJB 22 (of the y) and KJC
151 ? (of the ) is probably a result of rough hammering.
65
See KJA 211, 212, 215 (which are all on the same rock face), KJB 115 and KJC
303, 310, 311, 314, 315 (which are on the same rock) and KJC 555, for instance.
66
KJA 212 and KJC 315 are possibly by the same author although the infilling makes
the reading of both texts difficult. The other examples are texts which only give one
name and so one cannot be certain they are the same person (see Ch.5.C.1) although
the consistent infilling makes it more probable that they are, see the texts by rfd (KJC
235, KJC 156,408) and gsm (KJC 544, 546, 548) and see F below.
67
KJA 129, 21, KJB 111, 310, 311, 315, 321 for instance.

text are joined, it appears that this apparently fairly fundamental change to the form of
the letter is simply the result of such embellishment68.
3. In KJC 408, where some of the letters are infilled, the circle of one of the w s has
been filled in and there is a cross in the middle rather than a single line. The fact that
the other letters have been played around with suggests that the addition of the line
forming the cross is the result of a desire to embellish the letter69.
F. Similarities between the letters:
For the reasons discussed below ( H.1) it is, on the whole, difficult to identify
consistent similarities or distinctive features in the letter forms of texts inscribed by
the same authors. There are, however, a few exceptions to this and in instances of
texts with the same name, where no genealogy is given, whilst similarities in script do
not make it certain that the texts were written by the same individual, they do make it
more probable70.
G. The direction of the texts:
The texts are written with complete disregard to divisions between words and are
inscribed in virtually any direction, vertically up or down, horizontally from right to
left or from left to right, diagonally, in zig-zag lines71, or in circles and loops. There is
a tendency for them all to be inscribed close together, intricately interwoven between
each other even though there is often sufficient room on the rock for them to be well68

The other s which have dots in the middle are not associated with either joining
or other infilled letters KJA 138, 321,507. On the other hand, isolated examples of
other infilled letters are attested see the m, in KJC 303 and the g's in KJC 544 and
546, for example.
69
The embellishment is not very imaginative. The w of AMJ 4 also has a cross in the
middle where there is no infilling and I am not suggesting on the present evidence that
this form of the letter, is necessarily always simply the result of an individual's
attempt to decorate the letters of his text. I do, however, think that it is the most likely
reason for the form of the letter in KJC 408 and it is possible that a similar motive lies
behind other forms of the letter and perhaps also the with a dot in the middle and the
additional crossbars in some forms of but there is no evidence to substantiate these
last two suggestions.
70
We cannot even be certain that the names are the same, see Ch.5.8.2 and C.1. For
instances of distinctive similarities, see the large s in some of the texts by bnb, KJC
467, 476, 491; the bs with proportionally long arms in some of the texts by brr, KJA
220, KJB 83, KJC147, 350; the large looped ds in texts by drg KJB 79, KJC 589; the
consistent use of zig-zag fs in texts by fnd bn b in KJC 4, 283 and by fnd in KJC
181; the ms in KJC 241 and 503 which are both by mn. The similarity of other
features also suggest that it is likely that some of the texts with only one name are by
the same person, see, for instance, the comparatively large size of many of the texts
by n, KJA 66, 140, 229, 238, 418, 745; the placing of the loop of the d in the arms
of the preceding b (see D.1) in texts by bdt, KJC 241 and 503; the frequent use of
infilling (see E.2) in texts by rfd, KJA 235, KJC 156, 408 and in texts by gsm KJC
544, 546, 548.
71
Effectively boustrephedon, see KJA 36, for example.

spaced which would have made reading them easier. Some texts suffer elaborate
contortions of direction72. An inscriber often starts his text immediately after the end
of another inscription73 and this can present problems74 as can instances when the ends
of two texts run into each other75.
Usually the words of a text follow directly on from each other76 but sometimes the last
part is written to the right or left of the first77. Frequent examples occur where the bn
and patronym is written in a new line either to the right or left78 but it also occurs in
other contexts79. This practice does not create problems if the text is by itself or wellspaced from others on the rock face but if the other texts are close together then it is
not always clear with which inscription the second part should be read unless there is
a clear difference in technique of inscribing or, in the case of genealogy, it occurs
elsewhere80. There might also be instances where words are intentionally inscribed in
an ambiguous position although this cannot be corroborated81.
H. The Differences in the letter forms:
The above division of the letters into forms ( A) is not intended to do anything more
than identify various forms and is necessarily rather loose. It does not, for instance,
attempt to classify the forms of , , , z, , , , , n, h, w and y which all, to a greater
or lesser extent show variations. The reason for this is that, at the level of the study
undertaken here, it is difficult to identify the significance of the variations, something
which is also true, to a certain extent, about the differences in forms of the other
letters which I have isolated. The problem arises from the informal nature of
the script whereby the majority of the differences are the result of incidental factors
such as the skill of an inscriber, his temporary preference and the care taken by

72

See KJC 107 and the end of KJC 174, for example. Such contortions and changes
in direction are often clearly because the inscriber has misjudged the space needed to
complete his text, see KJB 18, for example.
73
See KJA 84, KJC 543, for example.
74
See the commentary to KJB 58a.
75
See KJA 88 and KJC 253, for example.
76
In a text that bends at right angles the bend is not necessarily made at the end of one
word and beginning of the next but sometimes occurs in the middle of the word, see,
for example, KJA 292 and KJC 39 where the texts bend after the of .
77
This also occurs with the letters in the middle or end of a word see, for instance,
KJB 172, KJC 489 but this is usually done to avoid a ridge or crack in the rock. Large
gaps between the letters of words, see KJA 187, KJC 99, KJC 198, 333,438, 489, 492,
543, for example, often occur for the same reason. The irregularities of the rock
surfaces have not been drawn on to the facsimiles.
78
See KJA 1, 44, 76, 111, 187 etc. and see some of the texts by rs bn rs KJC 442a,
522 and 615 in which the author has inscribed his genealogy in different directions to
that of the first part of the texts.
79
See KJB 55, 70, 74, KJC 362, 648, 754.
80
There are no particularly ambiguous examples among the Wd Judayyid texts but
see AMJ 86, 87, for example.
81
For possible examples, see KJC 712-713 and 716-716a.

him; different techniques of inscribing82; the direction of the text (and changes in
direction)83; infilling of the letters84 and the nature of the rock surface85. Unless these
factors were taken into account in each individual case a classification of the forms of
the most of the texts from these sites would be complicated and would, on the whole,
reflect the incidental variations rather than more fundamental ones86.
2. In some forms of the letters the changes are clearly basic ones. Unfortunately, in
attempting to group their occurrence one is severely hampered by the brevity of the
majority of the texts which means that there are usually insufficient examples of other
letter forms on which to base a classification. Furthermore, none of the Hismaic texts
are dated and so, even if one was able to produce such a classification, it is unlikely
that it would tell us anything about the temporal development of the various forms.
Nevertheless, for most of these letters, there are instances in which these different
basic forms occur in the same texts, in different texts which are possibly by the same
author87 or in texts by individuals who are possibly close relations. What can be
established, therefore, is that, to a certain degree, these different forms were perhaps
used contemporaneously as alternatives88.
3. One can identify distinctions in a few texts which might indicate two possible
separate groups. The first is suggested by KJB 179 and KJC 202. Both of these texts
have d s of form (4) with the spines bent in the direction of the loop and in both of
82

Whether rough direct hammering has been used or accurate indirect hammering or
chiselling.
83
with a bent stroke might be a result of this, see KJA 195, KJC 224 where the letter
bends in the direction of the text; the angular form of the b in KJA 270 might be
because the text bends, for instance.
84
See E.2. above.
85
Whether it is smooth or bumpy, cracked and so on.
86
In addition, in attempting such a classification, one would have to produce a
comparative study the forms of all the letters in each text.
87
See Ch.5.B.2 and C.1.
88
See, for instance, form (1) and form (3) of b in KJC 631a; form (1) and form (2) of
in texts by lh bn slm KJB 30 and KJC 750; form (1) of in KJB 7 by knn bn l bn
mn ftt and form (2) in KJB 95 by l bn mn bn ftt who is possibly his father; forms
(1) and (2) of in KJA 36; forms (1) and (2) of in KJA 270; three different forms of
f in KJA 23; b bn smn bn qn in KJA 44, 49, KJB 156, 174 consistently uses form
(1) of q whereas sbrnt bn smn in KJB 107, who is possibly his brother, uses form
(2); hn bn zdqm in KJA 27, KJB 105 and 177 uses form (2) of q whereas hn bn
zdqm use form (1) in KJA 99, 300, 173; knn bn l uses different forms of k in KJA
314 (form (1)), in KJB 7 (form (3)) and KJB 687 (form (2)); mllt uses form (1) and
(2) of l in KJA 344; nm bn mlk uses both form (1) and (4) of m in KJA 309.
There are, however, no instances where forms (1) and (3) of d occur in clearly
contemporaneously texts, although KJA 168 and KJC 631a, both by bdyb, might be
by the same man. In KJA 168 the ds are of form (1) and in KJC 631a the d is of
form (3). For comments on form (4) of d, see 3 below. There are no clear examples
in which form (4) of k and other forms occur together or in clearly contemporaneous
texts. Similarly, there are no instances of straight ss and squiggly ss occurring
together. However, the forms of the other letters in KJA 105 and KJB 1 in which
squiggly ss occur are well-attested elsewhere. For KJC 46, see below.

them the s s have proportionately long tails as do the s in KJC 202. The
possibility of a consistent relationship between the forms of these letters is somewhat
tenuous but it is worth bearing in mind that d s with spines bent forwards and long
tailed s s and s might be associated89.
The second group is suggested by KJC 46, 84 and 649 in which some of the letters are
written with vertical stances in horizontal texts and, in the last part of KJC 84, the is
written with a horizontal stance in a vertical text. Unfortunately, the texts are either
too short or do not contain sufficient examples of the same letters to draw much of a
comparison but there are one or two points that can be made. The s in both KJC 46
and 84 both have comparatively long tails; the m s in all three texts are open90 and the
first m in KJC 46 and that in KJC 649 have rather shallow curves and are tilted
slightly forward; the h s in both KJC 46 and 84 have one fork shorter than the other.
These similarities suggest that in some instances, in texts where several of the letters
have different stances there might also be distinctive forms of some of them91.
I. Hismaic and texts with Mixed features:
Harding 1972:5 and Macdonald 1980: 188 drew attention to the occurrence of texts
that share Hismaic and Safaitic features and there are certain points that should be
made about the script of texts that have this characteristic:
(1) Among the texts published by Winnett 1937: 42 as Hismaic from the Madin
li and the Jabal Mism/il areas and by him in 1970 as Tabuki Thamudic
/Hismaic from the Jawf/Wadi Sirn area there are texts which I have described as
Mixed in Appendix 292. The definition of this group is based on, 1) the occurrence
of l s which are straight lines (typically Safaitic) and n s which are dots (typically
Hismaic), 2) the form of the s which is either a wavy line with three indentations93, a
zig-zag94 or a slightly curved line with an indentation95, 3) the occurrence in some
instances of the use of a simplified version of Hismaic type 96.

89

Fairly similar ds occur in KJC 36 but neither of the other relevant letters is attested
there. None of the other letters in KJB 179 and KJC 202 show consistent distinctive
features.
90
Although in TIJ 76 where similar changes in the stances occur they are closed.
91
In fact only one letter, the s of KJC 649, has a vertical stance but the shape of the m
suggests it should be grouped with KJC 46. It should be pointed out that other letters
have different forms, the in KJC 46 has a curled tail whilst that in KJC 84 with a
straight one and a rectangular form of s occurs in KJC 46 but a rounded one in KJC
649. A h with one fork shorter occurs in KJC 718.
92
The only text in Winnett and Reed 1970 which I have classified as Hismaic is WTI
11, the rest are either Safaitic or Mixed. The term mixed texts was used by
Macdonald 1980:188 in his convincing reply to Clarkes argument that Tabuki
Thamudic (i.e. Hismaic, see Ch.1.B) should be subsumed under Safaitic.
93
See WTI 18, 33, 39a, 48a iii and 82, for instance.
94
See HU 2,1, 789,2 = WHI 203c, JS 27, 596, WTI 85, 92.
95
See HU 683, WTI 40.
96
See, for instance, Do XXV 47,4, HU 262, WTI 13, 14. For Hismaic type s, see
WTI 46, 48a I, iii.

The other diagnostic letters within this group of texts tend to be either of the Safaitic
type97 or the Hismaic type98 and in one instance possibly of both types99. Since the
corpus of these texts is small the above description is inevitably incomplete.
Furthermore, the different forms of the s, the varying shapes of the and the
occurrence in some texts of a distinctive form of m, in which the indentation is
incomplete100, and a distinctive form of r, a line with a hook, in others101 suggest that
there are several categories of mixed inscriptions, only loosely defined here, found in
these areas.
(2) From the central Jordanian desert and the western plateau there are texts which I
have classed as Hismaic but which have certain mixed features although all the
diagnostic letters are of the Hismaic type102.
(3) There are a handful of texts from predominantly Hismaic areas which contain
Safaitic forms of certain letters103 and, conversely, there are the occasional texts in
Safaitic areas which use Hismaic forms of other letters104.
J. Hismaic, Thamudic B, C, D and Safaitic:
97

For example, g, see WTI 40, 81, 82, 94, 96; t is sometimes a swastika type, see JS
27, WTI 92 (only occasionally attested in Safaitic); see WTI 95; , HU 2,1, WTI 19,
41, 42, 46; , WTI 40; HU 789,2 = WHI .03c, WTI 19, 42, 95, 98.
98
See, for example, , WTI 19, 41, 42 ?, 48 a I, 48 a iii, 82, 94, 102.
99
z, which is mainly attested as the Safaitic type, see WTI 47, 55, 95. A Hismaic type
appears to occur in WTI 33 although if my interpretation of the previous letter as r is
correct (see below) the reading produces a name which is difficult to explain. k in HU
814, WTI 31, 47 occurs in a form which is attested in both Hismaic and Safaitic. For
examples of the letter, see Winnett and Harding 1978: 10, under k in WH 32, 607.
100
For example, WTI 17, 20, 55.
101
See WTI 33 ?, 41, 55, 78, 79 and several of the texts published by Winnett:
1973(a) from the il area, see, for instance, WHI 127 l nfr bn mr w tswq l blt;
WHI 150 l mrt swq l bsrt; WHI 151 l nmrt swq l srq.
102
RTI A-C, CSP 2 and CTSS 2 and KU 1-2 all have straight ls. KU 1 has a
simplified Hismaic and as well as a more typical type. NST 1 and some of the texts
in King 1989, KWM 3,5, for example, have a combination of straight and hooked ls.
In KWM 2, 5, 7 the ss are slightly squiggly, different from a typical Hismaic s,
typical Safaitic or any of the three letters described above under (1). Since the corpus
of these texts is small and we therefore know very little about the script or how
extensive these mixed features are, I have labelled them Hismaic although perhaps we
shall find that, more correctly, they should be classified separately. If they are to be
considered as a class of mixed texts then it would be a different one from those
mentioned in either (1) or (3).
103
See, among the Wd Judayyid texts, the ss in KJA 105, KJB 1 and the ks in
KJA 258 and KJC 312.
104
See, for example, the texts identified by Knauf 1983 and listed by him as South
Safaitic (593) which use a Hismaic type g, C 1782, C 5355, WH 44, 800, 809, 3105,
3531 + 2, 3927 and, possibly, 2322, although an explanation of the name gml is
difficult on etymological grounds. HCH 194 which uses a Hismaic and C 5276
which has a Hismaic type r, and possibly g (l m l frg, the tribal name, on
etymological grounds, could read either frg or fr).

Ancient SOUTH Arabian

North Minaic
[for comparison]

Transliteration

Safaitic

Transliteration

Hismaic

Safaitic

Thamudic C

Thamudic B

Dumaitic

Taymanitic

Dadanitic

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

Thamudic D

|
|
n |
|
q |
r |
!|
"|
|
#|
|
|
|
|
|
w|
y |

Hismaic

Thamudic D

Thamudic C

[for comparison]

h
#

Thamudic B

A good example of this are the texts that Winnett classifies as Thamudic C (1937:
34-38). He identifies the r in these texts as a small deep curve (see the 1937 script
table) whereas in most of these texts it is clearly a straight line.
For example, bn grs, JS 40, (cf. HIn: 144 under rs and see the Index of
names); rm JS 86, 93, 97 (HIn: 185); qrfz, JS 100, 111-113 etc., (see the Index of
names); wrmt, JS 80, (HIn: 185). Instances where the curved letter has been read as r
|
are not conclusive and it is equally possible in most cases that it should be read as b:
|
zrt, JS 43, zr-, JS 48 (read instead zbt, zb-, cf. KJC 711!in the Index of names);
|
nrt, JS 64 (read instead rbt (cf., for eg., Ar. arabah tree' that has restored its
|
growth); rt, JS 84, 98 (possibly from Ar. yb ?, or identification
of the first letter
b
mistaken,
read,
perhaps,

bt,
cf.
JS
152

y
(rather
than

y)
and
JS 132 kbt
|
d
(rather than krt)). In JS 75 I would read
|
? the first letter as( and emend the second to

,
reading
the
name
(

)bt
(cf.

b,
HIn:
|
?50). That these texts with straight rs are
different from Thamudic D (where the?letter is also a straight
" line) is shown by the
|
squiggly form of the s with a fork at one end in, for example, JS 102, 103, and 135.
|
Winnett 1937: 37 suggests that?in five Thamudic Cf texts (JS 64, 150, 749, HU
|
121, 174) the n is a straight line, as in Thamudic
B, rathergthat a wavy/zig-zag line as
?
|
inNorth
most ofArabian
these texts, Scripts
see JS 93, 97, 98 etc. In JS 749, the n is in fact wavy, in JS 150
Ancient
) line is a r and the n a
? above), the straight
? name see
|
the texts reads w n qrfz (for the
wavy line, in JS 64 an alternative reading to nrt, rbt has been suggested above. In
|
the other examples he gives, HU 121 w n dyft and HU 174,2 w n mrsm, the reading
|
#
of the n as a straight line is conclusive and there are further instances, see HU 84, 86,
|
90, for example. Furthermore the rs are all clearly curved
$ in HU 86, 90 and 174.
|
On the basis of the r and n alone there are, therefore, two types within
|
Winnetts Thamudic C. The first, Thamudic C, has a straight
k line as r and a
|
wavy/zig-zag line as n and the second, Thamudic C has a straight line as n and a
l come from asm
|
small deeply curved r. The Thamudic C texts quoted above
|
come from Aab and Jabal
ana, north of Madin li and the Thamudic C! textsm
|
Jildiyah, east of il.
n
|
The above distinction between Thamudic C' and Thamudic C is only
intended to give on specific example of some of thebproblems
|
q with Winnetts 1937
classification.
The
definition
of
the
two
groups
is
obviously
incomplete and I have
d
|
r
not maintained the distinction outside
this section, in,
?
|
( for example, quoting names
106
For example:
?
s!
|
?
"

occurs as
in Thamudic C and D but there are very few examples of the
|
s"
letter and I think a question mark still needs to be maintained. For instances in
f
|
s# Naveh N 1.2, WTI 57.
Thamudic C, see JS 4 = WTI 75
? and in Thamudic D, JS 207,
Dumaitic

"
f
g

105

Taymanitic

b
d
(

Ancient North Arabian Scripts

Dadanitic

Transliteration

!
'

The above discussion of mixed features emphasizes the need for more work to be
done on the classification of the scripts of Early North Arabian. Winnett (Winnett
and Reed 1970: 69-70) pointed this out with reference to his 1937 classification of the
Thamudic texts which is minimal and needs refining105. Furthermore, there are letters
in the categories that he does identify, the values of which are still uncertain or not
very well substantiated106.

?in Thamudic C JS 7 + 6 =+WTI 77, JS 64, 75, 750,

clearly occurs as a
) 2). t The identification of the
751, TIJ 149, 150 (for?the last two
? texts see Appendix
letter in Thamudic D is still uncertain.
%

#
$

*
w
y

&

s"+ '
s" '

,(

hq

w
k

m fn

f)
yl

the letter for both these groups and thatbnone of the variety ofs"
signs for the letter in the
script table of Winnett and Reed 1970 are attested in contexts that conclusively
|
s#
identify them as representing /g/108. d

|(
#
#
+
|
|"
$
$
b
t
|
d
% 61. kThe

occurs in Thamudic D as | ,fsee JS 205,k206 and WTI

?
?
(
gC is still uncertain.
identification of the letter in Thamudic
|
?
?
*

is still uncertain
?
"in Thamudic|?B, C and D.l
l
? Thamudic
| ) den Branden
? is
in
1956(a)w
I: Pl.I, Ryckmans 1960:
f D (see Van
m
m
?
202, Jamme 1970(b): 129
HIC 2 (in the name
g JaT 8). For| conclusive examples, see
y
nm) and Ph.363c (in the name bn).
C the letter is still uncertain, ?
| In Thamudic
n C, the zlast name
n ny
) I would read
? might?
although in WTI 36 which
| # as Thamudic
well read ny rather than kny as in the
| edition. Forq the letters &, g andq, see below.
h
t " very
$/%tod
g #close
b// are
!
In Safaitic and Thamudic B, therefore,
| $ the signs for // and
#
those in South Arabian. In Thamudic| B the sign for // varies between a grid (HU
r
r g' 347).
t " (JS
$/% d
#
bspokes
!
780,3), a square with four spokes (JS 462)
)
(
r z
s!
s"
$
| k and a circle with& five
| lwe have ofs!
See WTI 50, 59, 63. The instances
the graphemes , ,s! f and
in )
qs" ' k ( l
k
+
r z
s!
| few but some of the* &more
Thamudic C and Thamudic D are very
certain examples
s" y f q of a
show, not only how uncertain
the situation
also gives
l
|m is, buts"
m possible
n h
w ,evidence
k
l
+
*
degree of variation for m
the evaluation| of the signs:
s#
s#w y
Thamudic C:
m n h
|n
n
+ JS 54, 108
|q rs, see+the Index of names);
as /g/ JS 40 rs, grs (rather than
|
q
t
t
rf, grf (rather than rf); JS 172 |z,rgz (rather than z); JS 85 bl, gbl (rather
r
than
bl). Ambiguous examples:
JS 55
% JS 128
| /gg, JS% 61, 101, 110 ryt/gryt,
$/% d
g #
lmt/lgmt; JS 89, 119 also
s! has the letter
|s!but with another, the value of which is
t "
$/% d
g #
b
!
*
*
s"126 m). | s" ?
)
(
f
(cf. JS?
s" ' uncertain
| ) (Winnett [1982]: 42). Ambiguous: SSA 32
s#
( snt)
z
&479rsgnt
as
/g/
TIJ
(rather
s!
s" ' than
w
w
f
q
k
l
|s#
+
t "
$/% d
g # ! $/%b d t "
g #
b
gnt/nt;
Uncertain JS 96
w zt
l qql k f.|+l
y
y
,
f
* +
y
t
t "
$/% d
g !# b $/% t d "
#
b
| ml).
as
// TIJ 305a g ml,
ml
(rather) than
' y (
r z
s!
s" ' & ( r m z) n s!h
s"
w
z
z
%
|t
as // JS 57 ) bt, bt (rather
than
|%bt).
)
(
r z , s!
&' r (z
s!
s" 'f
f s" q * D:
&
&
k+
l ,
+
Thamudic
?
* q k l |
fy * q m+ n
f
q
k ?h, l
n+ h , w as
/g/ Naveh
N w1 ywb, kgb l(rather|*than b).
y
|w
n h
y m n h
y
w
w
|
z
y
||
&
z
?
?
?

!
'

Transliteration

$/% d
s!
$/% ds" '

Safaitic

m n h
m n h

#
gr #z

Thamudic D

107 ,

s! *
s!

Thamudic C

&"

$/%

Thamudic B

"

Dumaitic

"

Taymanitic

Dadanitic

Transliteration

Transliteration

&

Safaitic

Hismaic

&

Ancient SOUTH Arabian

North Minaic
[for comparison]

Thamudic D

Thamudic C

Thamudic B

'

b
b
l
d
d
? $/% d
? (
m
(
t "
g #
b
!
The most surprising result
of
recent
work
on
the
script
of
Hismaic
is the recognition
?
?
Ancient
NorthnArabian
? /g/, represents
? "// and
" //.Scripts
that the grapheme represents
represents
The first
)
z
& orrrelated
s!
s"of'them,( are well-attested
two,
forms
in Thamudic q
B and Safaitic to
f
f
?
?
represent // and // respectively
. The third,
, is found in mixed texts and very
g
g
, Safaitic
f
r establish
q represent
+
occasionally
in
to
for
*
? k l //!(see ? I above). We cannot
certain which equivalents hold for these graphemes in Thamudic C and D, although it
) marks by
' ?script)table theres!are question
is m
significant
?w fory /g/ in? Winnetts
? (1937)
n h that
*

!
'

b
d
(
"
f
g
)

107

108

"

s!
,

m n

'

Dumaitic

|||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
|||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
||
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||

Hismaic

North
|| Arabian Scripts

w
!
&
&
*
m
*
m

#
$
k
l
m
n
q
r
s!
s"
s#
+
t
%
*
w
y
z
&

Transliteratio

Safaitic

Hismaic

Thamudic D

Thamudic C

Thamudic B

Dumaitic

Taymanitic

Dadanitic

Transliteration

Safaitic

Hismaic

109

Thamudic D

Thamudic C

Thamudic B

Dumaitic

Taymanitic

Van den Branden (1950(a), 1957(b)) saw the relationship between the Early North
|
Arabian scripts as a continuous development to a progressively more cursive form
| North Arabian
with local variations.
!
ent
ScriptsProfessor J. Ryckmans (1956, 1960) persuasively argued
against this view, advocating that the scripts although related, represented
|
independent local variations and developments.
'
|
Whilst at the moment we are unable to produce a satisfactory comparative study of
b
the scripts and are still far from understanding the relationship between them, there
|
are certain points that are clear:
d
|
? Safaitic and the mixed (
(1) Some letters have similar forms in all types of Thamudic,
texts .
|
?
? phonemes .
"
(2) In some cases the same forms occur to represent different
|
!
Scripts
|Ancient North(3)Arabian
Some of the letters are different but it would be possible to trace a relationship
f
'
between the forms .
?
|
b
g
(4) Two groups which we know are, to a certain extent, ?
contemporary (Thamudic D
d
|
and Hismaic), use different graphemes, between which it is very difficult to see a
?
)
relationship, to represent etymological /s/?(
.
?
|
?
?
"
|
as /g/, possible, HU 509,1 sr
ntn, srg
(son of) ntn (rather than sr) HU 509,
|
! f
?
#
2 z(n)
rmn, This is grmn (or rmn) (cf. g
Winnett [1982]: 34-35).
'
?
|
as // JS 207 (= JaT first half), JS 210
b = JaT
) 28d lbt, lbt (Winnett [1982]: $
?lbt).
?

38-39)
(rather
than

|
d
?
(
as // Ph 363c bn, bn
|
?
? = JaT 28f m, m
k
" or #
ambiguous JS 209
m.
|
f is evidence for as // in the name (l)t
In Thamudic?C in HU 85,1 there
$
g
|
and also, in the same?text, that rf is grf where the relative size of the letter suggests l
it should be ?read as /g/
alternative //. This means that
) possible
? rather than the other
k
|
m
there is evidence that Thamudic C has at least a few features which it shares with
Thamudic B (and, incidentally, Safaitic), namely,
l a straight line as a n and the same
|
signs for etymological // and /g/. That#the category is different from Thamudic B is
m the letter in HU 86, 98, 174, 2 with n
suggested by the form of the , see, for instance,
|
$ JS 300, 305, 332.
that in the Thamudic B texts, for example,
See, for example, for forms of t, h, w andny.
|
q
k
For example, a straight line: n in Safaitic and Thamudic B, r in Thamudic D and C
q
|
and a s in Hismaic. A dot: n in Hismaic,
in Safaitic. A squiggly line: n
l sometimes
r
in Thamudic D and s in Safaitic. A line
with
a
hook:
l in Thamudic B, C and
m
r above).
|
Hismaic and r in some mixed texts (see I (1)
n
For example and k.
s!
|
s!
See Ch.8.B.n.11.
q
s" and Hismaic , see the script table. s"
|
Thamudic D
JS 1, 203, 499, forr example,
s#
|
s!
s#
+
s"
|
+
s# t
|
110

111

&

&!
br zt
m n h *

*
&

w!

&
w

t
k

"

g #
m n

yk
&(

s!

s" '

"

yr

s!m n s" h'

k*

$/%

+l

$/%

w(

y)

Safaitic

"

$/%

s" '

s!

h#

" m gn

110

111
112
113

w
$/%

dy

&

m n

s" '

s!

!
)

&
l

"

$/%

s" '

s!

m n

109

113

&

d
w

d
f

$/%

s" '

s!

l
r)

)
(
$/%
f! qdb

t
q

&

y
b
f

m n

s" '
k
l

s!
q

g s", #'
y

Hismaic

z
f

$/%

(
$/%

"

Thamudic D

Thamudic C

s" '
g #

"s!
w+

m n

"

s!
"

,
f
q
m n h
w
z
s!
s" '

+
r

m n

$/%

Thamudic B

z
t

Dumaitic

r
b

Taymanitic

Dadanitic

&
!

"

Transliteration

112

"

$/%

(5) There are two groups that use the graphemes

and
for // and //) respectively
(
&
r z
s!
s" '
(Safaitic and Thamudic B) and one (Hismaic)114 that uses them for /g/ and //.
*

The last two points endorse Ryckmans view as the differences there clearly cannot
have occurred through a single chronological development
m n h
y must have resulted
w but
from the adoption of the forms by these particular groups at some point.

114

And probably others.

Ch.3
3.Phonolody, Orthography and Grammar:
Sketches of Thamudic grammar in general, disregarding Winnetts classification, are
to be found in Littmann 1940: 31-34 and in Van den Brander 1950(a): 33-43,
although the latters reliance on poor copies and his lack of consistency in
interpretation make most of his comments doubtful. More useful are comparisons
with studies of Safaitic phonology, orthography and grammar which are based on a
larger number of texts and, on the whole, more reliable copies1.
A. Phonology:
Hismaic contains the full complement of North Arabian phonemes. The inscribed
alphabet (Knauf 1985) lists the phonemes in the North Semitic order, with l, r and in
anomalous positions, and the additional North Arabian phonemes at the end:
l b g d h w z y k m n r f q s t s 2
1. t for // and for /t/:
Littmann (1945-49: 174-175), Knauf (1983: 588) and Voigt (1984:312)
maintain that there are instances where t occurs for //. Macdonald (1986: 135-136)
has shown that the examples used do not provide conclusive evidence as they can all
be explained otherwise3 and there are no examples amongst the Wd Judayyid
inscriptions that suggest the two phonemes had fallen together.
The examples given by Littmann (1945-49: 173-174) of the use of the phoneme
for /t/ are largely based on the mistaken identification of the grapheme

See Littmann 2943: xii-xxiv; Oxtoby 1968: 8-13; Winnett and Harding 1978: 12-15;
Clark 1983: 112-124; Mller 1980: 67-74.
2
See Macdonald 1986 for a detailed discussion of the alphabet. For inscribed Safaitic
alphabets, see Macdonald ibid and King 1990.
3
Macdonald points out that Jammes reading of TIJ 280 (Jamme 1974(b): 125)
provides an alternative to Littmanns which involved suggesting tr for r. The name
tmd in TIJ 105 etc. is most probably a feminine imperfect from the root mdy and wtm
in TIJ 29, which is an uncertain reading, (Macdonald 1986: 135) might be derived
from the root ytm, see HIn: 634 and 4 below. The name krtm discussed by Littmann
(1945-1949: 174) can be explained from kurtm large rock.
4

The examples he gives include the names ml

- (ml) - mlg,

bd - (bd) - bdg, fl - (fl) - flg, etc. Drewes 1985; 166-7 who discusses the
occurrences after nasals of the interdental for t in Lihyanite and suggests the same
explanation for some of the names in Hismaic (bn

mhr,

l
qm
r
2. d for // and for /d/:n
s!
q of the phoneme d being used for // in the variant spellings
There are clear instances
s"
of the divine name l-Sar - dsr/dsry as against sr/sry5.
r
Both Littmann (1945-49:
176) and Knauf (1983: 588) quote several texts as
s#
evidence for being used for /d/6. However, among the texts from the ism there
are only two cases, +TIJ s!
109 and KJA 318, which provide fairly certain instances of
this7. In the former, thes"
name rl is attested, the first element of which Littmann
t
explains from the root radda return8 and, in the latter, the name w is most
probably a variation%of s#
wd9. In RTI A, which comes from central Jordan, tmbt
occurs for the name tm+bdt.
*
?
3. z for // and for //:t
w
% suggested that in some instances z occurs as a dialectical
Littmann (1945-49:y172)
variation for in Hismaic. His proposal derived partly from the reading of the
*
?
grapheme
as /z/ zin HU 261 and 262 (Winnett 1937: 45, 47) which raised the
possibility that the letter
& wcould represent both /z/ and //. The two texts in question,
however, are Safaitic (Macdonald
1986: 111, 143) and not Hismaic. The Wd
y
Judayyid texts provide several additional instances of the phoneme (represented by
t "
g #
b
!
z names
the grapheme
) in the
f,
n,
nt, $/%
znn,d mq, yr where there are no
imperative etymological&reasons for suggesting that the grapheme was used
10
t "
$/% d
g #
b
!
)
( together
.
ambivalently that these sounds
z occasion
&
r on
s!
s" ' fell

With the identification of

&

bn

r*

as //f and
q

s! ,

z+

m n
+

,h

s" '

wf

yq

as // there is no evidence that // fell

k ) l

rf) was also misled

by hthe wrong evaluation of this grapheme. Knauf (1983:
m
n

588), however, maintains that there is an instance in TIJ 156 in the name bd
although, as Macdonald (1986: 135-136) points out, this must read bdg.
5
On the basis of the then published texts Macdonald (1986: 110-11,142) draws the
conclusion that the deitys name is regularly written with in texts from the ism.
6
See also Voigt 1984: 312.
7
The examples they quote include TIJ 69 where the reading y is clear on the copy,
however, I have reservations about the accuracy of the reading although there is no
photograph from which it can be checked, see Appendix 2. The name read as yr in
TIJ 255 is most probably gr and the central part of the copy of TIJ 490 is so doubtful
that I would hesitate to read z as certain.
8
The root is not attested elsewhere as an element in a theophoric compound name
(the name lrd read in HU 690 by HIn: 66 is doubtful as it is uncertain which type of
Thamudic the text is). It should also be pointed out that there is no available
photograph of this text.
9
A less substantial explanation for the name would be metathesis of the first two
letters, see B.10. lwd might be a variant of lw, although there is another possible
explanation of the name, see the Index of names.
10
There are other instances in the names b, bry and b but the readings of all these
are questionable.

under the phoneme as suggested by Littmann (1945-49: 171) and Voigt (1984:
313)11.
4. Variations in the use of w, y and :
There is evidence for variant spellings using w and y. Both wtr and ytr occur as
names, and wtm12 is most probably to be explained from ytm and yly from wly. A
variation where the letters are the final radical of the root occurs in the names kw
and ky and possibly in rw/ry, srw/sry and rw/ry. replaces y in r (KWM 12)
and y replaces // in yl (CTSS 3) and in ksy (KJC 139). The imperfect of the root qr
occurs as yqry (MNM b 6).
5. Assimilation and ellision of consonants13:
The assimilation of m, might occur in grmnt (grm + mnt)14. bdmk occurs for the
name bdmlk (cf. Nab. bdmnkw, see 7 below), the relative particle mn is written m
in KJC 46. The names yr, yr and yr might be derived from the roots nr, nr and
nr with an assimilation of the unvocalised initial radical n in the imperfect form15.
bnt (Ar. bint daughter) occurs in Do XX 37,11 but the n is assimilated in KJC 329,
TIJ 98, 9916.
The is dropped from b in some compound proper names17 and in an internal
position from l in the names nl, nl, sdl, nl, tnl and whbl18 and yb in the name
bdlyb which also occurs as bdyb19. Initial y of the deitys name y is assimilated
in the compound name s20.
!
!

11b

*
m

t "
g #
d
The
examples
he$/%gives
include m
&

&

"
!
s!

$/%

t "
$/% d
g #
n bwhich
Littmann
reads
as mn but is really
)
(
s" '

mn, mn Littmann ) mn, but really mn, Littmann but

really etc.
)
(
(
z
&
r z
s!
s!
s" '
s" '
,
f
q
k
l
+
The reading of the name *is doubtful.
13
For ,the assimilation
of
n in Nabataean, see Cantineau
1930:
44-45 and in Safaitic,
,
f
f
q
q
k
k
l
l
+
m n h
y+
w*
Winnett and Harding 1978: 13, Littman 1943: xiii and Mller 1980: 69.
14
occurrence of themname
h
n There
n h tmnt
y
w is doubtful
w inyLihyanite JS L 256/1 (Jin: 936)
which might be a compound of tm + mnt where the ms are assimilated, cf. the
vocalization of the Arabic name Tammant. There is, however, a perfectly adequate
alternative explanation for the name grmnt, see the Index of names.
15
Other explanations of the names are possible, see the Index of names, but this
seems the most satisfactory.
16
The readings or interpretation of all these texts are doubtful, for the examples from
TIJ, see Appendix 2.
17
See Ch.5.A.2.
18
nl and tnl are doubtful readings. The names kl and qyml might also be
instances of this, although I am uncertain about the first on etymological grounds (and
would prefer to suggest it is a quadriliteral form) and the reading of the second is
doubtful.
19
The inscriptions with this name might be written by the same man and the lack of
in bdlyb could be a mistake, see 10.
20
Suggesting a pronunciation aia (cf. Taymanite HE 23 tm and see Mller
1979: 26). The root y might also occur in the name t for which it is otherwise
12r

6. The use of m for b:

KJC 128 reads l brr mn smnt where m has been written instead of b in the word bn
son of21. Since brr mn smnt occurs elsewhere at the sites (KJC 257, 665) this
explanation seems more satisfactory than suggesting that mn is Ar. min from and
translating the text brr of the family of smnt (Wright II: 139 rem. a)22.
7. The interchange of n and l:
The spelling of bdmk < bdmlk suggests an interchange of n for l, similar to that
found in Nabataean (Cantineau 1930: 45) where the name of the kings Malichos
occurs as both mlkw and mnkw and the compound as both bdmlkw and bdmnkw (see
Cantineau 1932: 114-115, Milik 1958-1959: 354-355, Milik 1976:154). For the
assimilation of the n, see .5 above.
8. Doubling of the liquid letter l 23:
Doubling of l occurs in ll (Ar. alla), kll (Ar. kull) and the name mllt (cf. Ar. subs.
maallah and the names al-Miall and Muill). The name sll might also be an
instance of this24.
9. T marbah:
There is no conclusive evidence that t marbah-at had started to move to the Arabic
pronunciation -ah25. There are a few names where this might be the case mrh, mh,
blh, bnlh, mnh but they are either doubtful readings or their interpretation is
ambiguous.
B. Orthography:
1. Vowelling:
There is no evidence of the use of matres lectionis to represent long vowels, short
vowels or dipthongs. Clear examples of the lack of orthographic representation of
dipthongs occur in sq (Ar. sawq) and sb (Ar. sayb)26.

difficult to find a satisfactory explanation. For the occasional spelling of the divine
name y as in Safaitic, see CSNS 813, for example.
21
See Cantineau 1930: 44 for an occurrence of a similar change in Nabataen.
22
cf. JS Min. 59 which reads bdwd mn grmnhy and see Winnett and Read 1970: 121.
mmngt in TIJ 216 might also be an instance of m being used for b, see Appendix 2.
23
For this feature in Safaitic, see Littmann 1904(b): 116, 1943: xiii and Oxtoby 1968:
10.
24
See below B.9.
25
For evidence of the transition in Safaitic, see Mller 1980: 60.
26
swq occurs in HS 88 (rb swq b wl). I would prefer, however, to suggest the w has
a consonantal value (despite the fact I cannot find an equivalent nominal form in
Arabic) rather than suggesting it is an isolated case of dipthongal representation.

2. Geminated Radicals:
Many of the names with a biliteral spelling can be assumed to be derived from
geminate verbs indicating that the unvocalised doubled consonants are represented
only once. Therefore, where they are both graphically represented the name is a
diminutive or other vocalized form. The evidence for the fl form is ambiguous27.
3. Alif maddah:
The verb (KJA 23), if my interpretation is correct, provides an instance of the
orthography of - where is maintained as against the use of alif maddah
in Ar. a. Other examples cannot be identified with certainty as they are names,
although possibly a vocalized double , a (Ar. ) might be represented by a single
in dm.
4. Medial :
In most instances medial probably represents a radical rather than Ar. (< *-y-, *w- ) in Form I active participle (fil) of hollow verbs. Some cases, however, are
ambiguous, for example, dl, dm, sb and sr28.
5. Final :
In the majority of names ending in final the letter can be explained as a radical.
There is one fairly certain exception to this in r and a possible exception in a
doubtful reading gn, where probably corresponds to Ar. in the normal forms
ar and an from the roots rw/ry and ny29. Similarly, mt which is probably to
be derived from the root my might correspond to Ar. amah. Mller 1980: 72-73
finds evidence for final being the suffixed Aramaic article in Safaitic which would
provide a possible interpretation for final in the name hl30 which is otherwise
difficult to explain. There is, however, no conclusive evidence from strong roots that
this form occurred in Hismaic31.
6. The radicals w and y:
w and y may represent the following Arabic orthography:
a. Verbs:
Final: bny, Ar. ban (< *banaya); ry, Ar. raa (< *raaya); ny, Ar. aniya

27

See B.9.
The name gnt is unlikely to be a participle form from the root jwn (Ar. jna
become black) and should be explained in some other way perhaps from junah, see
the Index of names; cf. Littmann 1943:303 and see Cantineaus (1932: 76) discussion
of the name gnyw in Nabataean.
29
cf. 6.b.
30
The name being derived from hll or hwl.
31
hmr in KJB 180 might be an example derived from the root hmr, although it is
equally possible that it should be explained from mr with the particle h, see Ch.5.B.1.
28

Medial: byt, Ar. bta (< *bayata); yd, Ar. da (< *ayada)32
b. Nominal forms:
kw33, fsy, Ar. afal, *ak, (< *akaw), *afa (< *afay)
sry/dsry34, Ar. l-ar, (< * l-aray)
ry, Ar. ar (< *ary); ny, Ar. an (< *any); ngy Ar. naj (< *najy); sw,
Ar. as 35 (< *asy).
c. Derived participles36:
mmy, Ar. mumi n , maiyy, mzy, Ar. *muzi n , *muazzi n
mny, Ar. muni n.
d.The y at the end of the name y probably indicates a diminutive (Ar. Uayy)37.
e. A few instances can be identified where the radicals -y and -w are not represented
orthographically and it must be assumed that among biliteral names there are other
examples:
l (Ar. il); d (Ar. da); sr/dsr (Ar. l-ar); rh (Ar. rhw); sr (Ar. sra); l
(Ar. al); r (*ri n ); ftt (Ar. fath); mnt (in cmpd. names) (Ar. Mant); nk (Ar.
nka).
7. Suffix -w and -y:
There are clear examples of the form ful in the divine names zy (Ar. al-Uzz)
which is attested in compound names and ktby (*Kutb). The letter also occura as ktb
and ktb in the compound names tmktb/tmktb (TIJ 28, SIAM 43). Further instances
of a -y suffix occur in the personal names brky, bry, mly, rfy, shry, fry, yly, mry,
mlky, nmy which might be examples of nominal forms, cf., for example, Ar. bark,
burk, bar, afr, nam, or nisbah forms (Ar. -iyy) being used as personal
names38.
There are instances of names formed from strong roots which end in -w: frw

32

If the verbs byt and yd are Form I, see C.1.

cf. the Safaitic name mw Ar. am blind in WH 1526. Winnett and Harding
1978: 19 compare the final w with the w at the end of some Nabataean names, HIn 56
lists the name as uncertain under mr.
34
cf. the alternative orthography for the deitys name, e below and cf. the spelling in
Nabataean in which a final radical e below and cf. the spelling in Nabataean in which
a final radical is not represented (Cantineau 1932: 81 dwsr).
35
The correspondence in this case is doubtful as the translation of the word is open to
question.
36
The following examples are all names and the correspondence to Ar. Is based on
the assumption that they are active participles. mzy is ambiguous as it could be
derived from the root mz.
37
And probably in many if the other names with final y. The representation of y here
and in the names from derived participles, (see c above), suggests that possibly case
endings were used.
38
There are no attested examples of the nisbah form being used adjectivally.
33

and krw39. The w in these cases most probably corresponds to the Nabataean w at the
end of proper names40.
8. Prosthetic alif:
Prosthetic alif if is not generally represented in the substantives bn, mrt, mr (in
compound names)41 and the definite article l42 (see the names tmlwr and bdlg)43,
although it occurs in the names bdl()[]wr, bdlyb, bnsd and bnmn44. It occurs
in the divine name lt (TIJ 481)45 if it is assumed that lt represents the same deity46.
9. afal:
The elative afal form is well represented among the names and, for cases derived
from strong and hollow verbs, the orthography conforms to that of Arabic.
The situation with respect to final weak and doubled verbs is less certain. There
are clear instances from final weak roots in kw and fy and there is one instance in
sll, where the geminated radical is written separately47. In instances where a name is
composed of an and two root letters, in most cases, they could be derived either
from roots with an initial , w or y48 but there are some exceptions , m, f and
ns 49 which suggest that these, and probably some of the other examples, are afal
forms of either final weak roots or doubled roots where the final radical is not
represented orthographically or appears in a contracted form50.
10.Mistakes:
Apparent variations in orthography might in some cases simply be mistakes made by
the inscriber, although they are impossible to identify as such where there is
39

And possibly gsmw in JS 695 + 696 where the copy might be incomplete, see
Appendix 2. frw might be a variation of fry although as yet there is no evidence for
w/y interchange except where they represent a radical.
40
Cantineau 1932: 165-169 and for examples in Safaitic see Winnett and Harding
1978: 19 sdw and bdw. The final w in the other examples quoted there could be
explained as root letters.
41
cf. Nabataean bn, mr, mr in compound names (Cantineau 1932: 55, 64).
42
cf. Nabataean l (Cantineau 1932: 61).
43
It is also possibly lacking in mtn which might be Form VIII, although there is
another possible explanation of the name, see Ch.5.A.1.b.
44
The last two names occur in inscriptions of which there are no available
photographs and so the readings cannot be checked, see Ch.5.2.b.
45
See also the mixed text WTI 13.
46
cf. Nabataean lt (Cantineau 1932: 64). lh occurs in the mixed text WTI 14.
47
The doubled l here could be due to the liquid, see A.8. or the name might be the
diminutive * Usaylil.
48
tr from wtr; tm from tm or ytm; gd from wgd; gm from jm or wjm ?; dm from
dm; kr from kr; qm from wqm.
49
dr might be added to these as a derivation from wdr is unlikely.
50
See also Miliks (1958-1959 357) comments on the Greek transcription of the
name tm in MNM b 10 .

insufficient context. There are a few clear examples where letter has been left out51.
Metathesis occurs in KJA 49 where b is written for b, in KJA 99, where
zqdm occurs for zdqm and, possibly, in KJC 318 where w might occur for w,
although in the latter case there is no evidence to corroborate this and there is another
explanation for the name, see A.252.
bn bn bdt in KJC 169, on the basis of other occurrences of the genealogy (see
Index a), must be an instance of dittography.
In other texts there are examples where mistakes have been rectified, either by
hammering a letter out53 or by adding it to one side54. Where the mistakes have not
been corrected, it might be because they were not noticed or because there was
insufficient space to change the letter without damaging the rest of the text.
C. Grammar:
1. Verbs:
The number of verbs attested is so small that little can be said about the inflections
and forms. The texts are expressed in the third person singular of which both the
masculine and feminine (-t) perfect are attested. The perfect is used to express
statements and as an optative in prayers. An imperfect occurs in two texts (MNM b 6
and TIJ 494) and the imperative in KJC 46, 115.
Strong verbs: Forms I, II and IV are attested. Form II of the strong verb is
graphically indistinguishable from Form I, although a clear example occurs in sl
(KJC 139, 140) on the basis of the corresponding meaning of the form in Arabic and a
probable example in d (KWM 2, 4, 7 etc.). Form IV with the prefix - occurs in
sd (KJC 139) and possibly a variant form with h- in the imperative ht (KJC 46) (cf.
Ar. hti, ti).
The variant forms of the orthography of Form I of hollow verbs are listed in
B.6. The suggestion that yd and byt are plene spellings of Form I is based on the
meaning of Form I of the verbs in Arabic, although the possibility that they are Form
II cannot be discounted (Littmann 1943: xviii, Oxtoby 1968: 11).
Form two of a doubled verb occurs in wdd. nyk occurs with nk in KJA 6
indicating that the two verbs have a different sense and that the triliteral spelling is
not, in this case, a variant of the orthography of Form I. An example of Form V
occurs in tswq (JS 229).
A verbal noun is attested in ksy (KJC 139), y (KJC 46)55 and in smt a form
used in prayers. Participles occur in KJC 138 (b and hr), KJC 659 (sh), KJA 97,
KJC 673 (r) and possibly in in w N phrases.
2. Plurals:

51

For instance, has been left out of in KJB 54; the conjunction w- in KJB 74; the
m of sqm in KJB 136; the y in syn in KJC 641 and g in the name gfft in KJC 147d.
52
mny bn hn (KJB 70) might be a mistake for mny bn hwn (KJB 116).
53
See KJB 129, for instance.
54
See KJA 236, KJB 7 and possibly KJV 436a.
55
And probably in AMJ 5.

No sound masculine plurals are attested56. The lack of vowelling possibly disguises a
broken plural in KJC 140 (wl) but there are clear examples in , Ar. a; sy, Ar.
ay (KJA 86, 641)57; rl, Ar. arul (KJC 539). The list of feminine substantives
in KJC 539 most probably contains forms of the sound feminine plural. The dual
possibly occurs in KJC 108 although without agreement with the two preceding
feminine nouns.
3. Adjectives and Adverbs:
Adjectives used attributively occur in CTSS 3 (rh dq), MNM b 6 (sr dq), KJA 23
(ftt snt) and KJA 28 (mrt dt) where they follow the substantive and agree in
number and gender. An adjectival expression is formed by the indeclinable
noun rb/rbt with the qualified noun following in the genitive case. A clear example of
an adverbial form (srr, Ar. surra n) is attested in KJA 12, KJB 13 and possibly TIJ
291.
4. Pronouns:
The first person singular detached pronoun n is attested in a statement of simple
authorship, KJC 646, and in the love texts KJA 97 and KJC 673. Several of the
pronominal suffixes occur. Both masculine and feminine third person singular and
attested attached to verbs (blth, KJB 138; nkh, KJA 23, 24); the masculine appears
with the verbal noun (ksyh, KJC 138), the substantive kll (KJC 42) and the
preposition b (KJC 347). The first person plural, -n, occurs, indicating possession,
with the nouns sy (KJA 36, KJC 641), ndm (KJC 308), wq (MNM b 6, TIJ 494).
A pronominal suffix is not attested with the substantive kll when it refers to drawings.
The relative pronoun is attested as and as mn in MNM b 6 and TIJ 494. The
reduced form m in occurs in KJC 46.
5. Prepositions:
The preposition l is attested in the sense of to and for (KJA 232); l occurs as
towards (XJB 31, KJC 310, 539); b as in (KJA 24, 46 etc., see Ch.4.E.1), with
(KJA 20) and as by of instrument (by means of) (KJC 139); dn, Ar. dna, occurs by
the meaning without (KJB 138); l as on (AMJ 64) and as for (KnEG 1, 2 etc.);
n as after (KJC 138)58 and mn as from (KJC 641).
6. The definite article:
The definite article, h, is attested with the substantives denoting the subject of
56

Rllig, in RTI B, which is a prayer of the krt lt type, interprets the n in the text as a
plural ending but evidence from the texts found here indicates that, in this type of
prayer, it is the first person plural pronominal suffix, see Appendix 2 for my reading
of the text.
57
It is possible that s in AMJ 148 should be restored as s[y] Ar. iya a plural form
of ah, see Appendix 2.
58
In the expression b t h s n t searching for male ostrich of these regions after
male ostrich

drawings although its use in this context is not very frequent59 and, given that an artist
is referring to a specific subject, the lack of definition in so many cases is strange
perhaps indicating that a definite article should be supplied, the particle h on the few
occasions it is used having a demonstrative force. It also occurs in AMJ 64 and KJA
20. The demonstrative h occurs in MNM b 6.
7. The particles w and f:
The conjunction w is employed as a simple co-ordinate of verbs and nouns. It possibly
has a sequential sense in KJA 28, although the interpretation of the text is somewhat
doubtful. f introducing a series of subsequent actions with the meaning and so
occurs in KJA 23, 28 ?, KJC 138, 139 and in the second part of KJC 140. It is
possibly used as a simple co-ordinate in KJB 13. w is used after a l N phrase to
introduce a clause, although there are a few cases were it does not occur60.
Texts introducing simple authorship, those referring to drawings, prayers and
statements are sometimes introduced by w and in one instance of a statement (KJC
140) by f61. A distinction for the use of the particle cannot be made from the
grammatical form of the following word which might be a proper name (w N, w N ,
w sry, w dsr), a pronoun (w n, w m ll (KJC 46)) or a verb (w kr, w d, f l). In
some instances a case might be made for interpreting w as a conjunction62. On the
other hand w occurs as an introductory particle in Sabaic which is its most likely
function in prayers and statements among the Hismaic texts and possibly among all
the examples found in these inscriptions63.
8. The vocative particle:
Among the Hismaic texts from the ism the vocative particle h is attested in prayers
of the type h Div.N l N and in a doubtful text with an expressed imperative (KJC
115). Littmann (1904(a): 55; 1904(b): 120-1) explained the particle in Safaitic and
Thamudic B from arf al-tanbh, h, in Arabic (Wright I: 268) which occurs in the
compound vocative ayyuh (Wright I: 294; II: 85). A more satisfactory explanation
is that of Winnett and Harding (1978: 47) who suggest it should be explained as a
variant of the vocative particle found in Arabic which is most commonly attested as
a, y and ay (Wright II: 85). A form of the third occurs as hay (Wright I: 294)
which is attested in Safaitic hy (Winnett and Harding ibid, cf. Littmann 1940: 111).
When lh and lt are invoked in prayers of this type the particle m following the
divine name is also used. lh is not attested elsewhere in Hismaic (except as a
theophoric element in compound names). lt on the other hand does occur in prayers
using kr and d but never with the m particle. This suggests that the use of m is
restricted to lh and lt when they follow the vocative h and possibly only in this
particular type of prayer.
A possible later parallel is found in Arabic allhumma which is the most
common form for expressing the vocative with the name of God (Wright II: 89D,
Lane: 83c). The m has been explained as a substitute for the suppressed vocative
59

In Safaitic it is almost always used in this context.

See KJC 351 and TIJ 204.
61
AMJ 12 might be an example of a name introduced by f.
62
See Ch.4.A.3 and Ch.4.B.3.
63
Beeston 1984: 31: 4 suggests the particle in Sabaic has a deictic force.
60

particle y (Lane ibid), although occasionally in poetry the expression is found with
the vocative particle y allhumma which corresponds more closely to the situation
found in these types of prayers.

Ch.4
4. The Content and Structure of the Inscriptions:
The content of the Hismaic texts from Wd Judayyid falls into five
categories: A. Texts of simple authorship B. Texts accompanying drawings C.
Prayers D. Curses E. Statements expressing emotions F. Statements relating to
hunting activities. There are three texts (KJC 84, 278, 733) which, at present, defy
any convincing translation.
A. Texts of simple authorship:
1.Texts of the form l N:
The overwhelmimg majority of texts of simple authorship are introduced by
the particle l1. The author either limits himself to his own name or includes a
patronymic and sometimes a more extended genealogy, occasionally, he adds his
tribal affiliation. The filial relationship is expressed by bn2 (and, in the few texts by
women, by bnt or bt3) and in one instance by a variant form mn4. Tribal affiliation is
indicated by l, Ar. l family5, which is introduced by the relative particle and in
KJC 641 by the preposition mn from6. In AMJ 148 the relative particle is used
alone7.
There are several examples of extended genealogies, the longest going back
ten generations (KJA 138)8. The extent of the genealogy expressed by a particular
individual is not consistent and does not appear to depend on convention or the need
to express, in every instance, the full extent of his knowledge of his predecessors9. In
1

l is used to introduce Safaitic texts of simple authorship; in Tham.B both l (see, for
example, JS 324, 328) and nm are used (Winnett 1937: 28-30; Littmann 1940: 49-51),
in Tham.C l is used (see JS 18, 25, 31 etc.) and w, I am see, for instance, JS 181,
184, 195.
2
As in Safaitic, Tham.D and Tham.B although in some of the texts of the last type
from il Winnett reads b as indicating son of, see WHI 25, 32, 33.
3
See Do XX 37, 11, KJC 329, TIJ 98, 99 and 280, the interpretation of all these texts
is somewhat doubtful.
4
See KJC 128 and Ch.3.A.6.
5
I am using the word tribal as a matter of convention. What type of social group l
in l refers to is uncertain, see Harding 1969. hl, Ar. ahl, occurs in the mixed text
WTI 48a iii.
6
l, which occurs in Safaitic, is not attested in other types of Thamudic; mn l
occurs in Nabataean, see, for instance, JS Nab, 180, LP Nab. 43, 44 and Safaitic, WH
21. I am grateful to Mr Michael Macdonald for pointing out these references to me.
7
In this text the authors grandfathers name and the name introduced by are both
fy.
8
Several editors have remarked that the Thamudic texts rarely give long genealogies
in comparison to Safaitic where extended genealogies are frequent; Littmann 1940:
23-24; Van den Branden 1966: 34; Winnett and Harding 1978: 20.
9
For example, nm bn brd bn mtr occurs in KJA 332, KJC 638 but with an additional
generation in KJC 114 and with a further two in KJC 174. Variations in the length of

some texts the author continues his genealogy after the main statement, a form which
also occurs in Safaitic. This is most frequently attested with texts accompanying
drawings but not exclusively so10.
Simple authorship, therefore, is expressed in most cases in one of the
following forms: lN
l N bn N etc.
l N bn N (etc) l (or mn l) Tr.N
The l indicates the dative of possession for used in the same way as the
preposition is used in Arabic to refer to an author of a book etc. (Wright II: 149) and
expressed in English by the preposition by.
2. Texts of the form w N :
In two instances (RJC 150 and RJC 658) the phrase w N And N is [the]
inscriber which is mostly used to express the authorship of drawings and, sometimes,
statements and prayers, is employed to express simple authorship11. In previous
editions of Hismaic texts, has been translated as a verb and the statement rendered
And N wrote [it] or, where the text is accompanied by a drawing, And N drew
[it]12. The word order, however, is contrary to instances where verbs occur with a
subject expressed, either by a proper noun or substantive, where the subject follows
the verb. therefore must be either a participle i or the noun a13. I have
translated the root in this context as inscribe as the expression refers to both texts
and drawings and seems to have a wider meaning referring to the activity of actually
cutting in to the rock, closer to Ar. aaa he drew lines.
The recurrent use of the phrase w N seems to support the translation of l as
by (.1). In complex statements, l N and w N are rarely found together. The
reverse would be the case if l simply meant for14 since, given that the phrase And N
is [the] inscriber is in use in the dialect, it would be natural for the inscriber to use it
if the l meant for which did not express or imply his actual writing of the text.
The infrequent use of the two phrases in conjunction also has implications as
to whether the writing of the texts was done by a few scribes at the request of
the genealogy written by a particular author also occurs in Safaitic, see nl in WH 53,
123, 299 etc.
10
See Winnett and Harding 1878: 15, n.15 for this feature in Safaitic. See KJA 44,
76, 290 etc. In KJA 20 the author possibly writes his patronymic in the middle of a
love text and in KJB 63 the author continues his genealogy at the end.
11
JS 665 and 692 canot be used as examples of w N being employed to express
simple authorship, as the editors have only included a few drawings in their
facsimilies and so we do not know for certain whether the texts are accompanied by
drawings or stand alone.
12
I adopted this translation in King 1988.
13
For a similar sentence form see the end of KJC 145 - w mz brr.
14
Littmann 1943: viii.

others15. Occasionally this might have occurred, and joint texts ( 6) were probably
written by one of the authors, but if it was true in the majority of cases then, since N
is [the] inscriber was a phrase in use, there would be a high proportion of texts of the
form l N w N where N is the name of person for whom the text is being written
and N is the name of the man who wrote the inscription.
On the rare occasions where l N and w N are attested together, the subject
of both phrases is the same, i.e. the texts are of the form l N w N 16. w N is
probably added for emphasis or to be explained by the desire of the writer to increase
the length of his inscription, rather than adding significantly to the content, by using a
familiar formula17.
3. Texts introduced by w l and w:
a.
AMJ 128 reads (w) l nt bn smn and Rh 6 w l mqtl bn bkr. Both texts occur
on rocks with several other inscriptions and it seems likely that the w here should be
interpreted as a conjunction, l as a lm auctoris or is and the texts translated And by
nt son of smn and And by mqtl son of bkr respectively. The w, thus conjoining
the authors text with the others on the rock i.e. having read the names the author
wants to include himself (and express his inclusion) in the group18.
b.
Names introduced by w alone occur in several texts among the present
collection19 and in those published in Harding and Littmann 195220. The examples are
very few and the function of the w in these texts is open to alternative interpretations.
Where there are other texts on the rock21 its function might be similar to that of w in
AMJ 128 described above, used to express the authors inclusion in the group.
Similarly, some of these texts occur on surfaces with contemporary drawings and the
author might be expressing his participation in inscribing them, by conjoining his
name to the text which acknowledges the drawing. Alternatively, the w N texts in
these cases might be incomplete w N phrases which is a common method of
expressing the authorship of drawings22.
15

Littmann 1904(b): 111-112; viii. KJA 28 is written by bny and brd although the
subject of the text is hn. They are not, however, scribes, see the commentary.
16
See, however, KJB 58 58a where the situation is ambiguous.
17
I am grateful to Mr Michael Macdonald for pointing out to me that the use might be
emphatic.
18
KJC 612 reads w l which might be at the start of a text with a similar structure to
AMJ 128 and Rh 6. See also SIAM 44. For texts using w l associated with drawings,
see B.3.a below.
19
KJA 219, 298, 352, KJB 150, KJC 35, 40, 41, 92, 647, 673a, 674, 727, 736.
20
See, for instance, TIJ 129, 356 and 434 the last of which I would read w sd bn
tmlwr bn ys (King 1988: 313 n.10). Less certain examples occur in TIJ 97, 98, 99
and (TIJ) 449a. AMJ 12 reads fbr which is difficult to explain as a name and where
the f might be a particle, f br And br, on the other hand, see . 4 below.
21
See, for instance, KJA 219, 298, KJC 647, 727 and TIJ 129.
22
See B.2, below. In some cases there is insufficient space on the rocks for the
texts to be continued, see KJC 40-41. See B.3 for other texts (KJA 113 and KJC
744) where might have left out.

On the other hand, KJA 352, KJC 736 and TIJ 434 occur by themselves where
such an interpretation of w as a conjunctive particle would be inappropriate and in
these cases, and perhaps in all the instances quoted above, the w should be interpreted
as an introductory particle, with a function similar to that occurring at the beginning
of complex statements and probably occasionally used to express the authorship of
drawings as well (see Ch. 3. C. 5 and B.3.b below).
4. Texts with no introductory particle:
There are several instances where one word, which might be interpreted as a
name, is written without any introductory particle23. The only clear instance of a
name occurs in AMJ 1424, otherwise the contexts are doubtful and the readings
uncertain. It is also noticeable that the authors who have written their names
frequently with an initial l, never seem to omit it as an alternative. Where, therefore,
these possible names occur without an introductory particle, many of them are
probably written as an experiment in inscribing rather than with the intention of
writing a text25.
5. Texts of the form w n N:
The phrase w n, Ar. wa an, And I am is used to introduce simple
authorship in one instance (KJC 646). It occurs most frequently as an expression of
authorship in Thamudic C and in several of the texts published by Winnett from the
il area26.
6. Joint authorship:
A few joint texts of simple authorship are attested. AMJ 136, TIJ 227 and
CTSS lb (from outside the ism) are introduced by l and KJA 157 and TIJ 228 by
w27. A love text of joint authorship occurs in KJA 2828.
B. The authorship of drawings:
23

See, for instance, AMJ 14, KJA 150b, 166a, 218, 256, KJC 31a, 476, 162 etc., LAU
1, 2, 20, 21, TIJ 56a, 280.
24
Which reads bnmr. wl bn sdlh in KJB 179 might be a separate text but, even if
it is, the reading is ambiguous as the w might be an introductory particle, see the
commentary to the text and A.3.b above. TIJ 280 may read tsb bt r, if this
interpretation is correct, then it would be an instance of a text of simple authorship
without an initial particle. There is no photograph of WAM T 17.
25
In Harding and Littmann 1952 there are several texts which have been read without
an initial l. Except in three instances (TIJ 56A, 178, 387), a case can be made that
either there is a l or there could be a l obscured by damage to the rock surface. The
examples given by Littmann 1940: 40-43 are all Taymanite except no. 9 which is
Tham.B (no. 11 is a doubtful copy).
26
For examples in Tham.C, see JS 181, 184, 195 etc. Examples from the il area
include WHI 129, 136, 175.
27
For instances in Saf., see Winnett and Harding 1978:17.
28
The authors are not the subject of the text.

1. Texts of the form l N:

The subjects mentioned in the drawings are bkr Ar. bakr young male camel;
bkrt, Ar. bakrah, young female camel; gml, Ar. jamal, male camel29; frs, Ar.
faras, horse30; klb, Ar. kalb, dog; klbt, Ar. kalbah, bitch; wl, Ar. wal, ibex.
Authorship is expressed by a l N phrase, By N, either with or without an extended
genealogy, which is sometimes expanded by (l) a substantive referring to the subject
of the drawing or (2) the substantive , drawing cf. Ar. a, pl.a31. In some
cases the latter occurs (3) in construct with a substantive naming the subject
depicted32 and the word kll, all, Ar. kull, is used to mean that the author did all the
drawing33. It always occurs after the substantive and has not been found with an
enclictic pronoun in this context34. The patronym is sometimes written after the
substantive. The article or demonstrative h occurs in KJB 70, 116, KJC 142, 222,
754.
Examples:
(1)

(2)

(3)

KJA 62
KJA 69
KJB 70
KJB 116
KJC 142
KJC 359
KJC 470
KJA 207
KJB 8
KJB 53
KJA 44
KJB 74
KJB 181
KJC 754
AMJ 67

l mn w(l)
l my bkrt
l mny bn hn h wl
l mny bn hwn h bkrt
l mn h wl
l syr h bk[r][t]
l mllt frs
l sr
l ss
l f(r)n etc.
l b kll bn smn bn qn
l sd wl [w] klb
l syr () kll
l wb h wl
l zn bn ---- bn m gml

2. Texts of the form l N w N and w N :

In three examples referring to drawings the l N phrase is expanded with the
phrase w N , And N is [the] inscriber.
KJA 132
29

l kmy bn tmlh w kmy

See KJB 59.

See the commentary to KJA 113.
31
When is a substantive I have translated it as drawing (cf. A.2) since
inscription tends to imply writing while engraving has connotations which are not
applicable to the rock art found here.
32
See KJB 74, KJC 518, 754 etc.
33
See Ch.6.A.
34
cf. Wright II: 205-206. JS 665 has a h after which might be a pronominal suffix.
The copy, however, is doubtful and possibly incomplete. l mmt kll By mmt all [of
it] occurs in JS 614.
30

KJC 749
TIJ 134

l slm bn nt w slm bn nt 35
l gryt bn bd bn hml w gryt 36

I suggested above that the content of these texts (l N w N ) is essentially

repetitive37. More frequently the l N phrase is not written and (1) w N And N is
[the] inscriber is used as the sole expression of the authorship of drawings. In some
instances (2) the subject of the drawing is expressed by a substantive in construct
and kll is again used to state that the author did all the drawing himself. The
inscribers patronymic is quite often written after the word .
Examples:
(1)

(2)

KJA 16
KJA 55
KJA 76
KJB 148
KJB 155
KJC 442a
KJC 30
KJC 39
KJC 48
KJC 51
KJC 60
KJC 144
KJC 408
AMJ 52
AMJ 55
WAM T 34

w sr
w b
w syr () bn slm etc.
w b bn smn
w sr bn zdqm etc.
w rs bn rs bn slm etc.
w zdn kll
w ftyt bkrt
w grf bkrt w frs
w grf wl
w grf bkr
w zdlh klbt
w rfd wl
w gg kll bn bglt
w lmt h wl kll
w gryt bn bd b(k)rt

3. Texts beginning with w l and w:

a.

There are two texts accompanying drawings which start with w l:

KJB 59
KJB 61

w l sr bkrt w gml
w l drs

Since there are several other texts on the rock face as well, it is possible that w
l, in both these cases, should be translated And by --, as suggested for AMJ 128 and
Rh 6 (see A. 3. a above), whereby the authors are expressing their inclusion in
inscribing the drawings.
There are, however, some unpublished texts introduced by w l where the
following word is not a proper name and where I would translate w as an introductory
particle and the l as similar to Ar. la indeed and used to emphasize the content of the

35

The interpretation of this text is doubtful, see the commentary.

Although they are not shown on the published facsimile, the rock face is covered in
drawings.
37
See A.2.
36

inscription38. I think it is quite likely that w l in KJB 59 should also be translated in

this way, although until we have more examples the interpretation must remain open
to question.
b.
KJA 113 and KJC 744 read w bd bn syr frs and w l h wl where there might
be an intentional ellipse of 39 or the word might simply have been left out by
mistake40. However, more examples of this kind would suggest the texts are complete
and the w is an introductory particle equivalent to that found in prayers, statements
and texts of simple authorship (see Ch.3.C.7 and A.3.b above).
In some cases there is more than one signature accompanying a drawing
clearly indicating that several individuals participated in inscribing it41. In all the
examples the artists claim co-authorship of the drawing in individual inscriptions
rather than in a joint text.
C. There are four recurrent types of prayers among the texts42.
1. Invocations using kr:
Most prayers using the word kr, Ar. akara, remember, begin with a l N
authorship phrase but there are some exceptions. In the majority of cases the
invocatory clause is introduced by w which is followed by perfect verb with an
optative sense, the deitys name and the object of the verb43. In some of the texts the
38

The texts are among a corpus recorded by David Jacobson. The use of w l would
be similar to that of bly found at the beginning of some Nabataean inscriptions JS
Nab. 44, 95 etc. and wly in JS Nab. 373 (bly wly dkyr lyw br sly). Jaussen and
Savignac 1909 translate them as Oui! etc.
39
Restored versions of the texts might read w bd bn syr [] frs and w l [] h wl.
I do not think KJA 113 should be translated as And bd son of syr is [the] horseman
as there are no other examples among Hismaic texts or, as far as I know, in Saf. where
the authors acknowledge themselves as the subject of the drawings.
40
The lack of space on the rock face with KJA 113 might explain why the word was
left out, but there is plenty of room on the rock with KJC 744. There are instances of
mistakes in the texts (see Ch.3.B.10) and there are also prayers where a word (the
verb grant) is implied in the meaning but not written (see C.3).
41
See Ch.6.A.
42
For forms of prayers that are only attested once, see 5 below.
43
The vocative particle is not attested before the deity's name with the optative either
here or in the texts using d (see below). The same is true in Safaitic see, for instance,
CSNS 2 , where there is no vocative and the word order is the same as in texts using
kr under discussion here, l ws bn w w sdh rw By ws son of w, and may
rw help him'. Clark says the text is unusual because of the lack of the vocative and
because the divine name occurs after the verb. He is, however, confusing the
structure of texts using the optative with that of texts using the imperative. In the
latter, the vocative is most frequently used and the divine name does precede the verb.
See, for instance, King 1985: 50 where I quote some examples of Safaitic invocations:
(1) using the optative, f wqyh rw (I divided up the letters incorrectly in the
publication), 'and may rw protect him' (2) using the verb 'grant' implied in the text, w
h ry yrt m wlt, 'and O ry [grant] vengeance from [the] wlt' (3) using an expressed

author concludes with a w N phrase, which in KJC 711 and AMJ 137, is the sole
expression of authorship44. In all the examples from Wd Judayyid the prayers are
addressed to lt but in AMJ 46 dsr is invoked.
The object of the prayer is denoted either by a proper noun or a substantive.
The latter is sometimes suffixed with the first person plural pronoun -n and the
substantive kll, all is often used in addition, either in construct with the main noun or
with the third person plural pronominal suffix -hm. The prayers are made either for
an individual or for a list of people or a group.
The substantives, which are used, express a wide variety of relationships: sy
(KJA 36), companions (cf. Ar. ay, pl. ay)45; l (JS 35), family (cf. Ar. l); hl
(KJC 42), family (cf. Ar. ahl); kll rh dq (CTSS 3), all true people, (cf. Ar. rah
and idq); kll sr dq (MNM b 6) all true kinsmen, (cf. Ar. arah and air); lm
(AMJ 148) chief (cf. Ar. alam); kll mn yqry wqn (MNM b 6) all who read our
inscription; ndm (KJC 202) boon companion, (cf. Ar. nadm)46. In most instances
where a group is mentioned the author gives his tribal affiliation.
A similar prayer dkrt lt(w) occurs in Nabataean texts from around al-Ul and
in several of the texts from the shrine at Ayn Shalllah in Wd Ramm47. In Safaitic
there is only one occurrence where kr is used in a prayer. The text is unpublished
(Stehle 158706) and in it dsr is asked to remember rh dq true people and curse rh
s wicked people cf. Ar. s48.
In all the examples of this prayer, except one, KJC 272, there is an explicit
expression of authorship and in no instance does the authors name occur in the list of
people for whom the invocation is made. The prayer is written by the author for
others. KJC 272 w krt lt bdrt, on the other hand, is possibly a prayer written by
the author for himself49, although, since this is the only possible example of the
imperative verb, f h lt flh, 'and O lt deliver him' (there is a misprint in the
publication where vocative particle has been left out). An exception to this in
Hismaic occurs in KJC 115. The meaning of the text, however, is unclear.
44
In KJC 202 and AMJ 46 l N and w N are used.
45
The word is well attested in Saf. in a different context, see WH 682, 975 etc. In
AMJ 148 it is possible that a plural form iya should be restored in which case, both
there and the plural ay, should probably be translated from Ar. ah followers.
See the commentary to AMJ 148 in Appendix 2.
46
The reading and interpretation of the expression kll yrn in RTI B are uncertain, see
the examples below and Appendix 2.
47
See JS Nab. 212, 213 and Savignac 1933 AS nos. 3, 7, 8 etc.
48
The inscription comes from between Jabal Aqf and Qar Burqu in the arrah of
northern Jordan and is now in the Field museum Chicago. The text is going to be
published by Mr Michael Macdonald and I am grateful to him for allowing me to
quote it here.
49
There is evidence that where the author is not the subject of a prayer or statement,
an explicit expression of authorship is used ( G below). Here, therefore, where there
is no explicit expression of authorship it is possible that bdrt is the subject and the
author. For texts using d which were probably written by the author for himself, see
2, below.

invocation being made by the author for himself, this interpretation must at present
remain uncertain.
The prayers express a blessing on an individual or frequently on a group. In
this context it is significant that the author very often gives his tribal affiliation,
which, given that it is rarely mentioned in other texts, suggests that it is relevant here
to the expression of the blessing which is often made for a social group (see the list of
substantives above), although not always an l50. The use of the first person plural
pronoun suggests that, at least on occasion, the author is writing the text not only on
his own behalf but in the presence of and on behalf of at least one other person51.
In MNM b 6 the blessing is used on those who read the inscription. Its
function here is comparable to blessings occurring in Safai tic where, for example
nmt (booty) and slm (peace) is invoked for those who leave the inscription alone.
Stehle 158706 quoted above which, a1though it is Safaitic, uses the same vocabulary
as the Hismaic texts suggesting that the usage is similar in both dialects, opposes kr
with ln, curse (cf. Ar. laana) a verb which is used in both Safaitic and Hismaic to
express a curse on those who damage inscriptions.
Evidence that the prayer is used as a memorial text for the dead, either
associated with burials or standing alone, is inconclusive. Unlike some of the Safaitic
inscriptions used in this context, the content of the attested texts does not offer any
clue. Clark (1980: 126-127) suggests that his inscriptions are written on tombstones
but, as with the two texts written on stone objects (a tripod saucer and a bowl)52,
which may have been grave offerings, the provenance and context in which they were
found is unknown. Equally, KJC 711 from the present collection is one among
several inscribed stones which were found on a grave, a1though it is uncertain as to
whether the inscriptions are contemporary with the burial or whether the stones were
re-used after being inscribed53.
Examples:
KJA 36

KJC 42
KJC 202

KJC 272
KJC 641
50

l yr bn bd bn yr bn whblh l zydt w krt lt syn

By yr son of bd son of yr son of whblh of the tribe of zydt; and may
lt remember our companions
[l] ()fl l gy (w) krt lt h(l) kllh
[By] ()fl of the tribe of gy; and may lt remember [the] family all of it
l g bn sdt [w] []krt lt ndmn bdl()[]wr bn mwr w g
By g son of sdt; [and] may lt remember our boon companion
bdl()[]wr son of mwr; and g is [the] inscriber
w krt lt bdrt
And may lt remember bdrt
l ly bn fr mn l mzn w krt
By ly son of fr from the tribe of mzn; and may lt remember our

In AMJ 148 and JS 35 the names of the social groups are mentioned in the prayer.
His function would not be exactly that of a scribe but more of a representative.
52
Naveh TSB C and CSP 2.
53
See, however, Ch.7. The other inscriptions found near or on the graves are just
names, some of them possibly of people who have written texts elsewhere in Sites A,
B and C.
51

KJC 711
AMJ 46
AMJ 137
AMJ 148

CSP 2

CTSS 1a

CTSS 3
JS 35
JS 179
JS 670
KU 2

Meek

MNM b 6

MNM c 7

companions, all of them

w krt lt zb w blt w mr w zd --- (s)[]dl
And may lt remember zb and blt and mr and zd ---; and (s)[]dl is
[the] inscriber
l bb bn bnlh bb w kr dsr skmlh w bb
By bb son of bnlh son of bb; and may dsr remember skmlh, and
bb is [the] inscriber
krt lt ln w wtr
May lt remember ln; and wtr is [the] inscriber
l bnt bn n bn fy w krt lt fy w lm[]h w qrb w w w s[y]n kllhm
w bnt fy
By bnt son of n son of fy; and may lt remember fy and its chief
and qrb and w and our followers all of them, and bnt is [the]
inscriber who is of fy
---]m bn tmdsr bn flgt bn wtr bn rm w krt lt rm w tm w m w sd w
(d)
---]m son of tmdsr son of flgt son of wtr son of rm; and may lt
remember rm and tm and m and sd and (d)
l mkr bn rst w krt lt mr w sdl w wl w lf w f w m w lws w
zmt w sd w grmlh w ys w bnmt
By mkr son of rst; and may lt remember mr and sdl and wl and
lf and f and m and lws and hmt and sd and grmlh and ys and
bnmt
l ht bn wd yl nlt w krt lt kll rh dq
By ht son of wd of the tribe of nlt; and may lt remember all true
people
l (s)dlh bn b(r)d l wly w (k)r(t) (l)t l wly w --By (s)dlh son of b(r)d of the tribe of wly; and may lt remember the
tribe of wly --l slh [w] krt lt bd bn shl
By slh; and may lt remember bd son of shl
w (k)rt lt ()tm-bn
And may lt remember ()tm--l qrb w krt lt nt w wtr f h lt slm w qbll
By qrb; and may lt remember nt and wtr, and O lt [grant] security
and acceptance
l qrbn bn lh l mnl w krt lt slmt w tmlh w (r)hdt w mqm w nsr
w tm
By qrbn son of lh of the tribe of mnl; and may lt remember slmt
and tmlh and (r)hdt and mqm and nsr and tm
l wtr bn tmlh bn wtr bn mslm l mny w krt lt mrs bn lflh bn whbn
w kll sr dq w kll mn yqry wqn h
By wtr son of tmlh son of wtr son of mslm of the tribe of mny; and
may lt remember mrs son of lflh son of whbn and all true kinsmen
and all who read this inscription of ours
l slm bn bdmk bn khl bn bdmk l rbt [w] krt lt nsk [w] mys [w]
w snt kbn sqy r rbt
By slm son of bdmk son of khl son of bdmk of the tribe of rbt; [and]
may lt remember nsk [and] mys [and] w the year the watering place

dried up in the pastures of rbt

Naveh TSB C l bmlk w krt lt ms w ml w slh w krt w w sd w mgn w w w
nl w bsd--By bmlk; and may lt remember ms and ml and slh and krt and
and sd and mgn and w and nl and bsd--RTI A
l tmbt w krt lt bln
By tmbt; and may lt remember bln
RTI B
w krt lt kll yrn w bdn w n [w] ? n w sdn w krt lt w wsl (w)
lnt [lt]
And may lt remember all our harmed [ones] ? and bdn ? and n ?
[and] n and sdn and may lt remember wsl and may [lt] curse
TIJ 58
l km bn gmhr w krt lt w bk w bb w bkr w hl w qnf w wd w mlg
w qnf w gm
By km son of gmhr; and may lt remember and hbk and bb and bkr
and hl and qnf and wd and mlg and qnf and gm
2. Invocations using d:
Apart from the examples found at the Wd Judayyid sites and from other
areas in the ism the prayer is attested in an inscription of unknown provenance
(SIAM 39a). Ar. da (from the root dw) with a direct object means he called or
summoned him54 and da al-mayyit he called upon the dead i.e. he praised the
dead by mourning for him and enumerating his good qualities. The inscriptions on
Rock f at Site C suggest that the prayer is, at least sometimes, written by the author
for himself55 and, therefore, not exclusively used for the dead but perhaps the
implication of d is that of praise or commend whether the person is living or has
died. Since the interpretation of the prayer is still so uncertain I have kept to a literal
translation.
The formula of the prayers is similar to that employed with kr: the invocatory
clause is introduced by w56 and a perfect verb with an optative sense is used57. The
prayer is addressed to lt and sry (also written sr/sry). In all the examples we
have, only one person is the object of the invocation, except KJB 135 where lt is
asked to call two people. None of the texts begin with l N and, where authorship is
expressed explicitly, w N is used. There are several texts which have no explicit
54

da llha means he prayed to God but in these texts the subject is clearly the
deity; da lahu means he prayed for him or blessed him but an indirect accusative
is not attested here.
55
KJC 758 l tnn bn hn bn zdqm, KJC 761 w d dsry tnn and KJC 760 l mlgn and (on
a different face) KJC 762. Although we do not know that the texts by tnn and mlgn
are by the same two people (Ch.5.C), it would be a remarkable coincidence if four
people, two of whom had written the name tnn and two of whom the name mlgn, had
all inscribed on the same rock. It is, therefore, most likely that they are the same
people and the authors wrote the prayers KJC 761 and 762 for themselves.
56
The occurrence of w dt lt in KJB 136 in the middle of the text suggests that the w
is a particle and not a radical.
57
An exception possibly occurs in TIJ 17a where lt is invoked. There is no feminine
ending to the verb and either it has been left out or the verb is an imperative.

expression of authorship58. In KJB 136 the invocation follows an expression of love,

although this does not seem to have any relevance to it and the text does not help to
clarify the context of the prayer.
Examples:
KJA 171
KJB 136

KJC 260
KJC 362
KJC 648
KJC 761
KJC 762
AMJ 143
AMJ 144
SIAM 39a
TIJ 17a
TIJ 299

w d sry grf w nm
And may sry call grf, and nm is [the] inscriber
rbt sq[m] w sq b dm w dt lt fg w gfl w dm
dm feels much sick[ness], and may lt call fg and gfl, and dm is
[the] inscriber
w d sr lf
And may sr call lf
w dt lt rfd w my
And may lt call rfd, and my is [the] inscriber
w d sry rb w frn
And may sry call rb, and frn is [the] inscriber
w d sry tnn
And may sry call tnn
w d sry mlgn
And may sry call mlgn
w d sry zmlt w r
And may sry call zmlt, and r is [the] inscriber
w d sry sr
And may sry call sr
w dt lt sbm
And may lt call sbm
(w) d[t] lt (m)rt
And may lt call (m)rt
w d sry dm w nmt
And may sry call dm, and nmt is [the] inscriber

3. Invocations of the form h D.N. l N. :

The most common type of prayer occurring in the texts from Wd Judayyid
are requests to the deities sry (also written sr and dsr) and lh and lt59. In most
cases the prayer begins with the vocative particle h and the divine names lh and lt are
always followed by the particle m60. On the whole, the request is not expressed and
the verb grant and the substantive denoting the request are omitted. The deitys

58

See the examples on Rock f from Site C quoted above and see KJC 260, 761, 762,
AMJ 144, SIAM 39a, TIJ 17a. Since there is no explicit expression of authorship,
these were probably written by the author for himself, see G.(1).
59
Apart from the examples from the ism, a similar prayer occurs in Do XXVI 49, 5
from the Madin li/Taym area which, although, the ms have an unusual stance,
should probably be classed as Hismaic.
60
See Ch.3.C.8. In KJB 42 it is possible that the prayer occurs with neither of the
vocative particles although the rock is worn at the beginning of the text and the
reading might be incomplete.

name is followed by the preposition l to and a proper name61.

Where the request is made explicit the verb grant is still implied and the
nature of the request expressed by a substantive or substantives. The substantives
attested in this context are: ny, (KJB 1) freedom from want, (cf , Ar. gan); sd,
(KJC 405, 442b, 555), good fortune, (cf . Ar. sad); sb, (KJC 145) gift,
benefaction, (cf . Ar. sayb and Sab. syb); ngy, deliverance (cf. Ar. nag), which
occurs in construct - sd ngy, (KJC 555) the good fortune of deliverance, 62 and ry,
sufficiency (cf. Ar. ar)62. In most of the texts, the substantive is written after l
and the proper name but there are two instances where it occurs immediately after the
divine name63.
In two instances what is requested is a person denoted by a proper name. In
KJB 86 the context in which bn is being requested is unclear, but in KJE 138 the
person, a woman, is being asked for by a would-be lover64.
There are four texts where the prayer is introduced by w. In AMJ 124, and in
one incomplete and doubtful example from Site E, KJB 104b, the vocative particle is
used. In KJB 1 and KJC 369 the texts are introduced by w without the vocative
particle before the divine name and an optative form of the verb should be restored
than the imperative, And [may] D.N, [grant], similar in structure to prayers using
kr and d.
Examples:
KJA 14
KJB 8665

KJB 93
KJB 138
KJC 28
KJC 405
KJC 442b
61

h sry l
O sry [grant ?] to
h sry l mz bn
O sry [grant] bn to mz
h sr l drst
O sry [grant ?] to drst
h sry l ls lk dn sqm w dn yt w dn bs w blth
O sry [grant] lk to ls without sickness and
without impotence and without distress and she has driven him insane
h sry l ygq w nqt
O sry [grant ?] to ygq and nqt
h sry l gd sd
O sry [grant] to gd good fortune
h sry sd l br

Despite the fact that the prayers do not have an explicit expression of authorship,
this seems a more appropriate interpretation that by in this context. Such an
interpretation gives a more coherent translation when the texts mention a request,
where, for example, O D.N by N [grant] substantive lacks fluency.
62
The requests made are paralleled, in some instances, in Safaitic although the
substantives used are different, for example, nyt C 586, 2163 and ngwt C 4842.
63
See KJC 442b and KJC 729.
64
Another love prayer with a different structure occurs in KJA 20.
65
This and KJB 93 occur on the same rock (L) with other examples of the prayer
(KJB 91, 96, 96a ?).

O sry [grant] good fortune to br

KJC 555
h sry l mz sd ngy w ry
O sry [grant] to mz good fortune of deliverance and sufficiency
KJC 145
h ltm l mz sb w mz brr
O lt [grant] to mz a gift, and mz is dutiful
KJC 729
h ltm ry l mzy
O lt [grant] sufficiency to mzy
KJA 340
h lhm l l
O lh [grant ?] to l
KJB 18
h lhm l bn ml
O lh [grant ?] to ml
Do XXVI,49.5 h ltm l ml
O lt [grant ?] to ml
KJB 1
KJC 369
AMJ 124

w w sry l sd ny
[ ] And [may] sry [grant] to sd freedom from want
w sr l hm
And [may] sr [grant ?] to hm
w h sry (l) mz
And O sry [grant ?] to mz

4. Invocations using smt:

Ar. samiahu means he heard him and with an indirect accusative samia
lahu he listened to him. The word sm is attested in TIJ 312 and smt in three
texts from Site C and in a text published by Jobling, AMJ 133. In KJC 46 1.3 where
two deities are invoked smt is clearly not a verb and I have interpreted it as the
verbal noun sumah which is synonomous with tasm the making of one to hear
(Lane: 1429 a) and used here instead of the verb (Wright II: 74 Rem. a) to express the
purpose of the offering mentioned in 1.266. In the other texts the invocation would
presumably express the purpose of writing the inscription. sm in T1J 312 is
probably a perfect verb used to express an optative may he hear67. smt occurs with
an indirect accusative in KJC 115 and AMJ 133.
Examples:
KJC 46
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
66

w m ll y rh
ht sw w rsl
smt sry w ktby
And whoever has encamped, whilst taking refuge, in the low-lying
ground
Give an [offering of] an evening meal and milk
That sry and ktby may hear

The structure being similar to that of the phrase faalahu ria n wa-sumata n he
did it to make men see it and hear of it. Jobling 1986(a): 265 interprets smt as the
second person singular perfect used to express an optative may you hear.
67
It is less likely that it should be interpreted as an imperative verb. See the structure
of prayers using kr and d, C.1 and 2 above.

KJC 115
KJC 649
AMJ 133
TIJ 312

smt [s]ry l zdn w ()bh h lt l kln

That [s]ry may listen to zdn and bind ? him O lt ----68
smt k[tby]
That k[tby] may hear
smt sry l ssThat sry may listen to sssm sry f
May sry hear f

5. Invocations using zr, sb, d and qdr:

The verbs used in the prayers AMJ 145, KJC 317 and KJA 20 are only
attested once69. They are attested in the perfect with an optative sense and the
structure of the prayers are similar to those using kr and d70. None of the texts are
introduced by a particle. zr make sound strong (cf. Ar. zara May God render him
sound and strong71) occurs in AMJ 133 and sb in KJC 317 which perhaps means
give (cf. the Ar. substantive sayb gift and sb in KJC 145, and see the commentary
to the text). d and qdr occur in the love prayer KJA 20 where the interpretation of
parts of the text is uncertain. d is most probably return, (cf. Ar. ada) and qdr, in
the following clause, cause (cf . Ar. qaddara determine, ordain).
zr sr ty bd
May sr make ty sound and strong, bd is [the]
inscriber
KJC 317
sb sry l l ny
May sry give ? to l freedom from want
KJA 20
d sry gf l h ybs b rm w b gnnt w b srr bn bh w qdr frt b mrt
dt
May sry return gf to the woman with tenderness and with madness
(of passion ?) and with joy ? son of bh, and may [sry] cause happiness
with a new woman

AMJ 145

D. Curses:
The only curse occurring among the Wd Judayyid inscriptions is KJA 107
where it is a continuation of a text and asks sry to curse anyone who curses the man
who has stated his love in the first part of the inscription.
KJA 105
wdd qn lmt (w) ln s(r)y ln qn
qn loved a young woman, and may s(r)y curse the curser of qn
The lack of a vocative before the divine name is paralleled in prayers using
kr and d and indicates that verb is perfect, used to express an optative, rather an
68

The interpretation of the second part of this text is doubtful.

In addition to these, there is a prayer to sr from the Negev, WA 10386, see
Appendix 2, the reading of the verb ? at the beginning is, however, uncertain.
70
See C.1 and C.2 above.
71
And the name zrlh in AMJ 136 and zrlhy in Nabataean (Milik and Starcky 1975:
129).
69

imperative form. The object is expressed by the noun ln (Ar. lan) in construct
with a proper name72.
E. Statements expressing emotions:
Recurrent vocabulary and structure are found in the love texts but in some
cases where they continue beyond the commonly used words it is difficult to find
coherent totally convincing translations (KJA 20 (a love prayer73), 23, 28, KJC 590,
659), perhaps inevitably at this stage, since we know so little about the language and
have only a slight idea as to what kind of remarks or comments the authors might be
making.
1. Love Texts using rb/rbt:
rb and rbt, much, (cf. Ar. many a-- and Hebrew rab, much) is used in
construct with the substantives (either singly or combined) sqm, sickness (cf. Ar.
suqm); sq desire (cf . Ar. sawq); srr, happiness, (cf . Ar. surr); r, (KJC 45)
(cf , the Ar. verb araa he (a man) was hungry and cold) and rt (TIJ 297)
madness (or vice) (cf. Ar. urrah). The phrase expresses sexual desire, the
disquietude caused by it and the joy felt on fulfilment or with the anticipation of
fulfilment.
In two 1ove prayers, KJA 20 and KJB 13874, some of the above substantives
and additional ones are used to refer to the emotions of love in different structures. In
KJA 20 the author wants to be returned to a woman with tenderness, b rm, (cf. Ar.
rum tenderness and Syr. r eem tenderness, affection), with madness b gnnt (cf.
Ar. junn loss of reason) and with happiness b srr (see srr already mentioned
above). In KJB 138 the author asks for a woman without sickness, dn sqm (see
sqm above), without impotence (cf. Ar. ayya he 1acked strength or ability) and
without distress (cf, Ar. bus and bas distress, misfortune)75.
In the construction using rb/rbt, except in two examples (KJA 294 and KJB
63), the substantive(s) is followed by the preposition b (Ar. bi) and then a proper
name76 or a substantive (KJA 24 lmt, a young girl) or the pronoun -h (KJC 347),
referring to the person who is experiencing the emotions - rb sqm etc. b N Much
sickness etc. is in N. The structure of the phrase is similar to Arabic bihi du n in
him is disease (Lane 141b and Wright 11: 175A) and bihi urratu n in him is madness
and I have translated it as N feels much sickness etc.. In TIJ 291 there is no

72

In Safaitic (for instance, C 3952, 3973) and in Hismaic, TIJ 494, the object of the
verb in curses using ln is expressed as a relative clause.
73
See C.6 above.
74
See C.3 and C.5 above.
75
At the end of this text the author also states and she has driven him insane w
blth.
76
In one doubtful instance, KJB 31, the preposition possibly governs two proper
names.

preposition after sqm77. In KJA 294 and KJB 63, no subject of the emotions is
mentioned.
The construct sq srr occurs in KJB 31 desire of happiness and, possibly, in
sqm srr in KJA 24 and TIJ 264 sickness of happiness78. In KJB 31 and KJC 310
(both of which are damaged at the end) and KJC 539 the texts continue with the
preposition l towards and in KJA 232 l is used followed by a proper name. In KJC
539 there follows a list of plural substantives denoting young women nrt, (Heb.
necara); lmt, (Ar. ulmah); bkrt, (Ar. bakrah); rl, (cf. Ar. ril pl. arul a ewe);
slt (cf. Ar. sil cleft). The substantive bb (Ar. abb loved one) possibly occurs
in KJC 67 but the letters are doubtful and the reading requires the restoration of the .
The texts are written without a l N phrase at the beginning except where the
subject of the expression is either not mentioned (KJB 63) or only mentioned by a
pronoun (KJC 347) or where the author is referring to somebody else in the
expression (KJA 12 and TIJ 427), see G below.
In two examples the text is expanded beyond the rb/rbt phrase. In KJB 135
the author has added an invocation and in KJA 12 the text occurs with a clearly
subsequent clause f nkh srr And so he had sex with her, happily.
Examples:
KJA 24
KJA 46
KJA 188
KJA 232
KJA 294
KJB 31
KJB 63
KJB 136

77

l lh w rb sqm srr b lmt f nkh srr

By lh; and a young girl feels much sickness of happiness and he had
sex with her happily
rb sqm w srr b grf bn mh
grf son of mh feels much sickness and happiness
rb srr b mbl
mbl feels much happiness
rbt sqm b km l d
km feels much sickness for d
rb srr
Much happiness
----rb sq srr b l w mbl l-----l and mbl feel much desire of happiness for -l lh w rb sqm bn nl
By lh; and much sickness, son of bn nl
rbt sq[m] w sq b dm w dt lt fg
w gfl w dm
dm feels much sickness and desire, and may lt call fg and gfl, and
dm is [the] inscriber

The beginning of the text is damaged and the interpretation is uncertain. I have
restored the preposition b after sqm and translated srr at the end as an adverb
happily (cf. Ar. surra n).
78
The meaning of this is rather obscure unless it refers to the sickness or misery of
unfulfilled happiness. There is a drawing of a camel between the m and s of the
expression in TIJ 264 which might obscure a w and the conjunction might have been
left out between the two substantives in KJA 24. For mistakes in the inscriptions, see
Ch.3.B.10.

KJC 45
KJC 79
KJC 121a
KJC 310
KJC 347
KJC 539

TIJ 291
TIJ 297
TIJ 427

rb sqm w srr w r b frn

frn feels much sickness and happiness and discomfort
rb sqm b mbl
mbl feels much sickness
rb sq b mbl
mbl feels much desire
rb sq b smr l -
smr feels much desire towards -
l t w rb sqm bh
By t; and he feels much sickness
rb sq w sqm w srr b hd l nrt w lmt w bkrt w rl w slt w hd bn
smn
hd feels much desire and sickness and happiness towards young girls
and young women and maidens and young girls and women, and hd
son of smn is [the] inscriber
--- sqm [b] lfl srr
--- lfl [feels] sickness happily ?
rbt rt b wd w mtr
rbt feels much madness (or vice), and mtr is [the] inscriber
l s w rb sqm b lkt
By s; and lkt feels much sickness

2. Love texts using wdd and nk/nyk:

The verbs wdd he loved, (cf.Ar. wadda) and nk and nyk, he had sex with
(cf , Ar. nka) are recurrent in love texts79. They are attested in simple sentences and
in complex ones in which subsequent actions are expressed. nk occurs transitively80
and nyk both transitively and intransitively. In KJA 23 nyk occurs in conjunction with
nk, which suggests the former is a different form, most probably expressing a
frequentative sense of the root. In KJA 23 nk is consequent on wdd and in KJA 24 on
rb sqm srr. The object of the verbs is expressed either with a proper name or with a
substantive, lmt, ftt (KJA 23) (Ar. fath young girl), mrt (KJA 20, KJB 129, KJC
590) (Ar. marah woman) and possibly zz (KJA 6) (Ar. aziz loved) although this
last word might be a proper name. All texts are directly expressed except KJC 351
where nk smn follows a l N phrase and is not introduced by the particle w.
Examples:
wdd
KJA 23
wdd hn ftt snt f mt f f nsrt
hn loved a beautiful young girl and he had sex with her and she was
grieved, so he repeated (it) and she unfolded ??
79

Both these roots are attested in other dialects. wdd occurs as a verb in Tham.C
where it is always followed by a particle f (Winnett 1937:35; Winnett and Reed 1970:
74-75). In Tham.B the root occurs as a verb and as a substantive in both statements
(for example, JS 286) and in prayers (see Winnett 1987: 241-2, no.4, 8, 9, 15, for
example). Clear readings of nk occur in JS 98, 119, 123 (Tham.C), JaT 20a (Tham.B)
and JS L 372 and of nk and nyk in Safaitic C 285, 2268, WH 231, 2146, 2147. In the
latter dialect the texts are all begun with a l N phrase.
80
It is possible that it is intransitive in KJB 179, see the commentary on the text.

KJA 105
KJB 13
KJC 110
KJC 120
TIJ 295
nk/nyk
KJA 6
KJA 8
KJA 23
KJA 24
KJA 32
KJA 92
KJB 179
KJC 351
KJA 2
KJA 6
KJA 28

KJA 29
KJB 127
KJB 129
KJC 590
KJC 659

wdd qn lmt w ln sry ln qn

qn loved a young woman, and may sry curse the curser of qn
wdd sm nq srr f bql
sm loved nq happily and bql
wdd smrh lmt w n[r]t ftnn
smrh loved a young woman and a young girl, two seductresses
wdd mbl lmt
mbl loved a young woman
wdd mrlh lmt
mrlh loved a young woman
nk rhs zz w nyk
rhs had sex with zz (or a loved one) and made love repeatedly
nk rhsn bnl
rhsn had sex with bnl
wdd hn ftt snt f nkh f mt f f nsrt
See under wdd above.
l lh w rb sqm srr b lmt f nkh srr
By lh; and a young girl feels sickness of happiness and he had sex
with her happily
nk m(r)mnt
mrmnt had sex
n(k) gml mnh
gml had sex with mnh
nk qrfz wl bn sdlh
qrfz had sex with sdlh
l m()n nk smn
By mn; he had sex with smn
ny[k] (g)-b rqb--(g)b had sex repeatedly with rqb-nk rhs zz w nyk
See under nk above
nyk hn lmt f sth w rt w bny w brd
hn had sex repeatedly with a young girl, with difficulty and he struck
[her] on the buttocks and she closed up ?, and bny and brd are [the]
inscribers
nyk nht
nht had sex repeatedly
[n](y)(k) r qyml f
r had sex repeatedly with qyml and
nyk ng[]()t mrt
ng[]()t had sex repeatedly with a woman
nyk -- [m]rt ksby b flgbhnsmm
-- had sex repeatedly with a woman ???
nyk mh mn sh r sfr
mh had sex repeatedly with mn desiring the sight of beauty ??

3. Love texts using n r b:

The expression n r b-- I am fond of-- (cf. Ar. ariya bihi he became
attached to it; fond of it) occurs in KJA 97 n r b sm b[n] hl and in a doubtful text
KJC 673 [n] r b kbr. The expression consists of the first person singular pronoun,
Ar. an, and the active participle followed by the preposition b. Unlike the statement
of simple authorship using n (see KJC 646), the expression is not introduced by the
particle w.
F. Statement relating hunting activities:
There are three texts that mention activities, they are on Rock LV at Site C
and all of them relate to hunting.
KJC 138

KJC 139
KJC 140

sr zdhlh f ghd hr b t h s n t w zdlh

zd[]lh journeyed and so he exerted himself, hurrying, searching for
male ostrich of these regions after male ostrich, and zdlh is [the]
inscriber
sl zdn f sd f ny b ksyh
zdn armed [himself] and he killed and layed [a beast] on the ground,
and so he became free from want by pursuing it
f slh br f yd wl
And br armed [himself] and hunted an ibex (or ibex)

G. Expression of authorship of complex statements:

In complex statements (prayers, love texts, statements of activities) the
authors name generally occurs as the subject of the text and thus he makes himself
known81. The explicit expressions of authorship l N and w N (see A.1-2, B.12) are, therefore, only used:
(1) when the author of an inscription is not the subject of the text, for example82:
KJA 28
KJC 42
AMJ 145
TIJ 297
TIJ 428

nyk hn lmt f sth w rt w bny w brd

l fl l gy w krt lt hl kllh
zr sr ty bd
rbt rt b wd w mtr
l s w rb sqm b lkt

(2) when he is not mentioned by name in the main part of the text, for example:
81

Although of course in individual instances it cannot be proved that the author is the
subject of the text.
82
On Tham.C there is evidence that the expression w n N And I am N is used
similarly as an explicit expression of authorship in complex statements when the
author of an inscriptions is not the subject of the text. The frequent juxtaposition
among Tham.C inscriptions in the JS copies of wdd f N texts and w n texts, see, for
instance, JS 137-138, 145-146, 153-154, 169-170, 171 (especially) suggests that the
pairs should be read as one text wdd f N w n N (see Van den Branden 1950(a): 402404, 407).

KJA 12
KJB 63
KJC 347
KJC 351

l lh w rb sqm srr b lmt f nkh srr

l lh w rb sqm bn nl
l t w rb sqm bh
l mn nk smn

(3) when the use of an explicit expression of authorship is essentially repetitive and
probably emphatic, (see A.2 and B.2), for example:
KJC 202
l g bn sdt [w] []krt lt ndmn bdl()[]wr bn mwr w g
KJC 138
sr zdhlh f ghd hr b t h s n t w zdlh
H. Content of Hismaic inscriptions which is not attested among the Wd Judayyid
texts:
The above analysis is limited to the type of content and structure found in the
texts from Wd Judayyid. It does not include the content found in Hismaic texts
elsewhere which relate different activities. For example83:
w (n) sgy f bt blgt l h ml, And sgy fled and was [here] at dawn on the tract of
sand with pasture (AMJ 64, Jordanian ism)
srq zydqm s, zydqm stole from s (SIAM 44, Basah)
l N w
By N; and he took possession (TIJ 507, Kilw)
l N w tswq l N, By N; and he longed for N (JS 229, 247, Madin li area)
l N w d yt By N; and he made a sheepfold (KWM 2, 13, Central Jordanian
desert)
l N w ry
By N; and he pastured (JS 661, Tabk area)
l N w zrb
By N; and he built an enclosure (WAM T 10, 11, Jordanian ism),
l N r
By N; he returned to the encampment (TIJ 204, Jordanian ism),
l N w nr w-- By N; and he was on the look out and -- (WAM T 60, Taym area)
l N w wgm l N, By N; and he grieved for N (KnEG 2, Jordanian ism, KWM
1, Central Jordanian desert, NST 1, Amman area, TIJ 494, Kerak area,
WTI 11, Jawf area),
l N w wgm l N w bny, By N; and he grieved for N, and he built, (KnEG 3,
Jordanian ism),
l N---w wd By N ---; and he was alone (JS 658, Tabk area),
By N w lh rgm, By N; and to him belongs a cairn (JS 607, Tabk area)
By N w lh yt, By N; and to him belongs a sheepfold (KWM 15, Central Jordanian
desert)
---f h dsr slm w --, --and O dsr [grant] security and (JS 658 bis, Tabk area)
---f h lt slm w qbll, and O lt [grant] security and acceptance (KU 2, Man/Uru
area)
---f h lt ()nyt, --- and O lt [grant] sufficiency (JS 655, Tabk area)
---w lnt lt mn ybl wqn [w]qn, --- and may lt curse whoever damages our
inscription (TIJ 494, Kerak area)
--(w) lnt [lt], --- and may [lt] curse (RTI B, Jza, south of Amman)
83

The examples listed here do not include uncertain interpretations or every

occurrence. For a complete list of the vocabulary in the published texts, see
Appendix 3. The prayer in KU 2 and the curses in RTI B and TIJ 494, listed towards
the end of the present examples, are all preceded by invocations using kr, see C.1
above. For the script of KU 2, KWM 2 and RTI B, see Ch. 2. I (2).

Unlike the texts from Wd Judayyid, the majority of these are expressed by
an expanded l N phrase84, which is almost consistently used in Safaitic, and have the
type of content which is typical of Safaitic85 and in some instances similar to that
found in the small groups of texts, which I have suggested should be placed in
different categories86, that have been published from the Jawf, Madin li and
Hil areas87.
I. The features of content and structure of the texts from Wd Judayyid and those of
Safaitic, Thamudic B, C and D:
The Hismaic texts from Wd Judayyid have features of content and structure
which are distinctive to this category:
1. The use of w N referring to both drawings and inscriptions as an explicit
expression of authorship.
2. Prayers using kr and d expressed with an optative perfect.
3. Prayers of the type h D.N. l N (substantive).
4. Prayers using sm and smt (l).
5. Love texts using n r b.
and possibly
6. Love texts using rb/rbt.
7. Recurrent examples of directly expressed texts
introduced by w
although there is evidence that these last two are shared with other types of
Thamudic88.
Equally, there are several features found in the texts from this area which are
shared with Safaitic and other types of Thamudic. For instance, texts of simple
authorship introduced by l occur in Safaitic and as an alternative form in Thamudic B
and C89; texts accompanying drawings, introduced by a l N phrase and naming the
subject depicted, occur in both Safaitic and Thamudic B90 and prayers directly
expressed using a vocative particle + D.N at the beginning occur in both Safaitic and
Thamudic B, although in both these dialects the imperative verb is always used91.
There are also features of structure and content which are only attested in
Safaitic and features that are only attested in other types of Thamudic. The writing of
extended genealogies and the use of l to indicated tribal affiliation are distinctive
84

The exceptions are AMJ 64 and SIAM 44.

For example, ; for instances of bny, tswq, ry, r, wgm, wd, see the lexicon in
Winnett and Harding 1978; for a text using lh rgm, see WH 3420; for similar types of
prayers, see WH 177, 397, WH 1001, 2168 and for a similar curse, see WH 181.
86
See Ch.2. I (1).
87
See, for example, WTI 18, 40, 84, JS 27, 596, WHI 127, 150, 151.
88
A rbt phrase possibly occurs in Tham.D text, JS 213 which reads rbt sq b yl (b)n
mtskrn, the copy is rather doubtful however. An introductory w occurs in the
expression w n N And I am N which is used to express texts of simple authorship in
Thamudic C.
89
See, for instance, JS 324, 328 (Tham.B); JS 86, 87, 95 (Tham.C).
90
For instances in Thamudic B, see HU 226, 494.
91
For instance, WH 162, 726 (Safaitic) and JS 404, 492-493 (Thamudic B).
85

Safaitic features whilst the use of w n (And I am) to introduce simple authorship is
typical of Thamudic C and the high proportion of love texts is a well-attested feature
in all Thamudic. The use of direct expression is typically Thamudic B and C and the
use of an expanded l N phrase (although we still do not know how extensive this is in
Hismaic) is typically Safaitic.
A characteristic, therefore, of the content and structure of the Hismaic texts
from Wd Judayyid is that, apart from features which are only found in the dialect, it
also combines features found in other types of Early North Arabian graffiti.

5. The Names:
The Index of names after the edition contains an etymological and comparative
study of the names in the texts from Wd Judayyid and from all the published Hismaic
texts known to me. Whilst I have edited the material in compiling the index, I have not,
except in a very few instances suggested particular explanations for the names but listed
various possibilities, as, for reasons given below ( B.2), I doubt we are able to justify
doing more than that. In the majority of cases, the list of alternatives mentioned is not
exhaustive and the most important information that the index provides, in this respect, is
the great variety of ways in which the names can be interpreted.
A: Compound names:
1. Theophoric and Basileophoric names:
a. The structure:
The lack of matres lectionis means that it is, on the whole, impossible to identify
the morphological type of individual names where the non-theophoric elements might be
a verb or nominal form. The only basis on which to attempt such a reconstruction is an
assumed correspondence of certain names in, for instance, Nabataean and Arabic or from
Greek transcriptions of the names. The compounds might be of three different types:
i)
A verbal sentence expressing a statement or wish.
ii)
A substantive or participle used as a predicate.
iii)
A nominal form in construct with the divine name, for instance tm, bd,
Servant of D., mr Man of D., bb, wdd Beloved of D., rbb Fostered
(one) of D., s, skm, whb Gift of D., which also occurs as an infinitive,
where there is an optative implication, as suggested by zd Increase of D.,
May D. increase, Help of D., May D. help1.
b. The elements:
The elements which are attested in theophoric and basileophoric compound
names are listed in Appendix 5a-b. In the majority of cases the non-theophoric elements
occur in an initial position but there are two possible instances (ln, lwd2) where the
deitys name occurs at the beginning3. Some of the non-theophoric elements are not
previously attested in Harding 1971 as parts of theophoric compounds. However, where
they do not occur they usually are attested as simple names or as elements in Nabataean
compounds4.
1

For this morphological type, see Madonald 1991. Names constructed with skm and
whb might be of this type i.e. May D. give, s might be Companion of D. or May D.
by a companion.
2
lwd is ambiguous as it might be a variant form of lw. The reading of ln in AMJ 37
cannot be checked on the published photograph.
3
The form occasionally occurs in Safaitic see lwhb, HIn 72, for example.
4
See Appendix 5a and B.2 below. nb (nblh) and shn (shnlh) are not previously
attested. The reading of the second name (KJB 44) is very doubtful. lf and skm are not
attested in HIn as elements in compound names although both occur as simple names in
Saf. (HIn: 69 and 354) and there is a doubtful reading of lf in JS Tay 433. b possibly

sr/sry, ktby, lt and lh, who are invoked in the inscriptions5, are all attested as
theophoric elements in the names. By far the most common is lh which makes up
approximately 22% of the examples6. The deity l is not invoked in the inscriptions but,
together with the abbreviated form l, makes up a further 26% of theophoric compounds.
The theophoric elements s, gd, zy, qm, mnt, y and y are not attested as divinities in
the inscriptions, although they all occur elsewhere7. An abbreviated form of a deitys
name most probably occurs in the names tm, grm and possibly in mtn8. The element in
yl in the name ddyl is difficult to explain.
Several of the names are what Milik has termed basileophoric compounds (Milik
1976: 145-1469) in which the divine names is replaced by that of a Nabataean monarch.
Those attested are bdrt (Nab. bdrtt) servant of Aretas, bdsqlt servant of (the
queen) sqylt, tmbdt (and tmbt), bdbdt (Nab. tymbdt, bdbdt) servant of Obodas,
bdmk (Nab. bdmlkw) servant of Malichos10.
There are a few names of which the second element is neither the name of a
Nabataean monarch or clearly attested as a divinity. Milik (1959-19960: 150) lists some
names in Nabataean11 in which he suggests the second elements are tribal eponyms. This
is the most likely explanation of the element g in the names bdlg (KJC 205 and 647) and

occurs in the compound name blh in Saf. WH 1571 (HIn: 112) but the reading is
doubtful; rm might occur in rmlt in Saf. WH 1306 (HIn: 263) although the reading, as
in the edition, of bmrh is more likely from the published copy. zr is attested in
Nabataean zrlhy (Milik and Starcky 1975: 129).
5
See Appendix 4 for the occurrences of these deities and Ch.4.C for the types of prayers
in which they occur.
6
lh occurs in the name dnlh.
7
s , Isis, Nab. Cantineau 1932: 65, Milik and Starcky 1975: 120-124; gd, Fortune,
Cantineau 1932: 76, 170, and cf. Saf. Tribal Fortunes gdw (Littmann 1943: 304, for
instance), gdf (Winnett and Harding 1978: 564, for instance); zy Nab. slqwm,
Cantineau 1932: 142, 150, 170 and Saf. shqm (see Winnett and Harding 1978: 624, for
instance); mnt cf. Nab. mnwt Cantineau: 1932: 116, 169; y Saf. (see Winnett and
Harding 1978: 624, for instance); y Faris 1952: 9.
8
The fact that both tm and grm are common elements in theophoric names makes this
interpretation of the first two names fairly likely. mtn might be Form VIII, see B.1
below, although it is quite likely the initial element is to be derived from Heb mattn,
gift. I am grateful to Mr. Michael Macdonald for pointing out the occurrence of the
name qdm in Saf. MSTJ 1 which is of a similar form. cf. Grimme 1926: 65; Ryckmans,
G. 1934-1935, I: 25 Van den Branden 1954 and 1966: 108. Van den Branden suggests
is an abbreviated form of the deity tr.
9
And see Milik 1958-1959: 354-355, 1959-1960: 148-150.
10
For the spelling of the name in Hismaic, see Ch.3.A.5 and 7. Milik 1958-1959: 355
quotes TIJ 112A in this context which TIJ read (z)n bdmkt. The text is Thamudic D and
from a photograph and copy made in 1986, I would read the text zn bd m and interpret
it as an unfinished live text of the form zn N mb N which occurs fairly frequently in
the dialect, see JS 185, 204, 606, for example.
11
bdmnnw, bddnwn, bdmnw, bdmrw.

bdg (TIJ 156) which occurs in a variant form gy as a tribal name in KJC 42, 64712. In
Nabataean the name occurs as g, gy and gy (Cantineau 1932:76, Negev 1963: 113)
attested as a toponym twice in association with Duara (Negev 1963: 113-117, Savignac
and Starcky 1957: 198-199) and once with al-Kutb and al-Uzz (Strugnell 1959: 2931). It is usually associated with modern al-J near Petra (Starcky 1966: 987).
An explanation of the other elements is less clear. wr (Ar. the planet Jupiter)13
and the alternative form wr14 (cf. Ar. the third star [,] that next the body, of the tail of
Ursa Major) might be connected to the toponym wrw and wrwy found in association
with Qaws at irbat Tannr in Central Jordan (Milik 1958: 237-238)15 or with the town
Auara () which Musil identified as umaymah16.
yb, mn and qn are all attested in Nabataean compound names17 and the last also
occurs as an element in a name among Thamudic texts from the southeastern Saudi
Arabia18. The elements grb, gns, n and bs are previously unattested.
2. Non-theophoric compounds:
a. Names with prepositions:
Names introduced by the preposition b (Ar. bi) followed by a noun with the
attached pronoun -h are fairly common in Safaitic (Littmann 1904: 126)19. Among the
attested Hismaic texts there is only one ambiguous example, bnmh, which, if it is to be
explained in this way, would mean With or in his blessing where the pronoun refers to a
deity. Two other possible instances of this form are attested in bsdlh and bnrlh,
although there is only one ambiguous example in Safaitic where the deitys name rather
than a pronoun occurs at the end20.
b. Names with bn-, bn-, b-, b-, -:
After theophoric names the most common form of compound names are those
prefixed with bn son of and followed by an element which usually occurs separately as
a name21. As Macdonald (in press: 15) has pointed out with reference to Safaitic, the
name in the compound is never the same as the mans patronymic in cases where that is
Where the author has both the compound name and the tribal name w bdlg l gy.
And cf. the personal name hwr in Saf., HIn: 605.
14
And possibly ry.
15
Milik, however, derives the name from the root rw brler.
16
See Musil 1926: 59-61 n.20. Auara is said to have been founded by Obodas who chose
the site as the result of a prophecy, in which his son Aretas was told to search for a place
which was white. He is supposed to have seen a vision of a white rider and camel at the
spot where the town was founded. Musil suggests a derivation of the name Auara from
the root wr with the meaning white. I am grateful to Dr. E. A. Knauf for pointing out
to me the possible connection between Auara and the element wr.
17
bdlyb occurs in an unpublished Nabataean inscription from the ism which was
discussed by Dr. W. Jobling at the Aram conference held in Oxford 1989.
18
Ryckmans, J. n.d.: 11; Ryckmans, G (1934-35, I: 30) suggests Qayn is a lunar deity.
19
See, for instance, bmrh, bmlh (HIn: 91), bgrmh (HIn: 93), brmh (HIn: 95).
20
HIn: 106 (C 5345) bsml. The b in both the names quoted might be explained as b,
see below.
21
bnb might be son of b or son of a father, cf. b below.
12
13

given as well. bnsd occurs in JS 682 and bnmn in WAM T 2522. A feminine
compound name bthdt probably occurs in AMJ 92.
Clear examples of compounds formed with b father of occur in bns, bslm,
bmlk and probably in bnt (see above)23. Names prefixed with b, where b is probably to
be explained as b as shortened form of ab (Littmann 1904(b): 123-124, Winnett and
Harding 1978: 19)24, possibly occur in bns and bhn25, in bb, bsd and bmrt26 and in a
certain reading in bss. The last name also occurs in Nabataean in the form bswsw27 .
The name b might be interpreted as Brother of b or as expressing a
relationship Fathers brother28.
B. One-word names.
1. The structure of one-word names:
It is possible to distinguish the following forms of simples names:
fl: This might represent either a nominal or verbal form. It is quite likely that many
names of this form are diminutives disguised by the lack of vowelling29.
flt: The -t suffix in addition to representing a nominal ending most probably often
indicates a diminutive (Wright I: 175C) or an intensive form (Wright I: 139-140) and in
many cases a double diminutive which Littmann (1943: xxvii)30 points out is popular
among the names of the modern bedouin.
fln: The -n suffix probably represents an ending -n31 indicating either an infinitive,
adjectival form, plural or in some animal names a specifically masculine form (Hess
1912: 6)32. In many instances, it is probably a diminutive or double diminutive (Littmann
1904(b): 127, 1943: xxvii, Hess 1912: 6).
ftl: Form VIII possibly occurs in the name mtn, cf. A.1.b above and perhaps in the
name bt.
22

There are however no photographs of these texts. A further possible example with
prosthetic alif occurs in bnt but I would prefer to explain this as b nt. We cannot be
certain that compounds with bn do occur until we have unambiguous examples of which
there are photographs.
23
The name lb might also be a compound with b.
24
See Littmann 1921: 7 for examples of names among the modern bedouin of compounds
with B, Brra, B, Balwe, etc.
25
The readings of both these names are doubtful.
26
There are no photographs of any of these texts. It is important to emphasize this as the
n, being a dot, can easily be missed in copying.
27
Cantineau 1932: 70 suggests the name might be a mistake for br swsw.
28
cf. mb, for example, in Safaitic (HIn: 434) and bnb in the present corpus. See
Noldeke 1904: 95.
29
See Hismaic b and cf. Nabataean bw and the diminutive ybw; Hismaic sb and
the Nab. diminutive sbytw; Hismaic klb and Nab. klbw etc. and the diminutive klybw;
Hismaic khl and the Nab. diminutive khyl; Hismaic nsg and the Nab. nsg and the
diminutive nsyg; Hismaic wtr and the Nab. wtrw and the diminutive wtyrw.
30
He quotes the forms fuaila, fala and the triple diminutive fuaila.
31
And in some cases perhaps -n or -n (Littmann 1904(b): 127).
32
See, for instance, lbn, bn, qrbn.

fl: Proper names frequently occur in the form fl which, in the majority of cases, should
be interpreted as the Arabic elative afal, although there is evidence that it might on
occasion represent a broken plural33.
flt: There are four examples of this form where three radicals are shown slmt, bdt
and nrt, nmyt. The -t is probably a diminutive.
fln: The form occurs in slmn and klbn where the ending is probably a diminutive34.
fly: The y in this form represents either a nominal ending of the nisbah35 .
mfl: Names of this form might be a noun of time, place or instrument, the passive
participle of Form I or a derived participle. mwr might be an example of a Form II or a
Form III participle.
mflt: The form occurs in mllt, mrmt, msgt, mlgnt where the -t might be a nominal
ending or a diminutive.
hfl: A form defined with the particle h is only clearly attested in htl, the other possible
examples hmy, hm, hkdn, hkn, hmr, hhd are all either doubtful readings or open to
alternative interpretations.
tfl: The form occurs in the names tbb, tsq, tr, tmr, t, tmd, tntn, thn where the tprefix represents the feminine imperfect referring to a female deity36. This cannot be the
case, on Semantic grounds, for tnn which is probably to be derived from Form V
tafaala.
yfl: The masculine imperfect referring to a male deity occurs in the following names:
yld, yd, yr, yzd, yslm, yr, yly, ymr, y, yqm, ykbr.
Quadriliteral roots:
A fairly high proportion of the names are formed from quadriliteral roots, a fact
which is also true of the modern Bedouin names lister by Hess 1912 and Littmann 1921:
brqs, lbn, gfl, gm, gmhr, rgl, mlg, zrm, m, dml, sbrmt, sdd, smr, qrb(n),
kbr, rm, frds 37, qrsm, qrm, qnf, krtm38.
See, for instance, asr young gazelles.
Both these readings are doubtful but there are clear examples in Saf., blqn (HIn: 15),
drmn, dmn (HIn: 32) etc. Littmann 1943: 296 suggests the vocalization of brqn as
*Ibriqn on the basis of a Greek transcription and bn as a double diminutive
*Uaibin.
35
See above Ch.3.B.7. For examples of the nisbah being used as a personal name among
the modern bedouin, see the examples in Hess 1912 and Littmann 1921 (lb, Onaiz
etc.).
36
cf. the masculine equivalents: ybb (Saf. HIn: 660), ymr (HIn: 677 Saf. and Hismaic,
see below), y (Hismaic and Saf. HIn: 678), ymd (Saf. HIn: 683), yhn (Lihyn JS L 121).
tsq is not previously attested in a theophoric context although cf. Cantineau 1932: 153
where he suggests an explanation of sqylt as a compound of sqy + lt; there is a doubtful
occurrence of yrl in Qat. (HIn: 673).
37
This might be Persian (see 3 below), although it is equally possible that it comes from
the Ar. furdis a man with big bones.
38
There are several other names for which I can find no explanation that might also be
quadriliteral forms: brqs, dmr, zbr, zrkn, kl, ms, rhz, mhzn, qrfz, brqs might
be a compound of Aramaic br son and qs.
33
34

2. Explanations of one-word names:

As in other Semitic languages, many of the one-word names occurring in Hismaic
are most probably hypocoristic forms of theophoric compounds where the non-theophoric
element is used by itself. The list of these elements (Appendix 5.a39) shows that, in
almost every instance, elements that occur in compounds are also attested separately. In
some cases they occur with either a -t or -n ending which in many instances are probably
diminutive forms. The number of such hypocoristic names attested in the dialect is much
larger than that indicated by the list which does not include imperfect and further fl
forms which may reasonably by assumed to be shortened forms of theophoric
compounds, although the full names are not yet attested40.
In some cases, however, that the names are hypocoristica must remain an
assumption as must the interpretation of almost all one-word names. The lack of
vowelling and in many instances the lack of orthographic representation of weak radicals
and unvocalised double radicals means that not only do we have no idea how the names
were vocalized (Ryckmans, G. in CIS, Prt. V, Tomus 1: xiii, Macdonald, in press: 19)41
but even the etymology must remain doubtful42.
Further ambiguities are posed by the many meanings that can be ascribed to an
Arabic root so that, even if one is certain of the root from which a name derives, it is still
impossible, in many cases, to be certain of a general semantic implication43. The problem
is, of course, that we have no context which allows us to be specific. We do not know the
reasons a child was given a particular name and the best we can do it to be aware of the
many possibilities.
Hess (1912), Littmann (1921) and Musil (1928: 243-244) show, among the
modern Bedouin, how wide-ranging and varied these reasons might be and it is worth
pointing them out. A child might be named because he shows the quality contained in
the name or so that he might live up to it or be granted it44. Such names might refer to
intelligence (cf. br, kw, ky), courage (cf. ls, sg), or moral qualities such as
honesty (cf. l); trustworthiness (cf. mn), piety (cf. brr45 ) and so on. Equally, physical
qualities might be referred to, fatness (cf. smn), largeness (cf. kbr), baldness (gl) etc.;
particular characteristics of colouring (cf. shl having a mixture of blueness in the black
of the eye, fr whitish dust colour etc.); defects (cf. sll withered hand)46 or
39

And see A.1.b above.

For a full list of masculine and feminine imperfect forms in Hismaic see B.1 and see
HIn: 907-927 for the large number of elements that are attested in theophoric names in
other dialects of both Early North Arabian and Early South Arabian.
41
See the Index of names for possible vocalizations on the basis of later Ar. names from
the roots sd, slm, bd, mr, for instance.
42
For instance, sn might be from sn or ss; rb from rbb or ryb; sr from srr, swr,
syr, or sry; sb from sbb, swb, syb or sby; sk from skk, swk or sky and so on.
43
See, for instance, the meanings of the root sgr be complicated, tie, thrust, divert,
support, become numerous.
44
Hess 1912: 7.
45
Filial piety (Littmann 1943: 296).
46
See, for instance, Hess 1912: 32 reim Hasenscharte.
40

peculiarities (cf. qnf smallness and flatness of ears) which might be described by
referring to the unusual feature itself (cf. nf nose, nt small ear)47. A characteristic
which might be ascribed to the infant by giving it the name of an object that has a
resemblence48 or one that is associated with a particular quality49 (cf. shm arrow) (Hess
1912: 6).
The names of animals are used in this way50 and , as in Safaitic, (Littmann
1904(b): 128), there are many clear examples of such names in the inscriptions: sd
lion, lbn male fox, rgl locust, b wolf, rl young ostrich, sb camel-spider,
bn male hyena, qrb scorpion, qrbn male scorpion, kbr mouse, qnf
hedgehog, wrl monitor lizard, wl ibex to which might be added many more if
examples open to other interpretations are included51. Several of the roots found as
names are used as epithets for lion in Arabic which might be the meaning behind them,
for example, srs, sdd (ill-natured) al-aras, udd; bs (frown) al-bis; l
(strength) al-lay; nht (roar) al-naht. The names of plants52 (cf. s artemesia), the
moon (cf. shr new moon) and clouds (cf. mzn clouds) are also given to children
among the modern bedouin53.
Hess (1912: 7) and Musil (1928: 243-244) give instances when children were
given the name of the place where they were born. This might also apply to the type of
place54 (cf. mq a place where the summer is spent), the time of day or year (cf. nhr
day-time, rb spring) in which the child was born or the type of weather55 (cf. mr
rain, rs a little rain) (Hess 1912: 6-7).
Names with apparently unpropitious meanings might be used after a tragedy to
ward off a recurrence of similar events56 or, they might be applied as a description57.
47

cf. Hess 1912: 20 m Kleine Nase Er [] hatte eine schiefe Nase.

Hess 1912: 21 Debsn So gennant weil er einen grossen Kopf hatte.
49
Hess 1912: 31 Sf Schwert damit er tapfer werde.
50
See, for instance, Hess 1912: 14 reib er sei bei Geburt klein und rot gewesen, 28
Sirn Wolf, man hofft, dass das Kind wie ein Wolf wird: 42-43 ereigjib Kleiner
Rabe wahrscheinlich, weil er schwarz war.
51
See, for instance, fl young camel, br camel, bkr young male camel, lt fox,
gs young ass, gr rat, grs large camel or horse, gml male camel, glt a
patridge.
52
See, for instance, Hess 1912: 15 eien; 16 ih.
53
See, for instance, Hess 1912: 11 Bder Vollmond (Littmann 1943: 302 says this is
used less than new moon because it decreases whereas the latter increases, 48 Mizne
weil sie weisse was wie eine Wolke.
54
Littmann 1921: 19 Munhil bei der Tranke geboren; Hess 1912: 50 eMfeijid Kleine
Wuste.
55
Littmann 1921: 18 Maar Bei Regen geboren; 16 uyi bei Nebel geboren, Hess
1912: 23 eDhrn Geboren in dem regenlosen Jahr. One of the daughters of a bedouin
family with whom I stayed in 1989 in northern Jordan was called aljah as she had been
born when it was snowing.
56
See Littmann 1904: 124.
57
cf. Hess 1912: 17 al-uwa Kleiner Hunger weil er als kleines Kind einen dunnen
Bauch, wie ein Windhund hatte.
48

Equally, unpleasant qualities are used so that the child might appear in that light to his
enemies58. Names relating to the emotions (whether good or bad) of the parents at the
time of birth are used and those relating to the circumstances of birth or an incident that
happened at the same time59 (Hess 1912: 6).
The names qs, qn, khl and y might be divine names used as personal names60.
Papponymy is not widely attested among the texts but there are a few examples61.
There are also some instances where a sons name is derived from the same root as his
fathers62.
3. Non-Semitic names:
hrkld (cf. Gk. ) occurs in a text from near Taym (WAM T 60),
nqt (cf. Gk. , Nab. nqtys Cantineau 1932: 122, Milik 1976: 15063) perhaps
occurs in KJC 28 and wrqns (TIJ 208) might be (Preisigke 1922: 451). frds
(KJA 326, TIJ 376) is perhaps Persian64.
C. Individual Authors and Genealogies:
1. Individual authors:
There are many names (or rather names with the same consonantal structure)
written without a patronym which recur throughout the sites65. It is impossible from a
single name to be certain that these inscriptions are written by the same author, although
in some cases there are factors which make the probability higher66 . The recurrence of
these names, therefore only tell us one of two things, either that the roots or names were
commonly used by people writing the inscriptions or that certain individuals wrote their
names repeatedly.
Similarly, because of the lack of vocalization (see .B.2 above),
when a name with the same patronym occurs in different texts we do not know that they
are the same individuals although it is possible that they are67.
58

Littmann 1921: 19 Newn trunken (von Kampfestlust).

See Musil 1928: 244: Raga The granting of Favor as the child was a boy which the
mother had wished for; Zaal because the mother was angry with her husband who had
beaten her just before the birth; Asr Born in pain because of a difficult birth; Mu
Enraging because the father had taken another wife at the time of birth; Hess 1912: 6
e
Mrib zr Zeit des Krieges geboren.
60
See the Index of names.
61
See yr bn bd bn yr in the genealogy of KJA 36, qn bn wrl bn qn KJA 31 and bb bn
bnlh bn bb in AMJ 46.
62
cf. Hess 1912: 7 and see ky bn kw KJC 179, 742: slm bn mslm KJB 47, 158, KJC
522, bd bn bdt KJA 194, bdl()[]wr bn mwr KJC 202.
63
For the translation of Greek sigma as d in Safaitic, see King 1990: 8 .21.
64
See under quadriliteral roots, B.2, above.
65
Apart from names which one would expect to be common such as nm, tm and sd,
see (to take just a few examples) ls (4), rslh (5), smnt (4), ss (6), sr (7), l (4),
bdt (7), fl (6), mn (8) in Index a.
66
For example, similarities in script, see Ch.2.F; similarities in drawings, see Ch.6.A;
certain features of the distribution of the texts, see Ch.7.
67
And the limited area in which the texts were recorded makes it more probably, as does
the occurrence, in a few cases, of the same name with the same patronym on the same
59

Where three generations or more occur, on the other hand, one can be more or
less certain that the same names refer to the same individuals and if we include possible
identifications where only a patronym has been written, 36 authors can be identified who
have written their names more than once. On this basis, the number of individuals who
have written at the sites can be calculated as 1239 as opposed to the number of
inscriptions, 1337. A further reduction would almost certainly be justified but, for the
reasons given above, it is impossible to determine with certainty by how much.
2. Genealogies:
In working out the relationships of certain authors one is again hampered by the
lack of extended genealogies. The only relationship from among these texts that can be
established on the basis of three generations is that of the brothers dmr and zbr and
their uncle hn (see genealogy 3 below). It is, however, worth pointing out possible
relationships i.e. those based on only two generations68:
Genealogy 169:

rock, see nm bn brd on Rock L at Site B KJB 84, 87 and b bn smn and b bn smn
bn qn bn mskt on Rock LXXIII at Site B KJB 148, 156.
68
Where a relationship is based on only two generations the name in the family tree is
marked with an asterisk and the line is dotted.
69
For an occurrence of ft bn gfl, see KJB 172 and of gfl bn bh, KJC 50a. rs bn rs
bn slm bn mslm occurs in KJC 522 and dm bn b bn slm bn mslm in KJB 158 but a
connection between the genealogy of gf and gfl and those of rs and dm would be
extremely tenuous as one might expect the names slm and mslm to be popular and the
combination as a name and patronym is likely to have been common.

Genealogy 270:

smnts genealogy only goes back to mtr in the texts from Wd Judayyid but back to
d in an unpublished text from elsewhere71

70

The occurrence of KJC 174 and 176 on the same rock (LXXX at Site C) makes the
relationship between smnt and rm in these texts more likely. For occurrences of smnt
bn rm and nm bn brd, see Index a. In several instances the names occur together on the
same rock which makes it quite possible that these texts are also by smnt and nm in
genealogy 2. See Site A, LXXXV KJA 186, 190; Site C XVII KJC 21, 20, LI KJC 89,
114, CCLVIII KJC 370, 372.
71
Among the corpus of inscriptions recorded by David Jacobson, see Ch.1.A.

Genealogy 372:

For an occurrence of tnn bn hn, see KJA 48, and see Index a for occurrences of hn bn
zdqm, zbr bn bd and bd bn zdqm.
72

Genealogy 473:

73

See Index a for occurrences of b bn smn.

Genealogy 574:

Genealogy 6:

From the above genealogies is it clear that dmr and zbr are brothers (genealogy
3) and that some of the other authors are possibly brothers75 and, in one instance, possibly
74

The occurrence of KJB 6 and 7 on the same rock (VI at Site B) makes the relationship
more likely. See Index a for occurrences of knn bn l, ss bn l and l bn mn. The
occurrence of these names on the same rock (Site B XXI) in KJB 65, 64, 62 makes it
more likely the texts are by relations. knn and ss occur on the same rock (Site C
LXXIII) in KJC 165 and 166.

cousins76. Evidence that more than one generation wrote their names comes from
inscriptions by dmr (KJB 88, 188) and zbr (KJC 107, 169) and their uncle hn (KJB
110) and there are other possible examples77. There is, however, no evidence that further
generations have written at the Wd Judayyid sites and therefore the genealogies give us
no indication of the time span over which the inscriptions were written.
D. Tribal Names:
Names introduced by l which I have translated as tribe78 are listed in Appendix
6. The forms of the names are similar to those found among the personal names (fl, flt,
fln, fl, fly) and theophoric compounds occur as well (ll, mnl).
From Hismaic texts found outside the ism, mny (MNM b 6) is attested as a
tribal name of the author of a Safaitic text (C 4987 from Zalaf in Syria79) and rbt (MNM c
7) might be the equivalent of the name found in a Greek inscription from
Rawwfah80 , although an identification of either of these groups with each other is
tenuous81.
A text by a member of the y occurs for the first time in LAU 16 from the
Jordanian ism. The tribe occurs in hostile contexts in Safaitic texts (C 2617, 2795, LP
23682) and in one text (C 5089) where it is the name of the owners of the camels which
the author states he was pasturing83.
As mentioned above ( A.1.b), gy (KJC 42, 647) occurs as a toponym in
Nabataean and in compound names and mzn, which occurs in two texts from the ism
(AMJ 138, KJC 641) and in a text from the Madin ali area (Do XX 37, 3), might
well be the same as the feminine form mznyt found in Nabataean JS 23 (CIS 216) in a
tomb inscription from Madin li.

gf and gfl sons of bh (genealogy 1), b and sbrmt sons of smn (genealogy 4), knn
and ss sons of l (genealogy 5), smrh and smn sons of ky (genealogy 6).
76
smnt bn rm and nm bn brd (genealogy 2).
77
Texts by fts possible father gfl (KJC 151) and possible uncle gf (KJC 151, KJB 47,
57) and a text by knns and sss possible father l (KJB 95).
78
See Ch.4.A.1.
79
The reading of C 2634 is doubtful.
80
See Seyrig 1957: 259-261.
81
Given the distance between the provenance of these texts, the possibility that the
consonantal structure reflects different names, and the possibility that an l might be a
fairly small social group. Milik: 1958-1959: 355 argues, quite rightly, that, by itself, the
distance betweenb the provenance of MNM c 7 (near Samkiyah in the western Jordanian
plateau) and that of Rawwfah does not preclude the identification of the rbt with the
but he also points out that rbt might derive from Rabbat, the ancient capital of
the region (about 12 km from Samkiyah), and refer to a local tribe. cf. Graf 1978:12.
82
See Clark 1983: 152-154. The name, possibly that of a tribe, also occurs in CSNS
1004, 1011, 1046, JaS 10. See Milik 1972(b): 100. He reads y in C 2446 but the reading
and interpretation of the text is uncertain.
83
Milik 1972(b): 100 reads w by h bl l y but a restoration as r of the first letter of the
verb is much more likely.
75

6. The Drawings:
The fieldwork at Sites A, B and C was a comprehensive survey of the epigraphic
material and all the rock art was recorded regardless of its quality and whether it was
clearly associated with the Hismaic inscriptions or not. On the whole, in the field, the
drawings on a particular rock surface were given just one number, even when they were
clearly of different periods or not part of the same composition1. A total of 576 drawings
were numbered in this way of which 160 occur on the same surfaces as inscriptions. In
this study, since it is primarily concerned with Hismaic, only the drawings on the same
surfaces as the inscriptions have been included in the facsimiles and discussed in the
text2. In the text, drawings on the same surface have been divided up and labeled (a), (b)
and so on3.
A. The Inscriptions associated with the drawings and the artists:
The formulae used by the authors to acknowledge drawings are discussed above
in Ch.4.B.1-3. The inscription is usually written near the drawing, by the side,
underneath or on top. Very often it is incorporated into a composition by being inscribed
around4 or inside a drawing5, between the gaps created by it6 or between the subjects of a
composite drawing7. Similarly, where authors have inscribed a cartouche it often
surrounds both the inscription and the drawing8.
1

There are a few exceptions to this, particularly at the beginning of Site A, where
different subjects on the same rock surface were given separate numbers. See, Rock V,
Adr 4 and 5, XIX Adr 20-22, XXV Adr 27-28 etc.
2
All the clearly more recent and possibly older drawings on the rock surfaces have been
included so that the inscriptions occur in the facsimiles in their actual context, but the
drawings that are on the same rock but different surfaces have not been drawn up or
discussed.
3
The divisions have been made when, 1) it is clear the drawings are by different authors
of Hismaic inscriptions and are clearly not intended to be part of a composite scene, 2)
there are drawings of a whitish patina that are clearly more recent and, in one instance,
Cdr 322c, where the drawings are clearly earlier than the Hismaic inscriptions, 3) the
drawings occur on very large rock faces and are widely spaced. This has been done for
ease of description and the divisions are not intended to suggest the drawings are
necessarily of different periods.
4
Adr 64/KJA 168, Cdr 140/KJC 219, Cdr 182/KJC 295, Cdr 237b/KJC 441, Cdr
246/KJC 444, for instance.
5
Adr/KJA 38.
6
Between the horns and body of an ibex, for instance, see Adr 45/KJA 110, Cdr 169/KJC
265. Most frequently the artist of a drawing writes his inscription running down between
the legs of an animal, see Adr 4/KJA 16, Adr 21/KJA 69, Adr 22/KJA 76, Adr 47/KJA
113 etc. Sometimes only part of the inscription is inscribed in this position, see Adr
17/KJA 44, Bdr 19/KJB 59.
7
Bdr 30/KJB 72, Bdr 55/KJB 12, Cdr 282/KJC 517, Cdr 288/KJC 558, for example.
8
See Adr 50/KJA 132, Cdr 247/KJC 445, Cdr 318a/KJC 684. The cartouche surrounds
the inscription KJB 70 but not the accompanying drawing Bdr 27.

There are several instances (Adr 87, Bdr 30, Cdr 46, 50, 58b, 254, 322) where,
from the content of the accompanying inscriptions, it is clear that a scene was a joint
composition in which the subjects were inscribed by more than one individual. There are
probably several others but because of the ambiguity of the accompanying texts9 we
cannot be certain that the author was a co-artist, although sometimes the position of the
text in relation to the drawing makes it more likely10. In Cdr 58b probably more than one
person participated in inscribing the horse of the composition. When an artist has
inscribed all the drawing himself he sometimes states the fact explicitly11.
It is probably, in a few cases, that some individuals have inscribed more than one
drawing within the sites12. Unfortunately, in most instances, the authors acknowledging
the drawing do not give their patronyms or further generations and so we cannot be
certain that they are the same man (see Ch.5.C.1) but there are other factors which
suggest that it is most likely that they are13.

The phrase l N is used for both simple authorship and for the authorship of drawings
(see Ch.4.A.1 and B.1) so we can only be certain that an author inscribed a drawing if he
claims it explicitly or mentions the subject of the drawing in his text. The phrase w N ,
when it occurs by itself, is, on the whole, accompanied by a drawing and so is an almost
certain indicator that the author was the artist. There are, however, two instances when it
is used for simple authorship alone, see Ch.4.A.2. For ambiguous examples, see Adr 45
which might have been drawn by both bntq and krt, Bdr 52 perhaps by both hn and
grmt and Cdr 34 perhaps by both whb and rks.
10
For instance, the position of KJB 147 between the camels legs, the position of KJB
30b and KJC 518 between the subjects of the drawings. In cases where the drawings are
clearly joint compositions, the position of other inscriptions suggests that other authors
might have participated as well; see KJB 73 with Bdr 30, KJC 143 with Cdr 50, KJC
155a with Cdr 58b, for example.
11
See Ch.4.B.1-2 and KJA 44, KJB 181 and KJC 30.
12
For example, b bn smn KJZ 44/Adr 17, KJA 49/Adr 18 and KJC 756/Cdr 323; slm
bn nt KJC 295/Cdr 182, KJC 749/Cdr 322b; rs bn rs KJC 442a/Cdr 243a and
(possibly) KJC 552/Cdr 283.
13
The drawings by b bn smn are all of a high quality as are those by the author who
names himself simply as b (KJA 55, 290, KJB 72, KJC 157, 219, 441, 517, 756).
Furthermore, his name is associated on rocks with sd, Site A, XVIII (KJA 49, 51); Site
B XXXIII (KJB 72, 74) LXXIII (KJB 148, 145); Site C, LXII (KJC 157, 159 (on another
face)), CLVIII (KJC 219, 220), CCCXLVIII (KJC 517, 521), in one instance, with both
sd and syr Site C CCCXLVIIII (KJC 517, 518, 521) which suggests that the three of
them were the same people, companions, who inscribed their names and drawings
together. In Bdr 30 there is a man with his arms in the air on the side of the drawing and
similarly in Cdr 58b. There is an inscription by b next to both of these suggesting that
the same man added these similar subjects to both compositions. Further features that
possibly indicate that the same artists did different drawings, are, the similarity of the
subjects of the two drawings by bgt (KJA 193, KJC 43) both of the drawings are lions;
the proximity of drawings by grf (KJC 48, 51 on the same rock) and KJC 60 nearby, and,
possibly rfd of KJC 156 and KJC 408 might be the same man, see Ch.2.E.2 n.66.

B. The Subjects of the Drawings14:

Camels are usually inscribed with the body completely infilled, although there are
some examples in which the animal is drawn in outline15 or in which the hump has not
been filled in16. The animal is usually shown stationary but they are also depicted as
walking or trotting17. A suckling camel occurs in Cdr 195 and examples of hobbled
camels are attested18. The feet of one of the camels in Bdr 19 and one foot of the camel
in Cdr 30a are depicted as circles left in relief. In Cdr 23 the feet are turned up and the
cleft of the pads shown. In Bdr 56e, Cdr 12 and 15 the animals are being led or held by a
man. There are several drawings of mounted camels. A rein is usually shown and often
a stick for guiding the animal as well19. There are two clear examples of saddles (Bdr
56c and 56e20), where there are also T-shaped sticks attached being the hump21. One of
the riders in Bdr 56c is depicted as riding on the rump of the animal with the rein
apparently tied to the saddle. In Adr 126 and Cdr 154 the riders are shown slightly raised
from the top of the humps with their legs in the air.
The horses all have rather heavy bodies and the tails are usually depicted as a
single or double (Adr 47) line with hairs fanning out at the end22. In none of the
drawings here has an attempt been made to show the mane. In Cdr 30a the horse has
been drawn with cloven feet. Reins are shown and the riders are often armed with long
thrusting spears or lances (Adr 47, Bdr 39, Cdr 254), short spears (Cdr 254) and swords
(Cdr 58a, 254). In Adr 47 and Cdr 58b the bodies of the animals are decorated with lines.
There is one drawing of a man leading a horse and rider (Cdr 30a).
The dogs in hunting scenes, generally drawn with a light body and long tails, are
recognizable as seluqis. There are a few examples in which they are not so carefully
depicted (Adr 37, 126, Bdr 19) and instances of animals which are most probably canines
(Adr 6, 137), although it is difficult to identify them more specifically.
Ibex are the most frequent subject depicted from the wild fauna of the area. The
bodies of the animals are usually completely infilled, although there are examples where
14

There is an index of some of the subjects of the drawings after the edition.
See Adr 3, 14, 103, Cdr 52e, Cdr 66.
16
Adr 22a, Cdr 23, 75, 169.
17
See Adr 19, 48, for example.
18
See Adr 6, Bdr 19, 56d, Cdr 316, for example. Apparent hobbling of ibex is probably
the result of misdirected hammering.
19
It appears, in some cases, that there are two reins (see particularly the rear camel in Bdr
56c) but a modern camels halter usually has just one (See Musil 1928: 356, Fig.45, for
example) and in most of the drawings the second line is probably a guiding stick. Clear
examples of such sticks occur in Cdr 23, Cdr 154, Cdr 301.
20
In Adr 4 the saddle and rider is almost certainly a later addition.
21
It is not clear what these sticks are. It is unlikely that they are swords as no handles are
shown beyond the crossbar. For examples of much longer sticks in drawings
accompanying Safaitic inscriptions, see the drawings accompanying C 4527 (Pl. XLIV
Dussaud Macler 631) and C 2828 (Pl. LXVI Dunand 287) and C 2830 (Pl. LXVI Dunand
289)
22
The type of tail shown is more suggestive of a mule but three of the inscriptions refer
to the animal as frs (KJA 113, KJC 48, 470), Ar. faras horse.
15

patches have been left in relief23, presumably to indicate markings of colour. In several
instances the animal is drawn in outline alone24 or with the body not filled in25 and there
are a few examples where simple stick depictions of ibex are associated with the
inscriptions26. Occasionally, a thick line is used for both the two fore legs and another for
the two hind ones rather than each leg being represented separately27. Some of the
animals are shown with an open jaw or possibly a beard28. When the feet of the animal
are shown they are depicted as turned up or as cloven29. There are some examples where
only one horn has been drawn30 and in other cases the horns are depicted as
exaggeratedly long31. In Cdr 83 the horns curve back to the body and ridges are shown
along them. An unfinished ibex occurs in Cdr 52a and Cdr 266 and what is possibly a
start at drawing the horns, on the same rock face as KJC 122. In Cdr 27 there is an
animal with straight horns and a long tail which is most likely to be an oryx more
commonly occurring among the drawings accompanying the Safaitic inscriptions found
in the north32.
There are eight drawings of felines, on the whole, they have long tails curled up at
the end and three or more claws are depicted on the feet. The bodies of the animals tend
to be heavy suggesting that they are most probably lions. In Cdr 182 the body has been
left in relief with two lines inscribed across it. It is uncertain which type of animal is
represented in Adr 50 where the body is filled with a lattice of squares and rectangles.
Ostriches occur in a few drawings. The wings are usually depicted and the birds
are sometimes shown being chased by a seluqi. A single one-legged version of the bird
perhaps occurs in Cdr 27 (cf. also Cdr 80) and the zig-zag line with two legs (Adr 37 and
349) are perhaps schematic representations33.
There are several drawings of ibex hunt. The scenes show seluqis chasing,
surrounding or grabbing hold of the animal. Archers are often depicted either shooting
bows or holding a bow in one hand and a small throwing spear ?, sword, or short knife ?
in the other34. The bows are usually double ones, shown either with or without a string,
23

See Adr 45, Bdr 27, Cdr 213a, Cdr 322.

See Adr 126, 135, 145, Bdr 18, Cdr 28, Cdr 169.
25
See Adr 14, 64.
26
See Cdr 247, 691, for example.
27
See Cdr 155, 157, for example.
28
In some cases it is difficult to tell which is intended but in Adr 126, Bdr 11 and 52 the
line under the chin is probably a beard.
29
For examples of the former, see Adr 87, Bdr 52, Cdr 246 and, for the latter, Bdr 81, 10
(the hind feet) and Cdr 442a.
30
See Bdr 50, Cdr 155, for example.
31
See Adr 32, 52a, Cdr 52f (one very long horn), 169, 209, for example.
32
A stick animal of whitish patina with straight horns which might be an oryx occurs in
Cdr 161. For examples of oryx in Safaitic, see WH 763, 3502-3503, and, for the
identification of the animal as an oryx, rather than a dorcas gazelle, as suggested by
Winnett and Harding (1978: 24), see Macdonald 1979: 140.
33
A similar shape occurs above one of the ibex in Bdr 18 where this interpretation is less
likely.
34
For examples, see Bdr 30, 52 and Cdr 322.
24

but there are a few instances in which they appear to be single35. Often arrows are shown
either in flight or embedded in the body of the animal. In two drawings (Cdr 154, 155)
camel riders are clearly associated with ostrich hunts and in one there is horseman (Cdr
159)36. Archers are depicted in Adr 48 and Cdr 80 shooting at lions and in Cdr 80 and
probably Cdr 318, a long thrusting spear is being used to kill the animal. In Cdr 182
there is a drawing of a man, which is probably a later addition to the composition,
standing to one side and holding what looks like a long whip.
Scenes of combat show archers on foot (Cdr 34, 282, 288) and men armed with
swords (Cdr 254, 282) and carrying small shields (Cdr 282, 288). In Cdr 254 there is a
battle scene between three horsemen. One of them is dismounted, using a long thrusting
spear and holding a shield which is larger than those depicted elsewhere. His opponent is
depicted carrying a small throwing spear.
The men depicted as riders and in hunting scenes are usually inscribed with care,
although they are done in a very simple style and do not reveal much about their clothing.
In depictions of riders holding reins (or a rein and stick) and those of archers shooting
bows, an arm is clearly shown drawn back and bent at the elbow. The bodies of the
horsemen in Adr 47, Cdr 58a, 159 ? and two of the in Cdr 254 are not filled in. In Adr 47
the body is shown with lattice decoration and in Cdr 254 one of the horsemen might be
wearing head gear. Apart from the men shown in composite scenes, there are several
examples of stick men with their arms up in the air or held out to the side37. The men in
Cdr 322c were clearly drawn prior to the inscriptions on the rock surface and the men in
Cdr 52c is probably not associated with the texts.
There is a sign composed of a line with two arms that I am unable to identify. It
occurs in association with Bdr 30, Cdr 30b, 140 and 213 and to the left of KJC 413 on the
same rock38. It is not in similar positions with respect to the drawings but it is usually
associated with drawings of ibex and might be a depiction of something relevant to a
hunt. There are a few examples of loops, divided loops and miscellaneous shapes39 and
in Bdr 5 there is possibly a depiction of a pair of feet joined together40.
The drawings of a whitish patina show similar subjects, camels, camel riders,
horses, horsemen, ibex, dogs, ostriches, and men with their arms outstretched. A combat
scene is depicted in Bdr 18b where the men are armed with long spears and shields. A
man firing a gun occurs in Adr 14. Later inscribers have touched up, by rehammering, or added details to several of the earlier drawings41 and in a few cases (KJC
132, 404, 431) they have turned letters of Hismaic inscriptions into animals.

35

See Bdr 18, 22, 52, for example.

In Cdr 243b there is a camel rider and horseman but these are not obviously associated
with the ostrich being chased by a seluqi.
37
See Adr 126, 137 ?, 145, Cdr 28 etc.
38
A similar sign with a tail occurs near Cdr 322a.
39
Adr 5, Adr 9, Adr 158, Cdr 40a, Cdr 266.
40
See Jobling 1983(b): Pl. XLIII, 2 for a clear depiction of feet at a site further south in
the ism.
41
Adr 4, Bdr 46 (the head only), Cdr 15, 23, 32, 254 (where penises have been added to
the horses). The dogs in Bdr 18 have been added as chasing the older ibex.
36

7. Distribution:1
The texts and drawings from these sites are inscribed on boulders which range in
size from several metres in height and width to small embedded and loose boulders2. The
inscribers have not necessarily chosen the smoothest or most suitable rock on which to
write, although the greatest number of inscriptions tend to be in areas where the black
patina remains intact and the surfaces are not worn or pitted. Both single inscriptions and
groups of two or more are found on rock faces and, in some cases, more than one surface
of a rock has been inscribed3. There are no clear instances where an inscription has been
inscribed over another and, even on crowded surfaces, the texts are carefully written
between each other.
The plans show a similar distribution for both rocks inscribed with inscriptions
and drawings and rocks inscribed with drawings alone4. At Sites A and C there are clear
groupings of inscribed rocks along the edges of the deeper watercourses5. At Site B
except for the areas shown in the insets the inscribed material is, on the whole, more
widely scattered. At Site C there is a group of inscribed rocks at the eastern end and
along the southern edge (Insets C 2b, C 6a) and towards the west (Inset C 5a) and no
large concentrations of epigraphic material in the middle of the rock field, although there
are isolated instances of inscribed rocks right across. The thinning out of the density of
inscribed rocks at the western edge of Site B and the central western section of Site C is,
to a certain extent, because the rock field gives way to sandy areas with weathered rocks
and a lower density of them. At Site C the density of rocks increases again on the very
western edges as a result of tumble from the slopes from Jabal Mzn.
There are a few structures within the sites6. None of the inscriptions refer to them
and it is uncertain whether the inscribed rocks associated with the cairn (Inset C 5a), and

See Figs. 69-89, for plans of the epigraphic material found at Sites A, B and C.
There is very little epigraphic material inscribed on small movable boulders, see Site B
Rock LIX, Site C CCXXX, CCCLXXVII, CCCXCI and CDXXXVIII-CDXLIX.
3
See Site A Rock IV, IX, XIX etc.
4
Until an analysis is done of the drawings which occur on surfaces without inscriptions,
this does not tell us very much, but from the occurrence of clearly more recent drawings
(and in the one clear instance where the drawings are older Site C, Rock d) we know that
people who are not contemporary with each other, to a certain extent, used the same rock
faces and inscribed in the same areas.
5
At Site C along the southern bank of the watercourse at the north of the site. The
northern bank in the upper reaches is on the whole step with little flat ground. There are
also several series of inscribed rocks along the watercourses in the middle of the rock
field, see, for instance, those on Plan C2 and C4 CCLXXXIV, CCLXXXVIII,
CCLXXVIII, CCLXXX, CCLXXXI etc. and C4 CCLXXXII, CCCXIX, CCXXIV,
CCCXXX etc.
6
At Site A there are six areas, probably old campsites, of circular and semi-circular low
walling in some of which there was evidence of recent hearths. At Site B there is a low
circular wall encompassing Rock XII and a series of connecting walls to the west of Rock
LXXIX (Plan B 2). At Site C there area number of cairns, broad based mounds of stones,
2

those with the probably graves (Inset C 5b) are contemporary with them or have been reused7.
There are a few instances where possibly the same individual has written his
name more than once on a rock face or on rocks close to each other8, in some cases,
making the numbers of inscriptions on a rock greatly disproportionate to the number of
individual authors involved9. Equally, there are authors who have written their names in
diverse areas of a particular site10, and some who have written in two of the sites or in all
three11.

in the northwest, west and southwest areas of the site (Plan C 5 and C 6). At the Inset C
5b there are groups of small rocks and boulders probably covering graves.
7
Since so few of the inscriptions written elsewhere at the sites occur on small loose
boulders, it is quite likely that at least the group from Inset C 5b were specifically written
on small stones in order to be placed on the structures.
8
For problems in identifying individual authors, see Ch.5C.1. If one uses the probable
identifications where a name and patronym are given, there are clear examples of authors
who have written their names more than once on a rock. At Site B on Rock L nm bn
brd occurs in KJB 78, 84, 87; on LXXIII b bn smn occurs in KJB 148, 156; on CI hn
bn zdqm occurs in KJB 173, 177 and at Site C on Rock LI zbr bn bd occurs in KJC 97
and 107.
9
See, for example, Site C Rock CCCVI where nmt occurs five times and bnb eight
times. Where a single name is repeated less often, then whether the author is the same in
each case must remain uncertain, but the fact that there are a number of rocks on which a
name is written more than once suggests it is likely that, in some of these cases, the
repeated names belong to the same individuals. See, for example, Site A on Rock V nlt
in KJA 22, 29a; on XVIII grf bn mh in KJA 46 and grf in KJA 50; on XCIII l in KJA
223, 263, 271 and so on; at Site B on VI ss bn l bn mn in KJB 6 and ss in KJB 8
and so on; at Site C on LI smnt bn rm in KJC 89 and smnt in KJC 101, zbr in KJC
90 and zbr bn bd in KJC 97 and 107, hbt in KJC 99 and hbt bn mg in KJC 105; grf in
KJC 95 and 103; fg bn nl in KJC 92 and fg in KJC 105; qrs in KJC 116 and 117;
mbl in KJC 120 and 121a (both these last inscriptions are love texts which also suggests
they are by the same person); on CCCIV rl in KJC 449 and 455; fyt in KJC 450 and
454.
10
See, for example, lh bn ng bn qnt KJC 391, 452; nm bn brd bn mtr KJC 114, 174,
638; smnt bn rm bn mtr KJC 114, 174, 638; smnt bn rm bn mtr KJC 176, 370, 700;
zbr bn bd bn zdqm KJC 107, 169; from texts in which the authors are possibly the same
individuals see, brr bn smnt in KJC 128, 257, 668; drs bn k KJC 264, 458; rs bn
rs KJC 207, 261, 337, 516, 615.
11
See, for instance, rm bn nht bn nt KJA 83, 270, KJC 75; rs bn rs bn slm KJA
112, KJC 442a, 522; from texts in which the authors are possibly the same individuals
see, for example, ss bn l KJB 6, 64, KJC 190, 748; ssr bn zdqm KJA 53, KJB 155,
KJC 287; mn bn sdn KJA 198, KJC 126; tm bn bnlh KJB 66, 169, KJC 211; gg bn bglt
KJB 77 and KJC 5; slm bn nt KJA 88, KJC 295, 749.

The numbers of inscriptions that occur on a particular rock (either on one face or
several) or in a small area of boulders can be quite large12 and if a somewhat arbitrary
division of groups is made on the basis of those shown in the insets of the plans and rocks
(not in the insets) which have twenty or more inscriptions quite a large proportion of the
total number of texts can be accounted for within these concentrations alone13.
Since the texts are graffiti and inscribed, on the whole, with no practical purpose,
the choice of an area within these sites in which a text was written was, almost certainly,
largely a question of chance whereby a would-be inscriber, with sufficient time, found
himself in a convenient or suitable place. The possible reasons for relatively large groups
of inscriptions on a single rock face and in small areas are many and varied. One factor
which probably accounts for a certain number of the texts found in these concentrations is
the attraction of graffiti, whereby additions are made to existing groups, because an
individual is motivated by the presence of graffiti to make his won contribution on the
same surface or nearby, whether or not he understands the content of the existing graffiti
or knows the authors14.
More interesting, however, are clear indications that the texts on a single rock
15
face are contemporary and that the authors at least knew each other. Firstly, there are
instances where the names of relations and possible relations occur on the same rock
faces16 and, secondly, repeated combinations of the same names on different rock faces
suggest that groups of companions inscribed their names together17. We cannot tell with

12

See, for instance, at Site A where there are 45 on the east face of Rock XIX (and 2 on
the South southeast face) and 60 on the east face of XCIII (18 on the south face and 1 on
the north); at Site C there are 40 on the north face of LI.
13
At Site A the figure is 65%, at Site B 31% and at Site C 42%.
14
The phenomenon of the attraction of graffiti can be seen in the occurrences of
clusters of graffiti in modern cities, for example, and also to a certain extent among the
clearly more recent drawings of whitish patina at sites such as these, where they are often
inscribed on the same surfaces as older material even when others are available.
15
Or on rocks near to each other.
16
See, for instance, Site B on Rock VI, texts by ss bn l, KJB 6, and knn bn l, KJB 7;
on Rock XXI l bn mn, KJB 62, and ss bn l, KJB 64, and knn bn l KJB 65; at Site
C LXXX zbr bn bd, KJC 169, and his brother dmr bn bd, KJC 188 and the possible
cousins (see Ch.5.C.2 genealogy 2) smnt bn rm KJC 176 and nm bn brd KJC 174; on
CCI b KJC 28; on CDXV fl KJC 646 (and most probably his father, see KJC 205)
bdlg KJC 647.
17
Most of the repeated combinations of names occur with other inscriptions on the same
face. The examples are not very many and it is on the whole difficult to find repeated
combinations of more than two people. See, for example, the names nf, rks, rm, ftn,
qymt and mny at Site A on Rock XIX (the east face) and at Site B on Rock LXVIII
where the combination recurs except for the name ftn although perhaps fn, KJB 118,
should be restored as the name see the commentary. mbl, rm and l at Site A on Rock
XCIII and at Site C on Rock XLV rhz and zbr and the possible cousins smnt bn rm
and nm bn brd at Site C on Rocks XVII and LXXX; zbr and hbt which occur together
at Site C on Rock LI, LXXX and XCIII; bnb, nmt, msd and hd which occur together

certainty to what extent this was done at the same time as a group activity as there is
always the possibility that someone added his name later to one or a group of texts which
he recognized as being by people he knew. Nevertheless, the recurrence of combinations
of names and in some cases the similarity of the content among the texts which occur on
a single rock18 makes it more likely that some of them at least were inscribed at the same
time by a group19.
The distribution of texts written by the same individuals and possibly the same
individuals at different parts of a single site and the occurrence at more than one of the
sites is indicative of a local population, which remained in the bays of Sites A and B and
the wadi and rock field of Site C, over a certain period or made repeated visits to them. It
is clear from the content of three texts (KJC 138, 139 and 140) that the wadi at Site C was
used, at least on one occasion for hunting or after a hunting expedition, but we cannot say
more than that. We do not know, for example, whether hunting was the only use that the
writers of the texts made of the bays and wadi or whether they were also involved in
pastoral activities at these sites20. Whilst, therefore, it is obvious that large numbers occur
in areas frequented by people because they were in some way advantageous, it is largely
a matter of conjecture as to which factors would have made one particular area more
attractive than another21.
at Site C on Rocks CCCVI and CCCLV; lh bn slm and mty bn rfy which occur
together at Site C on Rocks CCXVIII and d.
18
For example, the love texts on Rock V at Site A, the prayers to sry on Rock L at Site
B and the hunting texts on Rock LV at Site C.
19
It has already been pointed out that several of the drawings are probably joint
compositions done by two or more individuals, see Ch.6.A. That one inscription was
sometimes done for a group of people is shown by the use of the first person plural suffix
pronoun -n our in some of the prayers using krt, see Ch.4.C.1.
20
That the authors of the texts were pre-occupied with ibex and hunting is clear from the
large number of drawings of those subjects but the rock art cannot be assumed to
necessarily reflect the actual occupation of the inscriber at the time. Probably, the sites
were used for both activities, although obviously not at the same time. If the texts were
written during hunting expeditions, then, presumably, it would be been after the
completion of the hunt as the noise made by hammering an inscription would have
frightened the animals away.
21
At these sites there are, on the whole, very few groups of inscribed rocks in areas of
deep tumble for boulders and there seems to have been a preference for areas in which,
although some of the boulders are close together, there is a certain amount of ground
between them. If the sites were used for grazing animals, the distribution along the
watercourses at Sites A and C could be because, after heavy rains, pools collected which
would have provided an important source of water and therefore an area where people
tended to congregate. Equally, the slightly higher and relatively flat ground along the
banks of the watercourses would have been agreeable places to site during summer and
suitable areas to camp in winter where they would have been above potential flood water.
Rock LV at Site C is sufficiently large and tall to provide shelter and shade and has an
area of flat ground to the east of it. Perhaps Rock XXXI at Site C was chosen for the
prayer KJC 46 because it is a prominent boulder standing about 2 metres high.

Among the texts from these sites there are names together with patronyms that
occur in the corpus published by Harding and Littmann (1952) and from the preliminary
reports published by Jobling as well as among unpublished collections of texts22. Whilst
it is uncertain, in most cases, as to whether these names are texts written by the same
individuals because of the lack of extended genealogies, they are a possible indication
that, as one might expect, some of the authors of the texts from Site A, B and C made use
of other wadis running down from the escarpment and were present in Wd Ramm to the
south.

22

See the list at the end of Index a. The former texts come from the Wd Ramm area
which is approximately 37 kilometres south and the latter from Wd afr the mouth of
which is approximately 24 kilometres south, along the escarpment, from where it
stretches for approximately 15 kilometres northeast. There are name with similar
genealogies among the collection of texts recorded by David Jacobson at al-Shalll
(approximately 2 kilometres south of Site C) as well as at other bays and wadis visited
during the initial survey in 1986.

8. Hismaic, Nabataean and the dating of the texts:

A. Hismaic and Nabataean, the writers of Hismaic and the Nabataeans:
There are certain features of Nabataean phonology1, expression2 and orthography3
that are occasionally attested in Hismaic. The Nabataean graffito accompanying KJC
380 shows that the writer of the Hismaic text was not only conversant with the Nabataean
script but, given that he has written a w ending to his name in the Nabataean version, was
also aware of orthographic differences between the two languages4.
The deities Allt, Duara and Kutb occur in the pantheons of both Hismaic and
Nabataean and, in both, Allt is asked to remember individuals5.
Many of the theophoric and other elements are attested in compound names in
both types of inscription6. The occurrence of the definite article l (and with Hismaic
orthography l) in some of them (tmlwr, bdlwr, bdlyb, bdlg) shows that these
particular names most probably entered Hismaic onomastica via Nabataean7.
The examples of writers of Hismaic with Nabataean basileophoric names is
evidence that some of the authors of Hismaic held Nabataean royalty in respect and
possibly the occurrence of l mzn (the tribe of mzn)8 and of l gy (the tribe gy) suggests

See Ch.3.A.2, 5, 6 and 7.

The use of mn l, see Ch.4.A.1.
3
For names with a final w, see Ch.3.B.7 and for instances in which prosthetic alif is
written, see Ch.3.B.8.
4
Although of course it is possible that someone else wrote the Nabataean text. Evidence
that some writers of Hismaic were familiar with Greek is suggested by the Greek graffiti
on the same rock as Hismaic MNM c 7, see Milik 1958-1959: 357-358. Miliks
suggestion (1976: 145 n.5) that bdmn in TIJ 56a (not 57a) might be written by an
artisan who wrote Greek and Nabataean texts at Ramm temple and a Nabataean text at
Ayn alllah is possible but cannot be proved. The Nabataean graffito with KJC 380
suggests that some writers of Hismaic were acquainted with Nabataean and, if the
identification of bdmn as the same man is correct, it would suggest that some people
were proficient at writing Nabataean and also occasionally wrote Hismaic. The
occasional features of Nabataean orthography in Hismaic mentioned above might also be
an indication of this.
5
The deities Allt and Duara both occur in Safaitic but Kutb is not attested.
Invocations in Safaitic asking for the remembrance of people are extremely rare, see
Ch.4.C.1.
6
See the list of elements in Appendix 5.b and the comparative examples in the Index of
names.
7
By itself, the occurrence of the article l is not evidence of a Nabataean origin as there
are Thamudic texts from Southeast Saudi Arabia which employ this form of the article in
some of the names, see Ryckmans 1956: 11. It is, however, the most likely explanation
given the provenance of these texts and the orthography of the article in some cases with
prosthetic alif. The element g is a clear indication of a Nabataean origin, see Ch.5.A.1.b.
8
See Ch.5.D.
2

that in some cases the relationship between the writers of Hismaic and Nabataean might
have been tribal or familial9.
B. The Dating of the texts:
Whilst A above lists connections between the writers of Hismaic and the
Nabataeans and it is clear that to a certain extent they were contemporary, there is still no
evidence for the length of the period over which the texts were written10 and there are no
texts that can be dated precisely11.

gy is not attested in Nabataean as a tribal name but it is most likely that the connotation
of the element in the Nabataean compound names bdlg, bdl[g]w, bdlgy is the same
as that of the element in the Hismaic compounds, see Ch.5.A.1.b and D.
10
The genealogies from the Wd Judayyid sites do not give any evidence of the time
span over which the texts were inscribed, see Ch.5.C.2.
11
The repetition of the names used by Nabataean kings means that the Basileophoric
compounds do not enable us to place the texts with these names in a particular reign,
although Milik (1959-60: 150) suggests the use of these names provides an approximate
terminus ad quem for these texts which he places between the 2nd and 3rd centuries A.D.
If the elements wr/wr in some compound names are connected with the town of
umaymah - Auara then the use of these names could be roughly dated to after the
founding of the town i.e. some time during the reign of Obodas I (c.93-85 B.C.) The
tomb at Madin li (Jaussen and Savignac tomb no. C 1) with JS Nab. 23 which
contains the name mznyt can be dated to between 35-50 A.D. (I am grateful to Dr. Judith
Mackenzie for supplying this information, see Mackenzie 1990: 23) although, even if it
was certain that this name refers to the same social group as mzn, we still do not know to
what extent they are contemporary.
Winnett 1937: 53 suggested a possible date for Hismaic texts of up until 4th or 5th
century A.D. on the basis of SSA 8-13 which surround a Nabataean text, see Savignac
1934: 578 no. 24. The Hismaic texts could of course have been written at the same time
or only little later than the Nabataean ones. From the bilingual Nabataean/Hismaic texts
(JS Nab. 17 and JS 1) dated to 267 A.D. we know that Hismaic was being written up until
the second half of 3rd century A.D. The latest securely dated Safaitic text, ISP 21 bis, can
be placed in 261/2 or 266/7 A.D.

Ch. 9 KJ
9.

The Edition of the Texts from Wadi Judayyid Sites A, B, and C

Site A

II

Northwest

l qnt bn qn
By qnt son of qn
To the right of qn is a b which is either the start of another inscription or an

attempt to continue KJA

1.

IV

Horizontal surface

ny[k] (g)b rqb---

-(g)b had sex with rqb---
The text has been heavily scored over and filled in and the reading is doubtful.

For texts using nyk, see, Ch.4.E.2. rqb is not in HIn.

Southwest

l gb
By gb
The b is not very curved. The last letter has a tail which is slightly shallower

than the rest of the letter. g is not in HIn.

Adr 3

A group of camels drawn in outline. The camels are inscribed using a single line

for one hind leg, the hump, neck, head and one front leg. The other two legs and belly are drawn
as three sides of a rectangle. The inner legs are joined to the body and hump in two of the
drawings. All the camels, except the largest one, have a single line curving up for tails. Searight
(Macdonald and Searight 1983:575) makes the observation that female camels are depicted with
their tails curled up in Safaitic drawings. This is sometimes the case among the drawings here,
see, for example, KJC 39/Cdr 23 and KJC 48/Cdr 30a but not always, see KJA 69/Adr 21. The
largest camel also has hairs clearly depicted along its hump cf. Adr. 14. In the bottom left hand

Ch. 9 KJ
corner is a more recent drawing of a camel of whitish patina with a rein running from the head to
the hump.

Practically horizontal surface, the distance between some of the

inscriptions on this rock is not drawn to scale. See Pl. IIIa for KJA 17 prt., 2029b.

l mks
By mks
On the top hand corner of the rock. mks is not in HIn.

l nt
By nt
To the left of KJA 4. One of the forks of the is faint.

nk rhs zz w nyk
rhs had sex with zz (or a loved one) and made love repeatedly
For texts using nk and nyk, see Ch. 4.E.2. zz might be a proper name or a

Substantive cf. Ar. aziz dear, beloved.

l zn bn frs
By zn son of frs
To the right of KJA 4. zn is not in HIn.

nk rhsn bn (l) (or bn (l))

rhsn had sex with bn(l) or rhsn son of (l) had sex
Below the end of KJA 7. Most of the r is covered by hammering, one of the

prongs of the is faint and part of the l is covered by an abrasion. rhsn is not in HIn. rhs
occurs in KJA 6 on this rock. For nk, see Ch. 4.E.2. The text is ambiguous as either bn l is the
object of rhsns passion or the letters should be read as bn l, son of l.

l ngl
By ngl
To the right of KJA 8.

Ch. 9 KJ

10

l l bn mn
By l son of mn
To the left of KJA 6. l is not in HIn. For other occurrences of l bn mn, see

Index a.

11

l lgm
By lgm
To the right of KJA 10.

12

l sd
By sd
To the left of KJA 10 and 11.

13

(l) m
By m
The first letter has a stroke forming a fork, it is not as deep as the rest of the

letters and I have emended it to l. The last letter has been hammered over and in some lights it
looks as though it might be a t. The text is surrounded by a cartouche.

14

h sry l
O sry [grant?] to
To the right of KJA 13. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

15

l rb
By rb
To the right of KJA 14.

16

w sr
And sr is [the] inscriber
On the right side of the rock. The third letter is slightly bent. The text runs down

from between the legs of a drawing of a camel which was probably inscribed by sr, see the
commentary on Adr 4 and Ch.4.B.2. for this formula used with drawings.

Ch. 9 KJ
17

l ft bn gfl bn bh bn slm
By ft son of gfl son of bh son of slm
Starting to the left of the end of KJA 16. The last name is written curling back

up. The fs of the first and second names are of different shapes. There is a crack in the rock
partly obscuring the tail of the of gfl. ft is not in HIn. For an occurrence of ft bn gfl see
KJB 172 and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 1.

18

l b
By b
Above and to the left of the end of KJA 17. The last letter is a crudely hammered

19

l ms
By ms
Below KJA 18. The name is not in HIn.

20

d sry gf l h ybs b rm w b gnnt w b srr

b bh w qdr frt b mr t dt
May sry return gf to the woman with tenderness and with madness (of
passion) and with joy ? son of bh and may [sry] cause happiness with
a new woman
The text is below KJA 16. It is written down and then turns to the right and

continues to the left. The last part is written upwards and then loops back.
The end of the inscription b mrt dt suggests that the prayer is concerned with
love or sexual desire although it is difficult, as with the other longer love texts, to offer a
satisfactory translation. There is another love prayer in KJB 138 which is less ambiguous. The
spine of the first d is faint but the reading is certain. The first word might derive from the weak
roots dd, dw or wd of which the last Ar. Form I da return provides the most satisfactory
meaning although here the verb has a transitive sense which is found in Ar. form IV adahu
restore it, return it. The verb is a perfect with an optative sense. The object of the verb is gf or
possibly gfl, both of which names occur frequently at these sites, although, since the verb da
takes the preposition to, the l is most likely to be Ar. li to.
The fourteenth letter was copied as r in the field but from the photograph the
depth of the curve and a slight tail suggests that it is more likely a s. Given the uncertainty of the
text it is worth mentioning possible translations should the reading r be correct. It might be a

Ch. 9 KJ
proper name, hybr is listed in HIn: 631 as occurring in Qatabanian. Here is would be the name of
a woman. An alternative division of the letters would be hy b rb etc. Ar. hawa n means beloved
which would fit the context well although it is difficult to justify the lack of the medial w. b
would be a preposition Ar. bi and rb the particle occurring frequently in other loves texts (see
Ch.4.E.1), which I have translated as much. The initial part of the text would then read May
sry return gf to a beloved [one] with much etc..
However, I am inclined to think that the fourteenth letter is a s and to read the
letters h ybs b, h being the definite article. yabs in Ar. has the meaning genitals which would
fit the love context of the inscription and should perhaps be translated here as meaning
woman. An explicit reference to the female anatomy in a sexual context probably underlies the
word slt in KJC 539. b would be the preposition bi with.
gf has asked to be returned to the woman with a number of positive attributes,
in KJB 138 the author has asked sry to grant a woman without a series of negative ones. For
rm, cf. Ar. ruhm tenderness and Syriac reem tenderness, affection. gnnt perhaps has a
meaning similar to Ar. junn loss of reason, referring here to the instability of madness of
passion. srr occurs frequently in love texts at these sites, see KJA 24 (in an adverbial form) 46
etc., and I have translated it from Ar. surr happiness or joy. I am uncertain how the next part
of the text bn bh should be translated. The reading of the letters is fairly certain although one
of the forks of the first does not appear to be joined to the rest of the letter, a stroke of the is
faint, the n, although copied in the field, is unclear in the photograph and the b has a slight tail,
giving it the appearance of a k. The name bh occurs as the father of gf in KJB 47 and 57 and
the authors of these inscriptions sometimes write their patronym after the main part of the text,
although usually at the end rather than in the middle. It is possible gf intended to finish at this
point and then decided to continue. This interpretation, however, makes it difficult to explain .
The following verb cf. Ar. qaddara determine, ordain, which I have translated
as cause is an optative with sry as the implied subject. frt, Ar. farah joy, mrt Ar.
maraah, the word probably occurs again in KJC 590. dt is the fem. of Ar. di new.

21

l grf bn ms
By grf son of ms
Below KJA 19, on the left. There is a thick hammered line before the beginning

of the text. grf bn ms occurs again in KJA 46.

22

l nlt

Ch. 9 KJ
By nlt
Above the beginning of KJA 21. The second l is short compared to the other
letters of the text a feature which recurs in other instances of the name found at this site, see, KJA
29a and 136.

23

wdd hn ftt snt f nkh f mt f f nsrt

hn loved a beautiful young girl and he had sex with her and she was grieved, so
he repeated (it) and she unfolded??
The text begins above and to the right of KJA 22 and loops round to the

left. hn has recorded his actions and the effect they have had on a young girl. For other love
texts using wdd and nk, see Ch.4.E.2. ftt, Ar. fath, young girl; snt, Ar. asan beautiful, here
with the feminine ending. f, cf. Ar. fa, here and in the other occurrences in the text, the particle
has the sequential sense and so, thus. The object of the verb nk is the third person feminine
pronominal suffix, -h. mt and nsrt are third person feminine verbs. I have translated the former
from the root mm. Form I and III in Ar. have the meaning grieve s.o. and Form VIII an
intransitive sense be grieved, saddened which is the meaning here. For , cf. Ar. a il,
return to s.th. i.e. do the thing a second time. The translation of nsrt is problematic. The Ar.
verb naara means spread out, expand, unfold none of which, if taken literally, are suitable
here. A possible translation is suggested by the meaning unfold, spread out which in a reflexive
sense she unfolded herself might mean she became compliant [to his advances]. An antithesis
to this might occur at the end of KJA 28 which is also about someone called hn but not inscribed
by him.

24

l lh w rb sqm srr b lmt f nkh srr

By lh; and a young girl feels much sickness of happiness and he had sex
with her happily
The text starts to the right of the beginning of KJA 23 and then loops round to the

right. The last word is written bending back to the right. The f is covered with an abrasion. For
other love texts using the expression rb, see Ch.4.E.1. The construct sqm srr sickness of
happiness, which perhaps occurs as well in TIJ 264, is somewhat enigmatic. Possibly it refers to
the destabilizing effect of passion. On the other hand, there are clear examples in the texts where
letters have been left out (see Ch.3.B.10) and perhaps a w should be restored sqm [w] srr
sickness and happiness. srr at the end is an adverbial form of surra n happily.

Ch. 9 KJ

25

l tsq bn zbd
By tsq son of zbd
The text is written in the space between the first and final part of KJA 24. One

stroke of the t is covered an abrasion. tsq is not in HIn, it occurs again in KJB 178.

26

l dm bn b
By dm son of b
Below and to the right of KJA 25. For other occurrences of dm bn b, see

Index a.

27

l hn bn zdqm
By hn son of zdqm
Below and to the right of KJA 26. zdqm is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences of hn bn zdqm.

28

nyk hn lmt f sth w rt w ny w brd

hn had sex repeatedly with a young girl, with difficulty and he struck [her] on
the buttocks and she closed up?, and ny and brd are [the] inscribers.
The text begins to the right of KJA 27 and is written in a zig-zag turning

up towards KJA 29a and then turning down towards KJA 29b. For other texts using nyk, see
Ch.4.E.2. The rest of the text after lmt is ambiguous. might be the name of the woman (HIn:
422) in apposition to the substantive. On the other hand, the verb nk in KJA 24 is followed by an
adverbial expression and I have translated from Ar awia it became difficult from which a
verbal noun ay is attested although rarely (Lane 2196b). f, is the particle fa with the meaning
and so. Ar. satahahu means he struck him on the buttocks, here the object must be supplied
he struck [her] on the buttocks. The translation of the next four letters is difficult. It seems to
continue the sequence of events and w is probably the conjunctive particle. The r of the next
word has been left out and is written to the right of the w. The next letter I have read as , as it
copied in the field, although from the photograph there seems to be a shallow curve joining the
fork and perhaps it is a g. The verb Ar. raa means stick together, join, make firm referring to
a building and also close. ra applied to a woman has the meaning impervia coeunti and is
used in the expression ra al-faaayn a woman whose thighs are close together. I would
suggest that the meaning here is she closed herself i.e. resisted him. The twenty-second letter

Ch. 9 KJ
which I have read as b was copied as a . Although there is a middle stroke, it is much shallower
than the rest of the letter and it is probably extraneous. bny as a verb Ar. ban build would have
no relevance to the text and must be interpreted as a proper name. The inscription is written by
him and brd and the word is probably a broken plural, although one would expect the dual to
have been used.
The subject of both this and KJA 23 is someone called hn and if both texts are
about the same man, the accounts of his sexual activities are at variance, although it would be
understandable that hn should record a conquest whereas his friends leave snide remarks or a less
successful account.

29

nyk nht
nht had sex repeatedly
The text is to the right of KJA 28. The first h has a slight hook to the tail. For

other texts using nyk, see Ch.4.E.2.

29a

l nlt
By nlt
To the right of KJA 29. For the shape of the second l, see KJA 22.

29b

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm
Starting below the end of KJA 28 and written curving to the right. For other

occurrences of smnt bn rm, see Index a.

Adr 4

The camel and rider above KJA 16 has a whitish patina but the depth of the

camel suggests that it is an older drawing with the rider and saddle added later. The original part
was probably drawn by sr author of KJA 16. To the right is another camel of darker patina
which might have been part of the same composition although the inscribing technique is slightly
shallower.

Adr 5

Unidentified loops and curves above KJA 23-24.

VI

Practically horizontal surface.

Ch. 9 KJ
30

l mwr bn slh bn rgt bn wtr

By mwr son of slh son of rgt son of wtr
The first bn is written to the right of the rest of the text, most probably to enable

the author to fit the remainder of his genealogy in between a crack and the edge of the rock. Part
of the t of the last name is covered by an abrasion and the r has a somewhat extended arm.

VII

South

31

l qn bn wrl bn qn tmt
By qn son of wrl son of qn son of tmt
The text is written in a loop. tmt is not in HIn. qn is most probably the artist of

Adr. 6 below the inscription.

Adr 6

There is a drawing of two camels below the inscription. One of them has its hind

legs hobbled. There is a canine to the left, cf. the animal in Adr 137.

VIII

South

32

n m(r)mnt
m(r)mnt had sex
The spine of the k is faint. There is an abrasion after the m and I have restored a

r. For love texts using nk, see Ch.4.E.2. mrmnt is not in HIn.

Adr 7

To the left of the inscription is a drawing of much lighter patina of two dogs

attacking an ibex.

IX

Southeast

33

l mr
By mr

34

l bn zhy
By son of zhy
zhy is not in HIn, see Index a and the Index of names for other occurrences.

Ch. 9 KJ

Adr 8

Unidentified shapes and a stick man of lighter patina. An ibex with horns drawn

right back over its body and the remains of another animal to the right.

Practically horizontal surface. See Pl.IIIb for KJA 35-36.

35

l m bn ly
By m son of ly

36

l yr bn bd yr bn whblh l zydt w krt lt syn

By yr son of bd son of yr son of whblh of the tribe of zydt; and may lt
remember our companions
The text is written boustrophedon ending in a short third line. There is an

abrasion over part of the second y and second . yr is not in HIn. zydt is not previously attested
as a tribal name. For invocations using krt, see Ch.4.C.1. sy is a broken plural, cf. Ar. ay,
ay companions with the first person plural suffix pronoun, -n.

37

l l bn slm
By l son of slm
The text is written below KJA 35-36. The l and m of the second of the second

name are written on a different face.

Adr 9

Various shapes to the right of KJA 37.

XIII

Southeast

38

l sy
By sy
Written vertically down the inside of camels hump. The y is doubtful as there is

a line going through it across the hump. The tail of the letter is short, sticking out to the left.

Adr 14

A camel inscribed by the author of KJA 38. It is drawn in a similar style to those

in Adr 3. Lines have been added across the base of the neck and hump and two lines from the
front and back join the three-sided rectangle that represent the legs. A line has been hammered

Ch. 9 KJ
joining the bottom of the two inside legs. Hairs are depicted on the hump. There is an ibex and a
dog on the right side of the rock face which seem to belong to the same period as each other,
whilst the man firing a gun and ibex on the left are much more recent as are the camel and rider in
the bottom left of the rock surface. There is a wasm of a straight line and circle.

XVI

Southwest

39

l g bn
By g son of
The text is written down the rock. The n is a dash. I have read the text as

unfinished although it is possible the name should be read gbn.

Horizontal surface

40

l ls
By ls
On the left side of the rock. ls is not in HIn.

41

l -By -Written between KJA 40 and 42. There are hammer marks after the and the text

probably continues.

42

l nhb
By nhb
To the right of KJA 41.

43

l mr
By mr

XVII

Southeast

44

l b () kll bn smn bn qn
By b is [the] drawing all [of it] son of smn son of qn

Ch. 9 KJ
The patronym and third name are written down from the legs of an ibex to the
right of the beginning of the text. There is an abrasion over the first . For other occurrences of
the genealogy, see Index a and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 4. For this formula used to refer to
drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

45

l nhb
By nhb
Written vertically below the end of KJA 44. It has been missed out in the

photograph and is read from the field copy alone.

Adr 17

A hunting scene of two ibex being chased by a couple of dogs and shot at by an

archer. On of the ibex has rather straight horns. Drawn by b the author of KJA 44.

XVIII

West

46

rb sqm w srr b grf bn mh

grf son of mh feels much sickness and happiness
On the left side of the rock, written looping up and round. There are several

letters above the word srr which have been hammered over. For love texts of this type, see
Ch.4.E.1. mh is not in HIn. grf bn mh occurs again in KJA 21.

47

l rb
By rb
To the right of KJA 46.

48

l tnn bn hn
By tnn son of hn
Below and to the right of KJA 47. Part of the fork of the h and one complete fork

of the is obliterated. For other occurrences of tnn bn hn, see Index a.

49

l b bn smn bn qn bn mskt bn sd
By [b] son of smn son of qn son of mskt son of sd
The first name is written down the rock, the middle part of the text horizontally

and the final part down the rock and then up. b is unattested as a name. The second and third

Ch. 9 KJ
names of the genealogy are the same as those in KJA 44 and elsewhere, see Index a and Ch.5.C.2,
genealogy 4, suggesting that it is a metathesis for b. See Ch.3.A.10 for other mistakes in the
inscriptions. [b] does not claim the drawing explicitly here but the standard is the same as that
in Adr 17 and it seems likely that the composition is his, although possibly other authors on the
rock are co-artists.

50

l grf
By grf
Running vertically downwards under the belly of the upper ibex. There is a

deeper mark shaped like a l after the f but I do not think it belongs to the text. Under the ibex to
the left of the text are three filled in circles with a line between the first two.

51

l sd
By sd
On the right side of the rock.

52

l rs b[n] r
By rs son of r
Written down below the middle of KJA 53. There is no n after the b and a slight

abrasion after the final r.

53

l sr bn zdqm
By sr son of zdqm
Written horizontally above KJA 52. The names sr and zdqm are not in HIn.

See Index a for other occurrences of sr bn zdqm.

Adr 18

A hunting scene of two ibex surrounded by three dogs and an archer. Drawn by

one or possibly more of the authors of the inscriptions on the rock.

XIX

South southwest

54

l mtn
By mtn
Written down between the front legs of a camel.

Ch. 9 KJ

55

w b []
And b is [the] inscriber
Written around the rear of the camel which was inscribed by b. For this

formula used to refer to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Adr 19

A striding camel drawn by b the author of KJA 55.

East

56

l hr
By hr
At the top of the rock, written downwards.

57

(b)ll
By (b)ll
Below KJA 56. The reading is doubtful.

57a

b-By b-Below KJA 57. It is possible the text continues but nothing further is legible.

58

l nf
By nf
Written down, to the right of KJA 57a.

59

l m(h)
By m(h)
To the right of KJA 58. The tail of the h is written in a crack. The name is not in

HIn.

60

l krBy kr-

Ch. 9 KJ
On the left side of the rock. There is a chip after the r and the text might
continue.

61

l wb
By wb
Above and to the right of KJA 60. wb is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

62

l mn w (l)
By mn is [the] ibex
Above and to the right of KJA 61. Part of the and l are faint. The ibex to which

mn refers is on the right. See Ch.4.B.1. for this formula referring to drawings.
62a

l -By -To the right of KJA 62, written under the head of an ibex. The rock is chipped

after the and the text probably continues.

63

-m l
-m l
Above the horns of the ibex, to the right of KJA 62. There might be letters

before the m obscured by cracks and hammering on the rock. The m is written over a crack and
the and l inscribed slightly above, presumably to avoid it.

63a

l qn
By qn
On the right side of the rock.

64

l lbn
By lbn
Below KJA 63a. The bottom part of the , l and b are obscured by hammering.

lbn is not in HIn. The has a dot in the middle.

65

l zdn (b) ()---

Ch. 9 KJ
By zdn son of --To the right of KJA 54. Part of the z is covered by an abrasion as are the tops of
the b and The first d and the first n are not as deeps as the other letters of the text. No letters are
legible after the . The name zdn is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences of the name.
zdn bn nt occurs in KJC 740.

66

l n
By n
Below KJA 60 on the left side of the rock. There is a chip over the n but the

letter is still visible. The is inscribed on the other side of a drawing of a camel. Just below the
to the left are two lines joined by shallower hammering which might have been ns first attempt
at a which he abandoned.

67

lz
By z
To the right of the beginning of KJA 66. The text is unfinished.

68

l
By
To the right of KJA 67.

69

l my bkrt
By my is [the] young female camel.
On the left side of the rock. The text starts in between the legs of the camel to

which it refers and turns to the left. See Ch.4.B.1 for this formula referring to drawings.

70

[l] syr
[By] syr
A chip covers the beginning of the text and I have restored a l. The arms of the r

are joined by faint hammering.

71

l qrs
By qrs

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJA 70. The name is not in HIn. It occurs frequently at these
sites, see Index a.

72

l mn(y)
By mn(y)
Below and to the left of KJA 71. The m has a horizontal stance in a vertical text.

There are traces of what is possibly y after the n.

73

l rks
By rks
Above and to the right of KJA 72.

73a

lh
lh
Above the s of KJA 73. The text is unfinished.

74

l qym[t]
By qym[t]
To the right of KJA 73. There is a chip in the rock after the m which possibly

obscures a t.

75

--sry w my w syr
--sry and my and syr
Starting above and to the right of KJA 74. There are traces of a straight line and

what might be a r at the beginning, although the rock is badly chipped and no letters are certain
before the deitys name.

76

w syr () bn slm
And syr is [the] inscriber son of slm
Written downwards under the belly of an ibex which was drawn by the author.

The bn and the patronymic are written to the right of the first name and the word . For this
formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.2 and for other occurrences of syr bn slm, see Index a.

77

l bn--q

Ch. 9 KJ
By bn--q
Above and to the right of Adr 27. The first three letters are written horizontally
and the q below and to the left. The middle of the text is obscured by chipping but there would be
sufficient room for two letters. Perhaps and t should be restored, bntq occurs elsewhere, see
Index a for occurrences of the name.

78

m n
m n
The rock is worn before the m and an initial l might be obscured, although the

text is inscribed deeply and no traces are visible.

79

l rh
By rh
Below KJA 78. The fork of the h is rather narrow.

80

l snr
By snr
Below KJA 79. The text is crudely written. There is no hook to the letter I have

read as l. snr is not in HIn.

81

l
By
Above and to the right of KJA 77. The text has been damaged. The is

hammered over but traces of the two crossbars are clear.

82

l zrm-
By zrm-
Below KJA 81, reading diagonally. The r and the m have been hammered over,

although the latter letter is quite clear. There is a chip in the rock and then a clear .

83

l rm bn nht bn gnt bn mq bn rb bn d bn l bn krt

By rm son of nht son of gnt son of mq son of rb son of d son of hl son of krt
On the right side of the rock. The beginning is written downwards with

Ch. 9 KJ
the rest of the text surrounding it. After the second name the inscription continues to the right up
the rock and then turns down on the left of the beginning. The initial l of KJA 82 is written
between the sixth name of the inscription and the bn of the seventh. The names rm, gnt and
mq are not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences of rm bn nht bn nt.

84

l smnt bn rm bn m[tr]
By smnt son of rm son of m[tr]
The text is written down from the end of KJA 83. The second bn and the m of

the third name are much shallower than the other letters of the text. I have restored tr at the end
on the basis of other texts with this genealogy, see Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2. mtr is not
in HIn.

84a

l srq
By srq
Written between the end of the name of nht in KJA 83 and the first name of KJA

84. Any possible continuation of the text is obscured by the m and n of KJA 84.

85

l kbr
By kbr
On the bottom left side of the rock. The text runs into the end of KJA 88.

86

l tm
By tm
Written down, above KJA 88.

87

l qrs
By qrs
To the right of KJA 86. The name is not in HIn. It occurs in KJA 71 on this rock

and elsewhere, see Index a.

88

l slm bn nt
By slm son of nt
Written from right to left below KJA 86-87. nt is not in HIn. For other

occurrences of slm bn nt, see Index a.

Ch. 9 KJ

89

l ngl
By ngl
Written down to the right and below KJA 76.

90

l krt
By krt
Written down, above the hind legs of a camel.

91

l -rm
By -rm
Below KJA 89. The middle three letters of the text have been hammered over

and filled in. The second letter could be w rather than .

92

n(k) gml mnh

gml had sex with mnh
To the right of KJA 91. The n and the spine of the k are doubtful. For love texts

using nk, see Ch.4.E.2. mnh is not in HIn.

93

lrhsfr
?????

93a

l ftn
By ftn
Running down into the end of KJA 93. There is a hammered dot slightly to the

right of the lower vertical crossbar of the t, which, although it appears to be shallower than the
other letters of the text, I have read as a n. ftn is not in HIn. For other occurrences of the name,
see Index a.

94

l mr bn bnmt bn nmy
By mr son of bnmt son of nmy
The text is written on a ledge in the rock to the right of KJA 93a. It turns to the

left. mr and bnmt are not in HIn, see the Index of names.

Ch. 9 KJ
Adr 20-22
20 On the upper part of the rock is an ibex drawn by mn the author of KJA 62.
20a Below and to the left of Adr 20 a damaged drawing of an animal.
21 On the left of the rock, a camel drawn by my the author of KJA 69 who says
it is a young female camel. The tail of the animal is depicted as hanging down, see the
commentary under Adr 3.
21a Above KJA 85 is a badly drawn camel.
22 In the centre of the rock is the body of an ibex ? which the head has been
hammered over, drawn by syr the author of KJA 76.
22a A camel of which the hump has not been filled in.
22b On the right side of the rock is a damaged drawing and below is a camel.

XXIV

North

95

l yqm
By yqm
Part of the m has been chipped away but the reading is clear.

XXV

Horizontal surface

96

l nhb
By nhb

Adr 27

To the left of KJA 96 is an ibex of light patina.

Adr 28

Below is a camel of light patina.

XXVI

South

97

n r b sm b[n] hl
I am fond of sm son of hl
There is a chip and crack in the rock after the second b and I have restored a n.

For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.3.

Ch. 9 KJ
Adr 28a

Doodling of whitish patina and a man with his arms in the air holding a bow and

arrow.

XXVIII East

98

lw
By w
An unfinished text.

99

l hn bn zqdm
By hn son of [zd]qm
The inscriber has confused the positions of the q and d in the second name. For

other examples of mistakes in the inscriptions, see Ch.3.B.10. zdqm is not in HIn. For other
occurrences of hn bn zdqm, see Index a. The ibex were probably drawn by hn.

100

l n
By n
On the lower part of the rock.

Adr 32

Three ibex, probably drawn by hn the author of KJA 99.

XXXII

Southwest

101

l drg bn k
By drg bn k
Written down the rock and then to the left. See Index a for other occurrences of

drg bn k.

Adr 36

Two ibex ?, the head of the upper animal is lost under abrasions and its front legs

run into the horns of the lower one. The drawings are a much lighter patina than the inscription.

XXXIII West

102

l ry

Ch. 9 KJ
By ry
The loop of the y is very small.

Adr 37

A canine and possibly an unfinished drawing to the left. Below is an unidentified

zig-zag line with two legs.

XXXVIII

Southeast

103

l (h)bn
By (h)bn
The inscription is very worn and the fork of the h is doubtful.

Adr 42

The horns and parts of the body (?) of an ibex are just visible to the left of KJA

103.

XXXIX South

104

l (h)(b)n
By (h)(b)n
Most of the inscription has been obscured by hammering. The n is a fairly long

dash.

105

wdd qn lmt [w] ln s (r)y ln qn

qn loved a young woman, and may sry curse the curser of qn
The text is written down the rock. The second part, a curse, is written on the

right of KJA 106. The arms of the are short and the w introducing the curse has been obscured
by a chip. The following l is much thicker than the other letters of the text. The s is a squiggly
line similar to the shape of the letter in Safaitic. The letter after the is a circle but it is carelessly
hammered and it is possible that the marks enclosing the curve are misdirected hammering. I
have restored it as r. For other love texts using wdd, see Ch.4.E.2. For ln, cf. Ar. laana curse
s.o.. The verb here is a perfect used for the optative. The object is a noun ln, cf. Ar. laan
curser, in construct with the following proper name. This is the only instance of a curse among
these texts, see Ch.4.D.

Ch. 9 KJ
106

l smn
By smn
Written between the beginning and final part of KJA 105.

There is no KJA 107.

XL

West

108

l rslh bn hn
By rslh son of hn
Written down the rock in neat careful letters. rslh is not in HIn. It occurs

elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

XLIV

Southwest

109

l bntq
By bntq
Written along the bottom edge of the rock. The name is not in HIn, for other

occurrences, see Index a.

110

l bn
By bn
The text is written vertically between the horns of an ibex and its body. The rock

is chipped after the n but there would be insufficient space for further letters.

111

l krt bn ftt
By krt son of ftt
The bn and second name are written to the left of the first part of the text and

curve round under the feet of an archer. For other occurrences of krt bn ftt, see Index a.

Adr 45

A hunting scene of four ibex, one of which is being attacked by a dog from in

front and behind and shot at by an archer. An arrow is shown in flight and another embedded in
the animals leg. There is a camel on the right side of the rock. The drawing is possibly a joint
composition inscribed by the authors of KJA 110 and 111 and possibly 109 as well.

Ch. 9 KJ

XLVI

Practically horizontal

112

l rs bn rs bn slm
By rs son of rs son of slm
Written in a wavy line. For other occurrences of rs bn rs bn slm, Index a.

XLVII

Southeast. See Pl. IVa.

113

w bd bn syr frs
And bd son of syr [the] horse
The text starts under the belly of the horse and then curves round below the front

legs and up. There is very little space between the front of the horse and the edge of the rock.
For this type of formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.3. For other occurrences of bd bn syr,
see Index a.
A horseman carrying a spear drawn by bd the author of KJA 113. The body of

Adr 47

the rider is decorated with horizontal and vertical lines and the horses tail is depicted as two lines
with hairs at the bottom. There is possibly an arrow piercing one of the riders arms.

XLVIII North

114

l l
By l

115

l smr
By smr
Written below KJA 114. The last two letters are covered by hammering but the

reading is certain.

East

116

l bd
By bd

Ch. 9 KJ

117

ml-----slt
There is a m and a l next to the tail of the camel and then, further down the rock,

the letters slt.

118

l bnbsr
By bnbsr
Written to the right of a camel. bnbsr is not in HIn, the name occurs elsewhere

at these sites, see Index a.

119

l kmn
By kmn
Written under a drawing of a feline.

Adr 48

A feline attacking an archer. There are two lines drawn from the head of the

animal to the man. Above, is a drawing of a running camel. Its legs are extended and the feet
represented as being curved which is unusual.

Rock XLIX

Practically horizontal

120

l b(n)yt
By b(n)yt
Written down the rock on the left side. The b has a very shallow curve and the n

is covered by a chip.

121

l hb
By hb
The text starts to the right and below KJA 120. Part of the l is obscured by

hammering. The name is not in HIn.

122

l tr
By tr
Written downwards above KJA 121. The rock is chipped above the l.

Ch. 9 KJ
123

l y
By y
To the right of KJA 122. The tail of the loops back to the spine of the letter.

124

l b
By b
On the right side of the rock. There is rather a large gap between the l and .

125

l --By --To the right and below KJA 124. The rock is chipped after the .

126

l s(h)m
By s(h)m
On the left side of the rock, starting immediately below KJA 120. Part of the

third letter is obscured by a chip.

127

[l] sb
[By] sb
The text begins after the m of KJA 126 where the rock is chipped and no traces of

the initial l remain. The s is partly covered by an abrasion. The and b are written on the edge
of the rock.

128

l g bn mh
By g son of mh
The text is written horizontally, starting below and to the left of KJA 125. The

name mh is not in HIn. g bn mh possibly occurs again in KJC 686.

129

r-sqfhln
????
The letters have been hammered over in places and joined up.

Practically horizontal

Ch. 9 KJ
130

l bg[t]
By bg[t]
Written down the rock above a drawing of a camel. The initial l is uncertain.

There is a chip after the g and I have restored a t on the basis of the name bgt occurring
elsewhere, see Index a.

Adr 49

A camel, its head is damaged.

LI

North

131

l w
By w
On the left side of the rock written above a small camel. The text is unfinished.

132

l kmy bn tmlh w kmy ()

By kmy son of tmlh; and kmy is [the] inscriber
The text is written curving to the right. There is a cartouche surrounding the first

part and the drawing. It does not continue to include w kmy but stops before the w and the
final of h. The last letter is damaged. For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.
kmy bn tmlh occurs again in KJC 575.

133

l mrh
By mrh
Written down to the right of KJA 132.

Adr 50

Inside the cartouche with KJA 132-133 is a drawing of an animal with its body

decorated in squares. It has no features from which one could identify it for certain as either a
canine or feline although it is most probably the latter. kmy, KJA 132, says he is the inscriber but

mrh, KJA 133, might have participated in drawing it. Outside the cartouche, below KJA 131, is
a small camel with only two legs and the hump not filled in.

LII

Horizontal.

134

l qn

Ch. 9 KJ
By qn

LV

Sloping slightly north

135

l yl
By yl

136

l nlt
By nlt
nlt, see KJA 22 and 29a where the name is written with similarly short ls.

There is further a t and hammered on to the rock.

LVI

Practically horizontal

137

l bn()mt
By bn()mt
On the right side. Part of the is covered by an abrasion.

138

l (q)n bn wrl bn kl b[n] srw bn nn bn w bn zhmn bn yld bn bnsbr bn nb

By (q)n son of wrl son of kl son of srw son of nn son of w son of zhmn son
of yld son of bsbr son of nb
The text gives ten generations and is the longest genealogy among the texts from

this collection. Neither the whole nor part of the genealogy is repeated in other inscriptions. The
of the name w has an infilled circle.

139

l m()(r)(y) bn ft bn nr
By m()(r)(y) son of ft son of nr
To the left of KJA 138, with the second bn and the third name written to the right

of the rest. The bottom of the letters of the first name are covered by an abrasion and the of the
second name is faint and shallower than the other letters. mry is not in HIn although there is a
doubtful occurrence of the name in Saf. ISB 274a, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

140

l n
By n

Ch. 9 KJ
To the left of KJA 139.

141

l bn
By bn
Below and to the right of KJA 140. There is no hook to the l and the n is a dash.

It is possible the text is unfinished.

142

l l
By l
To the right of KJA 141.

143

lwl
lwl
To the left of JC 142. The letters are all certain but the meaning is unclear.

144

l qnlh
By qnlh
To the left of KJA 143. qnlh is not in HIn but is attested in JaS 111. See Index a

for other occurrences at these sites.

145

l nf
By nf
Underneath KJA 145.

146

l bnmh
By bnmh
To the left of a drawing of an ibex. The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

147

l b
By b
To the left of KJA 146.

148

l sdlh

Ch. 9 KJ
By sdlh
Underneath KJA 147. The d is inscribed over a crack and is doubtful. It seems
to have arms curving in the direction of the text.

149

[l] br
[By] br
Above and to the left of KJA 147. The rock is damaged before the and I have

restored a l.

150

l ---sbr bn yb bn nsr b[n] (k)sy

By ---sbr son of yb son of nsr son of (k)sy
Underneath KJA 149. The text is damaged and the letters indistinctly inscribed.

There is a cartouche surrounding the inscription. Only a is legible of the first name and the
following bn is completely obscured. yb is not in HIn. No n of the final bn is visible and the
back of the k is unclear. ksy is not in HIn.

150a

l b bn sb
By b son of sb
To the right of KJA 150. Part of the third b is covered by hammering.

150b

r
r
To the right of KJA 150a.

Adr 54a

There are two ibex and traces of other drawings.

LVII

West

151

l qnt
By qnt

LVIII

Northwest

152

l l bn n(g)

Ch. 9 KJ
By l son of n(g)
Written down the rock. The bottom circle of the g is quite clear but the top circle
is much smaller and partially covered by a chip. The line joining them is not quite attached to the
bottom circle. See Index a for other occurrences of l bn ng.

LXIII

Practically horizontal

153

l sBy sAn unfinished text. The third letter might be a s or part of an incomplete letter.

There is a small fork at one end but it is not definite enough to be read with certainly as a h.

154

l dm bn b
By dm son of b
There is an abrasion surrounding most of the . For other occurrences of dm bn

b, see Index a.

155

l sd
By sd

156

--tkdbl
?????
The rock is worn before the t and no traces of letters are visible. The spine of the

d is shallower than the lines of the other letters.

157

w hn w dgt w m
And hn and dgt and m
There are no traces of letters before the first w. The d has been filled in. dgt is

not in HIn. For other texts of joint authorship, see Ch.4.A.6.

158

l gfl
By gfl

LXIX

Northeast

Ch. 9 KJ

159

l y
By y
Part of the has chipped away.

160

l qsBy qsThere is a fourth letter but only part of it remains.

Horizontal

161

l bnyt t
By bnyt--The letters are quite clear despite some hammering that covers the text. The

interpretation of the last three letters of the text is uncertain.

162

l qn
By qn
Above KJA 161.

163

l gbn b
By gbn -The text is written in crudely shaped letters and both circles of the g have been

filled in. It is probably incomplete. gbn is not in HIn.

164

l qy
By qy
To the right of KJA 163. qy is not in HIn. The text is possibly unfinished.

165

l ft
By ft
The name is not in HIn.

166

--rl

Ch. 9 KJ
--rl
Part of a letter is visible before the .

166a

mnsmns- ?
Following directly on from KJA 166. There is no initial l. I have read the

preceding l with KJA 166 as the technique of inscribing is similar to the other letters in that text.
The fifth letter is hammered over, it possibly reads t. The name, if that is what it is, is not in HIn.

LXXII

North

167

l smnt
By smnt

LXXIII

West. See Pl. IVb.

168

l bdyb bn sd
By bdyb son of sd
The inscription is written round the bottom of an ibex which was drawn by

bdyb. The name is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJC 631a.

Adr 64

A prancing ibex drawn by bdyb the author of KJA 168. The body has not been

filled in.

LXXIV

West

169

l
By
An unfinished text. Perhaps the writer of KJA 170 wrote this to begin with and

then, thinking the second letter looked too much like a rather than an , started again.

170

l rs [t] bn ln
By rs [t] son of ln

Ch. 9 KJ
The bn and patronymic are written slightly to the left of the rest of the text.
There is a chip over the fifth letter and I have restored a t. The top of the second l is covered by
an abrasion.

LXXVI

North

171

w d sry grf w nm
And may sry call grf, and nm is [the] inscriber.
The text is written down the rock and then curves up. For invocations of this

type, see Ch.4.C.2.

171a

lb
By b
An unfinished text to the right of KJA 171.

172

l zrm
By zrm
Below KJA 171. The is uncertain. The name is not in HIn.

173

l sfn
By sfn
To the right of KJA 172. The n is a dash.

174

l m
By m
To the right of KJA 173.

LXXVI

West

175

l dr(g) bn ()[k]
By dr(g) son of ()[k]
The text is written near the left edge of the rock. The reading is extremely

doubtful. On circle of the g is uncertain and a part of the outer circle of the is faint whilst only

Ch. 9 KJ
traces of the inner circle remain. Half of the has chipped away. I have restored k afterwards on
the basis of the name in KJA 101.

176

(l) m b[n] -hzm

By m son of -hzm
Written to the left of the back of the feline and continuing below the tail. Most of

the l is obscured by a chip. No n is visible after the b and only a trace of the sixth letter remains.
The fork of the h runs into the upper bar of the z and there is a shallower line joining the stroke of
the h and the bottom bar of the z.

There is no 177.

178

l (m)(b)By (m)(b)To the right of the end of KJA 176. Part of the m and b are covered by chipping

and the rest of the text is totally obscured.

179

(l) ()()bdt
By ()()bdt is [the] drawing
The first three letters are all damaged by chipping. bdt is not in HIn. For other

occurrences of the name at these sites, see Index a. For this formula referring to drawings, see
Ch.4.B.1.

180

w qrs
And qrs is [the] inscriber
To the right of KJA 179. The letters of the name have all been filled in. qrs is

not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites. For this formula used with drawings,
see Ch.4.B.2.

181

l krt
By krt
The text is written to the left of the end of KJA 180. The t is inscribed to the left

of the r.

Ch. 9 KJ
182

(l) bn dd
By son of dd
To the right of KJA 180. On the hook of the l is visible, the is slightly

hammered over and the strokes of one of the forks of the are doubtful.

Adr 67

A feline drawn by bdt and qrs authors of KJA 179 and 180. Parts of the

drawing have chipped away, four claws are depicted on the two back legs that remain.

LXXVII

South

183

---wr
---wr
The rock is chipped and hammered before the w and nothing is legible.

184

l qn bn qn
By qn son of qn
bn qn are written to the left of the first name.

Adr 68

A damaged drawing of a camel being held by a stick man.

Adr 69

There is a small camel of a whitish patina above and to the right of Adr 68, it is

not shown on the facsimile.

LXXXI

Southwest

185

l qrb
By qrb

Adr 75

Three ibex and a horse ? being led by a man.

LXXXV

West

186

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm

Ch. 9 KJ
On the left side of the rock. For other occurrences of smnt bn rm, see Index a.

187

l bd bn zdqm
By bd son of zdqm
To the right of KJA 186. bn zdqm is written to the left of the first name. zdqm is

not in HIn. bd bn zdqm occurs again in KJC 768.

188

rb srr b mbl
mbl feels much happiness
The text is written down and then turns up to the left, finishing below the end of

the first name of KJA 187. For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1. The name mbl is not in HIn,
see Index a for other occurrences.

189

l nm bn ml(k)
By nm son of ml(k)
To the right of KJA 188. The text is written down and then turns up. The lower

arm of the k is obscured by a chip. For other occurrences of nm bn mlk, see Index a.

190

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
On the left side of the rock, written below KJA 186 and turning to the right. For

other occurrences of nm bn brd , see Index a.

191

l m bn bglt
By m son of bglt
To the right of KJA 190. Half of the t is covered by a chip. bglt is not in HIn.

The name occurs elsewhere, see Index a.

LXXXVI

Practically horizontal

192

---smn
---smn
The beginning of the text has chipped away and part of the and the letter read as

n is covered by the abrasion.

Ch. 9 KJ

LXXXCVII

South southwest

193

l bgt
By bgt
The t is badly formed and written to the left of g. The text is accompanied by a

drawing of a feline, cf. KJC 43, also by bgt, and the drawing Cdr 26.

Adr 79

A feline with most of its head chipped away. The claws are roughly inscribed,

the back feet have three rather long ones.

LXXXVIII

Southwest

194

l m bn bd bn bdt bn m
By m son of bd son of bdt son of m
The text is written in a loop. m bn bd occurs in KJC 274.

XC

Southwest

195

l dr
By dr
The rock is chipped after the r but no traces of further letters are visible. The

name is not in HIn.

XCI

West

196

l m
By m
The text is hammered in rough lines.

XCII

Southeast

197

l hn
By hn

Ch. 9 KJ

198

l mn bn sdn
By mn son of sdn
The text begins directly below KJA 198. mn bn sdn with an additional

generation occurs in KJC 126.

XCIII

South

199

l smr[]---
By smr[]---
Near the top of the south face of the rock. Only a stroke of the fifth letter is

visible and has been restored on the basis of the name occurring elsewhere, see Index a. The
rock is worn after the name but there are traces of a below the rest of the text which might be a
continuation of KJA 199 or a separate text.

200

l ()-By ()-The middle of the second letter and the rock surface after it is chipped.

201

[l] ()(y)l
By ()(y)l
The initial l and part of the and y are obscured by an abrasion. The last letter is

a faint line.

202

l tml (b)n n(h)t

By tml son of n(h)t
To the right of KJA 201, written near the edge of a crack. The top of the b and

the h are obscured and the reading of the last name doubtful.

203

l--
By --
Below and to the left of KJA 202. No other letters are visible.

204

l mn

Ch. 9 KJ
By mn
On the left side, near the bottom of the rock face.

205

[l] (k)br
By (k)br
To the right and above KJA 204, running down to the left of an ibex. The rock is

chipped and the initial l and parts of the k are obscured.

206

l b
By b
To the right of KJA 205 on the other side of the ibex.

207

l sr ()
By sr is [the] drawing
Written down in a wavy line. Part of the is covered by a chip. sr is not in

HIn but occurs frequently elsewhere at these sites, see Index a. For the formula referring to
drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

208

l rst bn flt
By rst son of flt
Starting below KJA 205. The text is written down and then bends to the right.

rst is not in HIn.

209

l lf
By lf
To the right and slightly above KJA 208.

210

lg
By g
To the right of KJA 209. The text is unfinished.

211

l -m
By -m

Ch. 9 KJ
On the right side of the rock. The first letter of the name is obscured by
hammering. The m has been partially filled in.

212

l wg bn k(y) bn
By wg son of k(y) son of
To the right of KJA 211. The first two letters have been filled in and the b and n

have been joined to form a monogramme. The next letter might be a but the similarities in the
infilling and joining of this text and KJC 315 suggests that they are both by the same people and
the letter should be read which is clear in the second name of the latter text. In which case, the
letter, here, has only three arms that have been joined round the back forming a trefoil. The last
letter of the second name is doubtful. It might be a which is clear in the second name of the latter
text. In which case, the letter, here, has only three arms that have been joined round the back
forming a trefoil. The last letter of the second name is doubtful. It might be a y with a short tail
which is obscured by the infilling or a r. The last two letters might be a further monogramme of b
and n. If that is so the text is unfinished. wg is not in HIn.

213

l lyn
By lyn
Above and to the right of the beginning of KJA 212.

214

l drh
By drh
To the right of KJA 213.

215

l wl bn qnt
By wl son of qnt
Below KJA 214. The w and part of the have been filled in.

216

l grf
By grf
To the left of KJA 215. The r is uncertain as the curve of the letter does not seem

to be as deep as the rest.

Ch. 9 KJ
Adr 82

Three ibex, a camel and a camel and rider. sr the author of KJA 207 claims a

drawing but probably the authors of the other inscriptions drew some of the drawings as well.
There are other drawings on the rock face.

North

217

l gf
By gf
On the top left of the rock face. gf is not in HIn. For other occurrences of the

name, see Index a.

218

hs
hs
It is possible hs should be read with KJA 219 as a joint text but the technique of

inscribing is slightly different and it is perhaps more likely to be separate. For texts of simple
authorship without an introductory particle, see Ch.4.A.4.

219

w k m
And km
See KJA 218. km is not in HIn. For texts of simple authorship beginning with

w, see Ch.4.A.3.

220

l brr
By brr
Above KJA 219.

221

l w-By w-Above and to the right of KJA 220. The rock is chipped and only the first two

letters of the text are legible.

222

-bn r bn y
-son of r son of y

Ch. 9 KJ
The abrasion in the rock before the b might obscure the beginning or the
inscription might be the continuation of the genealogy of KJA 221. The text is unfinished.

223

l l
By l
On the left side of the rock. l is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJA 263 and 271

on this rock and frequently elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

224

l r[m]
By r[m]
To the right of KJA 223. There are no traces of a m which I have restored on the

basis of the name occurring in KJA 270 on this rock and frequently elsewhere at these sites, see
Index a. rm is not in HIn.

225

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm
Starting below KJA 223 the text bends sharply round with the final r and m

written above the letters b, n and . For other occurrences of smnt bn rm, see Index a.

226

l srs
By srs
Starting above and to the right of KJA 225. The s is a slightly bent line. srs is

listed in HIn: 48 as occurring in Sab. and occurs in AMJ 78.

227

l bnlh
By bnlh
To the right of KJA 226. The reading is uncertain as there is a rather large gap

between the b and the n.

228

l lt bn wdd
By lt son of wdd
Starting above and to the right of KJA 227.

229

l n

Ch. 9 KJ
By n
To the right of KJA 228. The name occurs in KJA 238 on this rock.

230

l l
By l
Below and to the left of KJA 229. The has three crossbars.

231

l mn bn nht
By mn son of nht
Starting below the end of KJA 229. There is a crack in the rock after the first

name and bn and the patronymic are written below it. mn is not in HIn.

232

rbt sqm b km l d
km feels much sickness for d
Starting above and to the right of KJA 231 and written in a wavy line down the

rock. For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1.

234

ll
By l
Above the beginning of KJA 232. A false start at a text.

235

l rfd
By rfd
To the right of KJA 234. The r and the curves of the f have been infilled in. The

original outlines of both the letters are visible despite the infilling.

236

l my bn mrmnt
By my son of mrmnt
Written in a curve below KJA 235. The y of the first name was originally left out

and then added to the left of the . mrmnt is not in HIn.

237

l km bn slm
By km son of slm

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right and above KJA 236. The bn and the patronymic are written to the
right of the first name. The initial l is rather thick and has probably been subsequently hammered
over. The k is doubtful as in some lights there appears to be a third arm attached to the spine of
the letter.

238

l n
By n
On the left side of the rock. The name occurs in KJA 229 on this rock as well.

239

l syr
By syr
To the right of KJA 238. The text is written next to a small drawing of a camel.

240

l mn
By mn
Written to the right of KJA 339.

241

l r(g)m
By r(g)m
To the right of KJA 240. The letter read as l is a thick line on the other side of a

crack in the rock. One circle of the g is faint and the other obscured by hammering. rgm, HIn:
271 where is it listed in Sab. as the name of a well.

242

l sr
By sr
On the left side of the rock, starting below KJA 238. There is an additional line

before the beginning of the inscription.

243

l nmr
By nmr
To the right of KJA 242.

244

l mr
By mr

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJA 243. There is an abrasion covering part of the r.

245

l kmnt bn yq
By kmnt son of yq
Starting below and to the left of KJA 244. The tail of the y faces in the direction

of the text. Neither of the names are in HIn.

246

l fn
By fn
Written down to the right of KJA 245. fn is not in HIn. The name occurs again

in KJC 217.

247

l b
By b
Above KJA 246. The last letter might be a r.

248

l sr
By sr
To the right of KJA 247.

249

l yBy yWritten directly below KJA 248. There is a chip after the y and the text might

continue.

250

l mty bn rfy
By mty son of rfy
Starting above and to the right of KJA 248. For other occurrences of mty bn rfy,

see Index a.

251

lBy To the right of KJA 250. The second letter is probably incomplete and the text

unfinished.

Ch. 9 KJ

252

lf
By f
To the right of KJA 251. The text is incomplete.

253

h ()s
O ()s
The is partly covered by an abrasion. The horns of a recent ibex might obscure

any further letters of the text or the inscription might not have been completed. It is possibly the
beginning of a prayer to sry, see Ch.4.C.3.

254

l s
By s
Above the beginning of KJA 255. The second letter which I have read as s is

slightly squiggly. The text was not finished.

255

l rslh
By rslh
To the right of KJA 252a. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

256

db
db
The d has been filled in and the reading of the letter is uncertain. There is a

further b below the horns of an ibex which might be a continuation of the text. db is not in HIn.

257

l mr
By mr
To the right of KJA 256.

258

l drst bn kr(t)
By drst son of kr(t)

Ch. 9 KJ
Starting to the left of the horns of a recent drawing of an ibex. The text is written
down and then curves round to the left. Part of the final t is obscured by a chip. drst is not in
HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

259

(l) k(m)t
By k(m)t
To the right of KJA 258. The bottom parts of the l and m are covered by more

recent hammering. kmt is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJC 610 and 657.

260

l b
By b
Written to the right of KJA 259.

261

l rms
By rms
Next to KJA 260.

262

ll
By l
To the right of KJA 261. The text is unfinished.

263

l l
By l
In the centre of the rock below the end of KJA 258. l is not in HIn. See Index a

for other occurrences at these sites. On this rock it occurs in KJA 223 and 271 as well.

264

l rbt and then altered to l rks

By rbt

By rks

Reading down to the right of KJA 263. It looks as though the name rbt has been
altered to rks. There is a shallow line drawn on to the b to form a k and two prongs have been
added on to the left side of the t to form an s. The horizontal line of the t acts as the tail of the
letter.

265

(l) k()t

Ch. 9 KJ
By k()t
On the right side of the rock. There is an abrasion over most of the l and one fork
of the . kt is not in HIn. It occurs elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

266

l mbl
By mbl
In the centre of the rock below KJA 263. The name is not in HIn. See Index a

for other occurrences.

267

l lf
By lf
To the right of KJA 266.

268

l sb
By sb
To the right of KJA 267.

269

lg
By g
To the right of KJA 268. An unfinished text.

270

l rm bn nht bn nt
By rm son of nht son of nt
Written in a zig-zag to the tight of KJA 269. The names rm and nt are not in

HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites, and KJA 83 for the above genealogy with
additional generations.

271

l l
By l
To the right of KJA 270. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences. It is attested again on this rock in KJA 223 and 263.

272

l n
By n

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJA 271. The letters are badly formed and one fork of the is
very shallow. n is not in HIn.

273

l dr
By dr
Written horizontally near the bottom of the rock. It is possible the last letter

should be read b.

274

l qn b
By qn Written down the rock and turning to the right. qn, is not in HIn. The text is

incomplete.

275

l b
By b
To the right of KJA 274. The name occurs as well in KJA 260 on this rock.

Hooks in shallower lines have been added on to the lines of the b forming a f perhaps with the
intention of changing the name into f.

276

l r
By r
Below and to the right of KJA 275.

277

l grf
By grf
Written down to the right of KJA 276.

Adr 82

Only some of the drawings on this face are included on the facsimile as they are

mainly faint and damaged. On the upper face of the rock there are the traces of two ibex and an
archer. There is a camel next to inscription KJA 239 and traces of ibex and an archer in between
other texts. The horns of the ibex below KJA 254 have been touched up.

North

Ch. 9 KJ
278

l nm bn m-By nm son of m-The rock is covered in abrasions and nothing is legible after the second m. It is

possible lk should be restored and the name nm bn mlk read, see KJA 189, 305 and 309.

Adr 82a

A damaged drawing of an ibex.

XCIV

Northwest, the rock surface is very eroded. The distance between some of the

inscriptions on this rock is not drawn to scale.

279

l qn
By qn
The form of the q is unusual as the lines of the letter are not centrally placed.

280

lfBy f Below KJA 279. Only a line of the third letter remains.

281

l sd
By sd
To the right of KJA 280.

282

l n()m
By n()m
On the left side of the rock. Part of the and m are covered by hammering.

283

l ()k
By ()k
The is covered by a chip. There is an abrasion after the k and the text may

continue.

284

l sl
By sl
The name is not in HIn.

Ch. 9 KJ

285

---d----d-Written below the drawing of a camel. There are the remains of one or possibly

two letters before the There is room between the and the d for another two letters but nothing
is visible. The rock is chipped below the d and it is possible that the letter belonged to another
inscription the rest of which has since disappeared.

286

[l] ()(z)br
By ()(z)br
Below KJA 285. The rock surface surrounding the inscription is damaged. Only

a small part of the l remains and part of the has disappeared. The z is written at a slant and part
of one of the lines has chipped away. The name zbr is not in HIn. It occurs frequently
elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

Adr 83

(a) A camel above KJA 285.

(b) A camel on the lower part of the rock.

XCV

Practically horizontal. The distance between some of the inscriptions on this

rock is not drawn to scale.

287

l sd
By sd

288

l qrs
By qrs
Below KJA 287. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at

these sites.

289

l b bn lb (b)n sBy b son of lb son of sThe first two letters are written with thinner lines than the rest of the text. Two

of the letters of the inscription are written back to front, the b of the first name and the l of the
second. The b of the second bn is incomplete and no letters are visible after the s.

Ch. 9 KJ

XCVIII

Horizontal

290

(w) ()(b) [] bn s(m)[n]

And ()(b) is [the inscriber] son of s(m)[n]
Parts of several of the letters are covered by abrasions. The rock is chipped after

the b of b and after the of smn and nothing is legible. It is possible that the word was
inscribed after the first name as suggested above or after the patronym. For the formula used with
drawings, see Ch.4.B.2. For other occurrences of b bn smn, see Index a. There is a drawing
of a camel between the first and second names and of an archer to the right of the first name.

291

l syr
By syr
To the right of KJA 290. The text is written down between the legs of an ibex.

The name occurs again in KJA 292.

292

w syr
And syr is [the] inscriber
The text starts from under the belly of a dog and curves to the left. syr occurs in

KJA 291 on this rock. For the formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Adr 87

A damaged drawing of a camel and an archer drawn by b the author of KJA

290 and an ibex and a dog both with inscriptions, KJA 291 and 292, by someone called syr
written between the legs of the animals. It is most likely that all three drawings were intended as
a joint composition.

CII

East

293

l gf
By gf
The f is written in a thicker line than the rest of the letters. The rock is chipped

after it and the text might have continued. gf occurs frequently at these sites, see Index a.

294

rb srr

Ch. 9 KJ
Much happiness
To the right of KJA 294. For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1. The name of
the person who is experiencing the emotion is usually made known in these texts but here he has
either wished to remain anonymous or the text is incomplete.

295

l mbl
By mbl
To the right of KJA 294. The name is not in HIn. It occurs frequently elsewhere

at these sites, see Index a.

296

l g(r)s
By g(r)s
The third letter is covered by a chip.

Adr 91

Above the inscriptions is a drawing of a stick archer ? with an unidentified

drawing to the right of it.

CX

Northeast

297

l dgg
By dgg
There is a chip going across the first three letters and one of the circles of the

final g is filled in.

298

w lhs bn slh
And lhs son of slh
The bn and the patronymic is written under the first part of the text. There is a

crack in the rock separating the tail of from the rest of the letter. A slight abrasion covers the
tail of the s of possibly the letter should be read as a r. lhs and slh are not in HIn although the
latter name occurs in WAM T 12, see the Index of names. For texts of simple authorship with an
introductory w, see Ch.4.A.3.

299

[l] (y)qm bn --y

By (y)qm son of --y

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is badly damaged.

300

l hn b[n]
By hn son of zdqm
The text continues on from the end of KJA 299. The b of bn is covered by

hammering. zdqm is not in HIn. For other occurrences of hn bn zdqm, see Index a.

300a

l dBy dTo the right of the end of KJA 299. The rock is worn after d and the text

probably continues.

Adr 103

There is an ibex to the right of the end of KJA 298. Below is a one horned ibex

and the hind legs of an animal. Below is an ibex, a horse and rider with a camel underneath. To
the right is another horseman.

CXIII

Northwest

301

l rn
By rn
Written down underneath the drawing of a camel. rn is not in HIn.

Adr 106

A camel probably drawn by the author of KJA 106.

CXVIII

East

302

l (m)r
By (m)r
The m is incomplete as the inside lines of the letter have not been joined.

Adr 112

There is a camel and damaged joined rectangular shapes to the right of the

inscription. Above is a damaged drawing of an ibex ?

CXXIV

Horizontal

Ch. 9 KJ

303

l By The rock is chipped after the and only part of another letter remains.

304

-n bn zdqm (b)n rb
-n son of zdqm (son) of rb
The text is chipped before the n and only part of another letter remains. Perhaps

a h should be restored and the name hn read. After the m the rock is chipped and the remaining
letters are inscribed in slightly thicker and less careful lines.

CXXV

Southeast

305

l nm bn mlk
By nm son of mlk
For other occurrences of nm bn mlk, see Index a.

CXXX

East

306

l rks
By rks

307

l y---b
By y---b
The rock is chipped after the and only part of a further letter, which might be a

b or r, remains. It is possible that KJA 308 which I have read as a separate inscription is the end
of the present text.

308

l qt
By qt
See KJA 307.

CXXXIII

Northwest

Ch. 9 KJ
309

l nm bn mlk
By nm son of mlk
The two inscriptions on this rock provide a good contrast of techniques of

inscribing between a directly hammered text and a neat indirectly hammered text. For other
occurrences of nm bn mlk, see Index a.

310

l tm bn znd
By tm son of znd
See KJA 309.

CXXXVI

Northwest

311

l n
By n
Written on the edge of the rock face. It is possible that the text is unfinished.

Northeast

312

l r-m
By r-m
To the left of KJA 311. A more recent curved line runs through the middle of the

text obscuring the fourth letter.

313

l bnmh bn mtr
By bnmh son of mtr
To the right and slightly above KJA 312. Neither of the names are in HIn.

314

l knn bn l
By knn son of l
Curling round the end of KJA 313. Neither of the names are listed in HIn as

occurring in Early North Arabian although knn is attested in Qat. and Sab. Both names occur
frequently elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

315

l n m

Ch. 9 KJ
By nm
On the left side of the rock. The m is partially covered by some hammering.

316

l sr
By sr
Above KJA 315.

317

l rm
By rm
To the right of KJA 316. The m is partially covered by hammering.

318

l zyt bn w
By zyt son of w
Below and to the left of KJA 317. The text is written in a cartouche. w is not

in HIn.

319

[l] rhz
By rhz
The l is obscured by a more recent drawing of a camel and rider.

320

l bd bn (s)yr bn (s)l(m)
By bd son of (s)yr son of (s)l(m)
Above and to the right of KJA 319. Part of the first s is covered by recent

hammering and all the letters of the third name are partially damaged by a ray of the star. The m
is partly covered by one of the dots as well. For other occurrences of bd bn syr, see Index a.

321

(l) -s(f)r ?
By -s(f)r ?
To the left of the end of KJA 320. The legs of a drawing of a camel partially

cover several letters of the text and the reading is very uncertain.

322

l z(h)y
By z(h)y

Ch. 9 KJ
Written to the left of the star. One prong of the h is damaged by a chip in the
rock. The name is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJA 34 from this site.

323

l d
By d
On the bottom right hand part of the stone.

Adr 126

(a) On the left side and lower parts of the rock are a camel and rider, two ibex

(one in outline) and a canine. The rider of the camel is sitting on the top of the hump with his
legs out in front of him. In one hand he is holding a whip ? and in the other a stick which extends
down to the camels neck. There is the figure of a man with his hands in the air through which
runs the cartouche surrounding KJA 318.
(b) On the right side of the rock with a white patina, are a camel rider and a star
with eight rays. There are seven dots drawn between the rays.

CXXXVIII

West

324

l s
By s
The text is unfinished. The second letter is doubtful as it is partially covered by a

hammer mark. It might be a r.

325

l rks
By rks

CXLIII

South

326

l frds
By frds

327

l slm
By slm
The second and third letters are damaged by a chip but the reading is certain.

Ch. 9 KJ
CXLIV

Northeast

328

l mt
By mt
Written down the rock with the to the left of the t. There are two drawings of

camels to the left.

Adr 132

To the left of the inscription are two camels which have been drawn in outline

and then partially filled in. They were probably inscribed by the author of KJA 328. Above is a
third camel.

CXLIV

Southwest

329

l gl
By gl

330

l gg
By gg

CXLV

Southwest

331

l b() bn km
By b() son of km
The inscription turns at an angle after the first name. The second has a line

going across the middle and the surface of the rock with the circle of the letter is chipped
although traces are still visible. b is not in HIn.

332

l nm b[n] b[r][d] bn mt[r]

By nm son of b[r][d] son of mt[r]
The text is damaged by chipping and some of the letters have been joined up and

filled in with rough hammering. The restoration of the letters is based on the genealogy occurring
elsewhere, see Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2. In the first name on of the forks of the is
joined to the n and the is attached to the n and the m by short hammer marks. The first b is
small and rounded compared to the other instances of the letter in the text. The following n is

Ch. 9 KJ
covered by a chip. Only the b of the second name and a small part of the third letter remain. The
letters of the last name are joined together with a line going from the middle of the m to the
crossbar of the t and from the other side to the final letter which has been completely filled in.

333

l dr
By dr
Underneath the end of KJA 332. The d has been hammered over and there is a

stroke protruding from the r.

334

l ss
By ss
The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

335

l b
By b

336

l m
By m
The rock is chipped after the m but most probably the text does not continue.

CXLVIII

Southwest

337

l bd bn syr
By bd son of syr
The l has a horizontal stance. It is possible that the author was going to write the

inscription up the face of the rock and then changed his mind but did not bother to change the
direction of the letter. For other occurrences of bd bn syr, see Index a.

338

(l) b
By b
To the right of KJA 337. Only the hook of the l is visible. The text might have

been a false start at KJA 337.

Adr 135

Two ibex drawn in outline to the right of the inscriptions KJA 337 and 338.

Ch. 9 KJ

CXLIX

Horizontal

339

l wb
By wb
On the left side of the rock. The name is not in HIn. For other occurrences at

these sites, see Index a.

340

l rm
By rm

341

l zm bn qn mskt
By zm son of qn son of mskt
Written diagonally down the rock and turning to the left. See Ch.5.C.2,

genealogy 4 for possible relations of zm.

342

l ns
By ns
The name is not in HIn. It is possible that the text was not finished.

343

l rb bn -l
By rb son of -l
Written downwards and turning right to the end of KJA 342. The rock is chipped

after the first b and the n of bn is uncertain. There is sufficient space for a seventh letter but no
traces of one remain.

CL

West

344

l mllt
By mllt
The first l is quite clear and has not got a hook. mllt is not in HIn. The name

occurs again in KJC 469.

Ch. 9 KJ
Adr 137

A canine (cf. Adr 6) with a badly formed figure ? above and another with his

arms in the air below.

CLIII

Northwest

345

(l) brd
By brd
Most of the l has chipped away.

CLIV

North

346

w mr
And mr is [the] inscriber
For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2. To the left of the

inscription is perhaps a wasm, cf. Field 1952 nos. 464, 469, etc. or an attempt at an inscription.

Adr 140

There is a drawing of a canine ? to the right of the inscription and a damaged

drawing of a camel in the bottom right hand corner.

CLVII

North

347

-kt-ktThe rock is chipped and only the t is certain. The second letter could be a k or

possibly a with the third prong obscured. The curve of the fourth letter might be part of a f.

CLVIII

Horizontal

348

h lhm l l
O lh [grant] to l
Part of the is covered by a chip but sufficient is visible for the reading to be

certain. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

CLXI

South

Ch. 9 KJ

349

l r bn drm
By r son of drm
The first part of the text is written down and the last two letters up to the right,

probably in order to avoid a crack in the rock. drm is not in HIn. For other occurrences of r bn

drm, see Index a.

Adr 145

Three ibex all drawn in different ways. The lower one has distinct cloven feet.

There is a schematic drawing of an ostrich ? and a man with his hands in the air drawn on his
side.

CLXIII

Sloping slightly west

350

l drs
By drs
There are more recent hammer marks to the left of the text.

CLXVIII

Horizontal

351

l hn
By hn

Adr 152

A drawing of a man standing on the back of an ibex ? and four ibex, one to the

right and the others below. To the left of the inscription are two semi-circles with a line going
through the middle and a tail.

CLXIX

West

352

w b bn rgt
And b son of rgt
For texts of simple authorship with an introductory w, see Ch.4.A.3.

CLXXV

Northwest

Ch. 9 KJ
353

l mskt bn klb
By mskt son of klb

354

l khl
By khl

Adr 158

An animal and rider and, to the right, a loop.

CLXXVI

Southeast

355

[l t]m bn wgdt
By tm son of wgdt
The rock is chipped before the m and only a slight stroke remains. t has been

restored on the basis of the name tm bn wgdt in KJC 218.

356

l mbl
By mbl
The middle of the has chipped away although traces of the circle remain. mbl

is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CLXXXI

Northwest

357

l khl
By khl

Ch. 9 KJ
Site B

West. See Pl. Va.

w w sry l sd ny
[] And [may] sry [grant] to sd freedom from want
The author has begun the text with two ws. The s is similar to the form of the

letter found in Safaitic. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3. ny cf. Ar. an freedom from
want.

II

Southeast

l smr
By smr
The initial l is partly obliterated by hammering although enough remains for the

reading to be certain.

III

West

l zdqm bn tm
By zdqm son of tm
zdqm is not in HIn. It is frequently attested elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

l l
By l
The inscription is written down between the legs of a camel. The name is not in

HIn. For other occurrences at these sites, see Index a.

Bdr 1

A camel probably drawn by l the author of KJB 4.

East

l bntq
By bntq

Ch. 9 KJ
The name is not in HIn. For other occurrences at these sites, see Index a.

Bdr 2a

(a) An ibex with long horns probably drawn by bntq.

(b) Below a camel and rider of whitish patina.

VI

South southeast

l ss bn l bn ()mn
By ss son of l son of ()mn
There is a crack and chip in the rock over part of the twelfth letter. I have

restored on the basis of lt bn mn occurring in KJB 7 on this rock. Neither ss or l are in

HIn, see Index a for other occurrences of the names and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 4. KJB 7 is
probably by sss brother and KJB 8 is possibly by the same man.

l knn bn l bn mn bn ftt bn yq bn nt
By knn son of l son of mn son of ftt son of yq son of nt
Below KJB 6. The text curves up and then down to the right. The of the third

name was left out and then added later above the n of the preceding bn. One of the arms of the
second is not attached to the rest of the letter. The last letter of the text is uncertain. knn is only
previously attested in Qat. and Sab. The names l, yq and nt are not in HIn. For other
occurrences of the first two, see Index a and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 5. KJB 6 is probably by
knns brother.

Bdr 5

Two loops joined together along the longer side. They are possibly a drawing of

a pair of feet.

Southwest

l ss
By ss is [the] drawing
The name is not in HIn, see KJB 6. For this formula referring to drawings, see

Ch.4.B.1.

l lfn

Ch. 9 KJ
By lfn
The text particularly the last two letters is badly worn. The name is not in HIn.

Bdr 6

There are traces of drawings two animals ? and a clear drawing of an ibex. Some

or all the drawings were inscribed by ss the author of KJB 8.

IX

Southeast

10

l rb b
By rbThe final letter is perhaps an unfinished b.

Bdr 10

A drawing of what is probably an ibex although the horns are short and partially

covered by an abrasion. The hind feet are depicted as cloven. rb the author of KJB 10 was
probably the artist.

Southeast

11

l brn
By brn
Part of the r has been hammered over. The inscription is written between the

horns and body of an ibex.

Bdr 11

An ibex with a beard ? .

XII

East

12

l t
By t
The l is short and the is written with a vertical stance in a horizontal text. The

interpretation is uncertain. It might be an unfinished text.

XIII

Southeast

Ch. 9 KJ
13

wdd sm nq srr f bql

sm loved nq happily and bql
Written down the rock. Several of the letters have been infilled and joined up.

The letters of the first word are infilled and joined to the d by a line and both arms of the letter
have been extended to join it to the following m. The arms of the m have been joined and the line
might cover a n. There is rough line continuing to the rest of the text which is written to the right,
possibly to avoid a hole in the rock. There is a line joining the , n, q and s. For love texts using
wdd, see Ch.4.E.2. srr in this context is an adverbial form cf. Ar. surra n happily it occurs
again in KJA 12. The attested meanings of the root bql if it was translated as a verb do not
provide a suitable meaning in this context and I have interpreted it as a proper name and the
particle f as a simple co-ordinate.

14

r
r
To the left of KJB 13. For texts of simple authorship without an initial particle,

see Ch.4.A.4.

15

l b b
By bb
Below and to the left of KJB 14. The name is not in HIn.

Bdr 13

A camel of slightly lighter patina drawn in outline, and a camel and rider to the

right of the beginning of KJB 13. Below is an unidentifiable stick animal ?.

Horizontal

16

l (q)nm
By (q)nm
Part of the circle of the q is roughly hammered. There appears to be a further n to

the right of the text.

Southwest

17

l bdt bn syr

Ch. 9 KJ
By bdt son of syr
On the right side, written down the rock and turning to the left. bdt is not in
HIn. For other occurrences of the name, see Index a. bdt bn syr occurs again in KJB 90.

18

h lhm l bnml
O lh [grant ?] to bnml
To the left of KJB 17. The text is written diagonally and then turns right. The

end of KJB 19 is written under the first m. bnml is not in HIn.

19

l sbt bn wtr
By sbt son of wtr
Written to the left and curving into he middle of KJB 18.

20

l knn
By knn
knn is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab. It is attested elsewhere at these

sites, see Index a.

21

l rmmlt
By rmmlt
On the lower part of the rock. The initial l is rounded and less well-formed than

the penultimate letter. The name is not in HIn.

22

l my bn grm bn zdl
By my son of grm son of zdl
The fathers and grandfathers names are written some distance from my

possibly in order to avoid a crack in the rock.

23

l zd()l
By zd()l
Above and to the left of KJB 21-22. One of the forks of the has been

obliterated by hammering.

24

l m()y

Ch. 9 KJ
By m()y
The is thickly hammered with no distinctive middle arm. There is a hammered
line joining it to the preceding m.

25

l lbn
By lbn
Written directly on from the end of KJB 24. The and are chipped but the

reading is certain. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

26

l mtn bn bd
By mtn son of bd
The text is written above and to the right of KJB 25.

Bdr 14

An ibex to the right of KJB 24.

XIV

East

27

l
By
An unfinished text.

XVI

Practically horizontal surface. The distance between some of the texts on this

rock is not drawn to scale.

28

(l) gf
By gf
Part of the l is obliterated by hammering. It occurs frequently elsewhere at these

sites, see Index a. The name occurs in again in KJB 47 on this rock.

29

l sr
By sr

30

l lh bn slm
By lh son of slm

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJB 29. lh is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences of lh
bn slm.

31

rb sq srr b l w mbl l --

l and mnl feel much desire of happiness towards -See Ch.4.E.1. for love texts of this type. The names l and mbl are not in HIn.
See Index a for other occurrences at these sites and see KJB 38 and 41 on this rock.

32

wwd(d)ywbb
?????
Above and to the left of KJB 31. The reading and interpretation of the text is

uncertain. The letters wd(d) might be the verb he loved.

33

l sr(y) bn qn
By sr(y) son of qn
To the left of KJB 32. The y is doubtful and if another line protruding from the

circle is taken as intentional a q should be read. The q of the second name is carelessly executed
but probably certain.

34

l syr
By syr
Written to the right of KJB 33. The y is doubtful as most of the tail runs into a

crack in the rock. syr, see KJA 70. The name occurs again in KJB 35 and 37 on this rock.

35

l syr
By syr
Written at right angles to the end of KJB 31. The name occurs again in KJB 37

on this rock. To the right of the end are faint traces of letters.

36

l tml
By tml

37

l syr
By syr

Ch. 9 KJ
To the left of KJB 36. See KJB 35.

38

l l
By l
To the left of KJB 37. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences

at these sites. It occurs in the love text KJB 31 on this rock.

39

l snm
By snm
Slightly above KJB 38.

40

l mn
By mn
Below KJB 37.

41

l mbl
By mbl
The text is extremely faint but certain except for one line closing the circle of the

. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites. It occurs in the love
text KJB 31 on this rock.

42

lt l slm
lt [grant ?] to slm
Written below KJB 40. The m is much shallower than the other letters of the

text. For prayers of this type, Ch.4.C.3. The attested examples of these prayers usually have the
particle h before the deitys name and m after it. The rock is worn before the l of lt and it is
possible that part of the text has been lost.

43

[l] sr bn mdt
[By] sr son of mdt
The text is written curving to the left, it is extremely faint. The s is on the edge

of the rock and, most probably, at least an initial l was written on the part that has since broken
away. The b of bn and the d of mdt are very faint. There is a l to the left of the end of the text.

Ch. 9 KJ
44

l gfl bn -h bn shnlh
By gfl son of -h son of shnlh
The text is written in three lines, one below the other. gfl bn bh occurs

elsewhere at these sites, see Index a, and perhaps a b should be restored as the eighth letter. The
third name of the genealogy is very doubtful.

45

l sr bn rmBy sr son of rmThe text is uncertain there are traces of a further letter after the m.

46

h ltm l m --- br
O lt [grant ?] to m ---br
Below KJB 45. The rock is worn after the second m and no letters are

distinguishable. The letters and b at the end are doubtful although the r is certain. For prayers
of this type, see Ch.4.C.3.

47

l gf bn bh bn [s]lm bn mslm []
By gf son of bh son of [s]lm son of mslm []
Below KJB 46. The second letter of the third name is obscured by hammering. I

have restored a s on the basis of the genealogy occurring elsewhere. There is a gap between the
third and fourth names because of a crack in the rock. The s of mslm is written with a vertical
stance in a horizontal text. Slightly above the final m there is a y which is shallower than the
other letters and I have taken it as being extraneous. gf is not in HIn, see Index a and see
Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 1. gf occurs as well in KJB 28 on this rock.

48

l wtr
By wtr
Above the end of KJB 47. The crossbar of the w is uncertain.

49

ld
By d
Below the end of KJB 47. This and the lines inscribed to the right are most

probably unfinished texts.

Ch. 9 KJ
50

l nms
By nms
On the right of the rock near KJB 44.

Bdr 15

There is a camel with a curled tail drawn below the end of KJB 30 and traces of

the horns of an ibex to the right and below KJB 50.

Southeast

51

l ()bn
By ()bn
Written down the rock. The letters have been subsequently retraced with

hammering and the first letter has the appearance of a although the original l shows through the
superficial later hammering.

XVIII

Sloping slightly west

52

l srr
By srr
The letters are carelessly written. The initial l is joined to the s by hammering.

XX

Northeast

53

l f(r)n
By f(r)n is [the] drawing
The fourth letter looks more like a b, however, the name is written with clear rs

in KJC 45 and 648. The curves of the f are indistinct. From the position of the inscription frn is
probably referring to the ibex above the end of the text although it is possible that he inscribed
other drawings on the rock face as well. For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.
frn is not in HIn.

54

l lyn []
By lyn is [the] drawing

Ch. 9 KJ
The of has been left out. lyn probably drew the ibex directly above the text.
For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

Bdr 18

There are two series of drawings on the rock some of (a) a darkish patina and

others of (b) a whitish patina.

(a) An ibex with some apparently intentional shapes above it, one of which is a
bent line with two legs. Below and to the left is a stick ibex with a damaged head and an ostrich
and another ibex. Above KJB 53 is an ibex drawn in outline with an arrow piercing its belly.
There are two archers, one on the right side with an arrow (resembling a Hismaic h) flying from
his bow, and another below KJB 53. The latter archer has what appears to be extra arms held out
to the side as well as those used for holding the bow. Above KJB 54 is a drawing of a walking
ibex. There are two crosses on the rock as well which might be wusm. The composition is the
joint work of frn, KJB 53, and lyn, KJB 54 although it is uncertain which parts were drawn by
them (the two ibex nearest the inscriptions were probably drawn by the respective authors) and I
think it is quite likely, judging from the technique, the some drawings of the composition were
done by other people.
(b) There is a stick horseman holding a spear and attacking a man on foot with a
spear and shield. To the left and below there is a similar scene. To the right are three dogs,
represented in a very static form, as attacking the earlier ibex.

XXI

Northeast. See Pl. Vb.

55

l gfl
By gfl is [the] drawing
On the left side of the rock. The circles of the g have been filled in and the lines

of the f and hammered over an thickened. The inscription begins between the legs of a camel
and is written down on the left side. For this type of text referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

56

l drs
By drs
Above the camel drawn by the author of KJB 55.

57

l gf bn bh bn slm
By gf son of bh son of slm

Ch. 9 KJ
Starting below KJB 56 and then curving to the left and then to the right. gf is
not in HIn, for other occurrences of the name at these sites, see Index a and see Ch.5.C, genealogy
1.

58

l sr bn y
By sr son of y
Written down the rock to the right of KJB 56. See KJB 58a.

58a

w gml
And gml is [the] inscriber
The text is written down directly on from KJB 58 which suggests it might be a

continuation of that text. There are, however, clear unambiguous examples where one text is
inscribed immediately after the end of another, see Ch.2.G, and it is more likely on the present
evidence that these are two separate texts rather than one text for sr inscribed by gml.

59

w l sr bkrt w gml
And by sr is the drawing of a young female camel and a male camel
Written down the rock. w gml is written between the legs of the camel to which

it refers. For texts referring to drawings introduced by w l, see KJB 61 on this rock and Ch.4.B.3.

60

l b
By b
Running down to the left of the end of KJB 59.

61

w l drs
And by drs
To the right of the beginning of KJB 59. The letters of the text have been joined

up. The w is joined to the l by a line and the hook of the l has been extended to join it to the d.
The loop of the d has been filled in and the letter is joined by a line to the r. One arm of the r is
extended to join the last letter which might be a h or a s with an extended tail.

62

l l bn mn
By l son of mn

Ch. 9 KJ
l is not in HIn. For other occurrences of the name, see Index a. KJB 64 and 65
on this rock are possibly by his sons.

63

l lh w rb sqm bn nl
By lh; and much sickness, son of nl
On the lower part of the rock. bn nl is written above and to the right of the rest

of the text and should either be read as extension of the genealogy after lh or at the end of the
text. For instances where the genealogy is continued at the end of a text see, for example, KJA
44, KJA 198. lh is not in HIn. For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1.

64

l ss bn l
By ss son of l
Written down to the right of KJA 62. There is a camel to the left of the

inscription. Neither of the names is in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences of ss bn l. KJB
62 on this rock is possibly by sss father and KJB 65 possibly by his brother.

65

l knn bn l
By knn son of l
On the right side of the rock. knn is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab. l

is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences of both names. KJB 62 and 64 on this rock are
possibly knns relations.

Bdr 19

On the left side of the rock is a camel drawn by the author of KJB 55. There are

four other camels on the rock, the male one in the middle is mentioned in KJB 59. The camel to
the left of KJB 61 has a rider represented simply by a circle with a rein or stick going to the head
of the camel. One of the front legs of the animal has a loop which suggests the type of hobbling
in which the leg is bent at the knee and tied back. The camel to the right has a rider and its feet
are represented as circles. There appears to be a hobble tied to the front legs although this might
be ill-directed hammering. Below KJB 62 are two ibex being chased by a stick dog. The lines
between the legs of the ibex are misdirected hammering. The authors of KJB 58a and 59 use
formulae referring to drawings but it is likely that authors of other texts inscribed some of them as
well.

XXIV

Southwest

Ch. 9 KJ

66

l tm bn bnlh
By tm son of bnlh
Written down the rock. tm bn bnlh occurs elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

Bdr 22

Below the inscription are drawings of a slightly lighter patina than the text.

There is an ibex being attacked by a dog at a right angle to it. Below is a dog attacking an ibex
and two archers, one with a sword at his waist, shooting bows. An arrow is depicted embedded
between the shoulder blades of the ibex.

XXV

North

67

l qnm
By qnm

XXX

Southeast

68

l zhmn
By zhmn

69

l rs(l)(h)
By rs(l)(h)
Written diagonally to the right of the end of KJB 68. The stroke of the second l

and most of the fork of the h is obliterated by hammering. rslh is not in HIn. The name occurs
frequently elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

70

l mny bn hn h wl
By mny son of hn is the ibex
The inscription is written in a cartouche part of which, like the text, is neatly

inscribed whilst the rest is roughly hammered. mny bn hwn occurs in KJB 117 and it is possible
that this text is by the same man and the w has been left out in the last name. The ibex referred to
is to the right of the text.

71

l zdlh

Ch. 9 KJ
By zdlh
To the right of KJB 70.

Bdr 27

An ibex acknowledged by the author of KJB 70. Markings on the rump and the

belly have been left in relief.

XXXIII

South

72

l b
By b is [the] drawing
Written down and curving to the right between an archer and a dog. The final

of is very small and two of the prongs run into each other. bs contribution to the
composition might be the smaller dog and archer since KJB 74 mentions an ibex and a dog. For
this formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

73

l sll bn ft
By sll son of ft
Written down front the belly of one of the dogs.

74

l sd wl [w] klb
By sd is the drawing of an ibex [and] a dog
Written down between the legs of an ibex. The second part of the text is written

on the left side and curves into the second of the word . The conjunction w has been omitted
between wl and klb. For this type of text referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

Bdr 30

Two dogs chasing an ibex. Both dogs have very distinctive jaws and long tails

curled at the ends. The ibex has its head turned back and a beard. On the left is a man standing
and holding a bow and a short spear or an arrow. His chest has been left in relief. Above the
drawing is a line with two legs. sd of KJB 74 claims the drawing of the ibex and a dog and b
the author of KJB 72 probably drew the archer and possibly the second dog. sll the author of
KJB 73 might have partaken in inscribing the drawing as well.

XLIII

East

Ch. 9 KJ
75

rlhhn
????
The text is written inside a cartouche with a drawing. The letters are roughly

formed and the meaning is unclear.

Bdr 39

A rough drawing of a horseman carrying a spear.

XLIV

West southwest

76

l nblh
By nblh
Written vertically, starting between the legs of an ibex. The name is not in HIn.

It is possible the third letter should be read as r and it and the following as a metathesis of nrlh,
a name that occurs elsewhere at these sites, see KJC 27, 468, 525. Mistakes do occur in the
inscriptions, see Ch.3.B.10.

Bdr 41

Southwest

77

l gg bn bglt
By gg son of bglt
bglt is not in HIn. gg bn bglt occurs with an additional six generations in KJC

5.

Northwest. See Pl. VIa.

78

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
On the top left hand corner of the rock. For other occurrences of nm bn brd at

these sites, see Index a. The names occur again on this rock in KJB 84 and 87. nm by itself
occurs in KJB 81.

79

l drg
By drg

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJB 78. There is a drawing of a camel below the inscription
which was probably inscribed by drg.

80

lq
By q
An unfinished text, written to the right of KJA 80.

81

l n m
By nm
On the left of the lower part of the rock. See KJB 78.

82

l bd bn syr bn slm
By bd son of syr son of slm
Written diagonally below the end of KJA 82 and turning to the left. For

occurrences of bd bn syr, see Index a.

83

l brr
By brr
To the right of KJB 82.

84

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
At the top of the group of inscriptions, to the right of KJB 81. The first name is

written down the rock and the rest of the text upwards. See KJB 78.

85

l ktbt bn rm
By ktbt son of rm
Starting below KJB 84. ktbt is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJB 167.

86

h sry l mz dbn
O sry [grant] dbn to mz
To the right of KJB 85. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

87

l nm bn brd

Ch. 9 KJ
By nm son of brd
Written to the right of KJB 86. See KJB 78.

88

l dmr bn bd zdqm
By dmr son of bd son of zdqm
The text is written to the right of KJB 87 and curves down. zdqm is not in HIn.

dmr with the same genealogy and an additional generation occurs in KJC 188. See Ch.5.C.2,
genealogy 3.

89

l hbt
By hbt
Written horizontally below KJB 88.

90

l bdt bn syr
By bdt son of syr is [the] drawing
The inscription is on the left side of the rock, it refers to a camel inscribed to the

left of it. bdt is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites. bdt bn syr occurs
in KJB 17. See Ch.4.B.1. for this formula referring to drawings.

91

h sry l mny
O sry [grant ?] to mny
Starting to the right of KJB 90 and curving round. The stroke of the final y is

facing in the direction of the text, possibly to avoid the l below. For this type of prayer, see
Ch.4.C.3.

92

l drst bn kr
By drst son of kr
The first name and bn kr are both written down the rock, the latter to the left of

the former. Neither of the names is in HIn. drst occurs again in KJB 93 on this rock and drst bn
krt occurs in KJA 258.

93

h sr l drst
O sr [grant ?] to drst

Ch. 9 KJ
Written down on the right side of the rock. For drst, see KJB 92 and for this
type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

94

l sg
By sg
To the right of the middle of KJB 90.

95

l l bn mn bn ftt
By l son of mn son of ftt
To the right of KJB 94. l is not in HIn. For other occurrences of the name, see

Index a and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 5.

96

h sry l tm
O sry [grant ?] to tm
To the right of KJB 95. The tail of the h runs into a l on the left which is

probably a false start at an inscription. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

96a

h s
O s
An unfinished text. The has only three prongs.

97

l (s)(s)
By (s)(s)
The top of the last two letters are obscured by a chip in the rock. The name is not

in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Bdr 46

Below KJB 79-80 is a camel. The head has been more recently hammered over.

Bdr 47

A camel to the left of KJB 90.

LI

Northeast

98

l bntq
By bntq

Ch. 9 KJ
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences.

99

l drs
By drs

LIV

Practically horizontal

100

l syr bn slm
By syr son of slm
For other occurrences of syr bn slm, see Index a.

LV

Practically horizontal

101

l s
By s
An unfinished text, probably by the artist of Bdr 50.

Bdr 50

An ibex with only one horn.

LVI

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly east.

102

l hn
By hn

LVIII

North northwest

103

l yl
By yl

LIX

On a loose boulder that was partially buried when found. Only KJB 104 was

showing.

104

h sry l msd
O sry [grant ?] to msd

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is written curving round. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

104a

l krtm
By krtm
The l runs into the k which has a long upper arm and a short lower one joining

the r. Borth this text and KJB 104 are partially surrounded by a cartouche which has a lighter
patina than that of the inscriptions.

104b

(w)(h)()
And O
The text is written on the edge of the rock. Half of the circle of the first letter has

been filled in. The tail of the h and the central prongs of the have been hammered. The text is
unfinished.

The second face, lying face down when the boulder was found.

105

l hn bn zdqm
By hn son of zdqm
The text is written horizontally above a drawing of an ibex, dog and man. zdqm

is not in HIn. For other occurrences of hn bn zdqm, see Index z. It is possible that hn and the
author of KJB 106 are co-artists of the drawing.

106

l grmt
By grmt
The text is written diagonally down to the right of KJB 105.

Bdr

An ibex with its head turned back (cf. XXXIII Bdr 30 from this site) and an

arrow embedded at the top of one of its front legs. There is a dog chasing it to the right and a
man holding a bow in one hand and a sword in the other. The drawing might have been inscribed
by hn, KJB 105, or grmt, KJB 106, or it might be a joint composition.

LIXa

East

106a

l hn()

Ch. 9 KJ
By hn()
The top fork of the is ill-formed, being a series of hammer marks which are not
joined to the rest of the letter and the bottom fork is at a right angle to the stroke.

LXI

Northeast

107

l sbrmt bn smn bn qn
By sbrmt son of smn son of qn
The text is written round in a circle. sbrmt is not in HIn. The name occurs again

by itself in KJC 554. See Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 4.

LXII

East

108

l lb
By lb

LXIV

Southeast

109

l ry
By ry

110

l hn bn zdqm bn bd bn kl bn sry bn (k)nn bn bnmt bn b

By hn son of zdqm son of bd son of kl son of sry son of (k)nn son of bnmt
son of b
The text starts underneath KJB 109 and curls round. The tail of the k of knn has

chipped away. The final bn and name has been lightly hammered on to the rock in a different
technique to the rest of the letters of the inscription. Below the s of sry is a l and below and to
the right another l. The chip in the rock after the latter might obscure another text. zdqm and
bnmt are not in HIn. For occurrences of hn bn zdqm, see Index a and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy
3.

LXV

Horizontal

111

l fg

Ch. 9 KJ
By fg
The hook of the l has been extended to join the f and another hook has been
added to attach it at the other end. The is a circle with a dot in the middle and the circles of the
g have been completely filled in.

LXVI

North

112

l ftn bn sd
By ftn son of sd
The text is written down between two camels which were drawn by the author.

ftn is not in HIn. See Index z for other occurrences of the name at these sites.

Bdr 55

Two camels drawn by the author of KJB 112.

LXVII

Horizontal

113

lfBy f There is a s or possibly a l after the f although the letter does not seem to be very

deliberately formed and it is most likely that the line is an incomplete letter and the text is
unfinished.

113a

l wf
By wf
The back of the third letter is chipped and it is difficult to tell whether the letter

has a tail and should be read as a or whether it is without a tail and to be read as a . wf occurs
in KJC 102 and 610 from these sites.

LXVIII

Sloping southwest. See Pl. VIb.

114

l rslh
By rslh
On the left side of the rock. The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

Ch. 9 KJ

115

l qymt bn sd
By qymt son of sd
The text is written along the top of the rock. The s, and d have been filled in.

For other occurrences of qymt bn sd, see Index a.

115a

lBy Below the beginning of KJB 115. The second letter which has a vertical back

with one short and one much longer arm is unfinished.

116

l mny bn hwn h bkrt

By mny son of hwn is the young female camel
Written down and then turning to the right. There is a camel above, to which the

inscription refers. hwn is not in HIn. mny bn hn occurs in KJB 70.

117

l nf
By nf
Below the beginning of KJB 116.

118

l fn
By fn
The f has been joined on to the l. There is a straight line above and to the left of

the text. fn is not in HIn. It is possible that the name was intended to be ftn which occurs in
KJB 112 on Rock LXVI nearby and, either the text is unfinished and the last letter here is an
incomplete t or, the t was left out.

119

l rks
By rks
The text is written above KJB 116.

119a

lh
By h
Written below the hind leg of the camel. The text is unfinished.

Ch. 9 KJ

120

lBy Near the bottom of the rock. The text is unfinished.

121

l lyn bn qnt
By lyn son of qnt
Written down to the right of the camel.

122

l grf
By grf

123

l rm
By rm
On the bottom right hand side of the rock. The name is not in HIn. See Index a

for other occurrences.

Bdr 55 bis

A camel referred to by the author of KJB 116.

LXIX

Southeast

124

l bh
By bh
There is a line to the right of the text.

LXX

Southwest

125

l rslh
By rslh
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

LXXI

West

126

l rks

Ch. 9 KJ
By rks
Written down from the belly of an ibex.

Bdr 55 ter

An ibex drawn by rks the author of KJB 126. The horns have been somewhat

eccentrically placed.

LXXIII

West

127

[n](y)(k) r qyml f
r had sex with qyml and
On the left side of the rock. The reading is doubtful and the interpretation

uncertain. The first four letters are either completely or partially covered by a recent drawing of a
stick animal. The y has been left out of the second name and added afterwards to one side. If the
above interpretation is correct the text is unfinished. For this type of love inscription, see
Ch.4.E.2.

128

--h
--h
To the right of KJB 127. Only the and h are clear as the rest of the letters are

covered by the front legs of the stick animal. There is possibly a s to the left of the text.

129

nyk ng[]()t mrt

ng[]()t had sex repeatedly with a woman
To the right of KJB 128. The author has made a mistake after the g and

hammered out the letter. The and t at the end are written to the right to avoid a slight hole in the
rock. ngt occurs in KJB 142 on this rock. For texts using nyk, see Ch.4.E.2. For mrt, cf. Ar.
marah a woman.

130

l km bn ns
By km son of ns
Written below KJB 127-129.

131

l msd
By msd

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJB 127-129, curving down.

132

l qrs bn krt n(b) ftt

By qrs son of krt (son of) ftt
The b of the second bn is a shallow curve facing in the opposite direction to that

of the rest of the text and the n has been written before it. It is strange that a mistake should have
been made with a word as common as bn but if he did write the n first that would explain the
direction of the curve of the b which faces in the right way for that word although it is wrong for
the rest of the text. qrs is not in HIn. krt bn ftt occurs in KJA 11 and KJC 307.

133

l mqml bn sr
By mqml son of sr
Below the end of KJB 132.

134

l sd
By sd
To the right of KJB 132.

135

l khl bn sny
By khl son of sny
See Pl.VIIa.
For other occurrences of khl bn sny, see Index a.

136

rbt sq[m] w sq b dm w dt lt fg w gfl w dm

dm feels much sick[ness] and desire, and may lt call fg and gfl, and dm is
[the] inscriber
See Pl.VIIa.
The text is written in a zig-zag, down the rock and then curling up and back

down. The m has been omitted from sqm. For this type of love inscription, see Ch.4.E.1 and for
the prayer, see Ch.4.C.2.

137

--k bn lfn b[n] sm

--k son of lfn son of sm
See Pl.VIIa for part of the text.

Ch. 9 KJ
Starting above and to the right of KJB 136. Some of the letters are badly formed
and lines have been hammered joining them up. The first three letters are not very definitely
inscribed and are uncertain although the third might be a k. lfn is not in HIn.

138

h sry l ls lk dn sqm w dn yt w dn bs w blth

O sry [grant] lk to ls without sickness and without impotence and without
distress and she has driven him insane
See Pl.VIIb.
The text is written clockwise in a loop above KJB 137. Neither ls or lk are

in HIn although the latter is quoted under lk (HIn: 198). For other occurrences of ls, see
Index a. lk is the subject of the verb at the end and the name must be feminine, see the Index of
names. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3. For dn, cf. Ar. dna with the meaning without
(Wright II: 185B); sqm, cf. Ar. suqm, sickness; yt impotence cf. Ar. ayya he lacked power,
strength or ability; bs, cf. Ar. bus and bas distress, misfortune the word is attested in other
contexts in Saf. (see, for example, WH 180, 895). bl, cf. Ar. abalahu it rendered him insane,
the verb is in the third person feminine perfect and the object expressed by the pronominal suffix
-h. sry is asked to grant a person in KJB 86 and there is another invocation to sry in an
amorous context in KJA 20.

139

l hn
By hn
See Pl.VIIb.
The text is written inside KJB 138.

140

l brd
By brd
See Pl.VIIb.
Written inside KJB 138 next to KJB 139.

141

l s bn By s son of Written downwards beneath KJB 139. There is a dash after the which is

probably the line of an unfinished letter.

Ch. 9 KJ
142

l ngt
By ngt
Written down to the left of KJB 141. The name occurs in the love inscription,

KJB 129, on this rock.

143

l grmt bn qnlh
By grmt son of qnlh
Written horizontally below KJB 141 and 142. qnlh is not in HIn, see the Index of

names and Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

144

(l) ()nm bn brd

By ()nm son of brd
Written down the rock. Part of the l and are covered by hammering. There is a

possible l and b to the right of the end of the inscription. For occurrences of nm bn brd see
Index a.

145

w sd
And sd is [the] inscriber
There is a camel to the right of the inscription. For this formula referring to

drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

146

l bnm(h)
By bnm(h)
To the right and above of KJB 145. There is a chip over the top of the last letter.

It might cover the fork of a h or perhaps a l should be read. bnmh and bnml are attested
elsewhere at these sites, see Index a. bnmh is not in HIn.

147

l nsl
By nsl
Written down between the legs of a camel.

148

w b bn smn
And b son of smn is [the] inscriber

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is written down the side of the camels neck, round underneath the
animal and then up to the left of its hind leg. The s at the end are written in the opposite
direction to the rest of the text. For other occurrences of b bn smn, see Index a. The names
occur again in KJB 156 on this rock. For this formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

149

l gml
By gml
Written to the right of KJB 148, above a drawing of a camel.

150

w drs
And drs
The text is written down to the right of a camel with a rider seated at the rear.

For texts with an initial w, see Ch.4.A.3.

151

l sr
By sr
The text is written above KJB 149. The circle and fork of the have been filled.

There is a l after the end of the inscription. The name is not in HIn. sr bn zdqm occurs in KJB
155 on this rock.

152

l n
By n
Below and to the right of KJC 151. The inscription is slightly above a drawing of

a camel which was possibly inscribed by the author.

153

l n
By n
To the right of KJB 150 and below KJB 152.

154

bhn
bhn
Written below KJB 150. The first letter looks like a b although the right hand

arm is rather thin and might be misdirected hammering and perhaps it should be emended to l and

Ch. 9 KJ
the text read as l hn. bhn is not in HIn. For texts of simple authorship without an introductory
particle, see Ch.4.A.4.

155

w sr bn zdqm
And sr son of zdqm is [the] inscriber
Above KJB 152. The inscription starts between the legs of a camel and then

turns left. is written vertically up the rock in front of the camel. The names sr and zdqm are
not in HIn. For other occurrences of sr bn zdqm, see Index a. The name sr by itself occurs
in KJB 151 on this rock. For this formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

156

l b bn smn bn qn bn mskt
By b son of smn son of qn son of mskt
To the right of KJB 153. The first name is written to the left of the rest of the

text. For the genealogy see Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 4. b bn smn occurs on this rock
in KJB 148. There is a line with four, possibly five prongs to the left of the text. It is perhaps an
incomplete attempt at a .

Bdr 56

(a) A stick horse and rider of whitish patina.

(b) A camel drawn by sd, author of KJB 145.
(c) A camel with a rider who is holding a sword ? and reins. The pommel and

cantle of the saddle are clearly depicted and a T-shaped stick (cf. Bdr 56e) is shown attached to
the camel behind the saddle. There is a man standing behind the camel holding a short knife.
There is another camel to the right with reins that seem to be tied to the saddle whilst the rider is
sitting behind the hump. He is holding a sword ? and carrying a small shield. b, KJB 148, says
he is the inscriber but nsl, the author of KJB 147, and gml and drs, the authors of KJB 149 and
150, might be co-artists.
(d) A somewhat elongated camel with its front legs hobbled.
(e) A man leading a camel. A T-shaped stick (cf. Bdr 56c) and a saddle are
clearly depicted. The author of KJB 155 sr, says he is the inscriber.

LXXIV

South

157

l hgn
By hgn

Ch. 9 KJ

LXXV

North

158

l dm bn b bn slm bn mslm
By dm son of b son of slm son of mslm
The text is written down the rock with the final m turning to the left. For other

occurrences of dm bn b, see Index a.

LXXVI

South

159

l l
By l
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Bdr 60

A small camel drawn by l the author of KJB 159.

LXXVII

Northeast

160

l (q)()t
By (q)()t
The reading is uncertain. Parts of all the letters are covered by chipping.

161

l srqt
By srqt

LXXXII

West

162

l bgl
By bgl

163

l sr
By sr

164

l (h)b

Ch. 9 KJ
By (h)b
Part of the and the tail of h is covered by a chip.

LXXXIII

Southwest

165

l l
By l
The name is not in HIn. For other occurrences at these sites, see Index a.

XC

Northeast

166

l slh
By slh

167

l ktbt
By ktbt
The name is not in HIn. It occurs as well in KJB 85.

168

l rgf
By rgf
One of the circles of the g has been filled in. the third letter is damaged. There is

a faint curve showing at one end and perhaps f should be read.

XCI

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly northeast

169

l tm bn bnlh
By tm son of bnlh
The first three letters are written horizontally and the rest of the text vertically.

The m is written inwards towards the initial l. For other occurrences of tm bn bnlh, see Index a.

XCII

Northwest

170

l rs
By rs

Ch. 9 KJ
C

Southwest

171

l w
By w
On the left.

172

l ft bn gfl
By ft son of gfl
Written curving down the rock. The f and l of the second name is written to the

left of the second probably so the end of the text does not run into a crack below. Underneath
the two texts on this rock is a r facing horizontally and a b facing vertically (they are not on the
facsimile). ft is not in HIn. ft bn gfl with additional generations occurs in KJA 17.

CI

North

173

(l) (h)n[] bn zdqm

(By) (h)n[] son of zdqm
The first name is almost totally obscured by chipping. There is a short line

visible at the beginning, the remains of a fork of the next letter and a n which is certain. zdqm is
not in HIn. For other occurrences of hn bn zdqm, see Index a and KJB 177 on this rock.

174

l b bn smn bn qn
By b son of smn son of qn
The is slightly damaged. For other instances of b bn smn, see Index a and

see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 4.

175

l sd bn ng
By sd son of ng
The rock is damaged after the .

176

l lt
By lt

177

l hn bn zdqm

Ch. 9 KJ
By hn son of zdqm
zdqm is not in HIn. See KJB 173 on this rock.

CII

South southeast

178

l tsq
By tsq
The name is not in HIn. It is attested in KJA 25 as well.

CIII

Horizontal

179

nk qrfz wl bn sdlh
qrfz had sex with wl son of sdlh
The first part of the text is written underneath from left to right and the second

part above, right to left. The words wl bn sdlh are written in a different technique to that of the
beginning and it is quite possible they should be read separately although the larger letters of this
part of the text might have been used to emphasize the name of the man who was the object of
qrfzs passion or the name could have been added later by someone less discreet than qrfz. If they
are to be read separately then there are two possible interpretations of wl bn sdlh (a) the text
has no introductory particle, see Ch.4.A.4, and should be translated wl son of sdlh or (b) the
w is an introductory particle, see Ch.4.A.3, and the authors name is l, in which case the text
would read w l bn sdlh And l son of sdlh. The name qrfz is not listed in HIn although it is
attested in several Tham.C texts published by Jaussen and Savignac 1909, see the Index of names.
For love texts using nk, see Ch.4.E.2.

Bdr 80

A badly drawn ibex.

CIV

West

180

hmr()
hmr()
There is no initial l. The name is not in HIn.

180a

l m()y

Ch. 9 KJ
The name is not in HIn.

181

l syr () kll
By syr is [the] drawing of all [of it]
The middle prong of the second is obscured. The text is written down in

between a drawing of an ibex and the archers surrounding it. For this formula referring to
drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Bdr 81

On the left is an ibex with the feet depicted as cloven. Above and to the right is a

dog chasing an ibex. The body of the latter is almost completely destroyed by chipping. There
are three archers shooting towards it. The drawing is acknowledged by syr the author of KJB
181.

CVIII

East

182

l whb[l]
By whb[l]
The rock is chipped after the and probably a l should be restored and the name

whbl read. There is a l and crudely drawn k above and to the right.

CXII

West

183

l nkf
By nkf
The f has rather deep curves, a similar form occurs in KJC 161.

Ch. 9 KJ

Site C

VIII

Northeast

ll
There is possibly a l and written horizontally from left to right and vertically

downwards above the drawing Cdr 12.

Cdr 12

A man leading a camel.

XI

Southwest

l hnlh bn tmlwr bn whblh b

By hnlh son of tmlwr son of whblhThere is a further letter, perhaps a b, at the end, after which the rock is chipped.

tmlwr is not listed in HIn, although it occurs in TIJ 434 (King 1988: 313 n. 10). For the name,
see the Index of names and Ch.5.A.1.

(l) rmk bn rmlt

By rmk son of rmlt
The first letter has a shallow fork giving it the appearance of a h. The first m and

the k are partially covered by chips although the readings are clear. There is sufficient space after
the m for a further letter but nothing is legible under the abrasion. Neither of the names are in
HIn.

XII

Southeast

l fnd bn b
By fnd son of b
Written on the left side of the rock. fnd is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites. b bn nl in KJC 282 and AMJ 114 might be fnds father.

l gg bn bglt bn zdlh bn hnlh bn wddl bn blqt bn bqqt bn shr

Ch. 9 KJ
By gg son of bglt son of zdlh son of hnlh son of wddl son of blqt son of bqqt
son of shr
The inscription is written in a cartouche and reads in a zig-zag down the rock, up
and then down. gg bn bglt, occurs in KJB 77 and AMJ 52. bqqt is not in HIn.

l grmnt
By grmnt
Written to the right of the cartouche with KJC 5. grmt, which also occurs in TIJ

210, is not in HIn, see the Index of names.

l wl bn hr
By wl son of hr
Written below KJC 6. There is a shallow line before the initial l.

XIIa

Northeast

l mlgn
By mlgn
mlgn is not in HIn.

XIII

Sloping slightly west

l msd
By msd

XIV

Northeast

10

l zrt
By zrt
On a deeply embedded boulder of which the tip is showing near the ground. zrt

is not in HIn.

XV

Sloping east, almost horizontal

Ch. 9 KJ
11

l zdn
By zdn
The initial l is directly hammered and written with a horizontal rather than a

vertical stance as are the rest of the letters. zdn is not in HIn. It occurs elsewhere at these sites,
see Index a.

There is no KJC 12

13

l grm bn rm b[n] y bn zdl

By grm son of rm son of y son of zdl
The first name is written diagonally above the rest of the text which reads from

left to right and then loops round to the left. The letters from the first bn onwards have been
joined up and some of the apertures of the letters are closed. The arms of the first b, the , r and
second b are all joined by a line and there is a further line from the tail of the attaching it to the
preceding b. There is a line joining the m to the following b. The n of the second bn is
indistinguishable from the line joining the arms of the b which covers it. The third name is
difficult to interpret. The first letter I have read as an although it could equally be a r (or b) with
the arms joined by a line. The second letter might be a h with the fork joined or a y. The short
tail suggests the latter is more probable. The b of the third bn is attached by two ligatures
extending to the upper and lower crossbars of the z of the following name. The d is only joined to
the by a small hammer mark. Borth forks of the are joined up and a line links it to the top of
the final l.

XVI

East

14

l kt
By kt
The name is not in HIn. It occurs elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

XVIa

Southwest

15

l ks
By ks

Ch. 9 KJ
The letters of the text are crudely formed. The initial l has a slight tail in the
opposite direction to the rest of the text. The second letter is probably a k with an arm of the
letter extended rather than the spine.

XVII

North. See Pl.VIIIa for KJC 18-31a.

16

l m
By m
The inscription is crudely written and the letters doubtful. The is facing

downwards and not in the direction of the text. The curves of the m are not joined at either end
although there is a short line joining them in the middle, compare the m in KJC 40.

17

l r
By r
Above and to the right of KJC 16. The name is not in HIn.

18

l bd
By bd
Above and to the right of KJC 17.

19

l bns
By bns
Written in small letters next to KJC 18.

20

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
Below KJC 18 and 19. See Index a for the frequent occurrence of nm bn brd at

these sites.

21

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm
The text runs in a loop below the end of KJC 20. For other occurrences of smnt

bn rm, see Index a. There are two ls below the letters of the first name which are probably a
false start of a text.

Ch. 9 KJ

22

l
By
Below KJC 21. The text is probably unfinished.

23

l bd
By bd
The text reads vertically down, next to the end of KJC 20.

24

l b(y) bn y
By b(y) son of y
Written to the right of KJC 23. The text is crudely inscribed and there seems to

have been a rough attempt at joining the letters of the first name and the n of bn to each other by
running a line through the middle of them. The fourth letter which I have read as y has the circle
completely filled in. The first letter of the patronym is written slightly to the left of the rest of the
text and the has only one line to the grid.

25

l zbr bn bd
By zbr son of bd
The text runs in a loop down and then up the rock below the end of KJC 24. zbr

is not in HIn, see Index a.

26

l mry
By mry
The text is written near the top of the rock to the right of KJC 19. The name

occurs in an uncertain Saf. text ISB 274a, see the Index of names. It is also attested in KJA 139
and KJC 713.

27

l bnrlh
By bnrlh
Written below KJC 26. The l at the beginning of the text is written in a different

technique to the rest of the letters and is much longer than the other l.

28

h sry l ygq w nqt

Ch. 9 KJ
O sry [grant ?] to ygq and nqt
The reading and translation are doubtful. The second y has a shorter tail than the
first. The tenth letter which I have read as a w has been filled in as has the twelfth where a
protruding central spoke suggests it should be read as q. This is the only example of this type of
prayer where two people invoke sry together, see Ch.4.C.3 for the formula. Neither of the
names are in HIn. nqt might be Greek, see the Index of names and Ch.5.B.3.

29

l rhz bn mh bn sy
By rhz son of mh son of sy
Written vertically down from the beginning of KJC 28. The third letter looks

more like a b than a r, I have read rhz on the basis of the name occurring elsewhere at these sites.
mh is not in HIn.

30

w zdn kll
And zdn is the inscriber of all [of it]
The inscription is written down from under the neck of a drawing camel to which

it refers. The is l and a short straight line to the right of the inscription which is probably a false
start at another text. zdn is not in HIn. For this formula used to express the authorship of
drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

31

l hnlh
By hnlh
The text is written down from the camels legs.

31a

s
s
Written diagonally down to the right of KJC 31. For instances of names without

an initial particle, see Ch.4.A.4. The name is not in HIn.

Cdr 15

(a) A camel being held by a man. Patches have been left in relief along the neck

and thighs of the camel and on the chest of the man. The man has one arm bent resting on his
hip. The drawing was inscribed by zdn, author of KJC 30.

Ch. 9 KJ
(b) A camel, dog and archer below and to the left of KJC 20 and 22. The hump
and reins of the camel and the body of the archer have recently been hammered over. There is a
line with a circle in the middle which I am unable to explain.

XVIII

Southeast

32

[l] gf
[By] gf
The text starts at the top of the rock and runs vertically down. All the l except the

hook is covered by an abrasion. The f is to the right of the and is partly obscured by
hammering. The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

33

l l
By l
The text is written to the right of KJC 32. The name is not in HIn. It occurs

frequently elsewhere at these sites, see Index a.

34

l grf
By grf
Written below and to the left of KJC 33. Part of the l and the top of the f are

obscured by hammering.

35

w bdt
And bdt
The text is written below Cdr 17, a drawing of an ibex. The w is uncertain as

there is a chip and abrasion in the rock. The name is not in HIn. For names introduced by w, see
Ch.4.A.3.

Cdr 17

An ibex being attacked by two dogs drawn by one or more of the authors on the

rock.

XIX

West

36

l slm bn s

Ch. 9 KJ
By slm son of s

XXIV

East

37

l wtrfnzh
By -------?
The letters of the text are crudely written and I do not know how to translate the

text.

38

l knn
By knn
The text runs vertically down the rock from a leg of a camel. The name is only

previously attested in Qat. and Sab., see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

39

w ftyt bkrt
And ftyt is the inscriber of a young female camel
The inscription starts under the stomach of a camel and then turns left. For the

formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

40

w m
And m
The m is very crudely written in the form of two lines parallel to one another and

joined slightly at the top, middle and bottom (cf. KJC 16 etc.). Both this text and KJC 41 to the
right are introduced by w, see Ch.4.A.3.

41

w ys
And ys
Written to the right of KJC 40. An abrasion covers part of the third letter. See

Ch.4.A.3 for texts introduced by w.

Cdr 23

There are two camels which have been hammered over and subsequently added

to. Part of the upper camels hump has been left in relief. Below is an ibex and to the right a
camel with a rider who is holding a rein and a stick to guide the animal. The animals feet are
represented as cloven. ftyt the author of KJC 39 refers to it as a young female camel.

Ch. 9 KJ

XXVI

East. See Pl.VIIIa.

42

[l] ()fl l gy (w) krt lt h(l) kllh

[By] ()fl of the tribe of gy; and may lt remember [the] family all of it
The initial l is almost completely covered by recent chipping and almost all the

other letters are damaged to some degree, although mostly they can be restored with certainty. It
is possible that there is another letter after the word hl and a further one after the h of kllh. The
tribal name is probably associated with the Nabataean toponym gy, which is attested at these
sites in the compound name bdlg (KJC 205, 647) and, from Wd Ramm, in bdg (TIJ 136) (see
Ch.5.A.1.b and 5.D). It occurs again in KJC 647 which, interestingly, is written by bdlg who is
possibly fls father (see KJC 205). For prayers of this type, see Ch.4.C.1. hl, Ar. ahl, family
is not attested elsewhere in Hismaic although prayers asking the deity to remember often refer to
other social groups. kll Ar. kull all occurs here with the suffixed third person singular pronoun
h, cf. its use in KJC 641, CTSS 3 and MNM b 6.

XXVIII

Almost horizontal, sloping slightly south southeast.

43

l bg(t)
By bg(t)
The last letter is a large hammered dot and possibly a n should be read. bgt,

however, occurs frequently at these sites, see Index a, and in KJA 193 it is associated with a
drawing of a feline similar in style to the one on this rock.

Cdr 26

(a) A feline with a long curled tail and claws drawn by bgt (cf. KJA 193 and Adr

79).
(b) To the left of the feline are two camels of a slightly lighter patina. One of
them has a rider possibly carrying a spear.

XXX

South

44

w mlgnt
And mlgnt is [the] inscriber

Ch. 9 KJ
The hook of the l is covered by an abrasion. The inscription starts between the
legs of the ibex of Cdr 27. The name mlgnt is not in HIn. For this formula accompanying
drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 27

An animal, possibly an oryx, with long straight horns, heavy shoulders and an

arrow embedded between its shoulders. There is a seluqi attacking it and an archer shooting at it.
The latter has two lines drawn across the back of his arm. To the left is a schematic drawing of
an ostrich ?, see Ch.6.B. The artist was mlgnt the author of KJC 44.

XXXI

Northeast
Rock XXXI is a large boulder standing about 2 metres high. See Pl.IXa.

45

rb sqm w srr w r b frn

frn feels much sickness and happiness and discomfort
The text is written down on the left side of the rock and then curves to the right.

The structure of the text is well-attested, see Ch.4.E.1, but the word r only occurs here. aria
in Ar. means to conjecture, lie, be cold and hungry and I have translated r from the last of
these as expressing a feeling of discomfort. frn is not in HIn.

46

1) w m ll y rh
2) ht sw w rsl
3) smt sry w ktby
1) And whoever has encamped, whilst taking refuge, in the low-lying ground
2) Give an [offering of ] an evening meal and milk
3) That sry and ktby may hear
The inscription is written in three lines, one below the other and all reading from

right to left. The letters are written with a vertical stance although the text reads horizontally and
some of them have forms which are slightly difference from those found in the rest of the texts
from these sites, cf. KJC 84 and see Ch.2.H.3.
After the introductory particle w one might expect a verb followed by a subject
on the basis of other examples: ml, Ar. maala it was barren; form II maala he
strengthened; form III mala he acted cunningly. A problem, however, arises with the next
two or three letter l or ly for which I cannot find an attested root.

Ch. 9 KJ
An alternative would be to read the first word as the substantive ml a halting
place Ar. maal, the second l as li indicating possession and yrh as a proper name: w mhl l
yrh And the halting place belongs to yrh. Against this interpretation is that in examples
where possession is expressed, the object possessed is usually placed after the preposition and the
possessor (see, for instance, JS 67 --w lh rgm, KWM 15 --w lh yt). The name yrh would be
new.
mll, on the other hand is attested as a name in Safaitic (HIn: 531) and yr could
be a form of the Ar. verb ra it harmed, here with a person as the subject; -h would be the third
person pronoun suffix: w mll rh And mll harmed him. The context of this interpretation
would be unclear.
The second line of the text does not begin with a conjunction suggesting it is
dependent on the first which would be the case if the latter is translated as a relative clause. m as
the relative particle, Ar. man, occurs frequently in Safaitic as such (see, for instance, WH 40,
1679). ll Ar. alla he alighted or settled occurs in Safaitic (WH 54 etc.). Ar. awaya means
he took refuge and here occurs as y, the madar, dayy used in a l clause (compare AMJ 5 in
Appendix 2 which reads at the end --f byt w y). rh, Ar. rahw a depressed place where water
collects also has the contrary meaning elevated place but the position of the rock within a wadi
near the main watercourse suggests that the former translation should be adopted. rh would be an
object dependent on ll rather than y.
In line 2 I have translated ht from Ar. hti, ti (Wright I: 36 rem.d) give. The
Ar. root w has the general meaning of feeding or undertaking something in the evening, aa is
an evening meal and iw a bowl of milk drunk when the sheep or goats return in the afternoon
or evening and the word should perhaps be glossed as an offering of evening food. rsl might
be derived from Ar. risl milk. The text ends with an invocation which occurs elsewhere, see
Ch.4.C.4. In the other texts the prayer occurs at the beginning or stands alone and possibly
expresses the purpose of giving or offering the evening meal and milk.

47

h lhm l bbl
O lh [grant ?] to bbl
Written diagonally down to the right of the end of KJC 45. For the form of the

vocative and this type of prayer, see Ch.3.C.8 and Ch.4.C.3.

Ch. 9 KJ
Cdr 28

(a) Three ibex and a dog drawn in outline. Above them are two men standing

together and below an archer and a man with his hands in the air. On the right is perhaps an
unfinished attempt at two stick men.
(b) On the left side is an archer of whitish patina.

XXXI

Northwest

47a

l dbt bn km
By dbt son of km
The inscription is written in a curve. The name dbt is not in HIn.

47b

rh
rh
To the left of KJC 48. The first letter is doubtful as it might be a b or a l with an

exaggerated hook. See the Index of names for other occurrences of the name. For texts without
an introductory particle, Ch.4.A.4.

XXXIII

North

48

w grf bkrt w frs

And grf is the inscriber of a young female camel and a horse
The inscription is written round the young female camel mentioned in the text.

See Ch.4.B.2, for this formula and KJA 113. Someone called grf has also signed the drawing of
an ibex on the lower part of this rock and that of a young male camel on Rock XXXVII (Cdr 32).

49

l l
By l
Written to the right of KJC 48. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

50

On the left hand side of the lower part of the rock there is a l and two circles

which are possibly a false start at writing g, they were inscribed but the line joining them was
never added.

Ch. 9 KJ
50a

l gfl bn bh
By gfl son of bh
The text is written vertically down the rock. See Index a for other occurrences of

gfl bn bh.

51

w grf wl
And grf is the inscriber of an ibex
Written to the right of KJC 50. See KJC 48. For this type of inscription referring

to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 30

(a) A camel with a rider holding a rein in one hand and a stick ? in the other.

Neither of the lines are attached to the camels head but extend to its neck. One foot of the camel
is a circle left in relief. To the right is a horseman being led by a man. The body of the horse is
heavy and the animal has cloven feet. The tail is drawn as a single line with hairs at the end. grf
the author of KJC 48 refers to a female young camel and a horse. There is a line with two arms
below KJC 49, see Ch.6.B.
(b) An archer and two ibex. The larger one has an arrow embedded in its back.
To the left is a straight line and two legs. The drawing is acknowledged by grf, the author of KJC
51, but gfl, KJC 50a, might have inscribed part of it as well.

XXXIV

South

52

l (k)m
By (k)m
The letters are badly formed, the second has a slight tail and an extended arm, I

have read it as a k. The inner loop of the m is not completed and there is a line going across the
middle.

XXXV

East

53

l n m
By nm

54

l l

Ch. 9 KJ
By l
The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

55

l smnt bn [r]m
By smnt son of [r]m
Part of the of the second name has been hammered over and only a curve of the

m is protruding from the leg of the camel. The middle letter of the last name is completely
obscured by a recent drawing of a camel. I have restored a r on the basis of the name occurring
elsewhere, see Index a.

56

w [g]fl [][]
And [g]fl is [the] inscriber
The text reads in a curve and is mostly obscured by recent drawings. The g is not

visible at all and is restored on the basis of the name occurring elsewhere. One part of the zig-zag
of the f is visible and a section of the l. The of is not legible and most of the final is
obscured although a line can be seen down the side of one of the camels front legs. The author is
probably referring to drawings of two camels and riders and an indistinct drawing of a horseman
and rider. For the formula, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 31

(a) Two camels with riders and a horseman ? of a dark patina, probably drawn by

the author of KJC 56.

(b) Two camels and a horse of a whitish patina.

XXXVa

Southeast

57

l hn
By hn

The text is written vertically down the rock, the letters are lightly hammered and not very
carefully formed.

XXXVI

Southwest

58

l mh()
By mh()

Ch. 9 KJ
The fork of the has chipped away and I have restored the letter on the basis of
the name occurring elsewhere, see Index a. The name is not in HIn. This was originally read
with KJC 58a as one text but the latter is inscribed in slightly rougher and thicker lines which
suggests it is a separate text.

58a

lt
By t
The text runs down from the end of KJC 58a. The rock is slightly chipped after

the t but there are no traces of letters and the text is probably unfinished.

59

l sl
By sl
To the right of KJC 58. The name does not occur elsewhere at these sites.

XXXVII

Southwest

60

w grf bkr
And grf is [the] inscriber of a young male camel.
The text is written round the rear side of a camel and rider. For this formula, see

Ch.4.B.2.

61

l grBy grThe rock is chipped after the r and there are traces of a letter or letters.

Cdr 32

A camel which is mentioned in KJC 60. The rider of the camel was added later.

To the left is a drawing of a slightly lighter patina of a man with his hands in the air.

XXXVIII

West

62

l whb
By whb

63

l rks

Ch. 9 KJ
By rks
The name occurs frequently at these sites.

Cdr 34

To the right of KJC 62-63 is a drawing of two archers facing each other. There is

another archer further over on the right. Below a ridge in the rock is a directly hammered camel
and rider.

XL

South

64

--Most probably not an inscription although shapes similar to Hismaic y, r and t are

distinguishable. There is a l and a r below and to the right which is probably an unfinished text.

XLII

Northwest

65

There are several letters written on the rock - a , , g and l which is possibly

the beginning of an inscription.

Cdr 38

A camel and an ibex

XLIV

Northeast

66

l rs
By rs
There is a directly hammered horse-shoe shape to the left of the inscription.

XLV

East northeast

67

rb sq b -l- l -bb
-l- feels much desire for -bb
For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1. The arms of the r are extended and

attached to the back of the b and the arms of the b have been lengthened to join the s. The centre
of the q has been completely filled in. The first and last letters of the name after the preposition b
have also been hammered in and are illegible. The following l is most probably the preposition li

Ch. 9 KJ
for which also occurs after the expression rbt sqm b N in KJA 232. The first letter of the
following word is covered by an abrasion but two bs are legible at the end. The word is probably
a name or perhaps should be restored in the place of the chip and the substantive bb a loved
one, Ar. abb, read which would fit the context well.

68

l l
By l
Written near the beginning of KJC 67.

69

l grf
By grf
To the right and slightly above KJC 68.

70

l l
By l
Below KJC 69. The last letter is slightly obscured by hammering and is doubtful.

71

l grf bn bh()
By grf son of bh()
The text is written above and to the right of KJC 70.

Cdr 40

(a) A loop.
(b) A damaged drawing of a stick animal of a light patina.

XLV

East, vertical face

72

l gfl
By gfl
On the left side of the rock face. The final l is a small stroke and written with a

horizontal stance although the text is written vertically down the rock.

73

l ()l
By ()l

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJC 72. The has been partially hammered over. The fork of the
has been joined up by a line, cf. the in the third name of KJC 75.

74

l mbl
By mbl
To the right of KJC 73. The has been written within the arms of the b. The

name occurs again in KJC 79 on this rock face. It is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences
at these sites.

75

l rm bn nht bn ()nt
By rm son of nht son of ()nt
The text is written in a wavy horizontal line and then curves downwards. The

upper fork of the in nt has a line drawn across it, cf. the in KJC 73. rm and nt are not in
HIn. The same genealogy occurs in KJA 270 and with several additional generations in KJA 83.
See Index a.

75a

l bn
By bn
To the left of the last name of KJC 75.

76

l rms bn -By rms son of -Starting below the m of KJC 75. The bn is written to the left of the m, possibly

the author did not write his patronym because of the lack of space.

77

l qnlh
By qnlh
Written to the right of KJC 76. The name is not in HIn. See KJA 144.

77a

l l
By l
The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

77b

To the left are the letters l and b which are probably an unfinished text.

Ch. 9 KJ

78

l n m
By nm

79

rb sqm b mbl
mbl feels much sickness
Written on the right side of the rock reading downwards. For this type of love

text, see Ch.4.E.1. The name is not in HIn, for its frequent occurrence at these sites, see the Index
a.

80

l rs
By rs
Running down from the end of KJC 75.

Cdr 41

An ibex.

XLVa

East, next to and lying slightly under XLV

81

l m-- bn bgt
By m-- son of bgt
The rock is chipped over most of the second and third letters of the first name. A

small straight line is visible of the second letter and a circle remains of th third.

82

l s bn bnngt
By s son of bnngt
To the right of KJC 81. The second name is not in HIn.

XLVI

North

83

l b ks
By b --
The letters consist of shallow hammer marks and only at the end looks really

intentional although the shapes of the other letters can be distinguished.

Ch. 9 KJ
XLVIa

West

84

bkbbhmlrzdd
I am uncertain how to translate this text. The script is Hismaic although some of

the letters are written with unusual stances. Except for the , the first five letters, written
horizontally, have a vertical stance and the and h in the rest of the inscription have a horizontal
stance although the text is written vertically. The h has a shorter line for one of its forks and the z
is written with comparatively long arms and a short crossbar. Similar hs occur in KJC 46 the
letters of which are also written with stances that do not follow the direction of the text, see
Ch.2.H.3.

LI

North

85

Written on the top right side of the rock.

86

l hn
By hn
To the right of KJC 85.

87

l d m
By dm
To the right of KJC 86.

88

l h l ?
l h l ?
Near the top of the rock, to the right of KJC 87. The final l is written below the

other letters of the text. The combination of and does not occur in Ar. and it is most likely that
the inscriber was practicing letters.

89

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm

Ch. 9 KJ
Written from right to left above a drawing of an ibex and a dog. smnt occurs in
KJC 101 on this rock. For other occurrences of smnt bn rm, see Index a.

90

l zbr
By zbr
Written down the rock in a slight curve. The name is not in HIn, see Index a for

other occurrences at these sites.

91

l msd
By msd
Written to the right of KJC 90.

92

w fg bn nl
And fg son of nl
Starting to the left of KJC 91 and written round the back of a drawing. The name

fg occurs by itself in KJC 105 on this rock. nl is not in HIn. For names with an initial w, see
Ch.4.A.3.

93

w hn
And hn is [the] inscriber
Below the end of KJC 89. The text starts between the legs of an ibex and runs

down. hn is probably referring to the ibex and perhaps others of the drawings. For this formula
referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

94

l syr
By syr
To the right of KJC 93.

95

l grf
By grf
Running down to the left of KJC 89a. The name occurs again on this rock in

KJC 103.

96

w sd

Ch. 9 KJ
And sd is [the] inscriber
The text is written vertically down the rock to the left of a drawing of an ibex and
a camel to which sd is probably referring. For this formula, see Ch.4.B.2.

97

l zbr bn bd
By zbr son of bd
On the right side of the rock, starting after the end of KJC 92. The r and the bn

have been hammered over but the outlines of the letters are still clearly visible. zbr is not in
HIn. It occurs alone in KJC 107. For other occurrences, see Index a.

97a

ll
By l
Written below KJC 94-95. The text is unfinished.

97b

l bs
By bs
Written below KJC 97a. The letters are ill-formed.

98

l rm
By rm
Written in the middle of the rock face. The l and the r run into the drawing of an

ibex. There is a dot after the m but it is slightly lighter and probably extraneous.

99

l hbt
By hbt
Below and to the right of KJC 98. There is a slight gap between the beginning of

the text and the last two letters. The name with an additional two generation occurs in KJC 118
on this rock.

100

l brd
By brd
Starting after the end of KJC 99.

101

l smnt

Ch. 9 KJ
By smnt
Written to the right of the end of KJC 100. The name occurs with an additional
two generations in KJC 89 on this rock.

102

l wf
By wf
On the left side of the rock, written horizontally. The name occurs elsewhere in

KJB 113a and KJC 610.

103

l grf
By grf
Written to the right of the end of KJC 102. The name occurs in KJC 95 which is

also on this rock and frequently elsewhere at these sites.

104

l gfl
By gfl
To the right of KJC 103.

105

l fg
By fg
To the right of KJC 104. See KJC 92 on this rock.

106

l rs
By rs
On the left side of the rock below the beginning of KJC 106.

107

l zbr bn bd (bn) zdq[m]

By zbr son of bd (son of) zdq[m]
To the right of KJC 106. The first name is written down the rock and the rest of

the text to the left upwards and then to the right. The second bn has been hammered into a circle
and the m has been left off at the end perhaps because of the lack of space. See Index a for other
occurrences of the genealogy and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 3.

There is no KJC 108.

Ch. 9 KJ

109

l gf
By gf
Written down to the right of KJC 107. The name is not in HIn, see Index a for

other occurrences at these sites.

110

wdd smr lmt w n[r]t ftnn

smr loved a young woman and a young girl, two seductresses
The text is written down the rock in a wavy line to the right of KJC 109. For

love texts of this type, see Ch.4.E.2. I have restored the r on the basis of the word nrt occurring
in KJC 539, cf. Heb. ne ara a young girl. I have translated ftnn as the dual of Ar. ftin seducer
although there is no agreement in gender with the preceding nouns. An alternative would be to
divide the last four letters as f tnn and translate them as an so he remained, cf. Ar. tanna, stay
or dwell.

111

l rfd bn db bn By rfd son of db son of To the right of KJC 110. The d of the second name is covered by a chip and the

rock is worn after the second bn.

112

l qn
By qn
Written to the right of KJC 111.

113

l lt
By lt
To the right of KJC 112.

114

l nm bn brd bn mtr bn d
By nm son of brd son of mtr son of d
On the left edge of the rock, written downwards. The names mtr and d are not

in HIn. For other texts with the same genealogy, se Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2.

115

smt s[r]y l zdn w ()bh h lt llkn

Ch. 9 KJ
That s[r]y may listen to zdn and bind ? him O lt ---The text starts after KJC 107. Several of the letters are unclear and the rock is
chipped and worn at the end. The r has been left out of the divine name sry. Prayers using
smt occur elsewhere, see Ch.4.C.4, but the rest of the inscription is difficult to interpret. A
circle with a line attached are the only parts of the letter after the second which are visible. The
length of the line suggests that it is not a y when compared to that letter in sry which has only a
short tail and perhaps the abrasion covers another circle at the end in which case the letter should
be read g or perhaps the fork of a is obscured. Form II of the root jb, Ar. ajjaba means cause
to wonder and the underlying meaning of the root b is twist, wind cf. Ar. aaba he tied or
bound. The following h of which the fork is indistinct, is most probably the third person
suffixed pronoun. The reading h lt O lt is certain and since there is no conjunctive particle the
deity must be the subject of the verb which would be the feminine imperative form. The word
order however, is different from more certain examples in Saf., where imperative verbs occur
after the deitys name (see Ch.4 n.43). The meaning of Cause him to wonder O lt or Bind him
O lt is obscure. The final part of the text might be a prepositional phrase introduced by l Ar. li
with the meaning to or for with a following proper name kln (cf. kl HIn: 62) or perhaps it
should be interpreted as an initial l introducing another text l kln By kln. For texts that are
inscribed directly after another, see for example, KJC 99 and 100 on this rock and Ch.2.G.

116

l qrs
By qrs
To the right of the beginning of KJC 115. The name is not in HIn. See Index a

for other occurrences at these sites. It occurs in KJC 117 on this rock as well.

117

l qrs
By qrs
Written to the right of KJC 116. See KJC 116.

118

l hbt bn mg bn qnt
By hbt son of mg son of qnt
On the left side to the right of KJC 114. hbt occurs again in KJC 99 on this

rock. mg is not in HIn. See KJC 180 for an occurrence of hbt bn mg.

119

l ry

Ch. 9 KJ
By ry
Written down on the right side of KJC 115.

120

wdd mbl glmt

mbl loved a young woman
On the left side of the rock, starting to the right of the second name of KJC 114.

For love texts of this type, see Ch.4.E.2. The name mbl is not in HIn, see Index a for other
occurrences at these sites. For other love texts written by someone of that name, see KJA 188
and KJC 121a on this rock.

121

l tm bn n-By tm son of n-Starting to the right of the beginning of KJC 120. Only lines of the penultimate

and final letters remain.

121a

rb sq b mbl
mbl feels much desire
On the left side of the rock. Written to the right of KJC 114. mbl is not in HIn.

See KJC 120, and for this kind of love text, see Ch.4.E.1.

121b

l l
By l
Written slanting to the left and running into the of KJC 120. There is a further l

inscribed below the initial l of the text.

Cdr 46

On the top right corner of the rock: Two camels and two ibex. One of the latter

has an arrow embedded in its belly and both are being chased by dogs. Both hn , KJC 93, and
sd, KJC 96, use formulae referring to drawings although it is possible that other authors partook
in inscribing them as well. Next to and partly running into KJC 98 is an ibex which is damaged
and not as well drawn as the animals above. There are the remains of a drawing to the right of
KJC 99. To the right is a man with his arms in the air.

LIa

Southwest

Ch. 9 KJ
122

l b
By b
The second has a rather short vertical stroke. The name is not attested in HIn

and only occurs in this inscription from these sites. To the right of the text is a pair of curved
lines, possibly an unfinished drawing of the horns of an ibex, or a false start at an inscription.

LIIb

Southeast

122a

l mgn
By mgn
The letters are unusual shapes. The curves of the m are not joined at either end

and there is virtually no line between the circles of the giving it the appearance of the numeral 8.
The name is not in HIn.

LIII

East

123

l dd
By dd
The loop of the first d is facing towards the beginning of the text and that of the

second towards the end.

124

l sn
By sn

125

l s bn bd
By s son of bd
There is a directly hammered d and n above the text. The name s is not in

HIn.

126

l mn bn sdn bn ny
By mn son of sdn son of ny

mn bn sdn occurs in KJA 198. ny is not in HIn.

127

l bnlh

Ch. 9 KJ
By bnlh
The text is written in much smaller letters than those of other inscriptions on the
rock. The name is not in HIn.

128

l brr mn smnt
By brr son of smnt
The reading of mn rather than bn after brr is clear and seems to be an instance of

m being used for b, an interchange which is attested in Nabataean (Cantineau 1930: 44), see
Ch.3.A.6. See Index a for texts by brr bn smnt.

129

l mbl
By mbl
The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Cdr 48

Below KJC 124 is an ibex and a drawing of white patina of a man with bent

knees and one arm bent at the elbow and the other outstretched.

LV

Northeast. See Pl.IXb.

130

l m
By m
On the top left hand of the rock. The is a carelessly drawn circle. The name is

not in HIn but occurs in RyGT 2, see the Index of names.

131

l rs
By rs
To the right of KJC 130.

132

l b-By b-To the left and below KJC 130-131. The b and the last two letters of the text have

been incorporated into a later drawing of an ibex.

133

l yr

Ch. 9 KJ
By yr
To the right and below KJC 132.

134

l y bn gd
By y son of gd
The text runs down from the last letter of KJC 133. The y of the first name and

the d of the second are carelessly hammered and shaped.

135

l zdnn
By zdnn
To the right of KJC 134. The name is not in HIn.

136

l snm
By snm
To the right and above KJC 135.

137

l my
By my
The text is written above and to the right of KJC 136.

138

sr zdhlh f ghd hr b t h s n t h sh n ht w zdlh

zd[]lh journeyed and so he exerted himself, hurrying, searching for male ostrich
of these regions after male ostrich, and zdlh is [the] inscriber
The text is difficult to translate with confidence as the paucity of particles makes

the division of some of the words ambiguous and several of the letters are unclear. sr, cf. Ar.
sra journey. In this context it might equally be translated from sar journey by night. Since
zdlh has stated he is the inscriber, it is reasonable to assume that the is the subject of the text
although he has made a mistake and written zdhl. The next h is most probably a correction,
although he has not crossed out the previous one written before the l, as, if it is taken as a particle,
then it is difficult to see how the rest of the text would divide up satisfactorily. The word after the
particle f is doubtful. The fork of the h is partly damaged and the following d has an indistinct
spine and the loop of the letter is partially filled in. If the spine is not intentional, it could be a
damaged t or b. Ar. jahada means labour, exert oneself, a translation from the passive juhida
he was wearied would fit the context equally well. The next letter might be an although what

Ch. 9 KJ
appears to be the bottom right hand fork is a slight chip perhaps caused by the inscribing of the r
which, having been left out was added to the right. The Ar. verb haraa means hurry, go
quickly and here would be a participle hri as would be the following word b cf. Ar. ba
seek after, participle bgi n. Both words form a hl clause (Wright II: 112 C,D).
The word t occurs in Saf. C 4384 in the phrase w yd t which the
Corpus translates as Et piscatus est pisces cf. Ar. t a fish. It is more likely, at least in the
region where the present inscription was found that the word refers to an animal of some kind.
The word att in Ar. has the meaning swift and is applied not only to horses and camels but also
to a male ostrich. As. sah pl. s and s refers to a court-yard or open space in front of a
house but can also mean region or tract which would be suitable in this context. An alternative
translation from sy, say running water would be appropriate if t meant fish but would not
be relevant to an ostrich hunt. For n Ar. an with the meaning after, see Wright II: 143A and
the examples quoted in Lane: 2164b. For the formula at the end of the text, see Ch.4.G.(3).

139

sl zdn f sd f ny b ksyh
zdn armed [himself] and he killed and layed [a beast] on the ground and so he
became free from want by pursuing it.
sl, cf. Ar. sallaahu, he armed him with weapons. No object is expressed

here and himself must be supplied. f cf. the Ar. particle fa and so. sd is Form IV of the root
sd which in Form I in Arabic means to kill and lay (a beast) on the ground; ny b, cf. Ar.
aniya bihi, he became free from want by means of it. In Arabic the verb kasaa means he
pursued or followed, here, ksyh would be the verbal noun, Ar. kas, and -h the third person
pronoun in the genitive, is used to express the object.

140

f sl br f yd wl
And br armed [himself] and hunted an ibex (or ibex)
The is the only instance in these inscriptions where the text begins with the

particle f. sl, see KJC 139; yd, cf. Ar. da, he hunted; wl, Ar. wal pl. wal ibex, here,
it might be either singular or plural.

141

l wf
By wf
Written downwards above a drawing of an ibex. The f does not have very

distinctive curves. wf is not in HIn.

Ch. 9 KJ

142

l mn h wl
By mn is the ibex
The text is written round the front legs of the ibex to which it refers. See

Ch.4.B.1.

143

l lbn
By lbn
The text begins between the legs of the ibex and then curves round under the hind

legs. lbn is not in HIn.

144

w zdlh klbt
And zdlh is the inscriber of a bitch
Written from right to left under the drawing of the dog. cf. Ar. kalbah bitch,

the substantive klb occurs in KJC 74. See Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 50

An ibex and a female dog. mn, the author of KJC 142, mentions the former and

zdlh, the author of KJC 144, the latter. From the position of his inscription it is likely that lbn,
KJC 143, also partook in inscribing the drawing. To the left is a lightly hammered drawing of a
man with a spear ?

LV a

West, facing in towards the east face of LV

145

h lt m l mz sb w mz brr
O lt [grant] to mz a gift, and mz is dutiful
The inscription is written on several faces of the rock. For the vocative and the

type of prayer, see Ch.3.C.8 and 4.C.3. sb cf. Ar. sayb gift, benefaction and Sab. syb gift
(Beeston et al. 1982: 130). The text ends with a nominal sentence similar in structure to the
frequently used phrase w N brr, cf. Ar. barr (originally barir (Lane 176a)) dutiful, pious.

LVb

Horizontal, lying under the slope of rock LV

146

l l
By l

Ch. 9 KJ
The name is not in HIn, see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

LVc

Sloping slightly southeast

147

l brr
By brr
The name occurs again on the next rock.

LVd

North

147a

l brr
By brr
See also KJC 147

147b

l zdqm
By zdqm
zdqm is not in HIn.

LVII

Horizontal, sloping slightly south

147c

l yqm
By yqm
In the middle of the rock.

147d

l kt bn [g]fft bn bnyt bn mdn

By kt son of [g]fft son of bnyt son of mdn
The text is written down and then curves to the right at the end. The n of the last

name is doubtful. The name kt is not in HIn. I have restored a g at the beginning of the second
name on the basis of kt bn gfft occurring in an unpublished text from the area.

147e

l bgt
By bgt
Written to the right of the first name of KJC 147d.

Ch. 9 KJ
147f

l fl
By fl
Written down from a drawing of a camel.

147g

lh
By h
To the right and above KJC 147f. The letters are most probably a false start at an

inscription.

147h

l l
By l

147i

l t bn msk bn fr bn b
By t son of msk son of fr son of b
The text is written downwards and then curves up.

147j

l bnmr bn brt bn qdmt bn lt

By mnmr son of brt son of qdmt son of lt
The text curves up after the third name. There is a b written to the left of the last

three letters of qdmt, the author started to continue the text here and then because of the lack of
space decided to write the last name on the other side, up the rock. Neither bnmr or brt are in
HIn.

Cdr 52

(a) On the west side of the rock face: Four pecked ibex, the forelegs of one of

them have not been drawn in.

(b) To the east: (1) two ibex and a dog ? of dark patina and (2) three ibex, an
unidentified animal, a camel and rider and an ostrich of a lighter patina.
(c) To the left of the inscription KJC 147c: A man with his knees bent, hands in
the air and a line protruding from the middle of his body and two ibex, one of which is
unfinished.
(d) An ibex to the left of KJC 147d.
(e) Above KJC 147f is a camel probably drawn by fl the author of the text.
(f) On the right: (1) an ibex of a light patina and below, (2) an ibex with a
tremendously long body and one horn.

Ch. 9 KJ

LXI

West

148

l dnn
By dnn
The first n is slightly longer than the second. The name is not in HIn.

149

l yqm
By yqm

150

w gf
And gf is [the] inscriber
For the phrase w N used for simple authorship, see Ch.4.A.2.

151

l gfl bn bh bn slm
By gfl son of bh son of slm
For other occurrences of the genealogy, see Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 1.

152

l grf
By grf

153

l smn
By smn
The name is not attested in HIn.

LXIa

West

154

l sd
By sd

LXII

Southwest. See Pl.Xa.

155

l drg
By drg is [the] drawing

Ch. 9 KJ
For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1 and see Cdr 58 below.

155a

l smnt
By smnt
This text and KJC 156 are written downwards between the horses legs.

156

w rfd [][]
And rfd is [the] inscriber
The d of rfd has been filled in. All of the first of has chipped away except

one of the prongs and the second has completely disappeared. See Ch.4.B.2 for the formula and
see Cdr 58.

157

w b
And b is [the] inscriber
For the formula, see Ch.4.B.2 and see Cdr 58 below.

158

l nm wr
By nm -An unfinished text written horizontally and turning down above the horses

rump.

Cdr 58

A deeply cut horse and rider with lines marking its body. The rider is holding

reins and wearing a sword. The horses tail is a single line with hairs depicted on the lower part.
Behind the horse is a drawing of a man holding a short stick, perhaps an arrow, in one hand. The
rock is cracked above his other arm. The drawing is a joint composition inscribed by the authors
of KJC 155, 156 and 157 and possibly 155a as well, see Ch.6.A.

Southeast. See. Pl.XIb.

159

l sd
By sd
sd is probably the inscriber of the drawing, Cdr 58a.

160

l ss

Ch. 9 KJ
By ss
The name is not in HIn. It occurs frequently at these sites, see Index a.

Cdr 58a

A man with his arms in the air, holding a bow and a short stick, probably drawn

by sd the author of KJC 159.

LXIII

North

161

l grf
By grf

Cdr 59

An unfinished drawing of an animal.

LXIX

Southwest

162

bhn
bhn
The letters are carelessly written. bhn is not in HIn. See Ch.4.A.4, for possible

names without an introductory particle.

LXXI

Horizontal, sloping slightly southwest

163

l bns
By bns
The name bnb which occurs in the next inscription, KJC 164, is attested

frequently at this site and in some instances occurs more than once on a rock surface, see CCCVI,
CCCVIII and CCCLV. It is possible that the bns is an unfinished attempt at writing the name
again here. The line read as s would be the stroke of an incomplete .

164

l bnb
By bnb
The name is not in HIn. See KJC 163 and see Index a for other occurrences at

these sites.

Ch. 9 KJ
Cdr 66

Three camels drawn in outline (cf. the camels in Adr 3 and Adr 14). There are

several wusm on the rock as well.

LXXIII

Northeast

165

l knn
By knn
The name is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab., see the Index of names and

Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

166

l ss
By ss
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

LXXVIII

Northwest

167

q l wqf
q By wqf
To the left of the inscription is a q. The gap between the l and w has been filled

in with hammering as have one section of the w and the lower curve of the f.

LXXX

North. See. Pl.Xb.

168

l rhz
By rhz
On the top left hand side of the rock.

169

l zbr bn bd bn zdqm bn bn bd bn kl
By zbr son of bd son of zdqm son of [] bd son of kl
Written to the right of KJC 168. The final bn and last name are written in

careless letters whereas the rest of the text is very neatly inscribed. The names zbr and zdqm are
not in HIn. The second bn before the name bd is dittography. See Index a and Ch.5.C.2,
genealogy 3, for other occurrences of the genealogy. KJC 188 on this rock is by zbrs brother.

Ch. 9 KJ
170

l hd
By hd
Below the first name of KJC 169.

171

l b
By b
To the left of KJC 170. The name is not in HIn.

172

l b
By b
Inscribed to the left of KJC 171.

173

l gml bn zrt
By gml son of zrt
The text is written down from KJC 171. zrt is not in HIn.

174

l nm bn brd bn mtr bn d bn klf bn krrt

By nm son of brd son of mtr son of d son of klf son of krrt
Written downwards and then curving round back up the rock. The names mtr,

d and krrt are not in HIn. For other occurrences of the genealogy, see Index a and Ch.5.C.2,
genealogy 2. smnt bn rm bn mtr in KJC 176 on this rock is possibly the authors cousin.

175

l knn
By knn
At the top of the rock above KJC 169. The name is only previously attested in

Qat. and Sab. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

176

l smnt bn rm bn mtr
By smnt son of rm son of mtr
Written below KJC 175. See KJC 174 on this rock. For other occurrences of the

genealogy, see Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2. mtr is not in HIn.

177

l rl
By rl

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJC 176.

178

l sm
By sm
Above KJC 177. There are two short lines to the left of the text. The name

occurs again in KJC 189 on this rock.

179

l smr bn ky bn kw
By smr son of ky son of kw
To the right of KJC 178. kw is not in HIn. The author of KJC 742 is possibly

smrs brother.

180

l hbt bn mg
By hbt son of mg
At the top of the rock. The bn and patronymic are written to the right of the

authors name. mg is not in HIn. hbt bn mg occurs with an additional generation in KJC 118.

181

l fnd
By fnd
Written below the first name of KJC 180. fnd is not in HIn. See Index a for

other occurrences.

182

l bdt
By bdt
Below KJC 181. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at

these sites.

183

l tnn bn sdn bn yb
By tnn son of sdn son of yb
Written to the right of KJC 182.

184

l nrt
By nrt
To the right of KJC 183.

Ch. 9 KJ

185

l lt
By lt
To the right of KJC 184.

186

l brt
By brt
Below KJC 174, near the bottom of the rock. There is a l to the left of the

inscription and another thicker one to the right presumably they are the beginning of inscriptions
which were never finished.

187

l sd bn mn
By sd son of mn
Written down from between the legs of an ibex. Probably sd drew the ibex as

the technique of the inscription and drawing are similar and the position of the inscription
between the legs of the animal is a common place for artists to write their names.

187a

lk
By k
To the left of KJC 187. The text is unfinished.

187b

l bs
By bs
Below KJC 187a. The name is not in HIn.

188

l dmr bn bd bn zdqm bn bd
By dmr son of bd son of zdqm son of bd
Written down the rock to the right of KJC 187b. The end of the text turns to the

left. There is a t inscribed to the right of the second name. zdqm is not in HIn. For other
occurrences of the genealogy see Index a and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 3. KJC 169 on this rock is by
dmrs brother.

189

l sm
By sm

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of the first name of KJC 188. The name occurs as well in KJC on
this rock.

Cdr 71

An ibex probably drawn by sd the author of KJC 187.

Southeast

190

l ss bn l
By ss son of l
The inscription is written inside a cartouche. There is some unidentified

hammering after the first name. Neither of the names are in HIn. See Index a for other
occurrences at these sites.

LXXXIII

West

191

l fl
By fl

Cdr 75

A camel with the hump not filled in. It was probably drawn by fl the author of

KJC 191.

LXXXIV

Northeast

192

l tm
By tm

LXXXV

Horizontal

193

l nb(r) (b)n
By nb(r) son of
The letters are badly formed and the reading doubtful.

XC

Almost horizontal, sloping slightly southeast.

Ch. 9 KJ
194

w hn
And hn is [the] inscriber
For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 80

A feline attacking a man. One arm of the man is drawn into the neck of the

animal, perhaps showing that he is piercing it with a spear. Below is an archer and behind him a
small drawing of an ostrich. The drawing has been re-hammered and is a slightly lighter colour
than the artists inscription, KJC 194.

XCI

West southwest

195

l zdqm
By zdqm
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

196

l whb
By whb

XCIII

Horizontal

197

l hbt
By hbt

198

l zbr
By zbr
The r of the name is written some distance from the other letters. There is an

extraneous line above the text. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at
these sites.

XCV

In a dip on the northwest face of the rock

199

l gm
By gm
The name occurs again in KJC 390.

Ch. 9 KJ

200

l grmlh bn skmlh
By grmlh son of skmlh
The initial l and a section of one of the circles of the g have been subsequently

hammered over and are a whitish colour. skmlh is not in HIn.

West

201

l yl
By yl
The final l is curved backwards as well as having a hook.

Cdr 83

There are drawings of darker and lighter patina on the rock surface:
(a) To the left of KJC 201 are two camels, one with two stumpy legs, and slightly

below, two ibex.

(b) To the right of KJC 200 is an unfinished stick animal and an ibex with ridged
horns bending over the full length of the body.
(c) Of a lighter patina are drawings of a camel with a rein, a camel and a stick
horse and rider ? next to each other and to the right, a camel that has been turned into an ibex by
the addition of horns.
(d) To the right of KJC 199 is an animal with straight horns with, possibly, a dog
drawn the other way up attacking it. Further to the right is an unfinished stick animal and an ibex.
There are several wusm on the rock as well.

XCVIII

Northeast. See Pl.XIa.

202

l g bn sdt [w] []krt lt ndmn bdl()[]wr bn mwr w g

By g son of sdt and may lt remember our boon companion bdl()[h]wr son of
mwr and g is [the] inscriber
The text is written in a loop. The w and at the beginning of the clause w krt lt

has been completely hammered out. The upper fork of the second is obscured by hammering as
is the following letter which I have restored as on the basis of the divine element occurring in
the names tmwr (TIJ 323) and whbwr (KJC 291). Here it occurs with the definite article, cf.
tmlwr and names formed with bd + g which occurs both without the article, bdg (TIJ 136), and

Ch. 9 KJ
with it, bdlg (KJC 205, 647). Another example of the definite article l written with prosthetic

alif occurs in the name bdlyb, see Ch.3.B.8 and Ch.8.A. For the element hwr, see Ch.5.A.1.b.
For prayers of this type, see Ch.4.C.1. ndm is previously unattested (cf. Ar. nadm boon
companion). It occurs with the first person plural possessive pronoun -n. For another complex
statement which begins with a l N phrase and ends with a w N phrase, see AMJ 46 and
Ch.4.G.(3).

203

l smmt
By smmt
The l is a short line as is the letter I have read as s. The second m has been left

out and is written below the rest of the text. The name is not in HIn.

Cdr 86

Two ibex. Below the beginning of KJC 202 is an unidentified drawing.

CVI

North

204

l tmlh
By tmlh

205

l [f]l bn bdlg
By [f]l son of bdlg
Part of the second letter and almost all the third letter are damaged by a chip in

the rock. I have restored f on the basis of fl occurring elsewhere in the collection. It occurs on
the same rock with an inscription by bdlg, see KJC 646 and 647. For the name bdlg, see
Ch.5.A.1.

Cdr 93

A horse and rider ? and a camel. The drawings might have been inscribed by the

author of either KJC 204 or 205 or both.

CXIV

Southeast

206

l rs
By rs

Ch. 9 KJ
CXIX

Horizontal

207

l rs bn rs
By rs son of rs
The first name, cut more deeply, is a light orangey and the bn and second name

which are shallower, an orangey grey. See Index a for other occurrences of rs bn rs at these
sites.

Cdr 106

A stick animal of lighter patina.

CXXI

Horizontal

208

l q
By q
The initial l is rounded. The text is unfinished.

Below KJC 208, Sloping south

Cdr 108

An ibex

CXXIV

West, the rock face slants inwards

209

l drg
By drg

CXXV

West

210

l mbl
By mbl
The has a dot in the middle of the circle. There is a triangle without a base on

the rock face as well, possibly a wasm, and a circle with a curved tail. The name is not in HIn.
See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CXXVI

Northeast

Ch. 9 KJ

211

l tm bn bnlh
By tm son of bnlh
The same names occur in KJB 66 and 169.

CXXXIII

South

212

l zdqm bn tm [ ] bn m w
By zdqm son of tm son of m -There is a shallow line before the second bn and it is possible that it introduces a

second text l bn m w. The above reading is more likely. The text is probably unfinished.
zdqm is not in HIn.

CXXXVIII

Sloping southeast

213

l hbt
By hbt

214

l nr
By nr

Cdr 122

Doodling of a light patina.

CXLII

Northwest

215

l gr
By gr
To the left of the inscription is a crudely hammered l and t.

CXLVIII

Northwest

216

l sd
By sd

Ch. 9 KJ
CLIII

Southeast

217

l fn
By fn
The name is not in HIn. It is also attested in KJA 246.

Cdr 135

An unidentified drawing of a light patina to the left of KJC 217.

CLVII

East

218

l tm bn wgd[t]
By tm son of wgd[t]
There is a chip over the last letter of the second name. []m bn wgdt occurs in

KJA 355.

Cdr 139

A camel to the left of the inscription. The hind leg of the camel slightly covers

the m, b and n of KJC 218.

CLVIII

East

219

w b
And b is [the] inscriber
Written down and round the neck and front legs of an ibex. b. There are

several drawings on the rock of which b might be the artist. For the formula, see Ch.4.B.2.

220

l sd
By sd
The author might be a co-artist of the drawing.

Cdr 140

An ibex being chased by a seluqi and to the right an archer. Below is another

dog and to the right a further ibex. On the left of the rock is a camel with only two legs depicted
and a more recent line, a rein ?, going from the head to the rider. Below KJC 219 is a line with
two legs.

Ch. 9 KJ
CLIX

Almost horizontal, sloping slightly west southwest

221

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm
For other occurrences of smnt bn rm, see Index a.

222

l rs h ls
By rs is the drawing --Written above the head of an ibex. The letters are badly formed. The fork of the

h is shallow. Perhaps what I have read as l after should be restored as r and read as a
repetition of the authors name. For this formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

223

l mt bn dm
By mt son of dm
The final m is an unusual triangular shape.

Cdr 141

An ibex drawn by rs the author of KJC 222.

CLXVII

Northeast

224

l bgt bn tml
By bgt son of tml
The first two letters have a white patina and the rest are grey. The names occur

with a further generation in KJC 508.

Southeast

Cdr 150

A gazelle ? the horns are short and not curved.

CLXXI

Northwest

225

l fy[t]
By fy[t]

Ch. 9 KJ
The letters are crudely inscribed. The name might read fy but here is a hammer
mark after the fourth letter and I have restored a t on the basis of the name in KJC 227 etc.

Cdr 154

A dog attacking an ostrich from behind and a camel with a rider. The latter is

sitting on the top of the hump with his legs astride and raised. In one hand he is holding a rein
and in the other a stick. fyt the author of KJC 225 was probably the artist.

CLXXII

Northwest

226

l rbn
By rbn
The last letter is doubtful.

Cdr 155

A camel ? and rider holding a stick and with one arm in the air. There are three

ostriches, all with wings depicted, being chased by a dog. There are two ibex, one of which has
only one horn and two legs. rbn the author of KJC 226 was probably the artist.

CLXXIV

East

227

l fyt
By fyt

228

l flt
By flt
The initial l has been partly hammered over. There is a sj board of a darker

patina between this inscription and KJC 227.

CLXXV

South southeast

229

l km
By km
An extra hook has been added to the l and it has been joined to the second letter

with rough hammer marks at the base. The horizontal strokes of the k have been joined together

Ch. 9 KJ
forming a square and hammer marks have been added to make a circle out of the semi-circular
indentation of the m. The same has been done to the m of KJC 230.

230

l -m
By -m
The second letter is obscured by hammering. There seems to be a t written below

the other letters of the text. The central curve of the m has been added to forming a circle. See
KJC 229.

231

l l
By l

CLXXVII

North

232

l sd
By sd

233

l -By -The rock is chipped after the and no letters are visible.

234

l rb
By rb

235

l mr
By mr
There is an extraneous stroke coming out from the prongs of the .

Cdr 157

A running archer chasing an ibex with a dog. Below is another ibex. The fore

and hind legs of all the animals are drawn as thick stumps rather than depicted individually. It is
uncertain which of the authors on the rock inscribed the drawing.

CLXXVIII

Horizontal

Ch. 9 KJ
236

l r
By r
The initial l is slightly curved.

CLXXX

West

237

l ftyt
By ftyt
The text is neatly inscribed in a different technique to that of the drawing.

Cdr 159

A horseman carrying a spear ?, an ostrich and, to the left, a small ibex. A man

with his hands in the air who is standing above an ibex drawn on its side. To the right is a dog,
the head of which has been chipped away.

CLXXXI

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly north

238

l g(f)l
By g(f)l
The initial l is very short and the hook at the bottom of the letter faces in the

opposite direction to that in which the text reads. The f is not wavy and is formed of a straight
line with a horizontal line at one end and a curve at the other.

CLXXXII

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly west

239

l yrfn
By yrfn
The name is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJC 567.

CLXXXIII

Horizontal

240

l hn
By hn

CLXXXIV

Northwest

Ch. 9 KJ

241

l bdt
By bdt
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

242

l glt
By glt
The name is not in HIn. The second l is slightly wiggly and indistinct.

CLXXXV

Southwest

243

l hyd
By hyd
The circle of the y is directly hammered in a different technique to the other

letters of the inscription and it of a slightly lighter patina. hyd is not in HIn.

244

l
By
An unfinished text.

245

l rb
By rb

Cdr 160

To the right of KJC 243-245 is an ibex.

CLXXXVI

East

246

l hBy hThe letter l is legible although the legs of an ibex have been drawn over the top of

it and the fork of another letter which might be a h, or . The rest of the letter is obscured by the
horns of an ibex.

Ch. 9 KJ
Cdr 161

(a) Three ostriches of various sizes, standing in a row, and an ibex drawn in

outline with long horns curving back.

(b) Of a lighter patina, is an animal with straight horns bent slightly back, two
ibex and a stick dog ?. There are hammer marks on the rock face as well.

CXC

Northeast

247

l rs
By rs

Cdr 166

A camel with a long back and hump drawn at the rear. Part of the hump has been

left in relief. rs, the author of KJC 247, probably inscribed it.

CXCI

West

248

l sr
By sr
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

There is no KJC 249.

250

l r
By r
The r is partly covered by the m of KJC 253.

251

l b
By b

252

lh
By h
The text is unfinished.

253

l r bn drm
By r son of drm

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is written down the rock and then turns upwards. The m of drm is
written in the opposite direction to the other letters of the text. drm is not in HIn. See Index a
for other occurrences of r bn drm.

254

l wh(b)lh (b)n qrb

By wh(b)lh son of qrb
To the right and below KJC 248-253. The text is written down the rock and then

continues up after the first name. The first and second b are covered by abrasions, the reading,
however, is certain.

255

l whblh bn mr
By whblh son of mr
The rock is chipped after the final r.

CXCII

West

256

lk
By k
The second letter is partially chipped. The text is unfinished.

257

l brr bn smnt
By brr son of smnt
The names occur in KJC 128 and 668.

258

l qnlh b
By qnlh ? ?
There is a natural pit in the rock after the b but no traces of the letter n. The fork

of the is slightly damaged by hammering. qnlh is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences
at these sites.

259

h sry l kmn
O sry [grant ?] to kmn
Part of the m is covered by a chip. The rock is damaged after the n. See

Ch.4.C.3 for this type of prayer.

Ch. 9 KJ

260

w d sr lf
And may sr call lf
Part of the f is covered by a chip in the rock. The s are written with four

prongs, the tail of the first one is inscribed out to the left and then bends down. The second has a
short curve for the tail. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

CXCIV

North

261

l rs bn rs
By rs son of rs
See Index a for other occurrences of rs bn rs.

262

l g
By g

263

l smnt bn rm
By smnt son of rm
See Index a for other occurrences of smnt bn rm.

264

l drs bn dk
By drs son of dk
The name occurs again in KJC 458.

265

l kt
By kt
The text is written downwards between the horns and body of an ibex. The name

is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites. The position of the inscription
suggests that kt is the artist.

Cdr 169

A camel with a large hump drawn in outline and a single curling line with the

head and neck. An ibex drawn in outline with a square body and long horns curving back. Below
are two smaller ibex. kt the author of KJC 265 is most likely the artist of the larger ibex and
either smnt, KJC 263, or drs, KJC 264, probably drew the camel.

Ch. 9 KJ

CXCV

North

266

l grmlh
By grmlh

CXVI

Southwest

267

l mr bn bs
By mr son of bs

268

s
?
Part of the first letter is damaged by hammering. The letters do not make any

coherent sense and might be practise letters.

CXCVI

Southwest

269

l rs bn ft
By rs son of ft
The rs bn ft occurs again in KJC 380 and 573.

CXVII

East

270

l s bn hn bn tm
By s son of hn son of tm
bn tm is written below the text and near the end of KJC 271. The words probably

belong to this text, unless the author of KJC 271 has written his great-grandfathers name twice or
tm is the name of both his great-grandfather and great great-grandfather.

271

l r bn drm bn slh bn tm
By r son of drm son of slh son of tm
The first m is a strange shape. r bn drm occurs in KJC 253 where the m back to

front. drm is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites. See KJC 270.

Ch. 9 KJ

CXCIX

Practically horizontal, sloping northwest

272

w krt lt bdrt
And may lt remember bdrt
= KJPr 1.
The of the proper name has an unusually long tail and is written on its side.

bdrt is not in HIn. See Ch.5.A.1. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.1. There is a d and t
inscribed to the left of the text.

Cdr 171

An ibex.

CC

Southeast

273

l mlgn
By mlgn
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

274

l m bn bd
By m son of bd
The b and d of the second name are written horizontally below the end of KJC

275 in order to avoid a dip in the rock. See KJA 194 for m bn bd with an additional generation.

275

l sd
By sd

276

l hkn
By hkn
The name is not in HIn.

CCI

East

277

l bdt
By bdt

Ch. 9 KJ
The letters of the text have been joined up and altered. The initial l has been
joined to the . The forks of the have lines across giving the letter the appearance of a g. There
is a ligature extending from the bottom fork of the to the and another on the other side of the
joining it to the b. The arms of the b have been joined to form a rectangle and extended to attach
the letter to the d. The final t has been left unattached. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for
other occurrences at these sites.

278

lstrk sr tbtmrkbh-bt
??????
The text starts to the right of KJC 277 and then continues in a wavy line running

right to left below it. The is a little below the rest of the text and might not belong. sr might
be a proper name, see the Index of names, but I am uncertain how to translate the rest of the text.

279

l md-By md-On the right side of the rock near the end of KJC 278.

280

l krh bn wl
By krh son of wl
To the right of the end of KJC 278.

281

l srqt bn lw
By srqt son of lw
Written above the head of a seluqi and curving upwards. The is written to the

right of the w.

282

l b bn nl
By b son of nl
Written downwards in front of a seluqi. b is possibly the father of fnd bn b

in KJC 283 on this rock.

283

l fnd bn b
By fnd son of b

Ch. 9 KJ
The authors name and patronymic are written down the rock, side by side. KJC
282 is possibly by fnds father. fnd bn b occurs in KJC 4 as well.

284

l bntrb
By bntrb
Running at a slant below KJC 278. The name is not attested in HIn.

285

l yl
By yl
Below KJC 284.

286

l nmr
By nmr
On the left side of the rock, written to the left of a seluqi.

287

l sr bn zdqm
By sr son of zdqm is [the] drawing
The text starts between the legs of a seluqi and then turns right. The word is

written left to right above the end of zdqm. Neither names are in HIn. See Index a for other
occurrences at these sites. For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

288

l bn
By bn
Written after the end of KJC 283.

289

l tntn
By tntn
Written clockwise in a circle below KJC 285. The letters are crudely formed text

and the interpretation doubtful. The name is not in HIn.

290

l bd bn syr bn slm
By bd son of syr son of slm
Written downwards from KJC 289 and then turning left. bn slm is written at a

right angle to the rest of the text. See Index a for occurrences of bd bn syr.

Ch. 9 KJ

Cdr 172

A seluqi and an ibex drawn by sr the author of KJC 287.

CCIII

West

291

l whbwr bn bry bn nsr bn fl- ---- bn tr bn By whbwr son of bry son of nsr son of fl- ---- son of tr son of The rock has flaked away and the middle and end of the text have disappeared. It

is possibly that bn tr bn- is part of a separate text, the beginning of which is no longer there.
There are remains of what might be a small circle after the fifth bn. The first name and bn are a
blackish colour and the second, third and fourth names of the genealogy are a light sandy colour.
Neither whbwr or bry are in HIn. bdwr occurs in KJC 757, bdlwr occurs in KJC 202 and
tmwr in TIJ 323, see Ch.5.A.1.b for the element wr.

292

--tm bn k---tm son of k-The beginning and end of the text has flaked away. There are lines belonging to

two letters after the k.

CCIVa

Northeast

293

btydfst w zbr -----sdt

????

and zbr ----sdt

The rock is very worn and the letters faint. The names zbr and sdt are certain.
zbr is not in HIn.

293a

kld
???
This might be a name but I think some letters are missing.

CCX

East

294

l rs
By rs

Ch. 9 KJ

CCXI

Southwest

295

w slm bn nt
And slm son of nt is [the] inscriber
The inscription is written down the rock and then turns right. The s has a slight

line drawn across the opening. slm bn nt occurs in KJA 88 and KJC 749. For the formula
referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

295a

lr
By r
Written to the right of the drawing of a feline. The text is unfinished.

Cdr 182

A feline drawn in deep lines. The animal has three claws to each foot, an eye left

in relief and a long tail curved at the end. There is a line drawn on the shoulder and another on
the thigh. To the right is a drawing of a man with his hands in the air, holding a whip ?. It is not
drawn in the same style as the feline and was probably added later. To the left of the inscription
is another man. The feline was drawn by slm the author of KJC 295.

CCXII

Northwest

296

l tml
By tml
The t has been hammered over and the lines of the cross are indistinct.

297

l sdl bn ytr
By sdl son of ytr
Part of the d and second l are covered by a chip. The final r is doubtful as there

is a chip over the letter. It might be another t.

297a

h---bn-The rock is chipped after the letter h. There is a b, n and traces of another two

letters covered by the chip to the right which might be a continuation of the text or might be
another text beginning with a l which is inscribed above and slightly to the right.

Ch. 9 KJ

298

brlk(b)snn
????
The b and r at the beginning are shallower than the other letters. The sixth letter

which I have read as a b has a very beep curve. The interpretation of the text is unclear.

CCXII

Southeast

299

l tn
By tn
The name is not in HIn.

CCXIII

Northeast

300

l f(y)t
By f(y)t
The circle of the y is incomplete.

301

l -By -The second letter seems to be an unfinished , the second horizontal line has not

been drawn.

Southwest

302

l srqt
By srqt

CCXIV

Northwest

303

l mny
By mny
The m has been hammered in.

Ch. 9 KJ
304

-h l bb
The rock is chipped before the h. l bb might be a separate text By bb or a

continuation of what was written before.

305

rb sq b mt
mt feels much desire
To the right of KJC 304. The r, which is partially covered by subsequent

chipping, is similar in shape to the following b. The is doubtful as the rock is damaged, it might
be a y. For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1.

306

l n
By n
To the right of KJC 305. The text is damaged between the and . There is a

slight stroke which I have read as a n.

307

l krt bn ftt
By krt son of ftt
To the right of KJC 306. The r is written inside the arms of the k. The t of the

first name has been hammered and the cross lines are indistinct. krt bn ftt occurs in KJA 111
and KJB 132 is possibly written by his son.

308

l rw
By rw
Written above the bn of KJC 307. There are two ls written slightly to the right

of the w.

309

lt
By t
An unfinished text below and to the left of the end of KJC 307.

CCXIV

West

310

rb sq b smr l -
smr feels much desire towards -

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is written down a ridge in the rock. There are shallow ligatures joining
the second s to the m, the m to the r, the r to the and the to one fork of the . After the proper
name smr, the text is written horizontally at right angles to the rest. There is a line going
diagonally across the l, probably with the intention of joining it to the preceding and the
following letter. The rock is chipped after the l and no letter is visible. Only two spokes of the
are visible and the centre has been filled in. For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1.

Southwest

311

l smr
By smr
The l, s, m and r are joined together by shallow hammering. The m and the

spaces between the arms of the have been filled in.

312

l kmt
By kmt
The name is not in HIn.

Cdr 193

A camel. There is a line above its head.

CCXIV

Southeast

313

rbr ?
Written above the camel and rider.

314

l syr
By syr is [the] drawing
The s, the circle of the y, the gap between one set of arms of the and both the

s have been hammered over and filled in. For this formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.
The text is written down between the legs of a camel and rider to which syr is referring. He
might have inscribed the drawing to the left as well.

315

l (w)g bn k(y)
By (w)g son of k(y)

Ch. 9 KJ
The w of the first name has been filled in. The b and n have been formed into a
circle. The last letter is an infilled circle with a short line with a smaller circle on the end. It
might all be a y or, perhaps, a y followed by another unidentifiable letter. The same names with
infilling of the w, joining of the b and n and infilling of the ninth letter occurs in KJA 212. wg is
not in HIn.

Cdr 184

A camel and a badly drawn rider holding reins. To the right is a man with one

arm bend left upwards and the other held out straight. syr the author of KJC 314 mentions a
drawing, he is referring to the camel and possibly the man as well.

CCXV

Southwest. See Pl.XIb.

316

h s
O s
The text is unfinished. The h has been joined on the tail of the by hammer

marks.

317

sb sry l l ny
May sry give ? to l freedom from want
Except for the initial s the letters of the text have been joined up by lighter

hammering. The tail of the bends to join one arm of the b and another line links it to the other
arm. A line runs from one prong of the through the s to the r. The circle of the y is joined to
an arm of the r and to one end of the following l. Slight hammering joins this l to the second,
which is attached to the by an extension to the hook linking it to one spoke and a short diagonal
line linking it to another. Two spokes of the have been extended in the other direction to join
the tail of the and its back between the two horizontal line. The n is linked to the by a line
starting just above the tail and to the final y by a line joined to the circle of the y.
The position of the word sb before the deitys name and the lack of a vocative
particle suggests that the word is a verb in the perfect with an optative sense, see Ch.4.C.5.
Neither sabba he reviled or sab he made captive provide a suitable meaning. The substantive
sb which I have translated as gift (cf. Ar. sayb) occurs in KJC 145. The basic meaning of the
root, however, is run (of water) which would not be appropriate here either, although Kaz. lists
Form II with the meaning give. The word ny, Ar. an freedom from want, occurs in other
prayers, see Ch.4.C.3.

Ch. 9 KJ
There are five lines in various places inscribed on the rock face as well.

CCXV

Northwest

318

l bt
By bt is [the] inscriber
The last word is written over a ridge and on to a different face to the beginning.

It is possible that the first letter is a r and the name should be read rt. For the formula referring
to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1. There is a camel below the text.

Cdr 185

A camel drawn by bt the author of KJC 318.

CCXVI

Northwest

319

l qym
By qym

CCXVII

South

320

l tml
By tml

CCXVIII

Practically horizontal, sloping south west. See Pl.XIIa, for KJC 321.

321

l lh bn slm
By lh son of slm
The two ls at the beginning are joined up to form a loop. The fork of the h and

the centre of the have been filled in. The bottom fork of the has been joined. The b and n of bn
have been joined to form a circle and the s is linked to the l in the second name by shallow
hammering extending from one of the arms and a second hook has been added to the l to join it to
the m. lh does not occur in HIn. For other occurrences of the names, see KJB 30 and KJC 750.

322

l mty bn rfy
By mty son of rfy

Ch. 9 KJ
mty bn rfy occurs elsewhere, see Index a.

CCXX

Horizontal

323

l s
By s
The text is unfinished. There is some recent doodling after the s but there does

not seem to be any traces of further letters.

Cdr 187

Doodling

CCXXI

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly west

324

l ltb
By ltb
The first letter is slightly thicker than the rest and does not appear to have a hook.

It might be a first attempt at an initial l which was then repeated. If that is the case the inscription
should be read l tb. Neither ltb nor tb is in HIn.

CCXXII

Northwest

325

wg
And g
The text is most probably a false start at writing KJC 326.

326

w gfl
And gfl is [the] inscriber
The second of is written on a vertical surface of the rock. gfl is referring to

an ibex. The f has only one distinctive hook, cf. the unusual shape of the letter in the same name
in KJC 238. For the expression referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 188

An ibex.

CCXXIV

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly south

Ch. 9 KJ

327

l l-- h (or ) hm
By l----The text is hammered over and badly damaged. The lines which I have taken as

the first two letters, form three sides of a rectangle which might be two ls joined together at one
end or a l and a s. The next legible letter might be a h, or . The lines of the m are joined by
hammering.

CCXXV

Northeast

328

--bk
--bk
The rock is weathered before the first letter and nothing is legible. There might

be a n after the b although the dot is probably natural. The second letter is doubtful, it might be a
badly formed k.

CCXXVII

South

329

l brd bt lm
By brd daughter of lm
The letters are crudely hammered. There are lines joining some of them together.

This is the only text by a woman from these sites.

CCXXIX

South

330

-- bn ----r
--son of ----r
The rock is very chipped and eroded. The field copy has an after the but it is

not visible on the photograph.

330a

--
--
Everything before these two letters is eroded. The inscription probably ended in

Ch. 9 KJ

CCXXX

A loose boulder facing southeast when found.

331

l zdn bn [nt]
By zdn son of [nt]
The rock is worn after the and . I have restored n and t on the basis of the

name occurring in KJC 740. Neither of the names is in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at
these sites.

CCXXXII

Southeast

332

l mt
By mt

333

l y bn b
By y son of b

CCXXXIII

Practically horizontal

334

l ss
By ss
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CCXXXV

West

335

l bnl
By bnl

CCXXXVII

West

336

l mbl ()
By mbl is [the] drawing

Ch. 9 KJ
The looks more like an . The drawing that mbl refers to is a camel suckling a
young camel. For the formula used with drawings, see Ch.4.B.1. mbl is not in HIn. See Index a
for other occurrences at these sites.

337

l rs bn rs
By rs son of rs

rs bn rs occurs elsewhere, see Index a.

Cdr 195

A camel suckling a young camel. The drawing is acknowledged by mbl the

author of KJC 336.

CCXXXVIII

Northwest

338

[l] rs
[By] rs
The rock is hammered before the . The outline of the and half of one arm of

the s have subsequently been hammered over.

338a

l s
By s
An unfinished text written in crude letters.

CCXXXVIII

East

339

l s wt
By s wt
The text is written in badly formed letters. The name is not in HIn.

340

l
By
Written to the right of KJC 339. The text is unfinished.

341

l nt
By nt

Ch. 9 KJ

CCXLI

South southeast

342

l rs
By rs
There is a chip covering part of the s but the reading is certain.

343

l zn
By zn
The name is not in HIn.

CCXLIII

North

344

l hn
By hn
Part of the n and most of the is covered by the rein of a drawing of a camel and

rider. There is possibly a g inscribed under one of the ibex on the rock surface. One of the circles
of the letter has been hammered over.

Cdr 199

A camel and rider of whitish patina. There is a stick ibex in the bottom right

hand corner and another stick ibex with one horn to the left of the camel and rider. Above are
some unidentified lines and a sj board, to the left of which is an unfinished stick animal.

CCXLIV

East

345

l lyn
By lyn

346

l w l
By wl

CCXLV

Southwest

347

l t w rb sqm bh

Ch. 9 KJ
By t; and he feels much sickness
For other texts using rb see, Ch.4.E.1. Unlike the majority of attested examples,
the love text is expressed by an expanded l N phrase, see Ch.4.G.(2). The subject of the love
phrase is expressed by the third person suffixed pronoun -h.

CCL

South southwest

348

l (t)mlh
By (t)mlh
The second letter is a hammered circle and I have restored it as a t. The letter

might be an . mlh is not in HIn although ml attested in the dialect, see the Index of names.

CCLII

East

349

lh
By h
The text is unfinished.

350

l brr
By brr

CCLIII

East

351

l m()n nk smn
By m()n; he had sex with smn
The inscription is carelessly hammered and the third letter is damaged by a chip.

the second m is a rectangular shape. Love texts using nk occur elsewhere, see Ch.4.E.2. This is
the only attested example in which this type of text is expressed as an expanded l N phrase, cf.
KJB 63, KJC 347 and see Ch.4.G.(2).

CCLV

West

352

l hr
By hr

Ch. 9 KJ

353

l smn
By smn

CCLVII

Northeast

354

-s
-s
On the left side of the rock. Nothing is legible before the s.

355

l -s
By -s
There is a chip between the two letters and another after the s. It is possible the

text continues.

356

[l] ln
[By] ln
Only one arm of what is probably a remain before the n. For other occurrences

of n at these sites, see Index a.

357

[l] syr
[By] syr
The l has chipped away.

358

l zhmn
By zhmn
The text is written near the top of the rock.

359

l syr h bk[rt]
By syr is the young female camel
Written down between the legs of the camel to which it refers. There is

hammering over the r of the name although traces of the outline of the letter remain. There is a
chip in the rock after k and I have restored a r and t. For this formula referring to drawings, see
Ch.4.B.1.

Ch. 9 KJ

360

l l
By l
To the right and below KJC 258. The grid of the has been filled in.

361

[h] sry (l) ()mn

[O] sry [grant ?] to mn
The rock is chipped before the but a short stroke, probably the tail of a h

remains. The l is a short line, the hook is probably obscured by the following chip. One of the
forks of the is obscured by damage to the rock. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

361a

l mr
By mr
Written directly on from the end of KJC 361.

362

w dt lt rfd w my ()
And may lt call rfd, and my is [the] inscriber
The f of rfd is a straight line with two hooks facing towards the beginning. The

second part of the inscription is written down parallel to the right of the first. The rock is chipped
at the end and only parts of the letters , and remain. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.2.

363

l -lt
By -lt
There is an arm showing of the second letter, the rest has chipped away.

Cdr 207

A camel acknowledged by syr the author of KJC 359.

CCLVIII

An enormous boulder with a natural basin in the centre. The inscriptions are

written on the rock surfaces around the basin.

At the west end of the basin, facing north.

364

l gst
By gst

Ch. 9 KJ
The name is not in HIn and the root is problematic. Perhaps the fourth letter
should be emended to l (see the Index of names for glt) although it does not have a hook.

Written on the southern side of the basin, facing north.

365

l lb
By lb
There is a more recently inscribed wiggley line after the name. lb occurs in

KJC 368 on this rock and in KJC 395 on the east face.

366

l kzn
By kzn
The name is not in HIn.

367

l (r)
By (r)
The r is almost completely covered by later hammering.

368

l lb (b)n sbBy lb son of sbOne arm of the b of bn is lost because of a crack in the rock. The name lb bn

sby occurs in KJC 395 on the east face of the rock and perhaps a y should be restored at the end.
lb also occurs in KJC 365.

369

w dsr l hm
And [may] dsr [grant ?] to hm
Recent doodling has been hammering between the h and the m which might

cover a further letter of the name as might the hammer marks after the m. See Ch.4.C.3 for this
type of prayer.

370

l smnt bn rm bn mtr
By smnt son of rm son of mtr

Ch. 9 KJ
The inscription is written in a loop inside the horns of a pecked ibex. See Index a
for other occurrences of smnt bn rm. The author of KJC 372 on this rock might be smnts
cousin, see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2.

371

l n m
By nm
Written to the left of KJC 370.

372

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
The text is written n a curve. For other occurrences of the names see Index a and

see KJC 370 on this rock.

373

gr ?
The letters are inscribed in the same technique and are the same colour as a zig-

zag line drawn above. Their patina is much lighter than the inscriptions on the rock and possibly
they are a later attempt at copying Hismaic. letters.

On the east side of the basin, sloping west towards the basin.

374

l hbt
By hbt
There is some doodling or possibly a wasm between this and KJC 375.

375

l lt
By lt
Above and to the left of KJC 374.

376

l g
By g
Above and to the left of KJC 375.

377

l b
By b

Ch. 9 KJ
To the left of KJC 376. The name is not in HIn.

378

l bd bn syr
By bd son of syr
To the left of KJC 377. For other occurrences of bd bn syr, see Index a. The

circle of the y has been filled in.

379

l hn
By hn
To the left of KJC 378.

380

l rs bn ft
By rs son of ft
The name rsw is written in Habataean to the left of the inscription.

Nab. 1

rsw
The name is previously attested in Nabataean (Cantineau 1932: 67). KJC 380 is

written by someone called rs.

381

l br
By br
Written to the right of the patronymic of KJC 380. The l and b are deeply cut.

The is a small indistinct circle and the r is written in shallow hammer marks.

382

tb
Written below the end of KJC 380. The and t are deeply cut and the b directly

hammered and ill-formed. There is no initial l at the beginning of the text. Perhaps it was left out
as there is a crack before the and not much space. See Ch.4.A.4. The name is not in HIn.

383

l (m)sd
By (m)sd
The reading is doubtful. All that remains of the m is part of a curve. The rest has

been hammered over and has chipped away.

Ch. 9 KJ
384

l knn
By knn
There is an indirectly hammered l of pinkish white patina to the left and above

the inscription. The name knn is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab.

On the north side of the basin, sloping south towards it.

385

l ry bn sd
By ry son of sd

386

There are traces of letters under hammer marks above and to the right of KJC

385.

387

l n m
By nm

On the north side of the basin, sloping away from it to the north.

388

lk
By k
Above and to the right of KJC 387. It is possibly a false start at KJC 389. There

is a line, possibly an unfinished cartouche, above the letters.

389

l khl bn sny
By khl son of sny
For other occurrences of the name, see Index a.

390

l gm
By gm
To the left of KJC 389.

391

l l bn ng bn qnt
By l son of ng son of qnt

Ch. 9 KJ
bn ng bn qnt is written on a horizontal surface slightly below the first name. For
other occurrences of l bn ng, see Index a.

392

l whbl
By whbl
To the right of the first name of KJC 391.

Cdr 209

There are traces of drawings, two wusm, several hammer marks and unidentified

shapes on the rock. The latter are mostly of a whitish or orangey white patina. There are the
horns of an ibex above the end of KJC 369 and an ibex with a partially damaged body and long
horns inside which is written KJC 370. Above KJC 380 is a directly hammered creature of
browny patina with no distinct head.

East

393

l ()rs
By ()rs
One side of the circle of the is lost because of a crack in the rock. The r has

been hammered over.

394

l q bn t(m)
By q son of t(m)
The m has been hammered over and filled in.

395

l lb bn sby
By lb son of sby
See KJC 365 and 368 on the horizontal surface of this rock.

396

l rs bn f
By rs son of f
f is not in HIn. rs bn ft occurs in KJC 380 on the top of this rock and in KJC

269 and 576. It is possible that the same name was intended here but, having left out the and the
t, the author did not bother to emend the text or complete the by giving it a tail.

Ch. 9 KJ
397

lk
By k
Below KJC 394-395. The text is unfinished. Possibly it is an abandoned attempt

at writing KJC 398.

398

l kzy
By kzy
The tail of the y is unusually long and shallower than the rest of the letter,

perhaps it is extraneous and an should be read. Neither kzy or kz are in HIn.

399

l n
By n
The same letters written in lighter hammer marks are repeated above. Possibly

they are a later copy of this inscription.

400

l mrl
By mrl

There is no KJC 401.

CCLIX

South

402

l ngf lrl-mr
By ngf ???
The n might be an incidental hammer mark. The arms of the r have been

extended by shallow hammering. The ninth letter is chipped, it might be a l, although the hook
would be an exaggerated curve. There is room for another letter between it and the following m.

403

l tr
By tr

Cdr 211

An ibex below KJC 402, the head is partially damaged.

CCLX

East

Ch. 9 KJ

404

l sd
By sd

Cdr 212

The d of KJC 404 has been changed into a camel. The letter has been used as the

body and hump, and a tail, legs, neck and head have been added. For other examples of
inscriptions being turned into drawings, see KJC 132 and KJC 431.

CCLXI

Northeast

405

h sry l gd sd
O sry [grant ?] to gd good fortune
= KJPr 7
For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3. sd cf. Ar. sad good fortune.

406

l knn
By knn
= KJPr 8
The name knn is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

407

l mn
By mn
= KJPr 9

CCLXII

Southeast, sloping inwards. The distance between KJC 408 and 410 is not drawn

to scale on the facsimile. They are much further apart.

408

w rfd wl
And rfd is the inscriber of an ibex
See Pl.XIIb.
The initial w is an infilled circle with a cross in it. The r, the loop of the d and

the have been filled in, see Ch.E.2. The final letter l is written in the opposite direction to other

Ch. 9 KJ
letters of the text. See Ch.4.B.2 for this formula used for the authorship of drawings. The ibex
referred to is above the inscription.

409

l rms
By rms
See Pl.XIIb.

410

l l
By l
The text is above and to the right of KJC 408-409. There is a picture of an archer

next to it which was perhaps drawn by l.

411

l br
By br
Written below KJC 410.

411a

l rm
l rm
The letter I have read as l is inscribed rather far from the r. The text and Cdr

213a are inscribed close to ground level and there are small boulders wedged in front of the rock
face.

Cdr 213

(a) An ibex with patches on its body in relief, drawn by rfd the author of KJC

408. There is an arrow embedded in its stomach. To the right of KJC 409 is a straight line with
two arms, see a similar sign to the left of KJC 413 and Ch.6.B.
(b) On the right hand corner of the rock face is a picture of an archer which was
probably drawn by l, the author of KJC 410.
(c) At the bottom of the rock to the left of KJC 411a is a drawing of a man with a
rectangular body. One of his arms is raised and the other obscured by a chip. To the right is a
drawing of a dog.

East

412

Ch. 9 KJ
By
The text is unfinished.

413

l ms
By ms
To the left is a line with two arms, cf. Cdr 213a.

414

l n
By n

CCLXII

Northeast

415

l bnbsr
By bnbsr
The name is not in HIn. For other occurrences at these sites, see Index a.

CCLXIII

Northeast

416

l rm
By rm
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

417

bn
bn
Nothing else has been inscribed. It could be the name bn, see Ch.4.A.4.

418

rb sqm b n
n feels much sickness
For this type of love text, see Ch.4.E.1.

419

l grf
By grf

420

l rks

Ch. 9 KJ
By rks

CCLXIII

Southeast

421

l tm
By tm

422

l htm By htm The text is doubtful. There is possibly another letter after the m.

Cdr 214

A damaged drawing of an archer and a dog attacking an ibex.

CCLXVII

Horizontal

423

l ls
By ls
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Cdr 220

A stick ibex with a long body and horns. Above is a dog running and, to the

right, is a drawing that looks as though it was originally intended to be an ibex of which only the
horns and body was completed.

CCLXVII

Northwest

424

l rms
By rms

CCLXX

Horizontal

425

l rhz
By rhz

426

l mbl

Ch. 9 KJ
By mbl
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

427

l mrn
By mrn
The penultimate letter might be a b in which case the text would read l mr bn.

428

l gfl
By gfl
One of the circles of the g is obliterated.

429

l nl
By nl

Cdr 223

There are two camels to the right of KJC 428, possibly drawn by gfl the author

of the inscription.

CCLXXIII

North

430

l slm b
By slm The text is unfinished. The m is a loop without an indentation. The letter I have

read as b has a line protruding from the back. It is shallower than the curve of the b and is most
probably extraneous.

CCLXXVI

East

431

l l m
By lm
The m has been changed into an ibex. cf. KJC 132 and 404.

432

l qnlh
By qnlh
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Ch. 9 KJ

Cdr 228

The m of KJC 431 has been later re-used as the body of an ibex. Four legs, a tail,

horns and a head have been added. There is a crudely drawn figure with his arms in the air to the
right. To the left of KJC 432 is a camel and rider holding a rein and a stick. There is a hooked
line above, which could be a Hismaic l. The drawing was most probably inscribed by qnlh, the
author of KJC 432.

CCLXXVII

West

433

l ft bn syr
By ft son of syr

ft is not in HIn.
434

l sm
By sm

CCLXXXII

North

435

mr sq ws
mr is the lover of ws
This is the only Tham.D text found at these sites.

436

l bd
By bd
The d is written facing the beginning of the text and the protruding lines are bent

round facing the same direction as the loop.

436a

l mly
By mly
There is a circle hammered to the right of the inscription and it is possible the

name should be read mly. Since the technique of inscribing is different from the other letters I
have read mly.

437

l bdt

Ch. 9 KJ
By bdt

438

l wr bn mrt bn slm
By wr son of mrt son of slm
The m of slm is rather far from the l to avoid a crack in the rock.

439

l mrt
By mrt
The m is a rectangular shape.

Cdr 233

To the left of KJC 436 is a man holding his arms out horizontally and below KJC

436 is an ibex.

CCLXXXVI

South

440

l slh bn rs
By slh son of rs
It is possible slh was the artist of the unfinished drawing to the left.

441

w b
And b is [the] inscriber
= KJPr 10
The drawing to which b refers is of a dog chasing an ostrich. The inscription is

written curving round the chest and neck of the ostrich. For this formula referring to drawings,
see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 237

(a) To the left of KJC 440 are the hind legs, tail and partial body of an ibex,

probably drawn by l the author of the inscription.

(b) Below is a seluqi grabbing hold of the tail of an ostrich. The bird has a long
back, deep chest and small wings depicted. It was drawn by b the author of KJC 441.

CCXCI

Northwest

442

-ll bn m-ktb bn bd

Ch. 9 KJ
-ll son of m-ktb son of bd
The rock is chipped at the beginning of the text. There is a chip after the m of the
second name. There are three equally possibly ways of restoring the name. Either the chip
covers a r and the name mrktb should be read where ktb is an alternative orthography to the more
usual ktby (cf. TIJ 28 in Appendix 2) or the name should be interpreted as a compound of mr +

ktb with the second assimilated (cf. mrl in Saf. (HIn: 537) which is most likely to be a
compound of mr + l and see Ch.3.A.5). Alternatively, the chip might obscure a n and the name
read m[n]ktb, mn + ktb (cf. mnl in Saf. (HIn: 567)). IF the reading of ktb is correct, it would
be the first occurrence of the deity in compound names in the dialect. bdktb occurs in Saf.,
Naveh TSB A, and, with the article, in Lihyn. Compound names zdhnktb, JS L 78, 358 and
grmhnktb, JS L 290.

442a

w rs bn rs bn slm
And rs is [the] inscriber son of rs son of slm
The inscription starts under the stomach of an ibex and curves to the left under

the hind legs. bn rs bn slm is written vertically down the rock to the left of a camel. rs bn
rs bn slm occurs in KJA 112. See Index a for occurrences of rs bn rs. For this formula
referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

442b

h sry sd l br
O sry [grant] good fortune to br
The first six letters are light orangey and the rest a browny black. The l is a

straight line. The first letter of the proper name is a short, thick and slightly curved line, I have
read it as b. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.

442c

l bys
By bys
The text is written in careless letters spaced rather far apart and the interpretation

is somewhat doubtful. bys is not in HIn.

443

l khl bn sny bn g bn hml

By khl son of sny son of g son of hml
The text is written in a cartouche which is lightly hammered in a different

technique to that used for the letters. There are two lines with three crossbars attached to it. It is

Ch. 9 KJ
similar to the lines arranged in the form of a ladder found with some Safaitic texts, although, in
those examples, seven lines are inscribed and here there are only three (see Winnett and Harding
1978: 26). For other occurrences of khl bn sny, see Index a.

443a

l
l
Written to the right of KJC 443. For possible names without an initial particle,

see Ch.4.A.4.

Cdr 243

(a) On the left of the rock face is an ibex and a camel drawn by rs, the author of

KJC 442a. To the right of the camel is another ibex which was possibly drawn by him as well.
(b) Below and to the right of KJC 442c is a camel and rider. On the left of KJC
443 is a badly drawn stick horse and rider and to the right a seluqi chasing an ostrich facing up
the rock. It is uncertain who drew them.

CCXCIV

Southwest

444

w ftyt
And ftyt is [the] inscriber
The inscription is written around the right side of a drawing. For the formula

referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 246

An archer shooting an ibex. An arrow is embedded in the animals stomach. The

ibex has a possible beard and feet depicted. A seluqi is attacking it from underneath, three claws
are depicted on three of its feet, on the fourth, there are ill-defined. ftyt the author of KJC 444
drew the composition.

CCXCV

East

445

l gsm
By gsm
The inscription is written in a cartouche with an ibex.

Cdr 247

An ibex with long legs and shortish horns drawn by gsm the author of KJC 445.

Ch. 9 KJ

CCXCVI

Southwest

446

l bdlh
By bdlh

CCXCIX

Horizontal

447

l -----By ----The letters are carelessly written and it is probably not a serious attempt at

writing an inscription. There is a cartouche surrounding them.

CCCIV

South

448

l nm bn brd
By nm bn brd
Written down from more recent drawings of two camel. For other occurrences of

nm bn brd, see Index a.

449

l rl
By rl
Above and to the right of KJC 448. The name occurs again in KJC 455 on this

rock.

450

l fyt
By fyt
KJC 545 on this rock is also by someone called fyt.

451

l fl
By fl
The text is written near the top of the rock.

452

w l bn ng bn qnt

Ch. 9 KJ
And l son of ng son of qnt is [the] inscriber
The inscription is written down between the legs of a camel which is the drawing

l is referring to. For another occurrence of l bn ng bn qnt, see Index a. For the formula,
see Ch.4.B.2.

453

l bd
By bd
The arms of the d are bent forwards, the letter is partially damaged by a chip.

454

w fyt
And fyt is [the] inscriber
fyt is probably referring to a drawing of a horse and rider to the right of the text.

See KJC 450 also by someone called fyt, and, for the formula, see Ch.4.B.2.

455

l rl
By rl
The text is written on the right side of the rock. See KJC 449.

Cdr 253

A camel drawn by l the author of KJC 452. To the right is a horse and rider

probably drawn by fyt author of KJC 454. The horses tail fans out at the bottom. Below is an
unfinished drawing of a stick animal which probably belongs to the same period. The other
drawings are a much lighter patina. On the left side of the rock are two camels, one with one of
its front legs slightly bent. Below are two donkeys ? galloping side by side. Below is a man
leading a camel and, on the right side of the rock, is a horse and rider carrying a long spear.

CCCV

Southeast

457

l knn bn l
By knn son of l
knn is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab. l is not in HIn. For other

occurrences of knn bn l, see Index a.

CCCVI

East. See Pl.XIIIa.

Ch. 9 KJ
458

l drs bn k
By drs son of k
On the top left hand of the rock. The first name is written down the rock, the

inscription then turns right and the second name is written up the rock. The k is written with two
arms facing in the opposite direction to that in which the text reads. cf. KJC 264, which is also
written by drs bn k, where the of k is written contra the stance of the other letters.

459

l nmt
By nmt
To the right of KJC 458. nmt occurs five times on this rock, see, KJC 460, 477,

478, 479.

460

l nmt
By nmt
To the right of KJC 459. See KJC 459.

461

l bnb
By bnb
To the right of KJC 460. bnb occurs eight times on this rock, see, KJC 462, 467,

473, 474, 475, 476 and 482. The name is not in HIn.

462

l bnb
By bnb
To the right of KJC 461. See KJC 461.

463

l nhl ll
By nhl ??
To the right of KJC 462. The name is not in HIn.

464

l mbl
By mbl
To the right of KJC 463. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

Ch. 9 KJ
465

l nn
By nn
On the top right side of the rock.

466

l
By
Written below KJC 463. The text is unfinished.

467

l bn(b)
By bn(b)
To the right of KJC 466. The final b is badly formed. See KJC 461.

468

l nrlh
By nrlh
To the right of KJC 467. The name is not in HIn.

469

l l
By l
On the left side of the rock, below the drawing of two horses. The name is not in

HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

470

l mllt frs
By mllt is [the] horse
The text is written down from between the legs of the horse to which it refers.

The initial l is just legible under a penis that has been added to the drawing of the horse. For this
formula, see Ch.4.B.1 and see KJA 113.

471

w hd
And hd is [the] inscriber
The inscription starts between the legs of a drawing of a horse to which it refers.

For the formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

472

l qnft
By qnft

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is written to the right of KJC 471. The second curve of the f has not
been completed. The name is not in HIn.

473

l bnb
By bnb
The text is written to the right of KJC 472. There is a l after the final b which is

probably a false start at a further inscription. For occurrences of bnb on this rock see KJC 461.
The name is not in HIn.

474

l bnb
By bnb
The text is on the right side of the rock below KJC 469. See KJC 461.

475

l bnb
By bnb
To the right of KJC 474. See KJC 461.

476

l bnb
By bnb
Written to the right of the end of KJC 470. See KJC 461.

477

l nmt
By nmt
To the right of KJC 476. See the KJC 459.

478

l nmt
By nmt
Written to the right of KJC 477. The m and t are separated from the rest of the

text by the l of KJC 479. See KJC 459.

479

l nmt
By nmt
The text begins below the n of KJC 478. See KJC 459.

Ch. 9 KJ
480

w msd bn wf
And msd is [the] inscriber son of wf
The text starts between the legs of a horse and rider to which msd refers. The

bn and patronymic are written to the left of the first part of the text. wf is not in HIn. The b and
n are a slightly different colour and technique to the rest of the text and it is not certain that they
belong. It is possible that the letters wf are the start of an unfinished text beginning with an
introductory w, w f And f-.

481

l bn
By bn
To the right of KJC 480. The has been hammered over.

482

l bnb
By bnb
To the right of KJC 481. See KJC 461.

Cdr 254

A composition of three horses, two with riders and one with a man standing next

to it. The upper drawings were done by mllt, the author of KJC 470, and hd, the author of KJC
471, and the lower one by msd, the author of KJC 480. All three horses have heavy bodies and
tails fanning out at the bottom with hairs depicted. The dismounted man is carrying a shield, with
an inner circle, and larger than the shields depicted elsewhere. He has a sword at his waist and is
spearing the rider on horseback. The latter is armed with a sword and carrying a short spear in
one hand and holding reins in the other. The lower horseman is holding reins and carrying a
sword at the waist. His body has been left in relief and his head is encircled with a band. The
spikes coming out from the band might be either a depiction of his hair or a form of head gear.

There is no KJC 483

CCCVII

Southwest

484

l bn()b
By bn()b

Ch. 9 KJ
One of the forks of the has been hammered carelessly giving it the appearance
of a h or possibly a . bnb occurs again in KJC 486 on this rock and see KJC 461 for the
occurrences of the name on the previous rock. The name is not in HIn.

485

l mn
By mn
The n is a dash rather than a dot.

486

l bnb
By bnb
See KJC 484. The name in not in HIn.

487

l ft()t
By ft()t
The has not got a tail.

CCCVIII

Southwest

488

l sd
By sd

489

l zbr bn bd
By zbr son of bd
The b and d of the last name are written to the left of the as there is insufficient

space before the edge of the rock to continue the inscription in a line. zbr is not in HIn. See
Index a for other occurrences of zbr bn bd.

490

l yr
By yr

CCCIX

West

491

l bnb
By bnb

Ch. 9 KJ
See KJC 461, 484 and 486 for other occurrences of the name in this area of the
site.

492

l mn
By mn

CCCXII

Horizontal

493

l bnmh
By bnmh
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

494

[l] msd
[By] msd
This and KJC 495 are partially covered by a later drawing of an ibex. The l is

completely covered by a leg of the ibex and only part of the m is visible.

495

l [r]s
By [r]s
Most of the third letter is obscured by the rump of the ibex.

Cdr 257

(a) Four ibex, one is being chased by a dog. To the left of KJC 493 is a loop

which is damaged at either end by abrasions. Two men with their arms in the air were noted
when recording but they are not visible on the photograph.
(b) There are more recent ibex on the rock as well, one in the left hand corner and
the other in the right. The latter has only three legs and obscures parts of KJC 494 and 495.

CCCXIV

Southwest

496

l r
By r

CCCXV

North

Ch. 9 KJ
497

l ---l ????
The letters are carelessly written and badly formed.

498

h sry l mt k-s r
O sry [grant] to mt --For prayers of this type, see Ch.4.C.3. The last word is damaged and the

interpretation uncertain.

CCCXIX

East southeast

499

l slml
By slml

500

l hkdn
By hkdn
The name is not in HIn.

Cdr 262

An ibex, a stick man and an unidentified drawing.

CCCXX

Northwest

501

l l m
By lm
One of the forks of the is slightly damaged.

Cdr 263

Below KJC 501 is a stick animal with one horn.

CCCXXIII

South

502

l qnt bn w bn ft
By qnt son of wd son of ft
The text is written in a semi-circle. There is a circle that has been hammered in

on the inside of the inscription.

Ch. 9 KJ

503

l bdt
By bdt
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

504

l sd
By sd
Written inside a cartouche.

505

l yr
By yr

Cdr 266

There is a loop with a dot in the middle and below a loop that has been filled in.

Two horns and the body of an unfinished ibex. To the left and below is a horseshoe shape,
possibly a wasm.

There is no KJC 506

CCCXXIV

Southwest

507

l dnln ?
By ????

CCCXXVII

Horizontal

508

l bgt bn tml bn nht

By bgt son of tml son of nht
The l of the second name is inscribed in a wavy line. bgt bn tml occurs in KJC

24.

509

l tm
By tm
The m is small and faces towards the beginning of the text.

Ch. 9 KJ
CCCXXXV

East

510

l bnlh
By bnlh

CCCXXXVI

Northeast

511

w gml ()
And gml is [the] inscriber
The inscription is written to the left of the camel to which it refers. Only part of

the final has been completed. For the formula, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 275

A small neatly inscribed camel drawn by gml the author of KJC 511.

CCCXXXVII

East

512

l rslh
By rslh
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CCCXXXVIII Southeast

513

l fr
By fr

There is no KJC 514.

CCCXLV

Horizontal

515

l l
By l

CCCXLVI

Northwest

Ch. 9 KJ
516

l rs bn rs
By rs son of rs
Below the is a further b, perhaps the author was going to continue the text and

then changed his mind. See Index a for other occurrences of rs bn rs.

CCCXLVIII

Southwest

517

l b
By b is [the] drawing
To the right of a very damaged drawing of an archer. The position of the word

is somewhat ambiguous. It might belong to this inscription or to KJC 518 by syr. For this
formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.1.

518

l (s)yr
By (s)yr
The s is partially damaged. See KJC 517.

519

l fnt
By fnt
The second letter is partially covered by abrasions. Below is a l, possibly a false

start at an inscription. The name is not in HIn.

520

l
By
Written to the right of KJC 519. The text is unfinished.

521

l sd
By sd
The d is damaged by chipping on the rock, however, the reading is clear.

Cdr 282

Two men in combat, most of the left hand is damaged by chipping. An arrow is

depicted in flight and two others embedded in the arm and thigh of the man on the right. He is
holding a bow in one hand and a shield in the other and has a sword at the waist. Below is
another archer with later lines added to the drawing. The man is carrying a sword at the waist and

Ch. 9 KJ
there is an arrow embedded in his chest. There is a loop going from one foot to the knee ?. To
the left of KJC 521 is another archer, he is armed with a sword and there is an arrow piercing one
of his legs. b the author of KJC 517 and syr the author of KJC 518 were probably co-artists
although the other authors on the rock might have participated as well.

Southeast

521a

ln
By n
The text is unfinished. There is no facsimile.

CCCXLIX

Horizontal

522

l rs bn rs bn slm bn mslm
By rs son of rs son of slm son of mslm
bn rs is written below the first name. The bn of the third name is written below

the first bn and then the text continues around to the right. For occurrences of rs bn rs bn

slm see Index a.

523

l rnrm ?
l ????

Cdr 283

A camel and rider with reins depicted.

CCCLII

East

524

l khl
By khl

525

l [] bnrlh
By [] bnrlh
There is a short stroke between the l and b. The name is not in HIn. It occurs

again in KJC 525.

Ch. 9 KJ
526

l bd
By bd
To the right and above KJC 525.

527

l tbb
By tbb
The inscription is surrounded by a lightly hammered cartouche.

528

l f
By f
The first two letters are black and the last two light orangey.

529

l bl-By bl-There is hammering after the third letter.

530

l rms
By rms

530a

lb
By b
On the upper surface of the rock. The text is unfinished.

Cdr 285

A camel drawn in outline some distance to the left of KJC 530a. There is

unidentified hammering above KJC 524-530.

CCCLIII

Northwest

531

l strfln
????

CCCLV

North. See Pl. XIIIb.

532

l bnb

Ch. 9 KJ
By bnb
On the left of the rock. The name is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJC 533, 536
and 536 on this rock and see Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

533

l bnb
By bnb
Not in HIn. See KJC 532.

534

lm
By m
Written above KJC 533. The text is unfinished.

535

l kms
By kms
The s has not got a tail. The name is not in HIn.

536

l bnb
By bnb
Written below KJC 535. See KJC 532.

537

kbl
kbl
The text is written over a ridge in the rock, to the right of KJC 536. See Ch.4.A.4

for possible names without an initial particle.

537a

l bnb
By bnb
The name is not in HIn. See KJC 532.

CCCLV

Horizontal

538

l msd
By msd
This and the following five texts are written inside a cartouche.

Ch. 9 KJ

539

rb sq w sqm w srr b hd l nrt w lmt w bkrt w rl w slt w hd bn smn

hd feels much desire and sickness and happiness towards young girls and young
women and maidens and young girls and women, and hd son of smn is [the]
inscriber
The text begins at the top left of the cartouche and winds round in a zig-zag. The

letter I have read as b of bkrt looks more like a r. The r of rl was originally left out and has
been added slightly below the and . For love texts of this kind, see Ch.4.E.1. The occurrence
of a clearly plural form in rl suggests that all the substantives after the preposition l towards
(Ar. il) are feminine sound plurals rather than singular forms. nrt young girl, Heb. ne ara;
lmt young woman, Ar. ulmah; bkrt young girl, Ar. bakrah; rl ewes, cf. Ar. ril, pl.

arul, the word might refer to female sheep or by extension young women. The root sl in Ar.,
Heb. and Syr. has the meaning cleave and Ar. sil is a cleft, fissure perhaps denoting here the
female genitals. For the phrase w N at the end, see Ch.4.G.(3).

540

l rms
By rms
Written between two lines of KJC 539.

541

lb
By b
An unfinished text inscribed between the word nrt and the t of lmt of KJC 539.

542

lg
By g
Below KJC 539. The text is unfinished. The similarity of the infilling of the g

with that in texts by gsm on this rock (KJC 544, 546) suggests he might have started to write his
name here.

543

l ftyt
By ftyt
Written directly on from the end of KJC 539. There is a slight gap between the y

and t.

Ch. 9 KJ
Southwest

544

l gsm
By gsm
Written below the cartouche surrounding KJC 538-543. The letters are joined by

a line running through the middle to the m. The name occurs again in KJC 546 on this rock.

545

l s
By s
To the right of KJC 544. The text is unfinished.

546

l gsm
By gsm
See KJC 544.

547

l nmt
By nmt

CCCLVI

East

548

l gsm
By gsm
See KJC 544.

CCCLVII

North

549

l
By
The tail of the curls back to join the l. The text is unfinished.

CCCLVIII

Northeast

550

l grm
By grm

Ch. 9 KJ

550a

lg
By g
One circle of the g has been filled in. The text is unfinished. Possibly grm of

KJC 550 was going to inscribe his name again.

550b

l fl
By fl

CCCLIX

Southeast

551

l w
By w

CCCLX

West

552

l s
By s
The letters are crudely hammered. One line of the grid of is covered by a chip.

The name is not in HIN.

CCCLXI

Northeast

553

l knn[]
By knn[]
There are three dots after the k, two are inscribed one above the other inside the

arms of the k and the third, after them. knn is only previously attested in Qat. and Sab.

554

l sbrmt
By sbrmt
The name is not in HIn. It occurs as well in KJB 107.

555

h sry l mz sd ngy w ry
O sry [grant] to mz good fortune of deliverance and sufficiency

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is written down the rock and then turns in a loop up. For the form of the
prayer, see Ch.4.C.3. The expression of sd ngy is a construct. For other occurrences of the
substantive sd, see KJC 405 and 442b; ngy, cf. Ar. naj deliverance; ry, cf. Ar. ar
sufficiency, the word occurs again in KJC 729.

Cdr 287

To the left of KJC 553 is an ibex and below KJC 555 is another one.

CCCLXII

Horizontal

556

l fBy fThere is a dash after the f which is possibly the beginning of a third letter.

CCCLXIII

North

557

l hnlh
By hnlh

558

l gsm
By gsm

Cdr 288

A man with a shield and to the right a man shooting a bow. The name of the

artist gsm is inscribed between them.

CCCLXIV

Southeast

Two modern Arabic inscriptions. There are no diacritical points.

CCCLXV

Horizontal

559

(l) (g)()(f)l
By (g)()(f)l
The text is damaged at the beginning. Part of the initial l has chipped away and

only a circle of the g remains. The tail and spine of the have been lost.

Ch. 9 KJ

CCCLXVII

Northeast

560

l mr
By mr
It is possible the last letter is a t. The name is not in HIn.

CCCLXIX

Northeast

561

l b
By b

562

l ss
By ss
There is a further line to the left of the text. It is possible that the name should be

read ll.

563

l bnb
By bnb
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

564

l mn
By mn

565

l sr
By sr
Written directly on from the end of KJC 564. The name is not in HIn. See Index

a for other occurrences at these sites.

CCCLXX

Southeast

566

l -fnn
By -fnn ?
The third letter has been filled in.

Ch. 9 KJ

Cdr 291

An ibex inscribed above KJC 566.

CCCLXXI

Horizontal

567

l yrfn
By yrfn
The name is not in HIn. It occurs in KJC 239 as well.

CCCLXXIII

North

568

l br
By br

569

l (m)l
By (m)l
The second letter is a loop and does not have the usual indentation of a m.

570

l rt
By rt

Cdr 293

Two camels. The top right hand one has a line which is shallower than the rest of

the drawing between its two front legs. The bottom one has a line extending from its shoulders.

CCCLXXIV

Horizontal

571

l yl
By yl

CCCLXXVI

West

572

l bls bn rmt
By bls son of rmt

Ch. 9 KJ
The fourth letter is damaged and is not facing in the direction of the text. Neither
of the names are in HIn.

CCCLXXVII

Horizontal, a loose boulder

573

l rs bn ft
By rs son of ft
The text runs into the end of KJC 574. For other occurrences of rs bn ft, see

KJC 269 and 380.

574

l bn bn bdbdt
By bn son of bdbdt

bdbdt is not in HIn.

575

l kmy bn tmlh
By kmy son of tmlh
kmy bn tmlh occurs in KJA 132.

576

l hn
By hn

576a

l--By--The text is badly damaged.

577

l sd
By sd
The name is not in HIn.

578

l lhm--By lhm
The text has hammering going through it and the last three letters are uncertain.

579

l g

Ch. 9 KJ
By g
The l and g are roughly hammered whilst the is well-formed.

CCCLXXIX

West

580

l smnt
By smnt
There are two curved lines to the right of the text below which the rock has

chipped away. It is probably all the remains of a drawing of an ibex.

CCCLXXXIII North

581

l whbl
By whbl
Hammering joins the b to the l.

CCCLXXXV

East

582

l rhz b
By rhz The final letter is probably a b although one arm is rather long. Possibly rhz was

going to continue with his fathers name and then abandoned the text.

CCCLXXXVI North

583

l s
By s
The letters are arranged in a circle. It is possible the s is a line of an unfinished

letter.

583a

l f
By f

584

l -

Ch. 9 KJ
By The rock is chipped after the

585

l grf
By grf

CCCLXXXVII North. See Pl.XIVa.

586

l yft
By yft
On the left side of the rock.

587

l b
By b
To the right of KJC 586.

588

l ms bn dd
By ms son of dd
To the right of KJC 588.

589

l drg
By drg
Above the text there is another inscription which has been completely hammered

out.

590

nyk -- --rt ksby b f lgbhnsmm

--- had sex repeatedly with a woman -----I cannot translate this text satisfactorily but it may be worth mentioning some of

the possibilities and difficulties. The first word nyk is clear despite the fact that the tail of the k is
slightly curved, and probably the rest of the inscription is related to love or sexual activity. The
name of the subject of the verb is covered by hammer marks as is the first letter of the object
which I would restore as m and read mrt, Ar. maraah woman, which occurs in KJA 20 and
KJB 129. The s of the next word has been left out and is written to the right of the k. The next
letter is probably a b although the curve is not as pronounced as the other bs in the text. I am

Ch. 9 KJ
inclined to read the word ksby as a name either of the woman or in construct with mrt the wife
of ksby. ksby is not in HIn.
There are several possible divisions of the following letters and none of them are
altogether satisfactory. One alternative is to read b and translate it from Ar. bay difficulty,
here as an adverbial particle with difficulty, cf. my suggestion for in KJA 28. A second
alternative would be to divide the letters b f where b would be the infinitive noun saf of the
verb saf meaning happiness, joy. b would be the preposition with and the phrase would
translate as with happiness. I cannot see with either of these how the rest would translate.

CCCLXXXVIII Northeast

591

l dt
By dt
The is joined to the . There is a second loop inscribed on to the d which has

been used to join it to the t.

592

l bny
By bny
Above KJC 591.

593

l rhz
By rhz
Below and to the right of KJC 592.

CCCLXXXIX Northeast

594

l bdt
By bdt
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

595

l gd
By gd
The letter at the end is a unusual shape being a circle with two lines protruding.

It might be a d or an unfinished w. The name is not in HIn.

Ch. 9 KJ

596

l l
By l

Cdr 300

Two ibex to the left of the inscriptions.

CCCXC

Northeast

597

l l bn nhk
By l son of nhk
The letters are crudely inscribed. The b has a deep curve, the h has a small fork

and the arms of the k are somewhat curved. There is a m above the s which might be a letter that
has been left out of the text and, perhaps, the first name should be read lm, although the letter is
rather far away to be certain of this.

CCCXCI

West, a loose boulder

598

l r(y)
By r(y)
The tail of the y is slightly obscured by a chip.

599

l r-By r-The rock is chipped after the r.

600

l m-By m-Only a curve remains of the second letter. It might be a m. The rock is chipped

after it.

601

l bs
By bs
To the left of a drawing of a camel. The name is not in HIn. It is possible the

text is unfinished.

Ch. 9 KJ

602

l drg
By drg
The text is written below KJC 601.

603

l rm
By rm
Following on from the end of KJC 602. Part of the m is lost under hammering

and rubbing.

604

l frt
By frt
Inscribed across the end of KJC 603.

605

l rs
By rs
Below KJC 604.

606

l shr
By shr
On the right hand side of the rock. There is a line going from the s to the h

giving the latter letter the appearance of a .

607

l
By
The text appears to be unfinished. There is a line to the right of the .

608

l bnmh
By bnmh
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Cdr 301

The central part of the rock has been smoothed and worn by rubbing. A camel

and rider with a rein and a stick depicted. Below is part of the body and hind legs of an animal.

Ch. 9 KJ
Vertical west edge

609

l kmt
By kmt
The name is not in HIn. It occurs in KJA 259 and 657 as well.

610

l wf
By wf
Written horizontally on the top left side of the rock.

611

l bntrb
By bntrb
Written from right to left under KJC 610. The name is not in HIn. It occurs

again in KJC 611, 640.

612

wl
Written below the final b of KJC 611. The letters might be the start of a text, see

Ch.4.B.3, or a continuation of KJC 611.

613

l grf
By grf
Written vertically down the rock to the right of KJC 610-611.

614

l gs(m)
By gs(m)
The m is badly formed being a circle with a line across the upper part.

615

l rs bn rs
By rs son of rs
The initial l and the first name is written on a different surface of the rock and

reads in the opposite direction to the rest. See Index a for other occurrences of rs bn rs.

CCCXCII

West

Ch. 9 KJ
616

ly
By y
The text is unfinished. There is a l to the left.

617

lk
By k
The text is unfinished. There is a l above and to the right and a h below and to

the right.

618

l gsm
By gsm

618a

bd
bd
Written to the right of KJC 618. See Ch.4.A.4 for possible names without an

initial particle.

Cdr 302

A camel and rider most probably drawn by gsm the author of KJC 618.

CCCXCV

West

619

l gl
By gl
The two ls have been written facing towards each other. One of the circles of

the g is shallower than the rest of the letter.

CCCXCVI

Horizontal

620

l nsl bn zrt bn nw(y)

By nsl son of zrt son of nw(y)
The rock is chipped at the end and only half of the y is visible.

621

l nr nn
By nr nn

Ch. 9 KJ
The second n is a slightly larger dot than the others. The name might read nrn
but it is more likely the text is unfinished.

622

l (g)sm
By (g)sm
Part of the l and one of the circles of the g has been hammered over and filled in

and part of the m is chipped away.

CCCXCVII

North northeast

623

l hn
By hn

CCCXCVIII

Northeast

624

l whblh
By whblh

CCCXCIX

West southwest

625

l l
By l
On the left side of the rock. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

626

l b[n]y bn smnn
By b[n]y son of smnn
The third letter has completely chipped away. The restoration of n is based on

the smallness of the gap. smnn is not in HIn.

627

ld
By d
To the right of the bn of KJC 626. The text is unfinished.

Ch. 9 KJ
628

l bglt
By bglt
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

629

l rs
By rs

CD

North

630

l yln
By yln

631

l ls
By ls
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CDa

Southwest

631a

l bdyb
By bdyb
The final letter is a quite different shape from the b of bd, a feature which occurs

in MuNJ 1 which is possibly by the same man. The name is not in HIn. See KJA 168 for another
occurrence and Ch.5.A.1.

CDI

Northeast

632

l gsm
By gsm

CDII

Southwest

633

lw
By w
The text is unfinished.

Ch. 9 KJ

Cdr 303a

Two camels below KJC 633.

CDIII

East

634

l bnbsr bn skr
By bnbsr son of skr
bnbsr is not in HIn. It occurs in KJA 118 and 634 as well.

635

l ftyt
By ftyt

636

l
By
The text is probably unfinished although the l at the end of KJC 637 might

belong to it, the name reading l.

637

l qnlh
By qnlh
For the l after the h, see KJC 636. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other

occurrences at these sites.

CDV

South

638

l nm bn brd bn mtr
By nm son of brd son of mtr
For other occurrences of nm bn brd see Index a and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2.

639

l brqs
By brqs

Cdr 308

An ibex most probably drawn by brqs the author of KJC 639.

CDX

Southwest

Ch. 9 KJ

640

l bntrb
By bntrb
The name is not in HIn. It occurs again in KJC 284 and 611.

CDXI

Northwest. See Pl.XIVb.

641

l ly bn fr mn l mzn w krt lt s[y]n kllhm

By ly son of fr from the tribe of mzn; and may lt remember our companions, all
of them
The inscription starts on the right and then curls round inside itself. The y of

sy has been left out and the m of -hm at the end is some distance from the
previous letter. The tribal affiliation is introduced by mn from a form which is
not previously attested in the dialect but occurs in Nabataean, see Ch.4.A.1. The
tribal name mzn occurs in AMJ 138 and mznyt (fem) occurs in a Nabataean text
from Madin li in Saudi Arabia (Cantineau 1930: 113), see Ch.5.D. For this
type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.1.

CDXIII

Horizontal

642

l (n)m l----m
By (n)m l----m
The line joining the to the obscures the n. After the name nm the text is

damaged and mostly illegible.

643

l m--By m--The rest of the text is illegible.

There is no KJC 644.

CDXIII

Southwest

645

l nm bn brd

Ch. 9 KJ
By nm son of brd
For other occurrences of nm bn brd, see Index a.

CDXV

East. See Pl.XVa.

646

w n fl
And I am fl
This is the only example among these inscriptions where the phrase w n (Ar. wa

an), most frequently attested in Tham.C, is used to express simple authorship, see Ch.4.A.5.
KJC 647 is possibly written by fls father.

647

w bdlg l gy
And bdlg of the tribe of gy
For texts of simple authorship introduced by w, see Ch.4.A.3. It is interesting

that bdlg (Nab. bdlg etc. and cf. modern al-J near Petra, see KJC 205 and Ch.5.A.1) is from a
tribe with the name gy which most probably has the same derivation. The name fl bn bdlg
occurs in KJC 205 and the two texts on this rock are possibly written by father and son.

Cdr 310a

Below the end of KJC 647. An animal ?, four legs depicted, a tail and a head.

CDXVII

Southwest

648

w d sry rb w frn
And may sry call rb, and frn is [the] inscriber
The two clauses of the text are written parallel to each other, the beginning is on

the right. The rock is chipped after the second name but traces of a b remain. For this type of
prayer, see Ch.4.C.2. frn is not in HIn. It occurs KJC 53 and KJC 45 as well.

CDXVIII

North

649

smt k[tby]
That k[tby] may hear

Ch. 9 KJ
The text is unfinished. The s and m are written with a vertical stance in a
horizontal text. cf. KJC 46 where the shape of the m is similar as well and see Ch.2.H. For this
type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.4.

CDXIX

Northwest

650

l b
By b

CDXX

Southeast

651

l rs
By rs

652

l sl b-By sl -The rest of the text is damaged. There are several probably letters to the left but I

cannot make sense of them.

CDXXIII

West

653

l tm
l tm

654

l sr
By sr

CDXXV

Horizontal

655

l t-By t-Some of the t is chipped away and the rest of the text is lost.

656

l -- bn s()r

Ch. 9 KJ
By -- son of s()r
The first name is damaged although traces of letters remain. The is partly
obscured by a chip.

Cdr 314

The outline of an animal ?.

CDXXVII

North northeast

657

l kmt
By kmt
The l has been joined to the k and the arms of the k are joined to form a loop.

The name is not in HIn. It occurs in KJA 259 and 609 as well.

658

w tmlh
And tmlh is [the] inscriber
For this formula used to express simple authorship, see Ch.4.A.2.

659

ny(k) mh mn sh r sfr

mh had sex repeatedly with mn desiring the sight of beauty ??

The text begins below KJC 657 and curves down the rock. The last three letters
turn sharply upwards. The reading of the k is doubtful as the tail is indistinct. sh cf. Ar. hi n
desiring; r cf. Ar. ray sight, the word occurs in an unpublished love prayer HS 950. The
word sfir in Ar. is used of a woman having her face uncovered which would be inappropriate
here, Syr. fr on the other hand means beauty. For other texts using nyk, see Ch.4.E.2.

660

l q[n]lh
By q[n]lh
To the right of the beginning of KJC 659. Rough hammering joins all the letters

of the text except the final one. The n is obscured and most of the fork of the h is covered by
hammering. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

661

l sr
By sr

Ch. 9 KJ
Above and to the right of KJB 660. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for
other occurrences at these sites.

662

l sm
By sm
To the right of KJC 661.

662a

l gs
By gs
The reading is doubtful. There is a line joining the l to the final letter of KJC 662

and another joining the g with the letter I have read as s. The name is not in HIn.

663

l hhd By hhd There is hammering after the d which might be a further letter. The name is not

in HIn.

664

l qym
By qym
On the left side of the rock below and to the right of KJC 657.

665

l qymt bn sd
By qymt son of sd
The text is written below KJC 662. The l is joined to the q by two ligatures and

part of the m is covered by an abrasion. KJB 115 is also by someone called qymt bn sd.

666

l rms
By rms
Below KJC 661. The r has been joined to the l and the tail of the s at the end

runs into the m. The m is a rectangular shape without an indentation. The name occurs again in
KJC 670 on this rock.

667

l (t)m bn ()m
By (t)m bn ()m

Ch. 9 KJ
To the right of KJC 666. The text is extremely doubtful. The field copy has a t
for the second letter but it is difficult to justify from the photograph. The penultimate letter is a
line with a tail which might be a . The second m is written slightly to the left.

668

l brr bn smn(t)
By brr son of smn(t)
Starting to the right of KJC 662a. The t is inscribed to the right of the n and is

obscured by a chip. The names occur again in KJC 128 and 257.

669

l -brn
By -brn
On the right side of the rock. The second letter is a dash and the other letters

doubtful.

670

l rms
By rms
Below and to the right of KJC 669. See KJC 666.

671

l sdn
By sdn
Part of the s is covered by an abrasion.

672

l qnm bn qn
By qnm son of qn
To the right of KJC 671.

673

[n] r b kbr
I am fond of kbr
On the lower right hand corner of the rock. There is an abrasion before the first

. I have restored a n on the basis of the expression n r b occurring elsewhere, see Ch.4.E.3.
The back of the k is shallower then the rest of the letter. KJC 673a begins directly after the end of
this text and it is possible it is a continuation: (w) mny-- (And) mny--.

673a

(w) mny--

Ch. 9 KJ
(And) mny-Written after the end of KJC 673. The letters after y are hammered over. For
texts of simple authorship introduced by w, see Ch.4.A.3. See KJC 673.

674

w n
And n
The first letter is a circle that has been completely filled in and the centre of the

grid of the has been hammered over. See Ch.4.A.3 for names introduced by w.

675

l syr bn slm bn ft
By syr son of slm son of ft
To the right of KJC 674. The s of slm has been filled in. The third name is

written to the right of the rest of the text, it is possible that there are further letters under the
abrasion and the name continues on the other side of the of KJC 676b, see KJC 713. The name
ft is not in HIn. syr bn slm occurs elsewhere, see Index a. KJC 676a on this rock is also by
someone called syr.

676

l hg
By hg
The text is written squashed up to the right of the s of the first name of KJC 675.

Part of the l and h are covered by an abrasion and the circles of the g have been completely filled
in.

676a

w s(y)r []
And s(y)r is [the] inscriber
Below the drawing of a camel to which it refers. Half of the w has been filled in

and the y and final are obscured by hammering. For the formula referring to drawings, see
Ch.4.B.2. KJC 675 is also by someone called syr.

676b

l ftn
By ftn
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

Ch. 9 KJ
Cdr 316

A camel and rider drawn above KJC 670. A camel with its front legs hobbled

above KJC 676a, the author of which says he is the inscriber.

CDXXIX

South

677

l lgm
By lgm

678

l gst
By gst
The text is written above and to the right of KJC 677. The letters are carelessly

hammered and badly formed. The top circle of the g has been almost completely filled in. The
name is not in HIn.

Southeast

679

l hn b (or r)
By hn The text is written horizontally. There is a carelessly hammered b or r after the .

The text is probably unfinished.

680

l ftyt bn -wr
By ftyt son of -wr
The bn and patronymic are written below the first name. The second letter of the

final name is covered by a chip although the arms of the letter are still legible.

CDXXX

East

681

l t
By t
The text is written on the top left hand part of the rock.

682

l bd bn -By bd son --

Ch. 9 KJ
The first four letters are written in a circle and bn below. No further letters are
legible.

683

l yl
By yl
The text is written below and to the right of KJC 682.

684

l gsm
By gsm
The inscription is written down from underneath the legs of a camel. Both the

inscription and drawing are surrounded by a cartouche.

685

l bd bn syr
By bd son of syr
Above KJC 684. The text is written down and then curves to the right. For other

texts by bd bn syr, see Index a.

686

l g bn mh[]
By g son of mh[]
On the left side of the rock. The rock is chipped after the h and I have restored a

on the basis of the name occurring in KJA 128. mh is not in HIn. See Index a for other
occurrences at these sites.

687

l knn bn l
By knn son of l
The text is written to the right of KJC 686. knn is only previously attested in Qat.

and Sab. l is not in HIn. For other occurrences of knn bn l, see Index a.

688

l n m
By nm
Above and to the right of KJC 687.

689

l wsq
By wsq

Ch. 9 KJ
Below KJC 688.

690

w ftyt (bn) sn
And ftyt is [the] inscriber son if sn
Written down from the legs of a feline which is part of the drawing to which the

inscription refers. The reading after is doubtful. The b and n are joined and look like a . The
next letter has a slight hook although but it seems to be a different colour to the rest of the letters.

690a

l fyt
By fyt
To the right of KJC 690. The t is partially covered by an abrasion.

Cdr 318

(a) A camel and rider drawn by gsm the author of KJC 684.
(b) A feline with three claws depicted on its paws. It is being attacked by a man

with a spear ? and carrying a sword at his waist. ftyt the author of KJC 690 was the artist.

691

wtndn
???
The letters are written in a circle and it is uncertain how they should be

interpreted.

Cdr 319

Of a whitish patina, a stick horse with a line for the rider ?

CDXXXII

Southeast

692

l rs
By rs

CDXXXIII

Almost horizontal, sloping slightly east

693

l b
By b

CDXXXIV

Practically horizontal, sloping slightly southeast

Ch. 9 KJ

694

l bnb
By bnb
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CDXXXV

West

695

l qrs
By qrs
The l has a proportionally long hook. The name is not in HIn. It occurs in KJB

132 as well.

CDXXXVI

Northeast

696

l grf
By grf

697

l snn
By snn
Below KJC 696. The l is indistinctly hammered.

698

l ()l
By ()l
One forks of the is covered by a chip and the other is inscribed at a right angle

to the stroke.

699

l bll bn b
By bll son of b
The final b is more rounded than the other bs of the text.

Rocks CDXXXVIII-CDXLIX are all loose boulders.

CDXXXVIII

Small loose boulder, inscribed surface sloping west when found

Ch. 9 KJ
700

l smnt bn rm bn mtr
By smnt son of rm son of mtr
Written in a loop inside a cartouche. For other occurrences of the name, see

Index a and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 2.

701

l lbt bn nm
By lbt son of nm
The last name turns to the right.

702

l yl
By yl
Written directly on from the end of KJC 701.

CDXXXIX

Small loose boulder, facing east when found

703

l tmlh bn bd
By tmlh son of bd
The bn and patronymic are written below the first name.

CDXXXIXa

A loose boulder. The inscribed surface was facing west when found

703a

l r-r-bm
By ---Most of the rock face has eroded away and only some of the letters are complete.

CDXXXIXb

A loose boulder, the inscribed surface was facing west when found

703b

l rn
By rn

CDXL

A loose boulder, facing west when found

704

lz
By z

Ch. 9 KJ
Both letters are extremely faint.

CDXLI

A loose boulder, the inscription was on a horizontally facing surface when found

705

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
The m is partly damaged but otherwise clear. For other occurrences of nm bn

brd, see Index a.

706

l bnb
By bnb
The final letter is shallow and indistinct. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for

other occurrences at these sites.

CDXLII

On a deeply embedded loose boulder. The inscribed face was sloping slightly

northeast when found.

707

-()b
-()b
The rock is chipped before the first letter and probably a l should be restored. All

the letters are faint and uncertain and only part of what might be an is visible at the beginning.

CDXLIII

A loose boulder, the inscribed surface was facing northeast when found

708

l mn bn s- (l)mt bn l
By mn son of s- son of (l)mt son of l
The text is written in three lines one below the other. Several of the letters are

doubtful. Part of the first is covered by a chip and there is no letter visible after it. The bn and
third are extremely faint and written slightly below the other letters of the second line. The l of
the third name is curved and the two rounded lines of the m are not joined. Part of the t is
obscured by a chip. The bottom part of the last letter of the third name is very faint. The name l
is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

CDXLIV

A loose boulder, the inscribed surface was facing northeast when found

Ch. 9 KJ

710

(l) ()mt
(By) ()mt
Most of the l and are covered by a chip. The reading of the text is very

doubtful.

710a

hnn
hnn
The letter h and possibly two ns are legible below KJC 710. No initial l is

visible.

CDXLV

A loose boulder, the inscribed face was facing southwest when it was found.

711

w krt lt zb w blt w mr w zd---(s)[]dl

And may lt remember zb and blt and mr and zd---(s)[]dl is [the] inscriber
The text begins at the edge of the rock and curls round to the right. The second

and third names of the prayer are written in smaller letters inside the loop created by the
beginning and final part of the text. The text then continues to the left of the first word in a large
outer curve.
The text is badly damaged in parts. A section of the first w, half the and a part
of the t is covered by hammering. The of the second name in the prayer is an odd shape as the
line joining the fork and circle of the letter is not straight. There are traces of what might be a r
after the m of the third name. No letters are visible after the first two of the fourth name and the
authors name at the end. There is sufficient space for three letters where the rock is chipped.
The s of the authors name has no distinct tail and the letter I have restored as an has been
completely hammered over. Neither blt nor zb are in HIn. For this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.1.

CDXLVa

A loose boulder, the inscribed surface was facing south when found

712

l slm
By slm
The spine of the second l is unclear.

713

l mry bn ft

Ch. 9 KJ
By mry son of ft
The bn and patronymic are written diagonally below the first name. Part of the b
is faint and uncertain. The name mry bn ft occurs in KJA 139 where the is very faint and syr
bn slm bn ft in KJC 675 although the rock is chipped after the end of the latter text and the text
possibly continues. There do not seem to be traces of a letter after the t in this text but the rock is
worn and I think it is possible that ft[] should be restored here and in KJC 675. slm in KJC 712
on this rock might be the father of syr in KJC 675 and the patronymic might be supposed to be
read with both mry and slm, cf. bn br on Rock CDXLVII. The name ft, if that is the correct
reading, is not in HIn.

CDXLVI

A loose boulder, the inscribed surface was facing southeast when it was found

714

l bgt
By bgt
One loop of the g is covered by a chip and part of the t.

Facing northeast when found

715

l bd
By bd
The l is on the edge of the rock.

CDXLVII

A loose boulder, the inscribed face was facing north when found

716

l n (bn br)
By n (son of br)
The beginning of both this text and KJC 716a are written diagonally up towards

bn br and it is difficult to tell from the technique of inscribing or any other factors to which the
bn and patronymic belong. Possibly n and krh of KJC 716a are brothers and have written their
patronymic once to be read with both their names cf. my suggestions for KJC 712-713. The letter
I have read as is a rectangle with only short protruding lines forming the grid.

716a

l krh (bn br)

By krh (son of br)

Ch. 9 KJ
See KJC 716.

CDXLVIII

A loose boulder, the inscribed face was sloping north when it was found

717

----m ------ ----- -----There are four lines of text on the rock all of which have been hammered over

and rendered illegible. Only three letters can be read with any certainty.

CDXLIX

A loose boulder inscribed on four faces

Southwest face when found

718

l khl bn sn(y)
By khl son of sn(y)
The final letter is a g and the name reads sng. It is emended to y on the basis of

khl bn sny in KJB 135, KJC 389 and KJC 722 which is also on this rock.

Northeast face when found

719

l br
By br
The b is slightly damaged.

720

l ymtn
By ymtn
The line of the back of the m is thinner than the other lines of the text. The name

is not in HIn.

721

l [n]
By [n]
There is a chip after the and I have restored a n. n occurs in KJC 716.

On southeast face when found

722

l khl bn sny

Ch. 9 KJ
By khl son of sny
The text is partly surrounded by a cartouche which is hammered as a continuous
line in places and as dots in others. The cartouche is broken by a chip in the rock surface around
the beginning of the text. It may have continued around the end of the text but the rock is very
worn and there are no traces left. See KJC 718.
Facing the ground when found

723

l n m
By nm

724

l syr
By syr
The r is much smaller than the other letters of the text because of a lack of space

on the face of the rock.

CDLI

Sloping east

725

l hbt
By hbt
Part of the fork of the h is covered by a chip.

CDLII

Sloping northeast

726

l mbl
By mbl
On the top left hand corner of the rock. The final l is written to the left of the

letters of the text. The name occurs as well in KJC 728 on this rock. the name is not in HIn. See
Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

727

w db
And db
The w and loop of the d are covered by an abrasion. For texts of simple

authorship beginning with w, see Ch.4.A.3.

Ch. 9 KJ
728

l mbl
By mbl
To the left of KJA 727. It occurs as well in KJC 726 on this rock. The name is

not in HIn.

729

h ltm ry l mzy
O lt [grant] sufficiency to mzy
The text is written below and to the right of KJC 728. For the vocative, see

Ch.3.C.8 and for other prayers of this type, see Ch.4.C.3. For another occurrence of the
substantive ry, see KJC 555.

730

[l] l
By l
The initial l is doubtful as there is not much space between a crack in the rock

and the beginning of the text. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these
sites.

731

l mn
By mn
Below and to the right of KJC 730. Only part of the initial l remains, the rest has

chipped away. The m is slightly damaged.

732

l mny
By mny
Part of the l and m are covered by abrasions.

East

733

rfqmty w gr bn sb
????? and gr bn sb
To the right of the inscription are a series of interconnecting lines.

East

Ch. 9 KJ
734

l grf
By grf
The letters are faint but the reading is certain.

735

l bd bn syr
By bd son of syr
Written in large letters down from the end of KJC 734. For other occurrences of

the name and patronym, see Index a.

Southeast

736

w gr And gr The fourth letter has been hammered over it might complete the name or be the

beginning of another word which was left unfinished. The name gr occurs in KJC 733 which is
in the same general area. For names introduced by the particle w, see Ch.4.A.3.

Horizontal, lying at ground level. See Pl.XVb for KJC 744-754.

737

l nm bn brd
By nm son of brd
Written in a circle on the left side of the rock near an ibex. For other occurrences

of nm bn brd, see Index a.

738

l mty bn rfy
By mty son of rfy
See Index a for other occurrences of mty bn rfy. There are two ls written to the

left of the text which are probably false starts at writing inscriptions.

738a

l
By
An unfinished text.

738b

Ch. 9 KJ
By
An unfinished text.

738c

lb
By b
An unfinished text.

739

l grs
By grs
The name is not in HIn but is previously attested, see the Index of names.

740

l zdn bn nt
By zdn son of nt
Neither of the names are in HIn. For other possible occurrences of zdn bn nt,

see Index a.

741

l b
By b
To the left of the end of KJC 740. The name is not in HIn. It is possible that the

text is unfinished and a should be restored at the end. b occurs in KJC 759 from this area of
the site and elsewhere, see Index a.

742

l snm bn ky bn kw
By snm son of ky son of kw

kw is not in HIn. It is possible that KJC 179 is by snms brother, see Index a
and Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 6.

743

l syr
By syr
Written to the right of the beginning of KJC 742.

744

w l h wl
And l the ibex
For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.3.

Ch. 9 KJ

744a

l
Above KJC 744 to the left of an older drawing of a man. The text is unfinished.

745

l n
By n
Inscribed near the top of the rock, to the right of KJC 744a. The name occurs

again in KJC 748 on this rock.

746

l gsm
By gsm
Below KJC 745.

747

l syr
By syr
Starting immediately after the end of KJC 746.

748

l n
By n
On the top right side of the rock. See KJC 745.

749

l slm bn nt w slm bn nt
By slm son of nt; and slm son of nt is [the] inscriber
There is more than one possible interpretation of the text. Perhaps the two

phrases should be read separately: a) l slm bn nt b) w slm bn nt . Equally the position of

the word , makes it uncertain as to whether it should be read with the first phrase or the second.
The first phrase is written down and curving slightly to the right. The words w slm bn nt are
written in a complete loop just below, and the word inscribed outside the loop to the left of the
m of slm and below the t of the name nt in the first part. It is possible that should be taken
with first part and the text read as two:
a) l slm bn nt b) w slm bn nt. I have read it as one, similar in form to
KJA 132 and TIJ 134, see Ch.4.B.2.

750

l lh bn slm

Ch. 9 KJ
By lh son of slm
lh is not in HIn. For other occurrences of the name, see Index a.

751

l br
By br
The l and the b are facing down the rock and the r turns to the left.

751a

lb
By b
To the left of KJC 751. The text is unfinished.

751b

l
By
An incomplete inscription to the left of KJC 751a.

752

l r(t)
By r(t)
Written above an ibex, the penultimate and final letters are separated by the

animals neck. The third letter is a hammered circle and could be either an , w or r. I have read
it as the latter, as there are no traces of a crossbar and the hammering which completes the letter
seems to be shallower than the rest. The last letter has been hammered over.

753

l ml
By ml
The m has no indentation and the second l runs into the lower horn of the ibex. It

is shallower than the lines of the drawing.

754

l wb h wl
By wb is the drawing of the ibex
On the right side of the rock. For this formula referring to drawings, see

Ch.4.B.1. The name is not in HIn. It occurs in KJA 61 and KJA 339 as well.

Cdr 321

(a) On the left side of the rock is an ibex probably drawn by nm, the author of

KJC 737. There are clearly two stages of drawings on the central and right side of the rock.

Ch. 9 KJ
(b) Three ibex deeply cut in strong even lines. One of them has two patches
depicted in relief on its body. The left hand one is acknowledged by l, the author of KJC 744
and the right hand one by wb the author of KJC 754. slm in KJC is probably referring to the
middle one.
(c) The older drawings are pecked and, in some places, the inscriptions (and
drawings associated with them) are inscribed on top. There are four men, all with their arms in
the air. The top left hand one has bent legs and is holding a short knife, there is an appendage
hanging down between his legs. To the right is a man with a bow and arrow in one hand. Below
is a smaller man with a fist depicted. There are lines, which are inscribed in a different technique
and probably later, protruding from his waist to the man on his right and continuing from one of
his legs. The man on the right has fingers crudely depicted. There is a hammered circle attached
to a line with a fork, below and to the left, which is pecked in the same fashion as the man.

Virtually horizontal, lying at ground level

755

l mty bn rfy
By mty son of rfy
For other occurrences of mty bn rfy, see Index a.

756

w b bn smn
And b is [the] inscriber
For other occurrences of b bn smn, see Index a. b is referring to Cdr 321.

For this formula referring to drawings, see Ch.4.B.2.

Cdr 322

A drawing of an ibex and a man with one leg in the air and holding a bow and

arrow in one hand and possibly a short knife in the other. b, the author of KJC 756 says he is
the inscriber.

Northeast

757

l bdwr
By bdwr
= KPrJ 2

Ch. 9 KJ
The letters of the text are rather carelessly hammered. bdwr is not in HIn. For
the element wr, see Ch.5.A.1.b and Index a.

758

l tnn bn hn bn zdqm
By tnn son of hn son of zdqm
= KPrJ 3
KJC 761 on this rock is by someone called tnn. zdqm is not in HIn. See Index a

for other occurrences at these sites and see Ch.5.C.2, genealogy 3.

759

l b
By b
= KPrJ 4

760

l mlgn
By mlgn
= KPrJ 5
There is a hammer mark after the n. The name is not in HIn. See Index a for

other occurrences at these sites. The name is inscribed on the north northwest face of this rock as
well, see KJC 762.

761

w d sry tnn
And may sry call tnn
= KPrJ 6
For prayers of this type, see Ch.4.C.2. See KJC 758.

North northwest

762

w d sry mlgn
And may sry call mlgn
See Ch.4.C.2 for this type of prayer, mlgn is not in HIn. See KJC 760.

763

l rs
By rs
A hammer mark covers most of the first letter.

Ch. 9 KJ

764

l
By
The text is unfinished.

765

l rb bn rm
By rb son of rm

Cdr 323

To the right of KJC 762 is a dog chasing an ibex and below the same inscription

an ibex.

East

766

l tmlh
By tmlh

767

l gf
By gf
The name is not in HIn. See Index a for other occurrences at these sites.

768

l bd bn zdqm
By bd son of zdqm
zdqm is not in HIn. For other occurrences of bd bn zdqm, see Index a.

East

769

l yft
By yft
The text is written down from the belly of an ibex.

770

l lhmt
By lhmt
The name is not in HIn.

Ch. 9 KJ
771

l gs[m]
By gs[m]
The last letter is almost completely covered by a chip. I have restored a m on the

basis of the name gsm occurring in KJC 445 etc.

Cdr 324

An ibex. Probably drawn by yft, the author of KJC 769. There is a circle with a

slightly curved tail to the right.

Ch. 9 KJ

INDEX OF NAMES IN HISMAIC:

(An asterisk after the inscription number indicates that the reading is doubtful)

ab, father, abba prepare for, yearn for, abb pasture: Cantineau 55

b; PNNR 9; Stark, 63 b; HIn 7-8 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 206.

bns

Cmpd. HIn 8 Saf. and cf. other compounds with ns, 79 mns Tham.C
HU 617, 435 mns Sab. etc, 621 hlns Saf. (doubtful); Mixed WTI 97;
Hismaic TIJ 12.
-fa. of lf TIJ 12

brq

fl, see brq: abraq a rope, animal having two colours, black and white;
ID 264-5 Ubayriq; cf. Cantineau 56 brqh; Stark 64 brwq; Hismaic AMJ
3.
-s. of ddn

bslm

-s. of tmlh AMJ 3

Cmpd., see b and slm; North 1928: 234 ab lm; Cantineau 55 + 151

blm; HIn 12 Lihyn; Hismaic MNM a 1.

-s. of brky

bs

-s. of m MNM a 1

fl, see bs: Hismaic KWM 5*.

-fa. of ddl KWM 5*

br

fl, see br: Cantineau 55-56 brw; PNNR 10.; Hismaic CTSS 2a

bmlk

Cmpd., see b and mlk; Noth 1928: 234 bmelek; HIn 16 Sab; Hismaic
Naveh TSB C.

bn

abana blame, suspect or see bnn: PNNR 9; CIK 101,1 Abn; ID 48

Abn (the name of a mountain); cf. LittNE 2 232 byn; Stark 64 bn; HIn
16 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 288, 481.

bnt

Cmpd., see b: naata cut, hew, nat a stranger or cf. bn and see t;
HB 49 Nt; Hismaic TIJ 348.
-s. of ly TIJ 348

bnsd

Cmpd., cf. bnsd and see sd; Hismaic JS 682.

bnmn

Cmpd., cf. bn and see mn: WAM T 25.

tr

See tr or wtr: Cantineau 69 trw; PNNR 16; Hismaic KJC 403.

tm

atm having two punctures so as to become one or see tm or wtm:

Cantineau 68-9 tmw; PNNR 16; HIn 19 Saf.; Hismaic JS 670, TIJ 183,
TIJ 472.
-s. of mnlh TIJ 183

tmt

See tm: HIn 19 Tham.B JS 577; Hismaic WAM T 31, WAM T 38.
-fa. of sdlh WAM T 31
-s. of dd

-s. of m WAM T 38

a, a, abundant: Hismaic JS 717.

gd

gadda, cut, be new, be fortunate or from wgd, ijd creation, invention:

cf. CIK 251,2 Jadd, CIK 252,1 Jadd etc.; HIn 22 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 405.

gl

fl, jalia be bald, ajla bald: CIK 144,2 al-Ajla; Cantineau 56 gl;
PNNR 10; HIn 23 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 321.
-fa. of wl

gm

-fa. of shr TIJ 321

ajima dislike, anger, jamma be abundant, ajamm greater in quantity

etc. or from wajama: WR 48 al-Ajamm; Cantineau 56 gm; PNNR 10;
HIn 23 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 257.
-fa. of mtt TIJ 257

gm

fl, jamaa collect, gather, ajma whole: cf. CIK 256,2 Jmi, 265,1
Jumai; HIn 23 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 195, TIJ 212, TIJ 287b, TIJ 315, TIJ
343, TIJ 354.
-fa. of ftt TIJ 343
-fa. of mrt TIJ 354
-s. of khl TIJ 195, TIJ 315

gml

fl, see gml: HIn 23 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 287, WAM T 56.
-s. of khl TIJ 287

gys

rs

fl, ja it boiled, jay a troop: HIn 24 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 64 + 63.

-s. of drs

-s. of gys TIJ 64 + 63

-fa. of drs

-fa. of gys TIJ 64 + 63

fl, see rs: HIn 25 Saf; Cantineau 60 rsw; PNNR 11; MuNJ 2.
-s. of b

-s. of [](r)gt MuNJ 2

ls

fl, alis, courageous, ils a saddle cloth: cf. CIK 324,1 ils, ils,
CIK 331,1,2 ulais; ID 73: Stark 88 lyw, lyy; Hismaic KJA 40, KJB
138, KJC 423, KJC 631.

lk

fl, alaka, be intensely black: HIn 198 listed under lk; see Beeston
1978: 17; Hismaic KJB 138 (fem.).

wr

fl, see wr, awar having intense white or black of the eye, the planet
Jupiter cf. CIK 146,2 al-Awari; HIn 28 Saf. and cf. HIn 605 hwr Saf.;
Hismaic AMJ 151, AMJ 152, AMJ 153, TIJ 393, TIJ 394, TIJ 424.
-fa. of zydt AMJ 152
-s. of mrt AMJ 153
-s. of htl TIJ 394
-s. of yly AMJ 151

a, brother: Cantineau 59 w; PNNR 11; HIn 29 Saf.; Tham.B WHI

35; Tham.D HU 698; Hismaic KJA 20*, TIJ 127.
-fa. of hnlh TIJ 127
-s. of bh* KJA 20*

Cmpd., see and b: Noth 1928: 235 a b; Ansary 1966: 113; Caskel
1954: 142; HIn 29 Lihyn; Hismaic AMJ 114, KJC 4, KJC 282, KJC 283.
-fa. of fnd KJC 4, KJC 283
-s. of nl AMJ 11, KJC 282

mr

fl, amara cover, conceal: HIn 30 Sab.; Hismaic TIJ 133.

-fa. of hnlh TIJ 133

Dim., see : Cantineau 59 yw; PNNR 11; Stark 66 y; HIn 31 Saf.,

Tham.C HU 23; Hismaic KJB 58, KJC 134.
-fa. of sr KJB 58
-s. of gd KJC 134*

dbl

adaba invite, discipline, punish: Fowler 1988: 389 ad b l; HIn 31 Saf.,

Tham.B JS 551; Hismaic TIJ 477.
-fa. of sdl TIJ 477

dd

adda, befell, add, strength, idd, wonderful thing or from wdd; CIK
565,1 Udad; WR 348; HIn 32 Saf., Tham.B, JS 282 (doubtful), JS 365;
Hismaic KJA 182*, KJC 588.
-fa. of KJA 182*
-fa. of ms KJA 588

dr

See dr and wadara repel: Cantineau 57 drw ? ; PNNR 10; Hismaic KJA
195*.

drm

fl, drim, plump, adram, plump, toothless: Cantineau 57 drm,

drmw; PNNR 10; Savignac AS no. 6; CIK 142,1 al-Adram, Hismaic
KJA 349, KJC 253, KJC 271.
-fa. of r KJA 349, KJC 253
-s. of slh

-fa. of r KJC 271

ds

fl, dassa hide, conceal: TIJ 18b.

dn

fl, dain ill-natured: Hismaic AMJ 141, AMJ 157.

-fa. of whblh AMJ 157
-fa. of whblh -fa. of dn AMJ 141
-s. of whblh

dm

-s. of dn AMJ 141

dam, brown, tawny: CIK 136,2 dam, CIK 565,2 al-Udm; ID 44;
Cantineau 56 dwmw; PNNR 10; BDrN 6 dam; HIn 32 Saf.; Hismaic
KJC 223.
-fa. of mt KJC 223*.

kw

fl, see ky: Hismaic KJC 179, KJC 742.

-fa. of ky

-fa. of smr KJC 179

-fa. of snm KJC 742

nt

aina listen, permit, uun, ear, dim. uaynah: CIK 565,2 Uaina;
ID 106; WR 349; Cantineau 56 dynt; PNNR 10; Stark 65 dynt; HIn 34
Saf., Tham.C JS 749; Hismaic JS 595, KJA 5, KU 2.
-s. of (w)--kyt -fa. of ns JS 595

nl

Cmpd., see aina under nt, in permission, will: Hismaic Naveh TSB
C*.

ayr penis: HIn 35 Saf., Tham.B HU 697, HU 706; Hismaic TIJ 280.

-fa. of tsb TIJ 280

rb

araba be cunning, arb cunning or see rb: HIn 35 Saf., Hismaic TIJ
443.
-s. of ft TIJ 443

rs

araa lacerate, ar hommes, genre humains (see RNP I 47), Heb.

reet desire, request: CIK 358, 1 Ir; Benz 1972: 276 r; Cantineau 67
rw; PNNR 15; HIn 37 Lihyn Saf., Tay. JA 528, Tham.B HU 704;
Hismaic AMJ 47, AMJ 80, AMJ 107, AMJ 110, KJC 206, KJC 247, KJC
269, KJC 380, KJC 396, KJC 573, KWM 1, LAU 13.
-fa.of rt AMJ 110
-s. of ft KJC 269, KJC 380, KJC 573
-s. of fl AMJ 107
-s. of f KJC 396

rst

See rs, arraa provoke: CIK 358,1 Ira; ID 202; HIn 37 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 170*.
-s. of ln KJA 170*.

rslh

Cmpd., see rs; Hismaic AMJ 120, KJA 108, KJA 255, KJB 69*, KJB
114, KJB 125, KJC 512.
-fa. of nhq

-fa. of rslh AMJ 120

-s. of hn KJA 108

-s. of nhq

r t

-s. of rslh AMJ 120

wari be pious, wara be faint hearted, awraa intervene, wari

godly, timid: HIn 37 Tham.B JS 321 = HU 650; Hismaic KJC 570.

zd

CIK 217, 1-2 al-Azd; Hismaic CTSS 2b*.

zm

azama bite, azm canine tooth, zamma tie, bound, Cantineau 59

zmw; PNNR 11; HIn 40; Hismaic TIJ 88.

znm

taznm the cutting of a part of the ear of an animal leaving it to hang

down, aznam hard or rigorous time: CIK 218,1 Aznam; ID 108; HIn
40; Hismaic TIJ 79.

s myrtle, aws gift: CIK 213,2-215,2 Aus; ID 83; Cantineau 57-58

ww; PNNR 11; Stark 66 wy; HIn 40-41 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic JS 229,

KJB 141, KJC 36, KJC 82, KJC 270, NST 1, TIJ 328, TIJ 427, TIJ 428,
TIJ 445, TIJ 449a, TIJ 459, TIJ 492, TIJ 505.
-fa. of slm KJC 36
-fa. of hwd TIJ 328
-fa. of bnzg TIJ 449a
-fa. of sl TIJ 445, 459
-fa. of mlkt

-fa. of bsmn TIJ 505

-s. of bnngt KJC 82

-s. of sd

-s. of dd TIJ 492

-s. of sdlh JS 229

-s. of - KJB 141
-s. of hn

-s. of tm KJC 270

-s. of wf TIJ 139

sl

Cmpd., see s; HIn 41 Saf.; Tham. ? Ph 165v 1; Hismaic JaS 1.

-fa. of nbh JaS 1

sd

asad, lion: CIK 194,1 Asad, CIK 196,1-197,1 Asd, CIK 575,2 Usaid;
BDrN 6 Asad; Cantineau 68 dw; PNNR 15; Stark 73 d; HIn 42 Lihyn,
Saf.; Hismaic CSP 2, CSP 3i, CTSS 1a, JS 629, JS 632, JS 702, JS 735,
KJC 216, KJC 232*, KWM 9, Naveh TSB C, TIJ 129, TIJ 223.
-fa. of n JS 702
-fa. of mz JS 629
-fa. of b JS 632
-s. of tm

-s. of bd KWM 9

-s. of sdt TIJ 129

-s. of wl TIJ 223

sdt

See sd, asadah lioness: HIn 42 Saf.; Hismaic NST 1.

srk

sarika pine away: HIn 44 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 37, KWM 7.

-fa. of sl KWM 7
-s. of zdl AMJ 37

slb

salaba seize, plunder, uslb road, way: HIn 45 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ
406*.

-s. of yn

sll

-s. of fy TIJ 406*

fl, salla draw something out of another thing, sall a man whose teeth
are falling out, sall a drawn sword, male offspring isll a bribe:
Cantineau 68 l; PNNR 15; Hismaic CTSS 2a.

slm

fl, see slm: CIK 197,1,2 Aslam, CIK 197,2 Aslum, CIK 198,1 al-Aslm,
CIK 575,2 Usailim; ID 22 etc.; Cantineau 151 lmw, lm; PNNR 15;
HIn 45 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C JS 173, Tham.D HU 698; Hismaic AMJ 79,
AMJ 117, KJA 17, KJA 37, KJA 112, KJA 237, KJA 327, KJB 30, KJB
47, KJB 57, KJB 158, KJC 36, KJC 151, KJC 321, KJC 442a, KJC 522,
KJC 750, MNM c 7, TIJ 111*.
-fa. of bh KJA 17, KJB 57, KJC 151
-fa. of rs KJA 112, KJC 442a
-fa. of km KJA 237
-fa. of l AMJ 79, AMJ 117, KJA 37
-fa. of lh KJB 30, KJC 321, KJC 750
-fa. of md TIJ 111*
-s. of s KJC 36
-s. of bdmk

-s. of khl MNM c 7

-s. of mslm

-fa. of bh KJB 47
-fa. of rs KJC 522
-fa. of b KJB 158

slmt

See slm: HIn 45; Hismaic Meek.

slmn

See slm: HIn 45; Hismaic WAM T 43*.

-fa. of mhzn WAM T 43*

slh

Cmpd., see s: CIK 215,2-216,1 Ausallh; Cantineau 58 wlh, wlhy,

wlhy, wlh; PNNR 10, PNNR 11; HIn 45 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 103, JS
179, JS 618, KJA 30, KJB 166, KJC 271, KJC 440, TIJ 5, TIJ 20, TIJ 36,
TIJ 61, TIJ 85, TIJ 441, TIJ 487, TIJ 504.
-fa. of TIJ 5
-fa. of lh TIJ 441
-fa. of ngm AMJ 103

-s. of tm

-fa. of drm, KJC 271

-s. of rkn

-s. of rst TIJ 504

-s. of rgt

-fa. of mwr KJA 30

-s. of rs KJC 440

-s. of khln

-fa. of mlg TIJ 36

-s. of kyln TIJ 61

-s. of whblh TIJ 85, TIJ 487

smn

fl, see smn: HIn 46; Hismaic WAM T 28.

-s. of l WAM T 28

smnt

Cmpd., see s or see smn: CIK 216,1 Ausmant; HIn 46 Lihyn, Saf.,
Tham.C ? HU 472; Hismaic KJA 29b, KJA 84, KJA 167, KJA 186, KJA
225, KJC 21, KJC 55, KJC 89, KJC 101, KJC 128, KJC 155a, KJC 176,
KJC 221, KJC 257, KJC 263, KJC 370, KJC 580, KJC 668*, KJC 700,
TIJ 83, TIJ 131.
-fa. of brr KJC 128, KJC 257, KJC 668
-s. of rm KJA 29b, KJA 186, KJA 225, KJC 21, KJC 55, KJC 89,
KJC 221, KJC 263
-s. of mtr KJA 84, KJC 176, KJC 370, KJC 700, TIJ 83

swr

fl, swr, sra leap, spring: HIn 47 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 31, AMJ 119,
LAU 28, TIJ 31a, TIJ 115, TIJ 209, TIJ 235, TIJ 247.
-s. of sr AMJ 119
-s. of whbl TIJ 235

sy

asiya grieve, usan patience: HIn 47 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 29.

-fa. of mh

srs

-fa. of rhz KJC 29

fl, arisa be ill-natured, show love to men, aris, aras ill-natured,

al-aras the lion: CIK 201,1 Aras; ID 140: HIn 48 Sab.; Hismaic AMJ
78, KJA 226.

ss

aa respond with energy: Hismaic KJA 334, KJB 6, KJB 8, KJB 64,
KJB 97*, KJC 160, KJC 166, KJC 190, KJC 334.
-s. of l KJB 64, KJC 190
-s. of ()mn KJB 6

sr

See sr, pl. ar, ar young gazelles: Hismaic KJA 16, KJA 53, KJA
207, KJB 151, KJB 155, KJC 248, KJC 278*, KJC 287, KJC 565, KJC
661.
-s. of zdqm KJA 53, KJB 155, KJC 287

sml

fl, amila encompass, amil agile, swift (camel): HIn 49; Hismaic TIJ
367, TIJ 400, TIJ 444.

shl

fl, see shl, ahal having a mixture of blueness in the black of the eye:
CIK 201,1 al-Ahal; HIn 49 Saf.; Hismaic KnEG 4.
-fa. of mslm KnEG 4

aa be healthy, sound, a healthy, sound; HIn 51 Saf.; Hismaic

NST 1.

fr

fl, afara whistle (a bird), afar whistler or afar yellow: cf. Stark
109 pr; Hismaic KJC 641.
-fa. of ly KJC 641

fl, alaa be good, honest, li good, honest: Hin 52 Saf.; Cantineau

67 l; PNNR 14 l; Hismaic KJA 152, KJC 73*, KJC 391, KJC 452,
KJC 515, KJC 596, KJC 698, MNM a 1.
-s. of tmlh

-fa. of m MNM a 1

-s. of ng KJA 152

-s. of qnt KJC 391, 452

Hismaic AMJ 105, KJC 114, KJC 174.

-fa. of mtr KJC 114
-fa. of mr AMJ 105
-s. of klf

-fa. of mtr KJC 174

Hismaic KJC 22, TIJ 422 (both unfinished ?).

tl

atala drag along: HIn 55 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 196*.

bd

See bd, pl. abd, abud, abd servants: CIK 101,1 Abad, 136,1 alAbd; HIn 54 Saf.; Hismaic JS 709, KJA 194, KJB 110, KJC 169, KJC
188, KJC 274.
-fa. of zdqm KJC 188
-fa. of m KJC 274

bdt

-s. of bdt

-fa. m KJA 194

-s. of kl

-fa. zdqm KJB 110, KJC 169

See bd, pl. abd, abidah servants: KJA 179*, KJB 17, KJB 90, KJC
35, 182, KJC 241, KJC 277, KJC 503, KJC 594.
-s. of syr KJB 17, KJB 90

tl

atala drag along: HIn 55 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 196*.

-fa. of s

-fa. of qn TIJ 196*

assa patrol, asss patrolling by night, ws, awas sandy ground or

see sy: cf. ID 198 Assas; cf. HIn 419 s Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic KJC
31a*.

w, a beat, y, a rebel, aa devinir dur: cf. BDrN 15 ;

HB 40 el-; Hismaic Naveh TSB C; PNNR 14 .

fr

fl, see frw, afar, whitish dust colour: HIn 56, Saf. add CSNS 707;
Hismaic KJC 147i.
-s. of b

-fa. of msk KJC 147i

fl, see m: HIn 56 Saf.; Hismaic JS 592.

nt

See n, aann one who speaks through the nose: Hismaic KJA 83, KJA
270, KJC 75*, KJC 331*, KJC 740.
-fa. of zdn KJC 331*, KJC 740

ft

-fa. of nht

-fa. of rm KJA 270, KJC 75*

-s. of mq

-fa. of nht

-fa. of rm KJA 83

fl, see ft, afta qui a les articulations des mains et des pieds lches,
sans vigueur: Cantineau 67 ft; PNNR 14; HIn 58; Hismaic KJB 73,
KJC 269, KJC 380, KJC 573, TIJ 123, TIJ 322, TIJ 324, TIJ 443.
-fa. of rb TIJ 443
-fa. of rs KJC 269, KJC 380, KJC 573
-fa. of brt

-fa. of ft TIJ 324

-fa. of sll KJB 73

-fa. of wrst TIJ 322
-s. of brt

-s. of ft TIJ 324

See f: HIn 58 Lihyn (doubtful), Saf. add JaS 57; Cantineau 67 f;

Hismaic TIJ 221, TIJ 426.
-s. of g TIJ 221, TIJ 426

fy

fl, see fy: CIK 143,2-144,1 Af; ID 196; HIn 59 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 44,
AMJ 147 (Personal.N and Tr.N), AMJ 148, WAM T 6; PNNR 41 fy see
LittNE.
-fa. of n

-fa. of bnt AMJ 147

-fa. of mrgd -fa. of mnt AMJ 44

-fa. of y() WAM T 6

fl

afala be absent or hidden, afl, a young camel: Stark 72 ply; HIn 59

Saf. add WTI 101; Hismaic KJC 42, KJC 147f, KJC 191, KJC 205, KJC
451, KJC 550b, KJC 646.
-s. of bdlg KJC 205*

qm

See qm or from wqm, awqama treat violently: cf. Stark 72 qm

(explained as Greek name ) Hismaic AMJ 38; PNNR 14 qwm.

kbr

kabura grow large, kabr big: Cantineau 61 kbrw, Cantineau 105

kbry; PNNR 12; HIn 61 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 20.

kr

akara till, dig a hollow in the ground, akkr tiller or from krr, see
krrt; Cantineau 61 kwr; PNNR 12; HIn 61 Saf.; Tham ? JS 303; Hismaic
WAM T 44*.
-fa. of nss WAM T 44*

ksr

kasara break off, kasr broken; Hismaic TIJ 389*.

klbn

See klb. cf. CIK 150,2 Aklab, CIK 151, Aklb; ID 13; cf. Cantineau 107

klbw; PNNR 12; cf. Stark 67 klb; cf. HIn 62 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 8*,
KWM 13*.
-s. of bss KWM 13*

ln

Cmpd., see nl or laana curse: Hismaic AMJ 137*.

lf

alifa keep to, become familiar, allafa unite, ilf companion: cf.
Stark 68 lpy; HIn 69 Saf., Tay.JS 433 (doubtful); Hismaic LAU 9, LAU
11.

lfl

Cmpd., see lf: HIn 69; Hismaic TIJ 282, TIJ 291, TIJ 421.

-fa. of ---

lwd

-fa. of nsl TIJ 421

Cmpd., see wd or from lw, see lw: Hismaic TIJ 65.

-fa. of w TIJ 65

lw

fl, lw, la take refuge in: CIK 155,2 Alwa; ID 245; HIn 72 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 281.
-fa. of srqt KJC 281

amma lead, umm mother: Cantineau 64 mw; PNNR 12; Stark 68 m,

mw; HIn 73 Saf., Tham.B HU 721; Hismaic KJA 157.

mt

amata measure, compute, see amma under m, immah prosperity,

blessing, mw, amah female servant: CIK 155,2 Ama; ID 260;
Cantineau 64-65 mh, mt (all fem.); PNNR 12, PNNR 13; Stark 70 mt;
HIn 73 Saf., Tham.B HU 807, HU 743, Tham.C ? JS 214, Mixed WTI 31;
Hismaic JS 703, KJC 223, KJC 498, KJC 709*, TIJ 93, TIJ 95.
-fa. of km TIJ 93
-fa. of smt TIJ 95
-s. of dm KJC 223

mr

amara command, order: Cantineau 64 mrw; CIK 156,1 Amr, Amir,

mar; cf. ID 323 al-mir; BDrN 6 mir; Cantineau 64 mrw, myrw;
PNNR 13; HIn 75 Saf., Tham.B HU 667, Hismaic JS 622, KJA 244*, TIJ
242, TIJ 403, WAM T 3.
-fa. of zn WAM T 3
-fa. of m TIJ 242
-s. of ()r JS 622

mrl

Cmpd., see mr: HIn 75 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 51, TIJ 49 + TIJ 52, TIJ 54, TIJ
55, TIJ 102, TIJ 107; PNNR 13 mrl.
-fa. of tm TIJ 54, TIJ 102, TIJ 107
-fa. of mrl TIJ 49 + TIJ 52
-s. of tm TIJ 51, TIJ 55

mrt

See mr. amrah an order, amarah stones, heap of stones: HIn 75 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 438, KJC 439, TIJ 296, TIJ 354.
-s. of gm TIJ 354

-s. of slm

mrh

-fa. of wr KJC 438

maraha be weak (the eye), amrah weak-sighted or see mrt: HIn 76

Saf.; Hismaic KJA 133.

mlg

fl, malaja suck (a kid), malj foster brother, illustrious man, amlaj
yellowish brown, barren desert, umlj wild date: cf. HIn 42 sd mlg
Lihyn JS 365; Hismaic KnEG 1*.
-fa. of rbbl KnEG 1*

mn

amina be safe, trust, amn trusted: CIK 149,1 Aiman, 155,2 Amn,
156,1 Amn, min; BdrN 6 Amn; Cantineau 64 mnyw; PNNR 13; Stark
69 myn, mwn; HIn 77 Saf.: Hismaic AMJ 53, KJA 10, KJA 62, KJA
198, KJB 6*, KJB 7, KJB 40, KJB 62, KJB 95, KJC 126, KJC 142, KJC
361*, KJC 407, KJC 485, KJC 492, KJC 564, KJC 708, TIJ 506.
-fa. of l KJA 10, KJB 6*, KJB 62
-s. of sdn KJA 198
-s. of nhy KJC 126
-s. of s

-s. of (l)m(t) -s. of l KJC 708

-s. of smdt AMJ 53

-s. of ftt

-fa. of l KJB 95
-s. of yq

-fa. of l KJB 7

mh

See m and mt, amiha forget: HIn 77 Saf.; KJC 659.

ns

See nss: cf. Stark 71 n (reading uncertain); Hismaic KJB 130.

-fa. of km KJB 130

nrt

naura be beautiful, bright, nar, anar pure gold or silver: Hismaic

KWM 1.

nm

fl, nimah benefit, blessing, nim pleasant (life), soft, tender (plant):
CIK 188,1 Anam; ID 85, ID 299; WR 81; Cantineau 121 nm; PNNR 13;
Stark 70 nm; HIn 80 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 68, KJA 171, KJA 189,
KJA 190, KJA 278, KJA 305, KJA 309, KJA 315, KJA 332, KJB 78, KJB
81, KJB 84, KJB 87, KJB 144, KJC 20, KJC 53, KJC 78, KJC 114, KJC
158, KJC 174, KJC 371, KJC 372, KJC 387, KJC 448, KJC 638, KJC
642*, KJC 645, KJC 688, KJC 705, KJC 723, KJC 737, TIJ 481.

-s. of brd KJA 190, KJB 78, KJB 84, KJB 87, KJB 144, KJC 20, KJC 372,
KJC 448, KJC 645, KJC 705, KJC 737
-s. of mtr KJA 332, KJC 638
-s. of d KJC 114
-s. of br AMJ 68
-s. of m-- KJA 278
-s. of mlk KJA 189, KJA 305, KJA 309
-s. of m[l]kl -s. of m- TIJ 481

nf

anf nose, dim. unayf: CIK 189,2 Anf CIK 572,1 Unf, CIK 572,1-2
Unaif; ID 121; HIn 80 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 58, KJA 145, KJB 117.

nmyt

nmy, nam increase: Hismaic KWM 16.

-s. of khln KWM 16

hd

See hd: HIn 82 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 96*.

-s. of tnn TIJ 96*

hwd

See hwd: CIK 145,1 Ahwad; ID 321; Stark 65 hwd; HIn 83 Saf.; Hismaic
TIJ 328.
-s. of s TIJ 328

wf

wf, fa cause damage, wfy, waf fulfil a promise: cf. CIK 213,1-2
Auf; cf. ID 116; HIn 86 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 16*.

yt

yah sign, mark; Cantineau 61 yty; PNNR 12; HIn 87; Hismaic TIJ
440*.
-s. of bbt TIJ 440*

ys

ayisa despair, see s, sa reward, iys reward: CIK 360, 2-361

Iys; ID 229; Cantineau 61 yw; PNNR 12; Stark 67 y; HIn 88 Lihyn,
Saf.; Hismaic CTSS 1a, KJC 41*, JS 708, JS 746*, TIJ 227*, TIJ 434.
-fa. of tmlwr -fa. of sd TIJ 434
-s. of s- JS 708
-s. of wqs JS 746*

br

bir well, bar a well-digger: HIn 90 Saf.; Tham.B Ph 279 bh

(doubtful); Hismaic LAU 14, TIJ 172.

bt

batta cut off, sever, decide against: HIn 91 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 122, TIJ
370, TIJ 380, TIJ 404.

bt

Form VIII ?, baa spread, scatter: Hismaic TIJ 188*.

btr

batara cut, cut off, btir cutting, sharp (sword): CIK 225, 2 Btir; HIn
92 Saf. (not TIJ 147); Hismaic TIJ 99*(fem.).
-d. of TIJ 99*

btlt

batala sever, cut off, batl slender: cf. HB 11 Btil, Battl etc.;
Hismaic AMJ 89.

bthdt

Fem. cmpd. bt (cf. Ar bint) + hdt ?, see hd, hddah thunder: Hismaic
AMJ 92.

bgt

bajja lance a wound, bajjah a pimple on the eye: ID 122 Bajjah; HIn
93 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 130*, KJA 193, KJC 43*, KJC 81, KJC 147e, KJC
224, KJC 508, KJC 714*.
-fa. of m-- KJC 81
-s. of tml KJC 224
-s. of nht KJC 508

bgr

bajara be large-bellied, bajr abundant: CIK 228,2 Bujair; Cantineau

70 bgrt; PNNR 16 bgrt; Hismaic JS 707.
-s. of wln

bgl

-s. of bnbr JS 707

bagula be in a good state, respected, bajl honoured, corpulent,

forbearing, rough: CIK 219,2 Bajal; ID 302 Ban Bajl; Cantineau 70
bglw; PNNR 16; HIn 94 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 162.

bglt

See bgl: CIK 219,2 Bagla, Bagla, Bagla: ID 119 Ban Baglah, 302
Ban Baglah; Hismaic AMJ 52, KJA 191*, KJB 77, KJC 5, KJC 628.
-fa. of gg AMJ 52, KJB 77
-fa. of m KJA 191*
-s. of zdlh

bss

-fa. of gg KJC 5

See ss: Cantineau 70 bww; Hismaic KWM 13, KWM 17.

-fa. of klbn KWM 13
-s. of bb KWM 17

bd

badda part ones legs, budd amplitude, bidd a share, fellow: cf. CIK
228,1 Budaid; HIn 96 Saf.; Tham ? HU 690*; Hismaic KJC 618a*.

bb

Cmpd., see b: Hismaic SSA 13*.

br

See brr, barr pious: CIK 224,2 Barr; WR 107 Barr; HIn 99 Saf.
(doubtful); Hismaic AMJ 68*, KJC 411, KJC 751.
-fa. of nm AMJ 68*

br

baria be free, bar, bar free: CIK 224,1 Bar; ID 244, etc.; WR
106; Cantineau 74 brw; PNNR 17; Stark 78 br; HIn 99 Saf.; Hismaic
CTSS 2b*, JS 706, JS 721, JS 754.

brt

baria go away, depart, bar difficulty, burah the best of anything:

Hismaic KJC 147j.
-s. of qdmt

brd

-fa. of bmr KJC 147j

barada be still, quiet, baruda be cold, bard cold, burd a kind of

garment: CIK 229,2 Burd, Buraid; LittNE 1 19 brdw; HIn 101 Saf.;
Hismaic JS 35*, KJA 28, KJA 190, KJA 332*, KJA 345, KJB 78, KJB 84,
KJB 87, KJB 140, KJB 144, KJC 20, KJC 100, KJC 114, KJC 174, KJC
329* (fem.), KJC 372, KJC 448, KJC 638, KJC 645, KJC 705, KJC 737;
PNNR 17 brdw.
-fa. nm KJA 190, KJB 78, KJB 84, KJB 87, KJB 144, KJC 20, KJC 372,
KJC 448, KJC 645, KJC 705, KJC 737
-fa. of (s)dlh JS 35*
-d. of lm KJC 329*
-s. of mtr

-fa. of nm KJA 332*, KJC 638

-s. of d

brr

-fa. of nm KJC 114, KJC 174

barra be pious brir pious: WR 159 Burair; HIn 101 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 220, KJB 83, KJC 128, KJC 147a, KJC 257, KJC 350, KJC 668.
-s. of smnt KJC 128, KJC 257, KJC 668

brst

bara small specks in the hair of a horse differing from the rest of the
colour: cf. CIK 224,2 Bar; cf. Cantineau 56 l brw; PNNR 10;
Hismaic AMJ 36.
-s. of dt AMJ 36

brq

baraqa shine, gleam, briq shining, gleaming, barq lightning: CIK

224,2 Briq; ID 265 etc.; WR 107; Stark 80 brq; HIn 102 Lihyn
(doubtful), Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 11*.

brqs

Cmpd. Aram. bar son + qs? : HIn 102; Hismaic HU 675.

-fa. of *-b HU 675

brqs

barqaa paint in various colours, birqi a certain bird: HIn 102;

Hismaic KJC 639, LAU 24, LAU 36, TIJ 110.
-s. of bb LAU 24, TIJ 110

brky

baraka lie down, kneel, bark herd of kneeling camels, bark,

burk firmness, steadiness in battle, braka bless: cf. CIK 224,2 alBark, CIK 229,2 Buraik, al-Burak; cf. ID 151, ID 314, etc.; HB 11 Brts;
cf. Cantineau 75 brk, brkw; PNNR 17; cf. Stark 79 bryk etc.; HIn 103;
Hismaic MNM a 1.
-s. of bslm

-s. of brky MNM a 1

brn

See brr: HIn 103 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 11*.

bsd

Cmpd., see sd: Hismaic Naveh TSB C.

bsdl

Cmpd., see sdl: Hismaic JS 755*.

bs

baa be cheeful ba cheerful; cf. CIK 225,2 Baa; ID 129 Ban

Baah; Hismaic KJC 97b*, 187b, 601.

bsmt

baima suffer from indigestion bam balsam: CIK 225,1; Bama;

WR 108; ID 130; cf. Cantineau 75 bmh; PNNR 17; HIn 107 Min., Sab.;
Hismaic SSA 23.

bsmn

See bsmt: HIn 107; Hismaic TIJ 505.

br

baara endowed with mental perception, bar knowing,

understanding: BDrN 6 Bar; CIK 228,1 Bir; cf. Cantineau 55 brw;
PNNR 10; WR 112; HIn 108 Saf. (place name only); Hismaic KJC 442b*.

baa shine, ba shining: cf. HB 12 Beiji; Hismaic KJA 331*.

baa slit, ba water fowl: HIn 108 Saf.; Hismaic JS 671*.

baua be slow, tardy, bai slow, tardy: Hismaic AMJ 99.

bl

baala be false, courageous, baal courageous: HIn 109; Hismaic TIJ

470.

-s. of hrb TIJ 470

b

See b. Hismaic KJC 171.

bry

baira have a protuberance on the upper lip, bar uncircumcised

woman: Hismaic KJC 291.
-s. of nsr

-fa. of whbwr KJC 291

abaa be fat, ba fat, corpulent: Hismaic KJC 122*.

bw, ba outstretch ones arms, by, ba sell: cf. BDrN 7 Baiy; HIn
109 Saf.; Hismaic JS 632.
-s. of mz

-s. of sd JS 632

bb

Cmpd., see b: Hismaic KJB 15.

bdn

bauda be remote, distant, bud distance: CIK 218,1 Badn; ID 313;

HIn 110; Hismaic MNM a 3.
-s. of sd

br

-fa. of zn MNM a 3

baara void dung, bar dung, bar camel: CIK 224,1 Bar; HIn 111
Saf.; Hismaic KJC 140.

blh

Cmpd.?, Syr. b ask for or from bl, see mbl: cf. Stark 77 b; HIn
112 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic AMJ 74*.

bhn

See hn. Hismaic KJC 162*.

ba seek, endeavour to find: Hismaic KJC 741.

bt

baia be dust coloured, baa dust-colour, buah ashy white colour:

cf. Cantineau 73 btw, bty. HIn 112 b Saf.; Hismaic KJC 318.

baua be hateful, ba hateful: CIK 219,2-220,1 Ba; ID 157; HIn

112 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 172, KJC 759.

bqqt

baqqa speak a great deal, baqaqah chatterbox, baqq gnats,

mostquitos, cf. BDrN 6 Baqqn; cf. HB 13 Baggh; Hismaic KJC 5.
-s. of shr

bql

-fa. of blqt KJC 5

baqala grow hair (said of a boys face), baql tender plants: CIK 224,1
Bqil; ID 167; HIn 114 Saf.; Tham.B JS 449*; Hismaic KJB 13*.

bkr

bakara go out early in the morning, bakr youthful he-camel: CIK

221,1-222,1 Bakkr, CIK 222,1-223,2 Bakr, CIK 229,1 Bukair; WR 110;
ID 31; HB 13 Bkr; Cantineau 71 brkw; PNNR 16; Stark 76 brkw; HIn

114 Saf.; Hismaic Rh 6, TIJ 58, TIJ 215, TIJ 237, TIJ 268, TIJ 273, TIJ
419, TIJ 453, WAM T 8 = TIJ 58.
-fa. of mlk TIJ 215, TIJ 237, TIJ 453
-fa. of mqtl Rh 6
-s. of l
bls

-fa. of mqtl TIJ 268, TIJ 273

ablasa despair, be silent, balis despairing: HIn 116 Saf.; Hismaic KJC
572*.
-s. of rmt KJC 572*

blt

balaa extort, balah extortion: HIn 116 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic KJC
711*.

bl

balaa reach, bal sufficiency, bli attaining an aim: CIK 223,2

Bal; HIn 116 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic TIJ 356.
-fa. of lf TIJ 356

blq

balaq black and white: HIn 116 Hismaic Eut 439; Hismaic 520.
-fa. of l TIJ 520

blqt

See blq, bulqah black and white: HIn 116 Saf. add JaS 75b, JaS 158;
Hismaic KJC 5.
-s. of bqqt

bll

-fa. of wddl KJC 5

balla moisten, bill water: CIK 223,2 Balll, CIK 226,1 Bill, CIK
229,1 Bulail; ID 112; BDrN 6 Bll; HB 13 Bill; HIn 117 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 57, KJC 699.
-s. of b KJC 699

bln

See bll: HIn 117 Saf.; Hismaic RTI A.

bmrt

Cmpd., see mr, marrah once, mart barren land: HIn 117 Saf.; Hismaic
JS 757.

bn

ibn son or see bnn: HIn 118 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 141, KJC 75a, KJC 417,
LAU 17, TIJ 301.
-fa. of rl LAU 17
-s. of n TIJ 301

bnb

Cmpd., see bn and b: Hismaic KJC 164, KJC 461, KJC 462, KJC 467*,
KJC 473, KJC 474, KJC 475, KJC 476, KJC 482, KJC 484*, KJC 486,

KJC 491, KJC 532, KJC 533, KJC 536, KJC 537a, KJC 563, KJC 694,
KJC 706*.
bnr

Cmpd., see r. CTSS 1b*.

bns

Cmpd., see s. TIJ 466.

bnl

Cmpd., see bn or bny: Cantineau 71 bnl; PNNR 9; HIn 118 Saf., Tham.D
WTI 73 (doubtful); Hismaic KJA 8*, KJC 335.

bnmt

bnbr

Cmpd., see mt: Hismaic CTSS 1a, KJA 94, KJA 137*, KJB 110.
-s. of b

-fa. of (k)nn KJB 110

-s. of nmy

-fa. of mr KJA 94

Cmpd., see br under brt: Hismaic JS 707, TIJ 506.

-fa. of wln

bnbsr

-fa. of bgr JS 707

Cmpd., basara take something when fresh, quick in doing something,

busr fresh, basr lion: CIK 230,1 Busr; ID 73; HIn 105 bsr Saf.;
Hismaic AMJ 87, KJA 118, KJC 415, KJC 634.
-s. of skr KJC 634
-s. of ngr AMJ 87

bnt

See bnn, bannah sweet smell: Cantineau 72 bntw; PNNR 16 bnt bntw;
HIn 119 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 104, AMJ 147, Ph 345 bis a.
-s. of zdl AMJ 104
-s. of nt

bntrb

-s. of fy AMJ 147

Cmpd., tariba be dusty, tirb one born at the same time: cf. BDrN 7
Trbe; HIn 131 trb Saf.; Hismaic KJC 284, KJC 611, KJC 640, TIJ 147*.
-s. of mn TIJ 147*

bngrm

Cmpd., see grm: Hismaic JS 732, TIJ 44*.

bnrb

Cmpd., see rb: HIn 119 Saf. C 5228; Hismaic AMJ 126.

bnmr

Cmpd., see mr: AMJ 14.

bndm

Cmpd., see ndm or dm, damma smear with dye or blood, dwm, dma
last, endure: WAM T 16.
-fa. of ndm WAM T 16

bnzg

Cmpd., zaaja call, cry out, zaaj disquietude: TIJ 449a.

-s. of s TIJ 449a

bnsd

Cmpd., see sd: TIJ 488.

bns

Cmpd. ?, see nss and ns: HIn 120 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 19, KJC 163*.

bnsbr

Cmpd., see sbr: Hismaic KJA 138.

-s. of nb

-fa. of yld KJA 138

bnsy

Cmpd., as spread, disperse oneself: Hismaic TIJ 476*.

bnrlh

Cmpd., see nr: Hismaic KJC 27, KJC 525.

bnlh

Cmpd., HIn 375 lh Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic KJC 127.

bnn

Cmpd., see n: Hismaic LAU 23.

-s. of qdmt LAU 23

bn

?? : Hismaic TIJ 40.

bntq

Cmpd., ataqa outrun (a horse), itq excellence, atq beautiful: CIK

204,2 Atq; ID 31; HB 38 tidz, etc.; HIn 405 tq Saf., Tham.D Ph 367
ag; Hismaic KJA 109*, KJB 5, KJB 98.

bnml

Cmpd., amala work, amal work: CIK 155,2 Amal; HIn 440 ml Saf.
etc.; Tham.B JS 309; Tham.C HU 149; Hismaic KJB 18; PNNR 52 mlw.

bnmh

Cmpd., see nm or amiha be confused, amih, mih confused; HIn

442 mh Saf.; Hismaic KJA 146, KJA 313, KJB 146*, KJC 493, KJC 608.
-s. of mtr KJA 313

bnlh

Cmpd., see bn: HIn 121 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 46, KJA 227, KJB 66, KJB
169, KJC 211, KJC 510; PNNR 9 bnlhy.
-fa. of tm KJB 66, KJB 169, KJC 211
-s. of bb

bnmt

-fa. of bb AMJ 46

Cmpd., matta extend, outstretch: Stark 98 mt; HIn 526 Saf.; Tay. W Tay
4; Tham.D HU 89, JS 606; Hismaic AMJ 149*.

bnmr

See mr: Hismaic KJC 147j, TIJ 496.

-s. of brt

bnngt

-s. of qdmt

-s. of lt KJC 147j

Cmpd., see ngt: Hismaic KJC 82.

-fa. of s KJC 82

bnn

banna remain, dwell, bann deliberate, intelligent: CIK 223,2 Um alBann; Cantineau 72 bnwn; PNNR 16; HIn 121 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 73,
AMJ 122.

bny

ban build or dim. ibn see bn: HB 13 Bn; Cantineau 72 bny, bnyw;
PNNR 16; Stark 77 bny; HIn 122 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic KJA 28*, KJC
592, KJC 626*.
-s. of smnn KJC 626*

bnyt

See bny: HIn 122 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 120*, KJA 161, KJC 147d, TIJ 32,
TIJ 40*.
-s. of mdn

-fa. of [g]fft KJC 147d

-s. of rm TIJ 40*

bh

bahaa be friendly, bhw, bah be beautiful, bah beauty, goodliness:

CIK 220,1 Abu l-Bah; ID 285 Ab al-Bah; HIn 122 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
17, KJA 20, KJB 47, KJB 57, KJB 124, KJC 50a, KJC 71*, KJC 151.
-fa. of * KJA 20
-fa. of gfl KJC 50a
-fa. of grf KJC 71*
-s. of slm

-fa. of gf KJB 57
-fa. of gfl KJC 151
-fa. of ft KJA 17
-s. of mslm

bhs

-fa. of gf KJB 47

bah kind: WR 115 Buhai; HIn 123 Saf., Tham.C ? HU 714; Hismaic
TIJ 91.
-fa. of sh(r)t TIJ 91

bhm

bahm lamb, bahm black: HIn 124 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 227.

bhn

Cmpd., see hn: Hismaic KJB 154*.

bys

Hismaic KJC 442c*.

byn

bna be separated, cut off, depart, be apparent, bayn being distinct,

making distinct, bayyin apparent, manifest: CIK 225,2-226,1 Bayn;
HB 13 Bjin; HIn 126 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic CTSS 2a*.

tm

tawm twin: CIK 545,1 at-Tauam; ID 206; HIn 127 Saf.; Hismaic
KWM 4, KWM 6, KWM 8; PNNR 67 twm.
-fa. of qsr KWM 8
-s. of qrb KWM 4

-s. of qsr KWM 6

tb

tabia follow, prosecute, tib passionate lover, tbi follower: CIK

545, 2 Tiba; Hismaic AMJ 11*.

tblt

tabala, pursue with enmity, tabl hostility: HIn 128; Hismaic 438.
-s. of hnlh TIJ 438

tbb

See bb, taabbaba show affection: HIn 129 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 54,
KJC 527.

tnn

See nn. HIn 130; Hismaic JS 723*, TIJ 15.

-fa. of ddh JS 723*
-s. of m- TIJ 15

tr

tarra be separated, severed, trr fat, plump, twr, tra run, flow:
Cantineau 155 twr, Cantineau 156 tryw; PNNR 67; HIn 131 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 122.

tsb

fem., sabba cut, wound, revile: Cantineau 158 tb; PNNR 69; Hismaic
TIJ 280.
-d. of r TIJ 280

tsq

saq water, tasaqq be watered, irrigated: cf. Cantineau 153 qy and

qylt; PNNR 66; Hismaic KJA 25, KJB 178.
-s. of zbd KJA 25

tr

See nr or ariya remain stagnant, ar protect: HIn 133 Lihyn, Saf.;

Hismaic KJC 291.
-fa. of ---- KJC 291

tmr

See mr: Cantineau 157 tmrw fem.; PNNR 69; HIn 134 Saf.; Hismaic
WA 10379 fem. ?.

See : Hismaic KJC 681.

tkr

Hismaic LAU 20*.

tkl

Hismaic AMJ 94*.

tm

See tym, tamma be complete, tmm complete, perfect: CIK 543,1

Taim; ID 59 etc.; WR 447; Cantineau 155 tymw, tym; PNNR 67, PNNR
68; Stark 117 tym, tymw, tymy; HIn 136 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMH
1,121, CSP 2, JS 591, KJA 86, KJA 310, KJA 355*, KJB 3, KJB 66, KJB

96, KJB 169, KJC 121, KJC 192, KJC 211, KJC 212, KJC 218, KJC 270,
KJC 271, KJC 394, KJC 421, KJC 509, KJC 667*, KWM 9, LAU 41,
Meek, NST 1, Rh 5, SSA 12, TIJ 38, TIJ 49 + TIJ 52, TIJ 51*, TIJ 54, TIJ
55*, TIJ 56*, TIJ 102, TIJ 107, TIJ 108, TIJ 144, TIJ 156, TIJ 224, TIJ
228, TIJ 429.
-fa. of slh KJC 271
-fa. of mrl TIJ 51*, TIJ 55*
-fa. of r AMJ 1
-fa. of zdqm KJB 3
-fa. of sdlh LAU 41
-fa. of mrl TIJ 56*
-fa. of hn KJC 270
-fa. of q KJC 394
-s. of mrl TIJ 54, TIJ 102, TIJ 107
-fa. of mrl TIJ 49 + TIJ 52
-s. of bnlh KJB 66, KJB 169, KJC 211
-s. of tm- SSA 12
-s. of tmd TIJ 108
-s. of znd KJA 310
-s. of slm TIJ 228
-s. of bd

-fa. of sd KWM 9

-s. of m

-fa. of zdqm KJC 212

-s. of mr JS 591
-fa. of shr

-fa. of bdqns TIJ 38

-s. of ()m KJC 667*

-s. of km TIJ 144
-s. of mqm TIJ 429
-s. of n-- KJC 121
-s. of n--

-s. of (r)gt Rh 5

-s. of nr TIJ 224

-s. of wl AMJ 121

-s. of wgdt KJA 355*

-s. of wgd[t] KJC 218
tmwr

Cmpd., see tm and wr: HIn 136; Hismaic TIJ 323.

-s. of flg

tms

-s. of zd TIJ 323

Cmpd., see tm and s: cf. Cantineau 65 bdysy; PNNR 46; HIn 137 Lihyn
JS 359 (doubtful), Saf. and cf. bds HIn 397 Saf.,; Hismaic AMJ 5.

tml

Cmpd., see tm: HIn 137 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 39a, AMJ 40, KJB 36, KJC
202, KJC 224, KJC 296*, KJC 320, KJC 508.
-fa. of bgt KJC 224
-s. of nht KJA 202
-fa. of bgt KJC 508

tmgrb

Cmpd., see tm, jarab mange, scab, girb a bag for travellers: CIK 258,
1 Abu l-Jarb; ID 124; Stark 82 grb (uncertain); HIn 157 jrb Min.;
Hismaic TIJ 97

tmry

Cmpd., see tm and ry: Hismaic JS 715*.

tmd

tamd last long: HIn 137 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 105, TIJ 108, WAM T 14.
-fa. of tm TIJ 108
-fa. of bd WAM T 14
-fa. of hn TIJ 105

tmdsr

Cmpd., see tm: Cantineau 156 tymdwr; PNNR 68 tymdwr; Hismaic CSP
2.
-s. of flgt

tm

-s. of wtr

-s. of rm CSP 2

Cmpd., tm + or tama spread (evil): HIn 137 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 15*,
TIJ 229*.
-fa. of bd TIJ 229*

tmbdt

Cmpd., see tm and tym: Cantineau 156 tymbdt; PNNR 68; HIn 137 and
HIn 141 Sab. tymbdt; Hismaic TIJ 190.
-s. of sfr

-s. of tmbdt

-fa. of sfr TIJ 190

tmbt

See tymbdt: Hismaic RTI A.

-fa. of whblh TIJ 190

tmbs

Cmpd., see tm, ab ignorance, convenience, abaa improve: HIn 402

bs Saf.; Hismaic LAU 18.

tmktb

Cmpd., see tmktby: Hismaic TIJ 28*.

-s. of m TIJ 28*

tmktb

Cmpd., see tmktby; Hismaic SIAM 43.

tmktby

Cmpd., see tm: See Strugnell 1959: 31 JS Nab 142 tymlktb; Milik and
Starcky 1975: 116-119 tymlktb, tymlktb; Hismaic TIJ 38*, TIJ 285;
PNNR 68 tymlktb.
-s. of rzt TIJ 285
-fa. of shr

tmlt

-fa. of bdgns TIJ 38*

Cmpd. CIK 543,1 Taimallt; ID 117 etc.; Stark 117; HIn 137; Hismaic TIJ
28, TIJ 482.
-s. of hnlh TIJ 482

tmlwr

tmlh

Cmpd., see tm and wr: Hismaic KJC 2, TIJ 434.

-s. of ys

-fa. of sd TIJ 434

-s. of whblh

-fa. of hnlh KJC 2

Cmpd., see tm: CIK 543,1 Taimallh; ID 212 Ban Taimallh; WR 447;
Cantineau 155 tymlhy, tymlhy, Cantineau 156 tmlhy ?; PNNR 68; HIn 138
Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 3, KJA 132, KJC 204, KJC 348*, KJC 575,
KJC 658, KJC 703, KJC 766 Meek, MNM a 1*, MNM b 6, TIJ 278, TIJ
347, TIJ 415.
-fa. of slh

-fa. of m MNM a 1*

-fa. of gsm TIJ 415

-fa. of ddn

-fa. of brq AMJ 3

-fa. of kmy KJA 132, KJC 575

-s. of ly TIJ 347
-s. of dql

-fa. of nmr TIJ 278

-s. of bd KJC 703

-s. of wtr
tn

-s. of mslm MNM b 6

See tnn, tann equal in age etc.: Hismaic KJC 299.

tntn

Heb. ntan give: Cantineau 157 tntnw (under tntlw); cf. HIn 581 ntn (and
see Mller 1980: 72); Saf., Tay. JS 458, JS 559, JS 560, Tham.B HU 446;
Hismaic KJC 289*.

tnn

tanna remain, dwell, tann an equal in age etc., companion: HIn 139
Saf., Tham.D JS 440; Hismaic KJA 48, KJC 183, KJC 758, KJC 761, TIJ
(as Tr.N) 504, TIJ 505.
-s. of sdn

-s. of yb KJC 183

-s. of hn KJA 48
-s. of zdqm KJC 758
thn

See hn, tahann prosper: HIn 140; Hismaic TIJ 281.

-s. of rzt TIJ 281

tym

tma love excessively, enslaved by love, taym servant,: HIn 141 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 460.
-s. of rgl

br

-fa. of whblh TIJ 460

abara confine, prevent, destroy etc., bir suffering loss, astray: CIK
546,1 bir; WR 447; Stark 116 tbr; HIn 142 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 46*,
KJC 568, KJC 716, KJC 716a, KJC 719.
-fa. of n KJC 716
-fa. of krh KJC 716a

tmt

cf. HIn 143 tm Saf.; Hismaic KJA 31.

-fa. of qn KJA 31

ra be roused, excited, awr bull, arr holding much water: CIK

553,1-2 aur; ID 212 al-aur; Cantineau 155 twr, Cantineau 156 tyrw;
PNNR 67; Stark 116 twry; HIn 144 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 250.

See ry; Hismaic 236.

ry

rw, ar increase, become rich, ar wealth, ariy rich, ry, ar

become moist: HIn 145 Saf.; Tham.C WTI 7; Hismaic KJB 109.

HIn 145 Saf.; Tham.B JS 287; Hismaic KJC 347.

lbn

ulabn male fox: CIK 553,1 alabn. Hismaic KJA 64*, KJB 25, KJC
143.

lt

ul excess tooth, ulah fox: ID 231 al-ual, al-ulah; HIn 146;

Hismaic JS 690.
-s. of rbbt JS 690

fnt

afina be rough or callous (hands), afana impel, drive, afinah callous

protuberance: Hismaic KJC 519.

km

akama track, akima remain: cf. HIn 147 kmtn Sab.; Hismaic TIJ 161,
TIJ 193, WAM T 32.
-fa. of rm TIJ 193
-fa. of dgg

-fa. of ns TIJ 161

-fa. of ns WAM T 32

nt

innah fetlock, inn dry herbage, HIn 148 Sab.; Hismaic TIJ 352.
-fa. of khln TIJ 352

gn

jna be black: Cantineau 76 gnyw; PNNR 18 gnyw; HIn 151 Saf.;

Hismaic AMJ 97*.
-fa. of y AMJ 97*

gnt

See gn, junah a receptable for perfumes: HIn 151 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 21.

gb

Hismaic KJA 3*.

gbn

jabuna be cowardly, weak: Hismaic KJA 163.

jaa pull up or out, ju elevated ground, juah pl. jua body:

Hismaic KJC 443.
-s. of hml

gs

-fa. of sny KJC 443

jaaa scratch, ja a young ass: CIK 255,2 Ja, CIK 262,2 Ji;
CIK 264,2 Juhai; ID 177 Ja; WR 178 Ja, 179; BDrN 7 a; HB
14 ei; HIn 153 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 48*, KJC 61, KnEG 5, TIJ 112, TIJ
128, TIJ 164*.
-fa. of hn KnEG 5
-s. of skt TIJ 128
-s. of sk

-s. of dlt TIJ 112

-s. of qbbt AMJ 48*

gf

jaafa strip away, juf, jif uproot, carry away: CIK 255,2 alJaf, al-Jif, CIK 264,1 Juf; ID 187 al-Jaf; Hismaic KJA 20,

KJA 217, KJA 293, KJB 28, KJB 47, KJB 57, KJC 32*, KJC 109, KJC
150, KJC 767.
-s. of bh

-s. of slm KJB 57

-s. of mslm KJB 47

gfl

jafala throw someone to the ground, jafal an army a great man: CIK
255,2 Jafal; HIn Saf.; Hismaic KJA 17, KJA 158, KJB 44, KJB 55, KJB
136, KJB 172, KJC 50a, KJC 56*, KJC 72, KJC 104, KJC 151, KJC 238*,
KJC 326, KJC 428*, KJC 559*.
-fa. of ft KJB 172
-s. of bh KJC 50a
-s. of slm KJC 151
-fa. of ft KJA 17
-s. of -h

gdlt

-s. of shnlh KJB 44

jadala be hard, strong, twist a rope, jadl hard, strong, jadl firmly
twisted or cmpd., jadd fortune + lt: CIK 252,1 Jadla; ID 194 etc.; WR
175; cf. Cantineau 77 gdlw; PNNR 18; cf. Stark 81 gdylt My fortune is
Allt; cf. HB 14 edla fem.; HIn 155 Saf., cf. HIn 154 gdl Saf. and HIn
155 gdl ? Saf.; see Mller 1980: 72; Hismaic AMJ 61.

gdy

jadiy kid, jd in locust: Cantineau 76 gdy, Cantineau 77 gdyw; PNNR

18; CIK 263,2 Judaiy; ID 207; WR 186; Stark 81 gd, gdy; HIn 156 Saf.;
Hismaic WTI 11.

gmt

jaima cut off, jumah amputated arm or hand; CIK 252,1-253,1-2

Jama: ID 169, etc.; WR 175; Cantineau 77 gdymt; HIn 157 Lihyn
(doubtful); Hismaic TIJ 516*.
-fa. of nm TIJ 516*

gr

jarra drag, jarr foot of a mountain, jra act wrongfully, jawr

tyranny: CIK 267,1 Jurr; cf. ID 141 Jarr, ID 212 Jurair; WR 183; HIn
157 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 215, KJC 733, KJC 736.
-s. of sb KJC 733

grt

See gr: WR 160 Jurra; cf. HB 14 arr fem.; HIn 158 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ
75.

-s. of zdmnt AMJ 75

gr

jura rat; HB 15 rei; HIn 158 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 255*.

grs

jaraa bruise or pound, jari bruised or pounded: CIK 267,1 Jura; ID

311; WR 183 al-Jar; BDrN 7 ar; Cantineau 80 grsw; PNNR 19
grys, PNNR 20; HIn 158 Saf., Tham.D Eut 130 (doubtful); Hismaic KJA
296*, KJA 695.
-s. of rq TIJ 141

grs

jura large camel or horse, jari a deep wadi: Saf. JaS 156, Tham.C
or D JS 40, Hismaic KJC 739, TIJ 13, TIJ 402.
-s. of nn TIJ 13
-s. of nl TIJ 402

grf

jarafa remove completely, jurf a torrent that carries away everything, a

voracious man; cf. HB 15 irfn; Cantineau 80 grfw; PNNR 20; HIn 159
Mixed WTI 96, Saf.; Hismaic KJA 21, KJA 46, KJA 50, KJA 171, KJA
216*, KJA 277, KJB 122, KJC 34*, KJC 48, KJC 51, KJC 60, KJC 69,
KJC 71, KJC 95, KJC 103, KJC 152, KJC 161, KJC 419, KJC 585, KJC
613, KJC 696, KJC 734, TIJ 57.
-fa. of ---y TIJ 57
-s. of bh() KJC 71
-s. of mh KJA 21, 46

grm

Syr. g ram decide; jarama cut off, jarm hot, jarm dry dates: CIK
258,1 Jrim, CIK 259,2 Jarm; ID 117; Cantineau 79 grm, grmw, grymw;
PNNR 19, PNNR 20; Stark 82 grymy; grmy; HIn 159 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic
AMJ 106, KJB 22, KJC 13, KJC 550, Rh 2*, TIJ 12a, TIJ 58a, TIJ 113,
TIJ 198, TIJ 219, TIJ 259, TIJ 333, TIJ 385.
-fa. of --dlh Rh 2*
-fa. of rmn TIJ 113, TIJ 219
-fa. of k TIJ 12a
-s. of rm

-s. of y KJC 13

-s. of lt TIJ 58a, TIJ 259

-s. of zdl

-fa. of mty KJB 22

-s. of sd
grml

-fa. of (s)rm TIJ 198

Cmpd., see grm: LittNE 1 20 grml; HIn 159 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 349;
PNNR 19 grml, grml.
-s. of mn TIJ 349

grmt

See grm, jarmah the last of ones offspring: HIn 159 Saf.; Hismaic KJB
106, KJB 143.
-s. of qnlh KJB 143

grm

Cmpd., see grm: Hismaic TIJ 75.

-s. of br TIJ 75

grmlh

Cmpd., see grm: Cantineau 79 grmlhy, grmlhy, grmlbly etc.; HIn 159
Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 142, CTSS 1a, KJC 200, KJC 266, TIJ 483;
PNNR 20 grmlh.
-s. of bnl--

-fa. of flg TIJ 483

-s. of flg

-s. of grmlh TIJ 483

-s. of skmlh KJC 200

grmnt

See grm, jirmn body or cmpd. grm + mnt: Hismaic KJC 6, TIJ 210.

gryt

jar run, jriyah ship, young woman: CIK 259,1-2 Jriya; WR 182;
HIn 160 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 134, WAM T 34.
-s. of bd WAM T 34
-s. of hml TIJ 134

gs

jassa feel, jsw, jas be hard, rough: Hismaic KJC 662a*, TIJ 236.
-s. of d

-fa. of m TIJ 236

gst

See gs, jassah the five senses: Hismaic KJC 678.

gsm

gaama undertake something, guam weight or heaviness: CIK 260, 2

Jim, CIK 261,1 Jauim CIK 267,2 Juam; ID 203 etc.; WR 189;
Cantineau 80 gmw; PNNR 20; HIn 162 Lihyn, Saf., Tay. JS 455, Tham.B
HU 480; Hismaic JS 695* (Tr.N) (or read gsmw), JS 705, JS 710, KJC
445, KJC 544, KJC 546, KJC 548, KJC 558, KJC 614, KJC 618, KJC
622*, KJC 632, KJC 684, KJC 746, KJC 771*, TIJ 200, TIJ 415.
-s. of tmlh TIJ 415

gsmt

See gsm: AMJ 65.

gm

jum a large penis, jaama roll up, contract: cf. CIK 260,1 Jaama,
262,2 CIK Jiima, CIK 269,2 Juuman; cf. ID 300 Ban Jiimah; cf.
WR 185; HIn 162 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 199, KJC 390.

g d

jauda be curly (hair), jad curly hair: CIK 251,2 Jad, CIK 262,2 alJuaid; ID 202 al-Jad, ID 197 etc.; WR 174; HB 15 aad; HIn 162 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 134, TIJ 329*.
-fa. of y KJC 134

gfft

jaffa be dry, jaff dry herbage, jaffah scattered dry herbage, jaffah a
company of men: cf. CIK 261,1 Juff; HIn 163. Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 58*,
KJC 147d*.
-fa. of kt AMJ 58*
-s. of bnyt KJC 147d*

gl

jalla be thick, great, jull main or greater part: CIK 256,1 jall, CIK
265,1 Jull; Cantineau 78 glw; PNNR 18; Stark 82 gl; HIn 164 Saf.,
Tham.C WTI 50 ?; Hismaic KJA 329, KJC 619.

gm

jamaa collect, gather: CIK 256,2 Jmi, Jam, CIK 265,1 Jumai; ID
191; WR 179 Jam; HB 16 mi ; LittNE 1 19 n.pr.? gm; HIn 167 Saf.,
Tham.B JS 320 (doubtful); Hismaic TIJ 58.

gml

jamala collect, melt fat, be beautiful jamal male camel, jaml

beautiful, melted fat: CIK 256,2 Jaml, Jamml, CIK 265,1 Jumail;
Cantineau 78 gmlw; PNNR 19; ID 81; WR 180; BDrN 7 ammal etc.; HB
16 imel; LittNE 1 19 gmylw; Stark 82 gml; HIn 167 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
92, KJB 58a, KJB 149, KJC 511, TIJ 33.
-s. of zrt KJC 173

gmhr

jumhr the main part of a body of men, the outstanding of them: CIK
265,1 al-Jumhir, Jumhr; ID 248; WR 188; HB 16 imhr; HIn 168
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 58, TIJ 225.
-fa. of km TIJ 58
-fa. of yr TIJ 225

gn

Hismaic TIJ 464.

gy

Cantineau 76 l-g and l-gy; Negev 1963: 113 gy: cf. al-J, name of
village near Petra, Starcky 1966: 987; see also bdg and bdlg. Hismaic
KJC 42*, KJC 647 (Tr.N).

See bb: ibb, ubb love: WR 364 ibb; Cantineau 93 bw fem.; PNNR
2; Stark 87 b; HIn 172 Saf., Tham.B HU 308; Hismaic KJA 150a, KJA
335, KJA 352, KJC 251, MuNJ 2, NST 1.
-s. of by

-fa. of [](r)gt MuNJ 2

-s. of rgt KJA 352

-fa. of rs MuNJ 2
-s. of sb KJA 150a
bb

abba be loved, abb beloved, ubb a kind of snake: CIK 288,1289,2 abb, CIK 326,2 ubb, CIK 326,2-326-7 Hubaib; ID 50, etc.,
WR 191-192, HB 17 abb etc.; Cantineau 93 bybw; PNNR 27; LittNE
1 21 bybw; Stark 87 byb; HIn 172 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C Eut.7 = HU 7;
Hismaic AMJ 45, AMJ 46, AMJ 49, JS 607 (Tr.N), KJC 304, Ph 307 b,
WAM T 35.
-fa. of bnlh AMJ 46
-fa. of qrb TIJ 243

bbl

-s. of bnlh

-s. of bb AMJ 46

-s. of rg

-fa. of hnlh

-fa. of whblh AMJ 45, AMJ 49

Cmpd. See bb: cf. Cantineau 93 blhy; PNNR 27; HIn 172, Tham.B JS
361-2; Hismaic KJC 47.

bbt

See bb: CIK 287,1 abba; ID 24; WR 190, WR 192-193 abba fem.;
Cantineau 93 bbt fem.; PNNR 27; Stark 87 bbt; HIn 172 Saf.; Hismaic
TIJ 171.
-s. of hbn TIJ 171

bt

See bb, hubbah love, abbah seed, grain: CIK 287,2 abba; ID 303;
WR 191; abba masc. and fem.; Cantineau 93 bt fem.; PNNR 27; Stark
87 bt; HIn 173 Saf.; Hismaic JS 711.

bk

abaka bind, tie, abk bound, tied: CIK 323,2 bk; HIn 174 Saf.,
Tham. HU 296; Hismaic TIJ 58.

bn

See bb or bn, ibn a boil, monkey: CIK 287,2 abbn, CIK 323,2
ibbn, CIK 327,1 ubain; ID 24; Cantineau 93 bn and cf. Cantineau 94
wbn; PNNR 27; HIn 174-175 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 258.

by

See bb or bw, ab draw near, abiy collection of clouds, ib a

gift: ID 24 ubb fem.; Cantineau 93 by; PNNR 27; Stark 87 by; HIn
175 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 24*, TIJ 34*.
-s. of -- TIJ 34*
-s. of y KJC 24*

atta scrape off, att swift, male ostrich, t fish: CIK 337,1 t and
cf. al-utt; cf. ID 148; Cantineau 95 and Cantineau 217 wtw and cf.
Cantineau 101 tyt and ttw (Tr.N.); cf. Stark 90 ty; HIn 175 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 147i.
-s. of msk

ty

-s. of fr

-s. of b KJC 147i

See t, ty, atiy skins of dates: HIn 176 Saf. (uncertain); Hismaic AMJ
146.

See gg, ajj pilgrim or wj, ja want, need: CIK 291,1 ajj; ID 298
al-j; BDrN 8 a; HB 17*; Cantineau 93-94 gw; PNNR 27; LittNE
1 21 gw; Stark 87 g; HIn 177 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 39*, KJA 128, KJA
376, KJA 579, KJC 202, KJC 262, KJC 686*, TIJ 221, TIJ 426.
-fa. of f TIJ 221, TIJ 426
-s. of sdt KJC 202
-s. of mh[] KJA 128, KJA 686

gg

ajja go towards, ajj pilgrimage, ajjaj frequent pilgrim: CIK

291,1-2 al-ajjj; ID 77; Stark 87 ggw; HIn 177 Lihyn Saf., Tay. W Tay
1, Tay. W Tay, 5, Tay. W Tay 7b, Tay. W Tay 9-13; Hismaic AMJ 7,
AMJ 52, KJC 330, KJB 77, KJC 5, TIJ 214, WAM T 17.
-s. of bglt AMJ 52, KJB 77
-s. of zdlh
-s. of slm WAM T 17

gst

Hismaic KJC 364*.

-s. of hnlh KJC 5

glt

ajalah a partridge: cf. CIK 291,1 ajal; cf. WR 140 ajl; cf. BDrN 8
aal; Hismaic AMH 56, KJC 242.

See dd, add prevention, limit, dd sharp or yd, da turn,

decline, ayd a prominence: CIK 290,1 add; Stark 87 d; HIn 178
Saf.; Hismaic CSP 2, KJA 232, KJA 323, WAM T 48.

dt

adaa be recent, new, ad new, recent, id storyteller; HIn 179

Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 23*.

dd

adda prevent, sharpen, udd, idd sharp: CIK 290,1 add, CIK
323,2 idd, CIK 327,2 udd; ID 277; Cantineau 94 ddw; PNNR 28;
Stark 88 []dydw; HIn 179 Saf., Tay. W Tay 31; Hismaic KJC 123*, TIJ
474, TIJ 492, WAM T 38*.
-fa. of sd

-fa. of s TIJ 492

-s. of m

-fa. of tmt WAM T 38*

-s. of mr TIJ 338

ddn

See dd: Stark 88 dwdn; HIn 179 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 3, TIJ 338.
-s. of tmlh

-fa. of brq AMJ 3

-s. of mr TIJ 338

ds

Hismaic JS 696 + JS 695*, JS 743*, JS 756, JS 758.

dl

adil having one shoulder higher than the other: CIK 327,2 udl; HIn
180 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 506*.
-s. of rkn

-s. of dl TIJ 506*

-fa. of rkn TIJ 506*

dmr

HIn 180 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 88, KJC 188.

-s. of bd

-s. of zdq(m) KJB 88

-s. of bd KJC 188

dn

See dd: ID 299 etc. Ban uddn; WR 193 addn; HIn 180 (not WH
3472); Hismaic TIJ 494.

aama cut off, be quick, uum swift, aim sharp: CIK 290,1-2
uaim: ID 74; HIn 181; Hismaic WAM T 38*.
-fa. of d(d)

-fa. of tmt WAM T 38*

mt

See m: CIK 290,1-2 aama; ID 74 (name of a horse); HIn 181;

Hismaic JS 247.

arra be hot, be free, arr heat, urr free or see wr, r

deficiency: CIK 333,2 urr, CIK 334,2 al-urr; ID 84, ID 228 r;
Cantineau 99 rw, ry; PNNR 31; Stark 90 r; HIn 181; Hismaic JS 760,
KJA 22, KJA 276, KJA 349, KJC 253, KJC 271, TIJ 37, TIJ 178, TIJ 238,
TIJ 284.
-fa. of sr

-fa. of rb TIJ 238

-s. of drm KJA 349, KJC 253

-s. of slh

-s. of tm KJC 271

-s. of sfr TIJ 284

-s. of y KJA 222
rb

araba plunder, arb war, warrior: CIK 299, 2-300, 1-2 arb, CIK
333,2 urab; ID 47 Ibn arb, ID 278 arrab; HB 18 arb; HIn 182 Saf.,
Tham.C JS 160; Hismaic TIJ 238, TIJ 243; PNNR 31 rbw.
-s. of sr

rt

-s. of r TIJ 238

See r: Cantineau 100 rtw; PNNR 32; Stark 90 rt; HIn 182 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 182, TIJ 357*.
-fa. of wdt TIJ 182
-s. of snm TIJ 357*

rgl

argal large wingless locust: Cantineau 99 rglw; PNNR 31 rgl;

Hismaic TIJ 460.
-fa. of tym

rzt

-fa. of whblh TIJ 460

araza be fortified, irz fortified place: HIn 183; Hismaic TIJ 82, TIJ
281, TIJ 285, TIJ 288*, TIJ 290, TIJ 436, TIJ 452, TIJ 463, WAM T 1.
-fa. of tmktby TIJ 285
-fa. of thn TIJ 281
-fa. of rs WAM T 1
-s. of sr TIJ 82, TIJ 290
-s. of wrb TIJ 452
-s. of mty TIJ 463

rs

arasa guard, ris a guard: CIK 299,2 aras, CIK 319,1 al-ars;
WR 206 ars; Cantineau 100 rs; PNNR 3; HIn 184 Saf., Hismaic AMJ
71, KJA 112, KJC 131, KJC 207, KJC 261, KJC 337, KJC 442a, KJC 516,
KJC 522, KJC 605, KJC 615, KJC 692, Rh 7, TIJ 18e, TIJ 167, TIJ 250,
TIJ 274*, TIJ 288, TIJ 399, TIJ 437, TIJ 447, WAM T 1.
-fa. of srq TIJ 18e
-fa. of rs KJC 207, KJC 261, KJC 337, KJC 516, KJC 615
-fa. of y TIJ 399
-fa. of mrg(d) TIJ 274*
-s. of slm

-fa. of rs KJA 112, KJC 442a

-s. of mslm

-fa. of rs KJC 522

-s. of rzt TIJ 288, WAM T 1

-s. of dnlh TIJ 447
-s. of qdm
rst

-s. of r AMJ 71

See rst, arsah something that is guarded: Hismaic KJA 208.

-s. of flt KJA 208

rst

araa hunt lizards, raa fight with, ara rough, urah

roughness: cf. CIK 299,2 al-arai, CIK 324,2 ir; cf. ID 181, ID
183 al-ar, ID 208; cf. Cantineau 100 rw, ryw; PNNR 31 and
PNNR 32; LittNE 1 22 ryw; cf. Stark r and rw; HIn 184; Hismaic
TIJ 504.
-fa. of rkn

-fa. of slh TIJ 504

araa become corrupt, ara corruptness; HIn 184 Saf. (read WH

2836a for 2833a); Hismaic KJC 367*.

rk

aruka move, arik agile, alert: HIn 184 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 12.
-s. of bdgd KWM 12

rkn

rm

See rk: HIn 184 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 504, TIJ 506.
-s. of rst

-fa. of slh TIJ 504

-s. of dl

-fa. of dl TIJ 506

aruma be forbidden, aram, arm forbidden: CIK 299,1 arm,

CIK 300,2 arm; ID 154 Ban arm, ID 176 uraim; Cantineau 100

rmw; PNNR 31 rym; HIn 185 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C JS 86, JS 93, JS 97,
JS 106, Tham.D HU 771, JS 648; Hismaic KJA 29b, KJA 84, KJA 186,
KJA 225, KJA 317*, KJA 340, KJB 85, KJC 13, KJC 21, KJC 55*, KJC
89, KJC 176, KJC 221, KJC 263, KJC 370, KJC 603, KJC 700, TIJ 83,
TIJ 249, TIJ 405.
-fa. of smnt KJA 29b, KJA 186, KJA 225, KJC 21, KJC 55*, KJC 89,
KJC 221, KJC 263
-fa. of ktbt KJB 85

rmt

-s. of y

-fa. of grm KJC 13

-s. of mtr

-fa. of smnt KJA 84, KJC 176, KJC 370, KJC 700, TIJ 83

See rm, urmah respected: CIK 300,2 rimah; HIn 185 Saf., Tham.B
JS 33; Hismaic TIJ 277.

rmn

See rm: HIn 185; Hismaic TIJ 113, TIJ 219, TIJ 259a, TIJ 318.
-fa. of b TIJ 318
-s. of grm TIJ 113, TIJ 219

rw

rw, arwah a burning feeling experienced through anger or see ry:

Hismaic KJC 308.

ry

ry, ar decrease, diminish, ariy adapted, suitable: HIn 186 Tham.C

JS 171; Hismaic KJC 385*, TIJ 344*; PNNR 31 ry.

zbr

al-ayzbr Caskel 1954: 141 JS L 267; Hismaic KJA 286*, KJC 25, KJC
90, KJC 97*, KJC 107, KJC 169, KJC 198, KJC 293, KJC 489.
-s. of bd KJC 25, KJC 97*, KJC 489
-s. of zdqm KJC 107
-s. of []bd KJC 169

zrm

Lisan, azram name of a mountain: ID 325 as Lisan; Hismaic KJA 172*.

zrkn

Hismaic TIJ 276.

zmt

azama be firm, bind, azm prudence, elevated ground, izmah

girth: CIK 322,2 azma; ID 57; cf. BDrN 8 azm etc.; cf. HB 18
izm; HIn 187 Saf.; Hismaic CTSS 1a.

zyt

zy, az compute, conjecture; HIn 188 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 318, TIJ
442*.

-s. of w KJA 318

s

assa be compassionate, kill, slaughter, iss perception: HIn 188

Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic Rh 4.

smt

asama cut, cut off, cauterize, usm sword, usm unluckiness: cf.
CIK 335, 1-2 al-usm; HIn 189; Hismaic NST 1.

sn

asuna be pleasing, beautiful, asan good or see assa under s: CIK

319,1-2 asan, CIK 319,2-321,1 assn, CIK 335,1 usain; ID 266 etc.;
WR 217; HIn 189 Saf., Tham.C JS 138; Hismaic LAU 16.

See ss: HIn 189 Saf.; Hismaic SIAM 44.

ss

aa dry, dry up, a dried grass: CIK 335,2 uai; WR 237; Stark
90 ; HIn 190 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 562; PNNR 32 w.

aada reap, cut, aida be strongly twisted (a rope), ad the time

of reaping, id a reaper: HIn 190; Hismaic WTI 11 (Tr.N).

aura surround, be avaricious, air niggardly: CIK 321,1 air; HIn

190; Hismaic 304.
-s. of whdt TIJ 304

rt

aara ready, be present, ir ready, settled, arah a body of

people engaging in plunder: cf. CIK 290,2 ir, aur; cf. ID 127, ID
249; Hismaic TIJ 317, TIJ 398.

aa put down, alight, uu smooth body, a a place of descent:

cf. HIn 193 Saf.; Hismaic RTI B*.

Hismaic KJC 88*.

afia keep, preserve, fi keeping, preserving: HIn 195 Saf.; Hismaic

KJC 528, KJC 583a; PNNR 31 f.

km

akama prevent, restrain, judge, akm wise: CIK 294,1 al-akam,

CIK 295,1-2 akm, CIK 331,1 ukaim; ID 47, ID 92; BDrN 8 akm;
HB 19 tsim; Cantineau 96 kmw; PNNR 29 kmw; Stark 88 kym; HIn
197 Saf., Tham.C JS 73; Hismaic TIJ 118, WAM T 30, WAM T 36*.
-fa. of mtr WAM T 30
-fa. of ml WAM T 36*

lt

alaa strike, throw down, remove flesh from a hide, lw, al be

sweet: HIn 197 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 147j.
-fa. of qdmt KJC 147j

amma be hot, be black (with heat), amm vehemence of heat, the chief
part of a thing or wm, ma hover, awm a large herd of camels: CIK
296,1 m; ID 305 Ban m; HIn 199 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 16*, KJC 40*.

mgn

ammaja wink, sink (of eyes), ammj young antelope: cf. HIn 200
mgt Saf.; Hismaic Naveh TSB C.

mdt

amada praise: cf. BDrN 8 amed etc.; HB 19; Hismaic KJB 43*;
PNNR 30 mydw.
-fa. of sr KJB 43*

mrt

amara pare a thong, umrah brown, red, ummarah a type of bird:

CIK 332,2 al-ummarah, CIK 332,2-333,1 umra; ID 135, ID 138, ID
137; Cantineau 97 mrt fem.; HIn 200 Saf.; Hismaic KnEG 1, KnEG 2,
KnEG 3, KnEG 4, KnEG 5.

mzn

amaza milk became sour, be robust, miz sour, acrid, miz strong
(hearted), cf. HB 19 amze; HIn 201 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 148*.

ms

amia be slender: HIn 201 Saf.; Hismaic JS 623*.

-fa. of whbn JS 623*

my

amaa peel, am wild fig, amah black blood of the heart: HIn
201; Hismaic HU 498 (Tr.N).

mlt

amala carry, charge, amal lamb, amalah charge, assualt, amlah

beast of burden: CIK 296,2 amala, CIK 324,1 imla; Cantineau 97
mlt; PNNR 30; HIn 202 Saf., Tay. W Tay 15, Tham.C JS 153; Hismaic
NST 1.

mlg

amlaj a strongly twisted rope, imlj goldsmiths bellows; Cantineau

97 mlgw; PNNR 30 mlgw; HIn Saf., add JaS 192; Hismaic TIJ 36, TIJ
58.
-s. of slh

mly

-s. of khln TIJ 36

See ml under mlt: HIn 202 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 14.

-fa. of ngyt KWM 14

mn

See m, amn small ticks: CIK 324,1 immn; ID 150 Ban immn;
Cantineau 97 myn; PNNR 30; cf. Stark 89 mnwn; HIn 203 Tay. W Tay
28; Hismaic TIJ 480.

anna yearn for, be compassionate, nn yearning, longing or yn,

na draw near (time, season): CIK 333,2 unn; ID 320; Stark 89 n;
HIn 205 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 100, KJA 153; PNNR 30 nw.

nl

Cmpd., see n and nn: HIn 206 Saf. correct to LP 667; Hismaic LAU 15.
-fa. of nm LAU 15

nnt

See nn, under n: HIn 207 Saf.; Mixed WTI 78; Hismaic KWM 8.
-s. of tm KWM 8

wr

wr, ra return to, awar intense whiteness/blackness, wr young

camel, al-awar the third star [&] that next the body, of the three in Ursa
Major: Cantineau 94-95 wrw; PNNR 28; LittNE 1 21 wrw, LittNE 234
wyrw; cf. Musil 1926 59-60 n.20 ; HIn 208 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.B
HU 311 (doubtful), HU 707; Hismaic AMJ 60*.

ayiya live, ayy living: CIK 293,2 aiy; ID 197 ?; Cantineau 95 yw,

l yw, y, yyw, yy; PNNR 28; cf. Stark 88 yny; HIn 209 Saf.; Tham.D
TIJ 101; Hismaic AMJ 97*, TIJ 245, TIJ 494.
-s. of gn AMJ 97*
y

la be altered, stagnate, ayl stagnant water, strength: HIn 211 Lihyn

(doubtful) Saf.; Hismaic KJA 201*, WAM T 26*.
-s. of mlk WAM T 26*

abaa hide, conceal, ab hidden, concealed: HIn 213 Saf.; Hismaic

TIJ 494.
-s. of qymt

bt

-fa. of qymt TIJ 494

See b, abah concealed, hidden: CIK 338,1 aba; ID 213; HIn 213
Min., Sab.; Hismaic AMJ 35.
-s. of mr AMJ 35

bbt

abba deceive, alight in depressed land, abab a kind of run, abibah

fillet: cf. CIK 338,1 abbb, CIK 348,1 ubaib; cf. ID 262; cf. WR
134; HIn 213 Tham ? WTI 35; Hismaic TIJ 50, TIJ 440.

-s. of bd TIJ 50
-fa. of yt TIJ 440
br

abura know, abr sidr trees, ubr knowledge, br a certain

plant: CIK 338,1 al-abr, 338,2-339,1 aibari; ID 308; Cantineau 93
bwr ?; PNNR 27; Hismaic TIJ 75.
-fa. of grm TIJ 75

brt

See br, ubrah portion, share, ibrah trial, proof: Hismaic KJA 186,
TIJ 324.
-s. of ft

by

-fa. of ft TIJ 324

See b, ib a kind of tent: Cantineau 93 byw; PNNR 27; HIn 215

Saf.; Hismaic MuNJ 2.
-fa. of b

-fa. of [](r)gt MuNJ 2

wt, ta pounce on prey, atta hit with a spear: HIn 215; Hismaic JS
744.

al-aamah smearing of blood: CIK 345,1 aam; ID 304; Hismaic JS

718.

dmt

adama serve, idmah service, udmah whiteness in the lower end of

the shank, adamah thong: HIn 217 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 23, WAM T 39.
-s. of hd TIJ 23, WAM T 39

mn

aama cut, be quick, aamn quickness of pace: cf. WR 133 im;

cf. HIn 217 m Saf.; Hismaic KJA 231, TIJ 147.
-fa. of n[nt]rb TIJ 147
-s. of nht KJA 231

ra be good, ayr good, arra murmur, rumble: CIK 339,1 air;

Stark 88 yr, yry; HIn 218 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 52*, WAM T 49.
-fa. of rs KJA 52*

rt

arata perforate, bore, arrt expert guide or see r: ID 68 al-arrt;

HIn 218; Hismaic TIJ 378.
-fa. of s TIJ 378

rg

araja go out, arj a horse that outstrips in the race, rij departing,
araj the quality of being two colours: CIK 344,2 rij; HIn 218 Lihyn,
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 26, TIJ 90, TIJ 187, TIJ 346, WA 11472.
-fa. of snm WA 11472
-fa. of flw TIJ 346
-s. of mtt TIJ 26, TIJ 90

rgt

See rg: CIK 344,2 rijah; ID 270 etc.; WR 129; HIn 218 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 30, KJA 352, LAU 33, MuNJ 2*, Rh 5*, TIJ 32a, TIJ 69, TIJ 484,
WAM T 11, WAM T 15.
-fa. of b KJA 352
-fa. of n--

-fa. of tm Rh 5*

-s. of b

-s. of by

-fa. of b MuNJ 2*

-s. of y-- TIJ 32a

-s. of yr LAU 33, WAM T 11
-s. of y TIJ 69

rt

-s. of wtr

-fa. of slh KJA 30

-s. of whblh

-s. of sl TIJ 484

araa cut lengthwise, ari weak, flaccid: HIn 219 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ
319*.

rm

arama perforate, arm prominent part of a mountain, rim

corrupting: CIK 349,1-2 uraim; cf. Cantineau 99 rmw, rym; PNNR
31; WR 135; HIn 219 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C WTI 36; Hismaic KJC 765,
TIJ 155, TIJ 193, TIJ 256, TIJ 395, TIJ 420, TIJ 439, TIJ 454, WAM T 4,
WAM T 55.
-fa. of rb KJC 765
-s. of km TIJ 193
-s. of mz TIJ 395
-fa. of ytr WAM T 4

zb

aziba be swollen: HIn 220 Saf.; Hismaic 194.

zn

azana store up, azn stored, uzaz pl. izzan male hare: cf. HB 20
azne fem.; HIn 220 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 397, WAM T 3.

-s. of mr WAM T 3
l

alla become scanty, perforate, all thin, ill true friendship, wl,
la own servants have dependents, yl, la surmise, fancy, l
thought, opinion, ayl horses: CIK cf. 344,1 all; CIK 346,1 auli;
Cantineau 96 lw; PNNR 29; Stark 88 l; HIn 225 Saf.; Hismaic JS 737,
KJA 83, TIJ 268, TIJ 273, TIJ 314, WAM T 28.
-fa. of (s)mn WAM T 28

ll

-fa. of bkr

-fa. of mqtl TIJ 268, TIJ 273

-s. of krt

-fa. of d KJA 83

Cmpd., see l: HIn 225 Saf.; Tham.B Eut 283; Hismaic TIJ 489, TIJ 490
(Both Tr.N).

ld

alada remain, last forever, uld mole, lid lasting: CIK 340,1343,2 lid, CIK 344,2 alld, CIK 348,2 ulaid; ID 49 etc.; WR 124;
Cantineau 96 ldw (masc. and fem.) ; PNNR 29; Stark 88 ld; HIn 225226 Saf.; Mixed WTI 41; Hismaic NST 1.

alaa be clear, pure, il a mans friend, li clear: Cantineau 96

lw, l, lyw; PNNR 30; LittNE 1 21 lyw; HIn 226 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 520.
-s. of blq TIJ 520

lt

See l: liah purity: Cantineau 96 lt; PNNR 30; HIn 226 Saf.;
Hismaic HU 571, KJC 375, TIJ 58a, TIJ 259, TIJ 498.
-fa. of grm TIJ 58a, TIJ 259
-s. of sw(d) HU 571
-s. of kms TIJ 498

lf

alafa come after, alaf successor, ulf a breach of promise, ilf

the contrary, a well-known tree: CIK 339,2 alaf, CIK 347,1 ilf, CIK
348,2 ulaif; ID 79-80; WR 124; BDrN 9 alaf; HB 21 leif; Cantineau
96 lfw, lf, lyfw; PNNR 29, PNNR 30; Stark 88-89 lp, lyp, lypy,
lpw; HIn 227 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic CTSS 1a, KJA 267, TIJ 14, TIJ 279,
TIJ 356.
-s. of bl TIJ 356

-fa. of qnt TIJ 279

lflh

Cmpd., see lf: Cantineau 96 lflhy, lflhy; PNNR 30; HIn 227 Saf. add
JaS 62, JaS 132; MNM b 6.
-s. of whbn

ly

-fa. of mrs MNM b 6

ala n fresh, juicy herbage, lw, al be empty; Stark 88 ly; HIn 228
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 347, TIJ 348.
-fa. of bnt TIJ 348
-fa. of tmlh TIJ 347

ms

amasa take a fifth, ims watering camels on the fifth day, mis
fifth: CIK 347, 1 ims; BDrN 9 ams; HB 21; HIn 229 Saf.; Hismaic
Naveh TSB C.

mmt

amma stink (meat), weep violently, clean out, sweep, ummah

sweepings, amm heavy in spirit: cf. CIK 344,1 al-amma, CIK
349,1 umm; HIn 229; Hismaic JS 614, NST 1.

my

ym, ma hold back through cowardice, miy preparer of untanned

skins or hides; HIn 229; Hismaic JS 733.

nn

aann having a nasal twang, unn diseased nose: Cantineau 98

nynw; PNNR 31; HIn 230 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 450*.
-s. of qrt TIJ 450*

wf

wf, fa fear, awwafa frighten, awwf a certain black bird:

Hismaic KJC 141*.

yb

yb, ba be disappointed, wb, ba poor needy: Cantineau 95 ybw;

HIn 231 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 183.
-fa. of sdn

dl

-fa. of tnn KJC 183

daala walk in a weak manner, run with short steps, duil jackal, wolf,
weasel, dla come round: cf. CIK 232,1 ad-Daul; ID 105 ad-Duil; cf.
Stark 116 tdl; HIn 232 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 92.
-fa. of hb

d m

-fa. of snm TIJ 92

daama prop (a wall), dma continue, last, dim continuing, lasting;

HIn 233; Hismaic TIJ 524*.

dyt

da deceive, beguile, ibn dayah the crow, dayah the part of the bow
on which the arrow lies: HIn 233 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 327, TIJ 337, WAM
T 2b, 53.

db

dabba go leisurely, gently, dubb bear; CIK 233,2 Dubb; ID 314; WR

157; BDrN 9 id-Dubb; HIn 233 Saf., Tham.B JS 32, 33; Hismaic KJC
111*, KJC 727.
-fa. of rfd KJC 111*

dgt

See dgg, dujjah intense, darkness; Hismaic KJA 157.

dgg

dajja creep along, dajj a chicken: WR 402 Dujaij; HIn 235 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 297*, TIJ 161, WAM T 32.
-s. of km

-fa. of ns TIJ 161

-fa. of ns WAM T 32

db

Hismaic KJA 256*.

dt

daa conceal, dw, da spread, extend, dy, da drive (camels):

cf. CIK 234,1 Duaiy; cf. ID 299 etc. Ban Duaiy, ID 48 etc. Diyah;
HIn 235 Hismaic TIJ 392 (Tr.N).

dlt

daala enter recess of a tent, dal hollow, cavity, dail wicked,

deceitful, dalah well: HIn 235 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 112, TIJ 330, TIJ
473.

dml

-fa. of sk

-fa. of gs TIJ 112

-fa. of hrb

-fa. of ws TIJ 330

damala rouler quelque chose devant soi par terre, dumil gros, pais,
compacte: CIK 231,1 Damal; HB 22 ed-Dmel; HIn 236 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 74, TIJ 130.

ddl

Cmpd., Syr. dd friend, belovedcf. wddl: HIn 236 Saf.; Hismaic KWM
5*.
-s. of b(s) KWM 5*

ddyl

Cmpd. ?, see dd under ddl: Hismaic AMJ 70.

ddh

See dd under ddl: HIn 237 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic JS 723.

-s. of tnn JS 723

dr

darra be copious, flow abundantly, dra move round, circle, dr

house; CIK 231,2 ad-Dr; HIn 238 Saf.; Tham.D JS 243; Hismaic KJA
273*, KJA 333*.

drg

daraja go on foot, creep, darrj slanderer, hedgehog, durrj

francolin: HIn 238 Tham.B JS 243; Hismaic KJA 101, KJA 175*, KJB
79, KJC 155, KJC 209, KJC 589, KJC 602.
-s. of k KJA 101, KJA 175*

drs

darasa become effaced, erased, obliterated, dris effaced, worn out:

CIK 232,1 Dris; BDrN 10 Drs; HIn 238 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 350, KJB
56, KJB 61*, KJB 99, KJB 150, KJC 264, KJC 458, TIJ 63, TIJ 64, TIJ
72.
-s. of gys

-fa. of gys TIJ 64 + TIJ 63

-s. of sn TIJ 72
-s. of k KJC 264, KJC 458
drst

See drs. dursah training, discipline: Hismaic KJA 258, KJB 92, KJB 93.
-s. of kr KJB 92
-s. of krt KJA 258

drh

daraha repel, defend, dirrh chief, drih assaults of time or fortune:

HIn 239 Saf. Tham.D 691; Hismaic KJA 214.

dbt

daaba jest joke, dubah jesting, joking: Hismaic KJC 47a.

-s. of km KJC 47a

dm

daama support, prop, dam strength, dumiy a horse having a

whiteness in his breast: CIK 233,2 Duaim, Dum, CIK 234,2 Dum; ID
105 etc.; WR 157; HIn 240 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 26, KJA 154, KJB 136,
KJB 158, KJC 87, TIJ 299, TIJ 413.
-s. of b KJA 26, KJA 154
-s. of slm

dql

-s. of mslm KJB 158

daql weakness of the body, daqal kind of palm tree, daqal lean,
emaciated sheep or goat: cf. HB 23 Dedzle fem.; HIn 241; Hismaic AMJ
109, TIJ 278, TIJ 390.
-fa. of tmlh

-fa. of nmr TIJ 278

-fa. of nhm AMJ 109

dll

dalla direct, guide, dall amorous gesture, dall guide, dalll broker:
CIK 231,2 Dalll; HB 23 Dalll; HIn 242 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 33, TIJ 30.
-s. of mrl TIJ 30

dnlh

Cmpd. dna obey, recompense, Syr. dn judge, danaa be ignoble,

mean: cf. North 1928: 241 Dnil; cf. Cantineau 84 dnyl; cf. PNNR 21;
HIn 244 Saf. and cf. dnl (Saf., Tham.B HU 801); Hismaic TIJ 447.
-fa. of rs TIJ 447

dnn

adanna remain, dwell, dann wine jar, adann one with a curve in the
back, dann buzzing: cf. CIK 233,1 Dinnn; cf. HIn 244 dnnt Has.;
Hismaic KJC 148*.

ib wolf: CIK 235,2 ib, ib, CIK 237,2 ub, CIK 237,2-238,1
uaib; ID 110, ID 124, ID 178; BDrN 10 b etc.; Cantineau 80 dbw,
dybw; PNNR 20; LittNE 1 20 dybw; HIn 246 Saf.; Tay. W Tay 1, Tay.
W Tay 5, Tay. W Tay 7a; Hismaic KJA 44, KJA 49*, KJA 55, KJA 290*,
KJB 60, KJB 72, KJB 148, KJB 156, KJB 174, KJC 83*, KJC 157, KJC
219, KJC 333, KJC 441, KJC 517, KJC 561, KJC 587, KJC 650, KJC 693,
KJC 756, TIJ 7.
-fa. of y KJC 333
-s. of smn KJAA 290*, KJB 148, KJC 756
-s. of qn KJA 44, KJB 174
-s. of mskt KJB 156
-s. of sd KJA 49*

rf

arafa flow (tears), arf a certain running of horses, arrf quick:

HIn 252; Hismaic TIJ 189.
-s. of r TIJ 189

frn

afira emit a strong smell, afir smelling strongly: Hismaic KJB 53*,
KJC 45, KJC 648.

krl

Cmpd. akara remember; cf. Cantineau 82 dkrw; PNNR 21; cf. Stark 83
dkry; HIn 255; Hismaic TIJ 18.

ky

kw, ky ak blaze, be sharp, acute of mind, ak sharpness,

acuteness of mind: cf. Stark 83 dk; HIn 256 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 212*,
KJC 179, KJC 315*, KJC 742.
-fa. of wg KJA 212*, KJC 315*
-s. of kw

-fa. of smr KJC 179

-fa. of snm KJC 742

lhs

Hismaic KJA 298*.

-s. of slh KJA 298*

mr

amara urge with chiding, imr courageous, imr, amr whatever

one is obliged or bound to preserve, amr well made: CIK 235,1
amr; HIn 256-257 Lihyn; Hismaic TIJ 173.
-fa. of ms TIJ 173

hb

abaha go, journey, ahab gold: CIK 235,1 a-ahhb; HB 24

ahab; HIn 259, Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 92, TIJ 174.
-fa. of sfr TIJ 174
-s. of dl

hbn

-fa. of snm TIJ 92

See hb: CIK 235,1 ahban, ahbn; HIn 259 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 103*,
KJA 104*, TIJ 171*.
-fa. of bbt TIJ 171*

hl

ahala forget, neglect, uhl period (of the night) CIK 238,2-239,2
uhl; ID 210 etc.; WR 159; HIn 259 Saf.; Tham. ? HU 195, HU 219;
Hismaic JS 726.

r l

ral the young of the ostrich: cf. CIK 485,1 Rln; cf. ID 125. HIn 262
Saf.; Hismaic KJC 177, KJC 449, KJC 455.

rmlt

Cmpd. Heb. ram rise or see rm and cf. rml: Hismaic KJC 3.
-fa. of rmk KJC 3

rb

rabba be lord, master, rear, foster, rabb lord, possessor, rwb, rba be
thick, coagulated, ryb, rba cause doubt, suspicion: CIK 484,2 Raib;
Cantineau 145 rbw, rb; PNNR 59; Stark 111 rb, rbw; Hin 263 Lihyn
Saf.; Hismaic KJA 304*, KJC 648*.

rbbl

Cmpd., see rb, rabb reared, fostered: cf. CIK 486,2 Ribbl; Cantineau
145 rbybl and cf. rbl; PNNR 59; cf. Stark 111 rbl; HIn 264 Saf.;
Hismaic KnEG 1, TIJ 176.
-s. of mlg

rbbt

See rb. CIK 486,2 Ribba; Stark 111 rbbt; HIn 264 Tham.? Eut T II 248;
Hismaic JS 690.
-fa. of lt JS 690

rbt

See rb or rabata be closed: HIn 265 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 264, MNM c 7
(Tr.N).

rb

rabaa take a fourth of property, rab spring: CIK 475,1-476,1 Rab,

CIK 486,2-487,1 Rib, CIK 489,2-490,1 Rubai; ID 275 etc.; WR 376,
WR 384; BDrN 10 Rab; HB 24 Rbeije; HIn 266 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic
KJC 234, TIJ 465.
-s. of ml TIJ 465

rbn

See rb: HB 24 Rbcn WR 383 Ribn; HIn 267 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 226*.

rbqt

ribq, ribqah noose, ribqah a thing woven of black wool: cf. HIn 267
rbqn Min.; Hismaic AMJ 131.
-s. of rk

-s. of bd

-fa. of nmy

-fa. of qnt

-fa. of lyn

AMJ 131
rt

rata pasture at pleasure, rti pasturing freely; HIn 268; Hismaic LAU
1.

raa be worn, old, ra old, worn, rw, ra dung, ry, ra be slow,

ray space of time; CIK 484,2 Rai; cf. HB 26 Rweie fem.; HIn 269 Saf.
add JaS 160a; Hismaic AMJ 1.
-s. of tm AMJ 1

rg

raja return: Cantineau 146 rg; PNNR 60 rg; WR 384 Umm el-Rij;
cf. HB 25 Mre; HIn 271 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 45, AMJ 49.
-fa. of bb

-fa. of hnlh

-fa. of whblh AMJ 45, AMJ 49

rgf

ragafa be in a state of motion, agitation: Hismaic KJB 168*.

rgl

rajila go on foot, rajal pl. rijl man, rijl foot: CIK 488,1 Rijl, Rijl;
HIn 271; Hismaic JS 756; PNNR 60 rglw.

-fa. of ds JS 756
rgm

rajm throwing or casting of stones, rajam stones that are placed on a

grave: HIn 271; Hismaic KJA 241*.

rw, raa be violently windy, go in the evening, r windy, joy, r

soul: Cantineau 146 rww; PNNR 60 rww; HIn 271-272 Hismaic TIJ
460a*.

rl

ril ewe lamb: cf. Cantineau 146 rylt fem.; PNNR 60; HIn 274 Tham. ?
JS 14 doubtful; Hismaic LAU 17*.
-s. of bn LAU 17*

rmt

rauma be soft or gentle, ram soft, gentle, rumah whiteness in the

head of a ewe, ramah a vulture; Cantineau 146 rmh ?, rmy; PNNR
60 rmh, rmy; HIn 274 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 572*.
-fa. of bls KJC 572*

rl

Cmpd., radda make, cause to turn back: HIn 276 and cf. HIn 276 rwl
Has.; Hismaic TIJ 109.
-s. of z--- TIJ 109

rzk

Hismaic TIJ 16*.

rsm

rasama erase, mark, rasam elegance of gait, rasm mark: HIn 277
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 143.
-fa. of l

rs

-fa. of mqm TIJ 143

raa sprinkle, scatter in drops, ra a little rain, ra feather, r

feather: cf. ID 218 Ban al-Ri cf. Stark 112 ry; HIn 278 Saf. WH
2403, Tham.D WTI 2; Hismaic WTI 11.
-fa. of yly WTI 11

rst

raaa give birth (gazelle), raa a young gazelle that is sufficiently

strong to walk with its mother; Hismaic CTSS 1a*.
-fa. of mkr CTSS 1a*

Hismaic TIJ 480a*.

-fa. of khln TIJ 480a*

raa bruise, pound, ra bruised dates, rw, ra break a horse,

raw low level places where rainwater collects or see ry under rwt: cf.

CIK 490,1 Ru; cf. BDrN 10 Ri; cf. HB 25 R, HB 26 Reiji; cf.

Cantineau 147 rw, rw; PNNR 61 rw.; cf. Stark 112 r and rwy, ryw;
HIn 279 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 127*
rwt

raiya, raiwa be pleased, content; Cantineau 147 rwt; PNNR 61 rwt;

HIn 280 Saf.; Hismaic Tdr 9.
-s. of qym

-s. of nr Tdr 9

raa be still, rw, ra frighten, surprise or see ry: cf. Cantineau 147
rw; PNNR 61; HIn 281 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 71, KJA 150b*.
-fa. of qdm

rm

-fa. of rs AMJ 71

ram soul, lean, rim graisse: CIK 485,2 ar Ram fem.; HIn 281;
Hismaic WA 10682.
-s. of mrt WA 10682

r y

ra pasture, ri n shepherd: Cantineau 147 rwy; PNNR 61 rwy; CIK

484,1-2 ar-Ri; WR 380; HIn 282 Saf., Hismaic KJC 119*, KJC 598*.

raaa suckle (her kid, goat), exhaust ones wealth through generousity,
ra suckling female: Hismaic KJC 17, LAU 40.

HIn 282 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 169.

-s. of y TIJ 169

rfy

rafaa reconcile, repair, rif close union: cf. Stark 112 rp; HIn 283;
Hismaic KJA 250, KJC 322, KJC 738, KJC 755, TIJ 266, TIJ 298.
-fa. of mty KJA 250, KJC 322, KJC 738, KJC 755, TIJ 266, TIJ 298

rfd

rafada give a gift, rfid giving a gift, rifd gift: CIK 483,2 Rafd, CIK
484,1 Rfid, CIK 488,1 Rifd; LittNE 1 25 rfdw; HIn 284 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 235, KJC 111, KJC 156, KJC 362, KJC 408, TIJ 1, TIJ 2,
TIJ 289, TIJ 382; PNNR 61 rfdw.
-fa. of shry TIJ 2
-fa. of whb TIJ 1
-s. of db KJC 111

rqb

raqaba look, watch, raqb a woman of whom no offspring remains,

raqb looker, watcher: cf. CIK 485,1 Raqaba; Hismaic KJA 2*.

rkb

rakiba mount: CIK 484,2-485,1 ar-Rakb; HIn 285 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 18a.

-s. of km TIJ 18a

rks

rakasa turn over, upside down, riks uncleanness, dirt: HIn 285 Saf.
correct to WH 2837, add AKSD 2, HCH 104, HFSL 2 (doubtful), Naveh
TSB B (all Tr.N); Hismaic KJA 73, KJA 264*, KJA 306, KJA 325, KJB
119, KJB 126, KJC 63, KJC 420.

rm

ramma repair, restore, rwm, rma seek for, Syr. rm be high:

Cantineau 146 rm, rmw, rmy, rmw; PNNR 60; Stark 112 rm, rmw, rmy;
HIn 286 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic KJB 21*, KJC 98, KJC 411a, TIJ 40*.

rml

Cmpd., see rm: Cantineau 146 rml; PNNR 60; HIn 286 Saf.; Hismaic
LAU 8.
-fa. of zdmnt LAU 8

rms

ramasa bury, conceal, rams dust, earth: HIn 287 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
261, KJC 76, KJC 409, KJC 424, KJC 530, KJC 540, KJC 666, KJC 670,
TIJ 192, TIJ 260, TIJ 300.
-fa. of l(g) TIJ 192
-fa. of m TIJ 260
-s. of mn

-s. of fg

-fa. of m TIJ 300

rmt

Hismaic JS 688*.

rmk

ramaka remain, stay, rmik staying, black substance like pitch which is
mixed with musk: Hismaic KJC 3.
-s. of rmlt KJC 3

rmnn

See rm ?: cf. ID 228 Rmmn, ID 313 Raimn; cf. HIn 288 rmn Saf.;
Hismaic AMJ 156; cf. PNNR 60 rmnntn.

rh

rah part ones legs, rahu low-lying ground, ryh, rha come and go:
HIn 289 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 79*, KJC 47b*, TIJ 392.
-s. of hnt

rhdt

-fa. of hr TIJ 392*

rahada pound, rahd soft, delicate, rahdah delicacy of life: HIn 289
Saf. add WH 624, WH 3868; Hismaic Meek*.

rhs

rahasa tread, trample: HIn 289 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 93, KJA 6.
-s. of sby AMJ 93

rhsn

See rhs: Hismaic KJA 8.

zbd

zabada feed or give somone butter, zabd gift, zubd fresh butter; CIK
598,1 B. Zabd az-Zabd, CIK 608,2 Zubaid; ID 245; WR 474; Cantineau
91 zbdw, zbd, zbdy, zbydw, zbwdw; PNNR 25; LittNE 1 20 zbydw LittNE
2 233 zbwdw, zbydw; Stark 85 zbd, zbd, zbdw; HIn 294 Saf., Tay. JS 506,
JS 525, JS 547; Hismaic JS 669*, KJA 25.
-fa. of tsq KJA 25

zb

az-zawbaah a devil, whirlwind of sand: Hismaic KJC 711.

zrt

zaara breath with moaning, zarah emission of breath with moaning:

cf. CIK 599,1 Zar; cf. ID 243; Hismaic KJC 10.

zn

zaana be slow, zun a man of short stature: Hismaic AMJ 67, KJA 7,
KJC 343.
-s. of ----

-s. of m AMJ 67

-s. of frs KJA 7

zd

See zyd, zayd increase: CIK 599,1-604,1 Zaid; ID 23 etc.; BDr 10 Zd;
HB 27; Cantineau 91 zyd, Cantineau 92 zydw; PNNR 26 also zyd; LittNE
2 234 zydw; HIn 296 Lihyn, Saf.; Tham.B HU 466; Hismaic TIJ 323, TIJ
337a, TIJ 489.
-fa. of flg

-fa. of tmwr TIJ 323

-s. of sfr TIJ 489

zdl

Cmpd., see zd: CIK 604,1 Zaidl; HIn 296 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 37, AMJ
104, KJB 22, KJB 238, KJC 13, LAU 25.
-fa. of srk AMJ 37
-fa. of bnt AMJ 104
-fa. of grm

-fa. of my KJB 22

-fa. of nb LAU 25
-s. of y KJC 13
zdqm

Cmpd., see zd and zydqm: Cantineau 92 and Cantineau 142 zydqwmw,

zydqwm; PNNR 26; cf. HIn 304 zydqwmm Sab.; Hismaic KJA 27, KJA
53, KJA 99, KJA 187, KJA 300, KJA 304, KJB 3, KJB 88, KJB 105, KJB
110, KJB 155, KJB 173, KJB 177, KJC 107, KJC 147b, KJC 169, KJC
188, KJC 195, KJC 212, KJC 287, KJC 758, KJC 768, TIJ 409*.

-fa. of sr KJA 53, KJB 155, KJC 287

-fa. of bd KJA 187, KJC 768
-fa. of dmr KJB 88
-fa. of zbr KJC 107
-fa. of hn KJA 27, KJA 99, KJA 300, KJB 105, KJB 173, KJB 177
-fa. of tnn KJC 758
-s. of bd

-fa. of hn KJB 110

-fa. of bd KJC 169, KJC 188

-s. of tm KJB 3
-s. of m KJC 212
-s. of rb
zdlh

-fa. of -n KJA 304

Cmpd., see zd: CIK 604,1 Zaidallah; ID 285; Cantineau 92 zydlhy; PNNR
26; HIn 297 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 72, AMJ 132, KJB 71, KJC 5,
KJC 138*, KJC 144.
-s. of hnlh

-fa. of bglt KJC 5

-fa. of smdt AMJ 132

zdmnt

Cmpd. see zd: CIK 604,1-2 Zaidmant; WR 470; HIn 297 Lihyn; Hismaic
AMJ 75, LAU 8; PNNR 26 zydmnwtw.
-fa. of grt AMJ 75
-s. of rml LAU 8

zdn

See zd: Hismaic KJA 65, KJC 11, KJC 30, KJC 115, KJC 139, KJC 331,
KJC 740; PNNR 26 zydywn.
-s. of ()--- KJA 65
-s. of [nt] KJC 331
-s. of nt KJC 740

zdnn

See zdn: Hismaic KJC 135.

zr

zarra button a shirt, pierce, bite, zirr button, zra visit, zawr a camel
having the hump inclining, zr a lie, falsehood: CIK 606,2 Zirr; WR
474; HIn 297 Tham.B JS 673; Hismaic TIJ 244, TIJ 408, TIJ 457.
-fa. of my TIJ 457
-fa. of hmy TIJ 408

zrt

See zr: CIK 605,2 B. Zra; ID 288 Ban Zrah; Hismaic KJC 173, KJC
620.
-fa. of gml KJC 173
-s. of nw(y)

zrlh

-fa. of nsl KJC 620

Cmpd., zaraa sow or cast seeds, cause to grow, increase, zar seedproduce, offspring, children: Milik and Starcky 1975: 129 zrlhy Nab.;
Hismaic AMJ 138; PNNR 27.
-fa. of mr AMJ 138

zrm

zarima be interrupted, ceased, zarim anything interrupted, scanty: HIn

298 Qat.; Hismaic KJA 82*.

zky

zkw, zak increase, augment, enjoy a plentiful life, zak increase of the
earth: CIK 605,1 Zakiy; Cantineau 92 zkyw; PNNR 26; LittNE 2 234
zkyw; Stark 86 zky; HIn 300 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 371.
-s. of --- TIJ 371

zm

zamma tie, fasten: cf. CIK 605,2 Zamma; cf. ID 207 Zimmn; cf. WR
473; HIn 301 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 341.
-s. of qn

zmlt

-s. of mskt KJA 341

zamala run as though limping, carry, follow, zimlah luxuriant palm

trees, zaml one who rides behind another, zmilah animal used for
carrying goods: cf. CIK 605,1-2 Zmil; CIK 606,1 Ziml; CIK 611,2
Zumail; cf. WR 473; HIn 301 zml Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 143.

zn

zanna dry up (sinews), suspect, zyn, zna adorn, decorate, zayn grace,
beauty: HIn 302 Saf.; Tham.B HU 336 (doubtful); Hismaic MNM a 3.
-s. of bdn

znd

-s. of sd MNM a 3

zanada produce fire, thirst, zand piece of stick for producing fire: HIn
302 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 310.
-fa. of tm KJA 310

zhr

zahara shine, glisten (a star), zahr blossom, zhir shining; CIK

598,2-599,1 Zhir, Zahr, CIK 609,2-611,1 Zuhair, CIK 611,2 Zuhr; ID 75
etc.; WR 465; HIn 302 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 63.

zhmn

zahima stink, zuhm fat, zahmn satiated: HIn 303 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
138, KJB 68, KJB 358.
-s. of yld

zhwd

-fa. of w KJA 138

Hismaic AMJ 10*.

-s. of ld AMJ 10*

zhy

zhw, zah increase (plant), blossom, behave proudly zahu pride, zah
a plant bright and beautiful, zuh number or amount: Hismaic KJA 34,
KJA 322*, TIJ 4, TIJ 48, TIJ 342.
-fa. of KJA 34
-s. of mr TIJ 4, TIJ 48

zyd

See zd, zda increase, augment: CIK 606,2-608,1 Ziyd; ID 201 etc.;
BDrN 10 Zyid etc.; HB 28; HIn 304 Saf.; Mixed HU 262 (Tr.N), Hismaic
TIJ 222.
-s. of fy TIJ 222

zydt

See zyd, ziydah increase: HIn 304 Min; CIK 608,1-2 Ziyda; Kahaleh
1979, 4: 230 Ziydt (Tr.N); AMJ 152, KJA 36 (Tr.N).
-s. of wr AMJ 152

zydqm

Cmpd., see zyd and zdqm: Hismaic SIAM 44.

sb

saaba throttle, syb, sba run, sib running water; CIK 499,1-2
Sib; ID 77; WR 398; HIn 307 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 127*.

sr

saara remain or see syr; HIn 307 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 45*, KJB 163,
LAU 34.
-s. of rm- KJB 45*
-s. of yqm LAU 34

sby

sby, sab capture, sabiy captive: HIn 310 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 93;
PNNR 61 by.
-fa. of rhs AMJ 93

sgt

sajia be even, soft, saja beauty, justness of proportion, sajah

natural disposition: cf. CIK 498,1 Saj; ID 137; HIn 310 sg Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 508*.

sr

saara enchant, fascinate, saar a little before daybreak, sir an

enchanter: HIn 311 Saf.; Stark 113 hr; Hismaic TIJ 365*; PNNR 63
rw.
-fa. of qnf TIJ 365*

sm

saima be black, saam a sort of tree, suum blacksmiths hammers,

saam blackness: CIK 516,1-2 Suaim; ID 22 etc.; WR 426; cf. HB 28
Sime; HIn 312; Hismaic TIJ 35*.
-s. of g- TIJ 35*

sr

saira mock: HIn 312 Saf., Tham.B JS 354; Hismaic KJA 316, KJB
43*, TIJ 67.
-s. of mdt KJB 43*
-s. of dt TIJ 67

sl

saala drive away, repel, sal an infant that is the object of love to his
parents, salah pl. saal lamb, sual weak, vile: cf. CIK 499,1
Sala; HIn 313; Hismaic AMJ 43, TIJ 345, TIJ 364, TIJ 394a, TIJ 484.
-fa. of tm TIJ 364
-fa. of whblh -fa. of rgt TIJ 484
-fa. of bd AMJ 43

sd

sadda close, do what was right, swd, sda rule, sd authority, sawd
narrow black strip of ground at the foot of a mountain, sd wolf: CIK
512,1 as-Sd, CIK 515,1 Sd; ID 284, ID 143 Abu Saud; Cantineau 149
wdw, wd, wdy, wdyw; PNNR 62, PNNR 63; LittNE 1 25 wdw; cf.
BDrN 12 Sd; HB 31 Sde, fem.; HIn 313 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 1, KJB
577.

sdl

sadala let down, lower, sudl veil, curtain; sidl string of gems: HIn
314 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 297*.
-s. of ytr KJC 297*

sdn

See sd, sdn wolves: CIK 512,1 Sdan; ID 148; WR 421; cf. HB 28
Seddn fem.; HIn 314 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 198, KJC 126, KJC 183, KJC
671.
-fa. of mn KJA 198

sr

-s. of yb

-fa. of tnn KJC 183

-s. of ny

-fa. of mn KJC 126

See srr, sirr a secret, swr, sra leap, spring towards, sr wall of a
city or see syr: CIK 502,2 Sair, CIK 519,1 Sr; ID 293; HIn 314-315
Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 119, AMJ 144, KJB 133.
-fa. of swr AMJ 119
-fa. of mqml KJB 133

srr

sarra rejoice, gladden, surr happiness, sirr secret: cf. CIK 511,2
Sarran, CIK 514,1 as-Sirr, CIK 519,1 Surair; WR 432; BDrN 11 Srr;
HB 28; HIn 315 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 52, TIJ 358, WAM T 45.
-s. of b TIJ 358

srq

saraqa steal, sriq thief, sariq theft: Cantineau 154 lrqyw; cf.
PNNR 67 (l)-rqyw; CIK 511,2 Sarrq; HIn 316 Saf.; Hismaic JS 689,
KJA 84a, TIJ 18e.
-s. of rs TIJ 18e

srqt

See srq, sariqah a thing stolen: CIK 519,1-2 Surqa; ID 282 etc.; HIN
316 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 86, KJB 161, KJB 281*, KJB 302.
-s. of lw KJC 281*

srm

HIn 316 Qat.; Hismaic TIJ 198*.

-s. of grm

srw

-s. of sd TIJ 198*

saruwa be generous; HIn 316 Saf.; Tham. ? WA 12430 (doubtful);

Hismaic KJA 138*.
-s. of nn

sry

-fa. of kl KJA 138*

sar journey, travel by night, sarr one who journeys much or often by
night, srw, sariy noble, high minded; CIK 511,1 Sar, CIK 519,1
Suraiy; ID 43 as-Sariy; WR 432; BDrN 11 Sr etc.; HB 29 Sr; HIn 317
Saf.; Hismaic KJB 33*, KJB 100.
-s. of qn KJB 33*
-s. of (k)nn

sd

-fa. of kl KJB 110

saida be prosperous, sad good luck; CIK 492,1-497,2 Sad, CIK

499,2-501,2 Sad, CIK 511,2 Sad, CIK 514,1 Sud, Suaid; ID 35-36

etc.; BDrN 11 Sad etc.; HB 29; Cantineau 152 dw, dy, d, wdw,
Cantineau 153 wdy, ydw; PNNR 65, PNNR 66; Stark 115 d, d,
dw, dy, w[d]; HIn 318 Saf., Tham.B ? JS 418, Tham.D JS 203-4;
Hismaic AMJ 69, AMJ 135, KJA 12, KJA 49, KJA 51, KJA 155, KJA
281, KJA 287, KJB 74, KJB 112, KJB 114, KJB 115, KJB 134, KJB 145,
KJB 175, KJC 96, KJC 154, KJC 159, KJC 187, KJC 220, KJC 275, KJC
385, KJC 404, KJC 488, KJC 504, KJC 521, KJC 665, MNM a 3, MuNJ
1, TIJ 89, TIJ 198, TIJ 211, TIJ 217, TIJ 434, TIJ 462, TIJ 467, TIJ 492.
-fa. of bdn

-fa. of zn MNM a 3

-fa. of grm

-fa. of (s)rm TIJ 198

-fa. of ry KJC 385

-fa. of snt

-fa. of hnt TIJ 211

-fa. of bdyb KJA 168, MuNJ 1

-fa. of n TIJ 462, TIJ 467
-fa. of ftn KJB 112
-fa. of qymt KJB 115, KJC 665
-fa. of mskt KJA 49
-s. of tmlwr -s. of ys TIJ 434
-s. of dd

-fa. of s TIJ 492

-s. of zk-

-fa. of km AMJ 69

-s. of mn KJC 187

-s. of ng KJB 175

sdl

-s. of ngm

-fa. of skmlh AMJ 135

-s. of wh--

-fa. of whb[]lh TIJ 217

Cmpd., see sd: Stark 115 dl. HIn 318 Saf.; Hismaic CTSS 1a, KJC
711*, LAU 29, MNM a 2, TIJ 218, TIJ 267, TIJ 320, TIJ 448, TIJ 477.
-fa. of mt TIJ 267, TIJ 448
-fa. of whblh -fa. of sdl MNM a 2
-s. of dbl TIJ 477
-s. of mtt TIJ 218, TIJ 320
-s. of whblh

-s. of sdl MNM a 2

sdt

See sd: CIK 501,2 Sada, 501,2-502,1 Sida; ID 32; WR 403; HB 29

Syde fem.; Cantineau 152 dh, dt; PNNR 66; HIn 318 Saf., Tham.B
HU 358, TIJ 512; Hismaic KJC 202, KJC 293, TIJ 47, TIJ 129.
-fa. of sd TIJ 129
-fa. of g KJC 202, KJC 293
-fa. of mlk TIJ 47

sdl

Cmpd., see sd: HIn 319 Saf., Tham.B HU 658; Hismaic JS 729.

sdlh

Cmpd., see sd: CIK 497,2-498,1 Sadallah; Cantineau 153 dlhy,

dlhy, dlh, sdlhy; PNNR 65, PNNR 66; HIn 319 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic
JS 35*, JS 229, KJA 148*, KJB 179, KWM 1, LAU 41, MNM a 4, TIJ 78,
TIJ 369, TIJ 491, TIJ 515, WAM T 31.
-fa. of [----]

-fa. of whb MNM a 4

-fa. of s JS 229
-fa. of y TIJ 369
-fa. of hr TIJ 491
-fa. of wl KJB 179
-fa. of wr TIJ 515
-s. of tmt WAM T 31
-s. of b(r)d JS 35*
-s. of tm LAU 41
-s. of km KWM 1
-s. of whblh TIJ 78
-s. of yf
sdn

-s. of whb MNM a 4

See sd: cf. CIK 498,1 Sadna; ID 15 as-Sadn; HIn 320 Saf.; Hismaic
AMJ 116*, RTI B.
-s. of ngt AMJ 116*

sr

saara light, kindle (fire), suira be mad, insane, sur madness, sir
price: CIK 514,1 Sir, ID 328; HIn 320 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 656*.

smn

saama walk quickly: Hismaic KJC 153.

sfn

saffa weave, safana strip of its outer covering, safan an axe, saf be
quick, safiy dust made to rise and carried by the wind: cf. CIK 515,1-

516 Sufyn; cf. ID 45 etc; cf. HB 29 Syfjn; HIn 322 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
173.
skrn

sakira become intoxicated, sakrn intoxicated; Cantineau 150 krw;

PNNR 63 krw; CIK 503,2 as-Sakrn; BDrN 12 Sakrn; HB 29 esSkrn; HIn 323 Saf.; Mixed WTI 78; Hismaic AMJ 130.
-s. of mbl AMJ 130

skn

sakana be still, inhabit, dwell, sakn inhabitant, skin still, sakan

cause of comfort; cf. Cantineau 150 kynt; cf. PNNR 63 kynt; CIK
503,1-2 Sakn, as-Sakn, CIK 516,2 Sukain; ID 221, ID 315 etc.; WR 403;
cf. Stark 114 kny (doubtful); HIn 323 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 100*.

sl

See sll under sll: cf. Cantineau 123 sly, slyw, Cantineau 150 ly, l;
PNNR 45, PNNR 64; Stark 114 l; HIn 324 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 59, KJC
652*.

sl

salua overcome, sal strong, hard: CIK 508,1-2 Sal; ID 69; Hismaic
KJA 284; PNNR 65 ltw.

slm

salima be safe, secure: CIK 503,2 Salm, CIK 507,2-508,1 Slim, CIK
508,2 Sallm, Salm, CIK 517,1-2 Sulaim; ID 108 etc. BDrN 12 Slim etc.;
HB 30; Cantineau 151 lmw, lm; Stark 114 lwm, lm ?, lm ?, lmw,
lmy; HIn 325 Lihyn, Saf.; Tham.C HU 58, HU 484, Tham.D HU 744;
Hismaic AMJ 136, AMJ 140, JS 712, KJA 76, KJA 88, KJA 320*, KJB
42, KJB 82, KJB 100, KJC 290, KJC 295, KJC 430, KJC 438, KJC 675,
KJC 712*, KJC 749, LAU 38, TIJ 41, TIJ 126, TIJ 159, TIJ 228, TIJ 433,
UR 1, WAM T 17; PNNR 64.
-fa. of mrt KJC 438
-fa. of tm TIJ 228
-fa. of gg WAM T 17
-fa. of slm LAU 38
-fa. of syr KJA 76, KJA 320*, KJB 82, KJB 100, KJC 290
-fa. of bd TIJ 433
-fa. of bt UR 1
-s. of slm LAU 38

-s. of nt KJA 88, KJC 295, KJC 749

-s. of ft

-fa. of syr KJC 675

-s. of nhq AMJ 140

slml

Cmpd., see slm: HIn 325 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 499.

slmt

See slm. CIK 503,2-506,1 Salama, CIK 506,1-2 Salma, CIK 517,2
Sulaima; ID 110 etc.; HB 30 Slme; Cantineau 151 lmt, lymt fem.;
PNNR 64; HIn 326 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 90, JS 655, JS 656, JS 658.
-s. of bd JS 655
-s. of (m)d JS 658
-s. of mrl AMJ 90

sm

samma poison, samm object, aim, sma pasture freely (camels etc.),
sawm the going away to find or get something, the price of something;
CIK 511,2 Saum; Cantineau 151 mw; PNNR 65; HIn 327 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 97, KJB 13, KJB 137, KJC 662, WAM T 37.
-s. of hl KJA 97
-fa. of bd WAM T 37
-fa. of lfn KJB 137

smdt

samada be high, elevated, samd white, whitened flour, smid a man

standing, raising his head: Hismaic AMJ 53, AMJ 132.
-fa. of mn AMJ 53
-s. of zdlh

smn

-s. of hnlh AMJ 132

samia hear, smi, sam hearing or listening: CIK 510,1 Samn,

513,1 Simn; BDrN 12 Samn; HB 30 Smn; Cantineau 151 mwn;
PNNR 65; Stark 115 mwn; HIn 329 Sab.; Hismaic KJA 44, KJA 49,
KJA 192*, KJA 290*, KJB 107, KJB 148, KJB 156, KJB 174, KJC 351*,
KJC 353, KJC 539, KJC 756, TIJ 270.
-fa. of b KJA 290*, KJB 148, KJB 756
-fa. of hd KJC 539
-s. of qn

-fa. of b KJA 44, KJB 174

-fa. of brmt KJB 107, TIJ 270
-s. of mskt

-fa. of b KJB 156

-s. of sd KJA 49
smn

See sm, samina be fat, samn clarified butter, samn fat, plump: CIK
510,2 as-Samn, CIK 513,1 Simmn; ID 210 Banu al-Samn; WR 412;
HIn 330 Tham.B HU 204 (doubtful), Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 128*, KJA 106;
PNNR 45 smwn.
-fa. of nt AMJ 128*

smnn

See smn; Hismaic KJC 626.

-fa. of bny KJC 626

smy

sam be high, rise, sam highest part, sky, smi n high, lofty: CIK
518,2-519,1 Sumaiy; ID 154; HIn 331; Tham.C JS 13; Hismaic NST 1.

snt

See snn: sunnah way, course, sinnah ploughshare, sanit barren, sant
year of drought: CIK 510,2 Sana, CIK 511,1 Sanna; HIn 332 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 211, TIJ 350.
-fa. of hnt TIJ 350
-s. of sd

-fa. of hnt TIJ 211

snr

sanira cross, perverse, sunnar, sunr cat; Hismaic KJA 80.

snm

sanm hump of a camel: CIK 510,2 Sanm, 519,1 as-Sunaim ?; WR

412; HIn 332 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 39, KJC 136, KJC 742, TIJ 92, TIJ 151,
TIJ 357, WA 11472.
-fa. of hrt TIJ 357
-s. of rg WA 11472

snn

-s. of ky

-s. of kw KJC 742

-s. of hb

-s. of dl TIJ 92

sanna bite, sharpen, sanan way or road, sinn spear-head: CIK 513,1514,1 Sinn; WR 422; HIn 332 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 697; PNNR 65 nnw.

sny

san water, irrigate, shine (of lightening), saniy high, exalted, san
high, exalted tank, position: cf. CIK 519,1 Sunaiya; HIn 333 Saf.;
Hismaic KJB 135, KJC 389, KJC 443, KJC 718*, KJC 722, WAM T 33;
PNNR 65 n.
-fa. of khl KJB 135, KJC 389, KJC 718*, KJC 722
-s. of g

-s. of hml

-fa. of khl KJC 443

shr

sahira wake, be sleepless, shir waking, sitting up: Cantineau 149

hrw; PNNR 62 hrw; HIn 333 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 606.

shrt

See shr: CIK 498,2 Shira; ID 41-42; HIn 333 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 91*, TIJ
269, TIJ 331, TIJ 341, TIJ 377.
-s. of bhs TIJ 91*
-s. of mt TIJ 331
-s. of t-- TIJ 269

shm

sahama be altered in colour, emaciated, sahm arrow: CIK 498,2-499,2

Sahm; ID 74 etc.; WR 398; Stark 113 h(y)mw; HIn 334 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 126*, TIJ 495.
-s. of r-- TIJ 495

shnlh

Hismaic KJB 44*.

-fa. of -h KJB 44*

sy

sa run on the surface (water), say running water; si going or

journeying: Hismaic AMJ 155.

syr

sra go or pass along, sayr going in any manner or any pace, sayyr
journeyer, traveller; CIK 502,2 Saiyr; ID 73; WR 403; BDrN 12 Syir
etc.; HB 31; HIn 336; Hismaic KJA 70*, KJA 75, KJA 76, KJA 113, KJA
239, KJA 291, KJA 292, KJA 320*, KJA 337, KJB 17, KJB 34*, KJB 35,
KJB 37, KJB 82, KJB 90, KJB 100, KJB 181*, KJC 94, KJC 290, KJC
314, KJC 357, KJC 359*, KJC 378, KJC 433, KJC 518*, KJC 675, KJC
676a*, KJC 685, KJC 724, KJC 735, KJC 743, KJC 747, TIJ 179.
-fa. of bdt KJB 17, KJB 90
-fa. of bd KJA 113, KJA 337, KJC 378, KJC 685, KJC 735, TIJ 179
-fa. of ft KJC 433
-s. of slm KJA 76, KJB 100
-fa. of bd KJA 320*, KJA 337, KJB 82, KJC 290
-s. of ft KJC 675

sn

an a thing, affair or business, yn, na to disgrace, dishonour: HIn

337; Hismaic TIJ 72*, TIJ 387.
-fa. of drs TIJ 72*

swt

a overtake, aw aim, limit: cf. HIn 337 sw Saf.; Hismaic KJC

339*.

sb

abba become a young man, bb young man, wb to mix, act

treacherously, yb, ba become white-haired, hoary, ayb whiteness of
hair: cf. CIK 521,1 abb, CIK 522,1-2 abb, CIK 524,1 aibn; cf. ID
176, ID 283 etc.; Cantineau 148 bw, Cantineau 149 ybw; PNNR 63
ybw; Stark 113 b, Stark 114 yby; cf. HB 31 ebb etc.; HIn 337 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 150a*, KJA 268, TIJ 31, WAM T 24.
-fa. of b KJA 150a*
-fa. of hn TIJ 31

sbt

See sb. abbah burning, aybah white beard, ibit dill; CIK 522,1
abba, CIK 523,2 aiba; ID 300 etc.; cf. Cantineau 148 bty; PNNR 62;
cf. Stark 113 bty; HIn 337 Saf., Tham.D JS 203; Hismaic KJB 19.
-s. of wtr KJB 19

sb

abat spider; CIK 521,2 aba; ID 137; Cantineau 148 bytw; PNNR 61;
cf. HB 31 beie; Hismaic TIJ 197, TIJ 401.
-s. of khl TIJ 401
-s. of khln TIJ 197

sbd

Hismaic JS 655*.
-fa. of slmt JS 655*

sbr

ibr span, abar gift and wealth; CIK 521,2 abar, CIK 529,1 ibr; HB
31 br; cf. Cantineau 148 brh; PNNR 62; HIn 338 Saf., Tay. JS 518;
Hismaic KJA 150*, LAU 5*.
-s. of yb

sbrmt

-s. of nsr KJA 150*

ubrum espce de plante, abramah chatte, chat femelle; CIK 531,1

ubruma; ID 329; WR 24; LittNE 1 25 brmt; Hismaic KJB 107, KJC
554, TIJ 270; PNNR 62.
-s. of smn

sbm

-s. of qn KJB 107, TIJ 270

abima be cold (water), abim cold, abm a certain plant, ibm a

piece of wood used to stop a kid or lamb from suckling its mother: CIK
529,1 ibm; ID 251; HIn 339 Saf.; Hismaic SIAM 39a*.

sby

See b, by, ab be high, elevated or lofty; HIn 340 Saf.; Hismaic KJC
395; PNNR 61 by.
-fa. of lb KJC 395

Hismaic TIJ 22.

-s. of kt TIJ 22

sgr

ajara thrust with a spear, ajar trees, bushes, ijr the wood of a well
by means of which a bucket is drawn out: CIK 529,2 ijr; ID 220 aajjar; Cantineau 148 gry (possibly) ; PNNR 62 gdy ?; Stark 113 gr;
Hismaic TIJ 325.
-s. of wl TIJ 325

sg

ajua be couragrous, uj, ij courageous, brave: CIK 529,2 ij,

CIK 531,1-2 uj; ID 24; WR 419; HB i; Cantineau 149 gw;
PNNR 62; Stark 113 gw; HIn 341 Saf.; Hismaic JS 247, KJB 94.
-s. of qss JS 247

sgy

ajiya be choked, grieve, be sorrowful, aji n grieving: Cantineau 149

gy; PNNR 62; Hismaic AMJ 64.

See s or sy, a be cautious or in fear, cautious, fearing,

artemisia: HIn 341 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 378*.
-s. of rt TIJ 378*

aa be niggardly, tenacious, a niggardly, tenacious: Hismaic

KJC 125.
-s. of bd KJC 125

sdd

udd ill-natured, the lion: HIn 341 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 8.

sd

adda charge, make hard, bind, yd, da plaster cf. CIK 522,2-523,1
addd, CIK 531,1 udaid; cf.ID 71, ID 240, ID 254; cf. BDrN 12 dd;
cf. HB 31 edde; cf. Cantineau 149 wdw, wd, wdy, wdyw ? ; PNNR 62,
PNNR 63; cf. Stark 113 dd, dy; HIn 343 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 139.
-fa. of fgt AMJ 139

sr

arra be evil, arr evil, urr vice, fault; wr, ra exhibit, display
something, gather honey, awr gathered honey; cf. CIK 528,1 Sarra,
r; ID 211 aur; cf. HB 32 err; HIn 344 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 248.

sr

araa commencer marcher, ar roughness, hardness: HIn 346 Saf.,

Tay. W Tay 4; Hismaic KJB 29*.

ssr

Hismaic TIJ 517*.

-fa. of m TIJ 517*

sr

aara sew a garment with stitches widely spaced, aar young

gazelle; HIn 348 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 242, KJB 58, KJB 59, KJC 654, TIJ
82, TIJ 199 + TIJ 201, TIJ 238, TIJ 290, TIJ 452, TIJ 463.
-fa. of rzt TIJ 82, TIJ 290
-s. of y KJB 58
-s. of r

-fa. of rb TIJ 238

-s. of mnlh

-fa. of mnlh -fa. of mhn TIJ 199 + TIJ 201

-s. of wrb

-fa. of rzt TIJ 452

-s. of mty

-fa. of rzt TIJ 463

Cmpd., s + y, cf. slh; cf. Cantineau 105 tymytw; cf. PNNR 68

tymytw; cf. Lihyn HE 23 tm; Hismaic KJC 552.

slh

y, sa become spread, widely known, ay follower, friend,

companion: cf. CIK 523,2 aiallt, CIK 525,1 al; Cantineau 150
ylhy; PNNR 63 ylhy; cf. HIn 351 slt Lihyn, Saf., Tham ? JS 657
possibly; Hismaic AMJ 113, KJA 298, Naveh TSB C, WAM T 12.
-fa. of hls KJA 298
-s. of hbt WAM T 12

sn

aana catch by the hair, aan scattered bits of dried plants, or from
y, see under slh: Stark 114 yn; Hismaic KJC 690*.
-fa. of ftyt KJC 690*

sfr

afira decrease, diminish, ufr the place of the growth of the eyelash;
HIn 352 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 174, TIJ 190, TIJ 284, TIJ 489, TIJ 490.
-fa. of r TIJ 284
-fa. of zd TIJ 489
-fa. of wlt TIJ 490
-s. of tmbdt

-fa. of tmbdt -fa. of whblh TIJ 190

-s. of hb TIJ 174

sfl

afal gizzard; HIn 352 Saf.; Hismaic JS 665*.

sk

akka doubt, be uncertain, akk doubt, awk thorn; CIK 524,2 akk,
529,1 auk; HIn 353 saf.; Hismaic TIJ 112.
-s. of dlt

skt

-fa. of gs TIJ 112

See k. Cantineau 149 ykt; PNNR 63 ykt; HIn 353 Saf., Tham.D WHI 1;
Hismaic Rh 11, TIJ 128.
-fa. of gs TIJ 128
-fa. of (f)ry Rh 11

skr

akara thank, ukr thanks, akr fresh grass growing beneath old,
tough herbage; CIK 524,2 akr, kir; ID 205 Ban akr, a-akr, Ban
kir, 257 Ban kir, WR 415; HB 33 ykur; Cantineau 150 krw;
PNNR 63 krw; HIn 353 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 634.
-fa. of bnbsr KJC 634

sklt

akala bind a beast, akl resemblance, uklah redness mixed with

white, klah flank: cf. CIK 524,2 akal; HIn 354; Hismaic TIJ 3
(Tr.N).

skm

akama repay, compensate, ukm gift: CIK 524,2 akm, CIK 531,2
ukm, cf. ukmah; cf. ID 87 tc.; WR 420; Cantineau 150 kmw, km;
PNNR 63; HIn 354 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 2.
-s. of r KWM 2

skmlh

Cmpd., see skm: cf. CIK 524,2 ukmallt; cf. ID 315; Cantineau 150
kmlhy; PNNR 63; Hismaic AMJ 46, AMJ 135, KJC 200.
-fa. of grmlh KJC 200
-s. of sd

sl

-s. of ngm AMJ 135

See sll or swl, rose, became elevated: Cantineau 150 ly, l; PNNR 64;
LittNE 2 235 ly, lyw; Stark 114 l; HIn 355 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 7, TIJ
445, TIJ 459.
-s. of s TIJ 445, TIJ 459
-s. of srk KWM 7

sll

alla drive away, wither, become disabled, alal unsoundness in the

hand: CIK 525,1 a-alal; ID 302 ulail; BDrN 12 all etc.; HB 33

ell; HIn 355 Lihyn, Tham.C JS 118, JS 135, JS 137, JS 151, JS 162;
Hismaic KJB 73.
-s. of ft KJB 73
sln

See sl and sll: Hismaic SIAM 39b*.

-fa. of tnl SIAM 39b*

smt

amita rejoice at the affliction of an enemy, mit rejoicing at the

affliction of an enemy, or from smm, see smmt: BDrN 12 mit
Cantineau 152 mtw, cf. mytt; PNNR 65; HIn 356 Lihyn, Saf. add MSTJ
7, 12; Tham.B JS 612 (doubtful); Hismaic JS 745 LAU 26, TIJ 95, TIJ
267, TIJ 269, TIJ 331, TIJ 448.
-fa. of shrt TIJ 331
-fa. of mlm JS 745
-s. of mt TIJ 95
-s. of t--

-fa. of shrt TIJ 269

-s. of sdl TIJ 267, TIJ 448

smd

cf. HIn 357 smdl Saf. SIJ 856; Hismaic JS 658*.

-fa. of slmt JS 658*

smr

imr stalk of a palm, head of a mountain, umr slender and soft

branch: Cantineau 152 mr, mrw; PNNR 65; LittNE 1 26 mr, 2 235
mr(w); HB 33 emru, mr; HIn 357 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 115, KJA
199*, KJB 2, KJC 110, KJC 179, KJC 310, KJC 311.
-s. of ky

smmt

-s. of kw KJC 179

amma smell, amam highness of the nose, amm fragrant thing: cf.
Cantineau 151 mw; PNNR 65; Hismaic KJC 203*.

snt

ania hate, an, ant vehement hatred, anah keeping aloof from
unclean things: cf. CIK 526,2 ana; cf. Cantineau 152 n; PNNR 65;
HIn 359 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 115.

shr

ahara make apparent, conspicuous, ahr new moon: CIK 523,2 ahr;
ID 316 Ban al-ahr; BDrN 13 hir; HB 33; Cantineau 149 hrw; PNNR
63; HIn 360 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.B HU 554=JS 235; Hismaic KJC 5, TIJ 38,
TIJ 313, TIJ 321.

-fa. of bqqt KJC 5

shry

-s. of tml

-fa. of bdgns TIJ 38

-s. of wl

-s. of gl TIJ 321

See shr: HIn 361; Hismaic TIJ 2.

-s. of rfd TIJ 2

shl

ahl mixture of two colours, uhlah tinge of blueness in the black of the
eye: CIK 523, 1-2 ahl, CIK 530,1 ihl; ID 207, ID 306, ID 307; WR
415; HIn 361 Saf. add SIAM 37; Hismaic JS 179.
-fa. of bd JS 179

abaa offer a morning draught, abia have whiteness mixed with

red, abua be beautiful, comely, ub daybreak, dawn, ab
beautiful, comely: CIK 534,2 abba, CIK 538,2-539,1 ub, CIK
539,1-2 ub, CIK 539,1 ubai; ID 40, ID 41, ID 119, ID 122; WR 147;
BDrN 13 ub etc.; cf. HB 34 ab fem., ub; HIn 365 Saf.; Hismaic
TIJ 318, TIJ 358.
-fa. of srr TIJ 358
-s. of rmn TIJ 318

bn

abana turn away (a gift): HIn 366 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 110.

tm

atm, atam strong, sturdy: HIn 367 Saf. add JaS 178; Hismaic TIJ 364.
-s. of sl TIJ 364

aiba associate, keep company with, ib a companion: CIK 535,2

ab, ib, CIK 540,2 ub; WR 145; Cantineau 139 bw; PNNR 57;
HIn 367 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 26, KJA 154, KJB 158, KJC 699.
-fa. of bll KJC 699
-fa. of dm KJA 26, KJA 154
-s. of slm

-s. of mslm

-fa. of dm KJB 158

umah blackness inclining to yellow, aam black inclining to

yellowness: HIn 368; Hismaic TIJ 28.
-fa. of tm(k)tb TIJ 28

ar rocks: CIK 535,2-536,1 ar, 540,2 uair; ID 135 etc.; WR 142;

HIn 368 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 189.

-fa. of rf TIJ 189

r

arra make a sound or noise, irr cold, intense cold; wr, ra make
(the neck) incline or lean, awr small palm-trees, bank of a river, r a
horn, yr, ra become, r conclusion, result: CIK 538,2 irr; HIn
370 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 14*.

rm

arama cut off, severe, urm separation from a friend, arm cut, one
whose ear has been cut off entirely: CIK 538,1 arm, CIK 541,2 uraim;
ID Ban arm 99 etc.; HIn 371 Lihyn (doubtful), Saf. add SIAM 19;
Hismaic CSP 2.
-s. of wtr

rt

-s. of flgt

-s. of tmdsr CSP 2

Syr. r cricket, cf. Ar. al-arar: Hismaic AMJ 110, AMJ 111.
-s. of rs AMJ 110

auba be difficult, ab difficult, hard: CIK 533,1-534,2 ab, as-ab;

ID 207; WR 142; Cantineau 140 bw; PNNR 57; HIn 372 Saf.; Hismaic
KJC 147i, TIJ 202 + TIJ 203.
-fa. of fr KJC 147i
-fa. of zn

-fa. of nn TIJ 202 + TIJ 203

aida ascend, go up, aad vehement punishment, ad mountain

road, ad high or elevated land or ground; CIK 538,1 a-ad; in
cmpd., Cantineau 140 dl; PNNR 57; Stark 109 [dw], dy; HIn 372
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 119.

dt

See d, adah high land: HIn 372; Hismaic AMJ 36, KJC 591, TIJ 67.
-fa. of sr TIJ 67
-fa. of brst AMJ 36

kt

akka strike, aakk knock-kneed, akkah vehemence of the summer

midday heat: HIn 374 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 22*.
-fa. of s TIJ 22*

lf

alifa praise, oneself, boast, alif (clouds) containing no water, (hard

ground) that produces no plants: HIn 374; Hismaic TIJ 12.
-s. of bns TIJ 12

mn

amma be deaf, ammn hard ground, immah courageous: cf. CIK

538,2 a-imma; cf. Stark 109 m; HIn 376 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 204.

my

my, am hasten: HIn 376; Hismaic TIJ 302, TIJ 457.

-s. of ngt

-fa. of b-q TIJ 302

-s. of zr TIJ 457

hb

ahab reddish with black in the middle: CIK 540,1 uhb, uhaib; ID
202; WR 148; cf. Cantineau 139 hbn; HIn 377 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 164*;
PNNR 56.

hbt

See hb, uhbah redness with black in the interior: CIK 535,2 ahba, cf.
a-ahb, CIK 540,1 uhba, uhaiba; cf. WR 145; HIn 378 Saf.;
Hismaic KJB 89, KJC 99, KJC 118, KJC 180, KJC 197, KJC 213, KJC
374, KJC 725, WAM T 12.
-s. of slh WAM T 12
-s. of mg KJC 180
-s. of qnt KJC 118

Hismaic CTSS 3.
-s. of wd CTSS 3

wm

wm abstain from food and drink: cf. Cantineau 138 ymt; HIn 379 Qat.;
Hismaic AMJ 4.

an sheep: Hismaic TIJ 301.

-fa. of bn TIJ 301

abba cleave to the ground, flow, abb lizard: CIK 240,1 abb; ID
290; WR 152; cf. HB 35 beib; HIn 380 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 247*, 289*.
-s. of lb KJA 289*

abaa cleave to the ground, hide: CIK 240,1 abb, bi; ID 134;
HIn 380 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 110.
-fa. of bnmt KJB 110

bt

abaa stretch out the arms to strike, ab quick pace of a horse, abu
hyena: CIK 242-243,2 ubaia; ID 190 etc.; WR 155 uba; HIn 381
Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 26.
-s. of ng(y) AMJ 26

bn

ibn, pl. abn male hyena; CIK 241,2 ibn; BDrN 13 abn;
HIn 381 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 86, KJC 574.
-s. of bdbdt KJC 574

bn

ibn armpit, side of the road, hard ground, aban deficiency or see b:
cf. ID 165 Ban abnah; Hismaic AMJ 123.

aika laugh, wonder: CIK 240,2-241,1 a-ak; ID 274 al-ak;

WR 152; HIn 381 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 101, KJA 175*, KJC 264, KJC 458,
LAU 10, TIJ 12a.
-fa. of drg KJA 101, KJA 175*
-fa. of drs KJC 264, KJC 458
-s. of grm TIJ 12a

kl

Hismaic TIJ 485.

-fa. of whbl TIJ 485

arra harm, injure, wr, yr, ra harm, injure, ariya be addicted,

devoted: CIK 241,2 aur, cf. CIK 242,1-2 irr; ID 196 Ban aur, cf.
irr ID 28, ID 174; HB 35 air; HIn 382 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 82,
AMJ 108, AMJ 143.

hn

Hismaic WAM 5*.

-fa. of lbn WAM T 5*

bb

abb knowing, possessing knowledge: CIK 554,1 a-abb; HIn 386;

Hismaic LAU 24, TIJ 110.
-fa. of brqs LAU 24

gd

Hismaic KJB 595*.

arr sharpen, carry off, urr collective body of men, wr, ra go,
hover, awr a time, yr, ra fly, ayr a bird, something that flies;
BDrN 14 r; HIn 387 Saf.; Hismaic JS 622*, JS 694*; PNNR 33.
-s. of mr JS 622*
-s. of yly JS 694*

rq

araqa come by night, arq a striking, knock, riq coming by night,

arq road: CIK 557,1-2 riq; WR 445; HIn 387 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 141,
TIJ 294, TIJ 469.

-fa. of grs TIJ 141

-fa. of wtt TIJ 294, TIJ 469
f

afaa bury, af tomb: HIn 388; Hismaic TIJ 407.

nn

anna make a continuing sound (hum, quack etc.), ann humming,

buzzing, yn, n mud: HB 37 nn; TIJ 13, TIJ 94*, TIJ 202 + TIJ
203; PNNR 33 nnw.
-fa. of hd TIJ 94*
-fa. of grs TIJ 13
-s. of zn

-s. of b TIJ 202 + TIJ 203

wt

Hismaic AMJ 96*.

wby

Hismaic LAU 2*.

CIK 555, 1-2 aiyi; ID 7 etc.; cf. Cantineau 101 yw, y; PNNR 32; Saf.
see Milik 1972: 100, C 2617, 2795, 5089, also CSNS 1004, CSNS 1011,
CSNS 1046, JaS 10, y (Milik ibid) C 4446*; Hismaic LAU 16 (Tr.N).

yft

ayf an apparition, wf, if going round, ifah a band of men: cf.

CIK 555,1 if, CIK 557,2 auwf; HIn 390 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 586, KJC
769.

yq

aqa be able, awq necklace, qah ability or power: cf. CIK 557,2
auq. Hismaic KJA 245, KJB 7.
-fa. of kmnt KJA 245
-s. of nt

-fa. of ftt KJB 7

arra split off a fragment of stone, irr a sharp-edged stone, flint: HIn
391 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 2; PNNR 33.
-fa. of skm KWM 2

Hismaic LAU 20a.

Hismaic TIJ 98 (fem.).

-d. of mb[]rr TIJ 98

aana journey, depart, an a camel used for work and bearing

burdens, in journeying, going away: cf. Cantineau 102 nw; PNNR
33; HIn 392-393 Saf.; Hismaic JS 702, KJC 716, KJC 721*.
-fa. of sd JS 702

-s. of br ? KJC 716

nt

See n: CIK 613,2-614,1 inah; ID 109; HIn 393 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
88, KJC 295, KJC 341, KJC 749.
-fa. of slm KJA 88, KJC 295, KJC 749

am anything withered: Hismaic TIJ 497*.

-fa. of hnt TIJ 497*

nn

anna think, conjecture, doubt, ann suspicious, one who thinks evil,
ann suspected: cf. Cantineau 102 nnw; PNNR 33; HIn 394 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 138.
-s. of w

-fa. of srw KJA 138

Hismaic TIJ 283*.

See bb, yb, ba be unsound, defective, ayb imperfection: HIn 396

Lihyn (doubtful), Saf., Tham.D JS 183; Hismaic KJA 124, KJA 147, KJA
260, KJA 275, KJA 338.

abaa pack up goods or utensils, ab the light of the sun, ib load,

burden, ab stupid, dull: Hismaic KJC 377.

bb

abba drink water without taking a breath, ubab berries, aabb poor,
thick-nosed: cf. Stark 71 b; Hismaic KWM 15, KWM 17, TIJ 58.
-fa. of bss KWM 17
-s. of qs KWM 15

abaa mix or mingle, aba play, sport; cf. Cantineau 127 bt; PNNR
48; HIn 396 Saf. add JaS 113, JaS 115, JaS 130b; Hismaic KJA 18*.

bd

abd servant, slave, abid angry, disdaining: CIK 101,1-103,1 Abbd;

CIK 103,2-105,1 Abd, CIK 135,1 Abd, bid, CIK 351,1 Ibd, CIK
559,1 Ubd, CIK 559,2-562,1 Ubaid; ID 57 etc.; Cantineau 125 bd,

bd, bdw, bwdw, bydw; PNNR 46, PNNR 47, PNNR 48; LittNE 1 24
bdw, bydw; Stark 102 bd; HIn 396-397 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.B JS 344, JS
419; Hismaic AMJ 43, AMJ 102, AMJ 131, JS 179, KJA 36, KJA 113,
KJA 116, KJA 187, KJA 320, KJA 337, KJB 26, KJB 82, KJB 88, KJC
18, KJC 23, KJC 25, KJC 97, KJC 107, KJC 125, KJC 169, KJC 188, KJC
290, KJC 378, KJC 436, KJC 442, KJC 453, KJC 489, KJC 526, KJC 682,

KJC 685, KJC 703, KJC 715, KJC 735, KJC 768, KWM 9, TIJ 39, TIJ 50,
TIJ 71, TIJ 120, TIJ 134, TIJ 165, TIJ 179, TIJ 229, TIJ 425, TIJ 433,
WAM T 14, WAM T 34, WAM T 37.
-fa. of tm

-fa. of sd KWM 9

-fa. of tmlh KJC 703

-fa. of gryt WAM T 34
-fa. of zbr KJC 25, KJC 97, KJC 489
-fa. of bbt TIJ 50
-fa. of s KJC 125
-fa. of rk

-fa. of rbqt

-fa. of nmy

-fa. of qnt

-fa. of lyn

AMJ 131
-fa. of mtn KJB 26
-fa. of m-ktb KJC 442
-s. of tmd WAM T 14
-s. of tm TIJ 229
-s. of zdqm KJA 187, KJC 768
-fa. of dmr KJB 88
-fa. of zbr KJC 107
-s. of bd

-fa. of dmr KJC 188

-s. of bd

-fa. of zbr KJC 169

-s. of s-- TIJ 425

-s. of slm TIJ 433
-s. of sm WAM T 37
-s. of syr KJA 113, KJA 337, KJC 378, KJC 685, KJC 735, TIJ 179
-s. of slm KJA 320, KJB 82, KJC 290
-s. of shl JS 179
-s. of m

-s. of -- TIJ 39

-s. of hml

-fa. of gryt TIJ 134

-s. of ws TIJ 165

-s. of whblh

-s. of sl AMJ 43

-s. of yr

-fa. of yr KJA 36

bdwr

Cmpd., see bd and wr: Hismaic KJC 757.

bdlwr

Cmpd., see bd and wr: Hismaic KJC 202*.

-s. of mwr KJC 202*

bdlyb

Cmpd., see bd and bdyb: Hismaic HS 1, HS 2.

bdyb

Cmpd., see bd, wb, ba return, repent: cf. Jeffery 1938: 73 Ayyb; HIn
87 yb Tham.B HU 764 (doubtful); Hismaic KJA 168, KJC 631a, MuNJ 1.
-s. of sd KJA 168, MuNJ 1

bdt

See bd, abadah disdain, scorn, strength: CIK 101,1 Abada, CIK
134,1-2 Abda, CIK 135, Abda, CIK 103,2 Abbda, CIK 559,1-2

Ubda, CIK 563,2-564,1 Ubaida, CIK 565,1 Ubda; ID 160; Cantineau

125 bdt, bydt; PNNR 48; HIn 398 Saf., Hismaic KJA 194, KJC 437.
-s. of m

-fa. of bd KJA 194

bdg

Cmpd., see bd, gy and bdlg: Hismaic TIJ 156.

bdgd

Cmpd., see bd, jadd fortune: CIK 124, 1 Abdaljadd; Cantineau 76 jd;
HIn 398 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 12.
-fa. of rk KWM 12

bdgns

Cmpd., see bd: Hismaic TIJ 38.

-s. of shr

bdrt

-s. of tml TIJ 38

Cmpd., see bd: CIK 124,2 Abdri; Cantineau 126 bdrtt; Hismaic
KJC 272.

bdwr

Cmpd., see and wr: Hismaic JS 1124.

bdsry

Cmpd., see bd: Cantineau 126 bddwr; PNNR 46: Hismaic AMJ 146.

bdsqlt

Cmpd., see bd: Cantineau 153 qylt; PNNR 66 qylt; HIn 399; Hismaic
TIJ 204*, TIJ 231*, TIJ 311.
-s. of mr TIJ 204*, TIJ 311

bdn

Cmpd., see bd, inn a thing highly esteemed of which one is tenacious:
Hismaic RTI B.

bdbdt

Cmpd., see bd: Cantineau 126 bdbdt; PNNR 47; King 1988: 313 + n.11
Saf. bdbdt; LittNE 2 235 bdbdt; Hismaic KJC 574.
-fa. of bn KJC 574

bdzy

Cmpd., see bd: Cantineau 126 bdlzy; PNNR 46; Hismaic HS 551.

-s. of yd HS 551

bdmn

Cmpd., see bd and mn: Cantineau 126 bdmnw; PNNR 47; Savignac AS
no.9 bdmnw; HIn 399; Hismaic TIJ 56a*.

bdqn

Cmpd., see bd and qn; cf. Cantineau 143 bnlqyn, bnlqnw, bnlqny; cf.
PNNR 9; Hismaic JS 661.

bdlg

Cmpd., see bd and gy and bdg: Cantineau 76, Cantineau 125 bdlg,

bdl[g]w, bdlgy, cf. Cantineau 65, Cantineau 76 mtlg; PNNR 46 also

bdlg, PNNR 13 mtlg; LittNE 2 234 bdlg; Hismaic KJC 205, KJC
647.
-fa. of [f]l KJC 205

bdlh

Cmpd., see bd: Cantineau 126 bdlh, bdlhy, bdlhy; PNNR 46, also

bdlh; HIn 400 Saf., Hismaic KJC 446, Ph 345 bis, g, TIJ 213, TIJ 220.
-s. of TIJ 220

bdmk

Cmpd., see bd: Cantineau 114 bdmlkw; PNNR 47 bdmlkw, bdmnkw;

Milik 1976: 145 bdmlkw, bdmnkw; Milik 1958-59: 354-355; HIn 400;
Hismaic MNM c 7.
-s. of khl MNM c 7

bdmnt

Cmpd., see bd: CIK 126,1-2 Abdmant; ID 82 etc.; WR 30; Cantineau

126 bdmnwtw; PNNR 47 bdmnwty; HIn 400 Tham.D JS 1, JS 584;
Hismaic HS 306.

br

abara cross, bir traveller, passer-by, abbr a camel strong to

journey, abrah a tear: cf. CIK 565,1 Ubra; cf. ID 291; HIn 402 Saf.
(doubtful); Hismaic KJA 149, KJC 381.

bs

abasa frown, bis a man frowning, al-bis, al-abbs the lion: CIK
103,1-2 Abbs, CIK 135,1 bis, CIK 135,2-136,1 Abs, CIK 564,1

Ubais; ID 27, ID 168, ID 222 etc.; WR 347; Cantineau 127 byw; PNNR
48; Stark 103 bs; HIn 402 Saf., Tham.B JS 254; Hismaic KJC 267.
-fa. of mr KJC 267

bn

abana be thick, big: Cantineau 126-127 byn; PNNR 48; Stark 103
bny; HIn 403 Saf., Tham.C JS 114, Tham.D RyGT 1; Tham.E KJB 51*,
TIJ 432.

tb

attb one who reproves, blames, censures; CIK 204,1 Atb, CIK 204,2205,1 Attb; ID 43, ID 49, etc.; WR 93; HIn 404; Hismaic TIJ 372.

tm

atm tarrying, delaying, tim tardy, late: CIK 204,2 Atm; HIn 405
Saf.; Hismaic 383.

tnl

Cmpd. ?; Tham. ? WHI 86; Hismaic SIAM 39b*.

-s. of sln SIAM 39b*

u moth, y, a act corruptly: CIK 149,2 Ai; WR 54; HIn 406 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 351.
-fa. of hdd TIJ 351

mn

aama set a bone badly, aim badly set bone, umn young ubr
bustard: CIK cf. 205,2 Am, CIK 578,2-580,1 Umn; ID 31, ID 56 etc.;
WR 367; HIn 407 Saf., Tham.B HU 427; Hismaic TIJ 349.
-fa. of grml TIJ 349

gb

ajiba wonder, ajb wonderful: CIK 144,1 Ajab; HIn 407 Saf.;
Tham.B HU 794; Hismaic TIJ 223 (Tr.N).

gy

ajiy foster child, orphan: HIn 408; Hismaic TIJ 96.

-s. of lh TIJ 96

ms

HIn 208: Hismaic TIJ 520, TIJ 521.

adda reckon, calculate, idd multitude, muchness, a spring, see wd,

awd return, d feast day: CIK 352,2 Idd; ID 29 etc. d; Stark 104
d; cf. BDrN 14 cf. Odyid, BDrN 16 Id; HB 42 d; HIn 408-409 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 83, TIJ 4 (Tr.N), TIJ 236.

dm

-fa. of gs

-fa. of m TIJ 236

-s. of l

-fa. of rb KJA 83

adima be destitute, adm destitute: WR 47 Adm; Cantineau 127

dmw; PNNR 48; HIn 410 Saf.; Hismaic MU 1*.
-fa. of

dnn

-fa. of - MU 1*

adana stay, dwell: CIK 142,1 Adnn, cf. CIK 565,1 Udain; ID 20;
Cantineau 127 dnwn, also bddnwn; PNNR 49; cf. Stark 104 dn; HIn
410 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 246, TIJ 307.
-s. of --- TIJ 246

See w, aw protection: CIK 206,2 Au; ID 169 Ban Au;

Cantineau 128 wdw, wd; PNNR 49; LittNE 1 24 wdw; Stark 104 wdw;
HIn 411 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C WTI 75; Hismaic KJA 14, TIJ 507.
-s. of mlkt TIJ 507

arr mange, arr stranger, yr, ra go, journey, r disgrace, r

caravan, ayr ass, or see wr: cf. CIK 357,2-358,1 Irr, CIK 574,1

Urr; cf. ID 254; BDrN 14 Irr; HIn 414 Saf.; Hismaic CTSS 2a, KJC
496.

rb

arb a man chaste, uncorrupt or free from barbarousness in speech; CIK

192,1 Arb, CIK 192,2-193,1 Arb, CIK 358,1 Irb; ID 323 Uraib, CIK
250 etc.; Cantineau 134 rbyw; PNNR 54; cf. Stark 107 rby; HIn 414
Saf.; Tham. ? HE 64; Hismaic KJA 15, KJA 47, KJA 83, KJB 10*, KJC
245, KJC 765.
-s. of rm KJC 765
-s. of d

rs

-fa. of mq KJA 83

arisa cleave to, aris one who remains, irs a spouse: CIK 574,2 alUrs; Cantineau 134 ry; PNNR 54; cf. BDrN 14 Arsn etc.; cf. HB 39;
HIn 415 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 52, KJA 112, KJB 170, KJC 66, KJC 80, KJC
106, KJC 207, KJC 222, KJC 261, KJC 294, KJC 337, KJC 338, KJC 342,
KJC 393*, KJC 440, KJC 442a, KJC 495*, KJC 516, KJC 522, KJC 615,
KJC 629, KJC 651, KJC 763.
-fa. of slh KJC 440
-s. of r KJA 52
-s. of rs KJC 207, KJC 261, KJC 337, KJC 516, KJC 615
-s. of slm KJA 112, KJC 442a
-s. of mslm KJC 522

rt

arua be broad, wide, ir side of a valley, honour, urah an

obstacle: HIn 415 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 752*.

rk

araka rub, press, arik a man who throws down his protagonists often:
cf. CIK 191,2-192,1 Arak; HIn 416 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 131.

-s. of bd

-fa. of rbqt

-fa. of nmy

-fa. of qnt

-fa. of lyn

AMJ 131

rn

See r or arana be accustomed, aran disease of the legs, ulcers, irn

a piece of wood inserted in a camels nose: cf. CIK 574,1 Urainah; cf.
ID 314 Ban Arn; HIn 416 Sab.; Hismaic KJC 703b.

rhz

HIn 416 Saf. add WH 2509; Hismaic KJA 319, KJC 29, KJC 168, KJC
425, KJC 582, KJC 593.
-s. of mh

rw

-s. of sy KJC 29

rw, ar come seeking help, irw one who remains calm, urwah a
thing on which reliance is placed; cf. CIK 194,1 Arwn, 574,2-575,1

Urwa; cf. ID 58, ID 313 etc.; HIn 417; Hismaic JS 719, JS 729 bis.
ry

ariya be naked, ar nakedness; cf. CIK 575,2 al-Uryn; ID 242; cf.

BDrN 15 il-Aryn; HIn 417 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 102*.

zz

azza be mighty or powerful, azz mighty, potent: CIK 218,1 Azz; ID

261 etc.; BDrN 15 Azz; HB 39; Cantineau 129 zyzw; PNNR 50; LittNE
1 24 zzw; Stark 105 zyz; HIn 418 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 6*, KU 1, TIJ 152.
-fa. of msk KU 1

zn

See zz or from wz, za lack, need: HIn 419 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 202 +
TIJ 203, TIJ 339, TIJ 355.
-fa. of ly TIJ 339, TIJ 355
-s. of b

zy

-fa. of nn TIJ 202 + TIJ 203

aziya be patient, enduring, az patience: cf. HB 39 zwe, Ezeije

fem.; Cantineau 129 zy fem.; PNNR 50; Stark 105 zy uncertain; HIn 419
Saf.; Hismaic JS 677.

sn

asana fatten, isn fatness or from s, see under s: HIn 421 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 124.

sy

sw, as become dry and hard (wood), asiya become aged, asiy
suitable, apt, si n thick, coarse, rough; Cantineau 134 sw ?; PNNR
53; CIK 149,2 Ais, 358,1 Is; BDrN 16 s; HB 40; HIn 421 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 38*.

u nest, y, a live, ay life; CIK 359,1 , CIK 576,1-2 U,

cf. CIK 150,1 Aiy; cf. Stark 107 y; HIn 421 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 583.

sb

ub fresh herbage: cf. CIK 576,1 al-Uba; cf. HIn 421 sbt Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 733.
-fa. of gr KJC 733

Hismaic JS 739*.

sm

aima be dried up, aam greed: CIK 200,1 al-Aam, CIK 359,1 Im;
Cantineau 135 mw; PNNR 54; HIn 422 Saf., Tham.B HU 480; Hismaic
TIJ 521*.

aaba bind: Cantineau 134 bw; Hismaic KJC 707*; PNNR 53.

ft

aafa blow strongly (wind), be swift, quick, af swift (applied to

camel etc.), afah ears of corn: cf. CIK 576,2 Uaif; HIn 423 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 502.
-fa. of w KJC 502

aama prevent, defend, im defending: CIK 202,1-203,2 im, CIK

359,1 Im, CIK 576,2 Uaim, CIK 576,2-577,1 Um, Uum; ID 246
etc.; Cantineau 134 m, []mw; PNNR 53; HIn 423 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C
JS 7, JS 126*; Hismaic AMJ 6, CTSS 1a, KJC 212, TIJ 39, TIJ 242.
-fa. of tm KJC 212
-s. of mr TIJ 242
-s. of --

-fa. of bd TIJ 39

w, a enchant, uu limb, i n having a sufficiency: CIK 142,2

cf. Aawn; HB 40 deij; HIn 424 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 248.
-s. of krtm TIJ 248

aa slit, rent (a garment), w, at fail to conceive for several years,

y, at be long in the neck (of a woman): Hismaic TIJ 99.
-fa. of btr TIJ 99

aasa sneeze, us dawn, as bold: Cantineau 129; PNNR 50 w;

HIn 424 Saf.; Hismaic LAU 32, TIJ 196, TIJ 308.
-fa. of mn(l) TIJ 308
-s. of tl

-fa. of qn TIJ 196

aafa incline, af a gaming arrow, if a she-gazelle inclining or

bending her neck: CIK 205,2 if, CIK 206,1 Af; ID 260 etc.; HIn 425
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 151a, TIJ 287a, TIJ 292.

ft

See f, ifah a bias: Hismaic KJC 433.

-s. of syr KJC 433

aila be without ornaments, aal denuded, unclad, ail beautiful (a

she-camel); Cantineau 129 lw; PNNR 50; HIn 425 Saf.; Hismaic KJC
70*.

aa maltraiter, faire souffrir quelquun, aah rigueurs, fureur,

violence: HIn 425 Saf.; Hismaic MU 1.
-s. of d(m)

frw

-fa. of - MU 1

afara rub with dust, afr white, untrodden land: cf. CIK 143,1 Affr
CIK 143,2 Afr; cf. WR 48 Afr; HIn 426; Hismaic TIJ 137.

fry

See frw: HB 40 Afr fem., el-fr, el-fair fem. Gazelle,

Gazellchen; HIn 426; Hismaic Rh 9a, Rh 9b*, Rh 11*, TIJ 353.
-s. of kt Rh 11*

qrb

aqrab scorpion; CIK 191,2 Aqrab; ID 316 fem.; WR 40. Cantineau

134 qrb; PNNR 54; HIn 427 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.B HU 421*, JS 342;
Hismaic AMJ 147, KJA 185, KJC 254, KU 2, KWM 4, TIJ 42, TIJ 77, TIJ
243, TIJ 391, TIJ 493.
-fa. of tm KWM 4
-fa. of y TIJ 391
-fa. of wh(b)lh KJC 254
-s. of bb TIJ 243

qrbn

Uqrubn male scorpion; CIK 574,1 Uqrubn; Stark 107 qrbn; HIn
427 Saf.; Hismaic Meek.
-s. of lh Meek

akka be sultry, remain, stay, akk sultry; CIK 150,2 Akk; ID 287 etc.;
Cantineau 130 kyw; HIn 428 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 283*, TIJ 20a, TIJ 184,
TIJ 186, TIJ 271.
-s. of mtt TIJ 184

kbr

akbar male jerboa: HIn 428 Min.; Hismaic AMJ 127.

krw

akara turn, incline, return, ikr origin, akkr one who returns to the
fight after fleeing; cf. CIK 150,2 Akkr; HIn 428; Hismaic TIJ 316*.

kl

akala tie a beast, ukl base, kil small, avaricious: CIK 567,1 Ukl;
ID 111; HIn 429 Saf.; Hismaic JS 738, KJA 138, KJB 110, KJC 169, TIJ
310.
-fa. of bd KJC 169
-s. of srw

-fa. of wrl KJA 138

-s. of sry

-fa. of bd KJB 110

-s. of n TIJ 310

kmt

akama bind (goods), ikm a burden, akmah corner of the belly; cf.
CIK 567,1 al-Ukaim; Hismaic KJC 312.

alla give someone a drink a second time, all a tick, wl, la have,
sustain a family, awl an event that renders one anxious, food of a
family, or see ly or yl: CIK 153,2 All ?, cf. CIK 567,1 Ulail; Cantineau
129 ylw, yly; Cantineau 130 lw; Stark 105 l; HIn 429 Saf.; Hismaic
KJC 443a, KJC 597.
-s. of nhk KJC 597

ll

Cmpd., see ly: Cantineau 131 lyl; PNNR 51; HIn 430 Lihyn, Tay. JS
378, JS 579, Tay. W Tay 17-19; Hismaic JS 602.

lb

alaba make a mark or impression, be hard or firm, alb mark,

impression, alib advanced in age, hard: cf. CIK 354,1-2 Ilb, CIK
567,1-2 Ulba; cf. ID 264 etc.; Cantineau 130 lbw; PNNR 51; HIn 430
Saf.; Hismaic KJA 289*, KJB 108.
-s. of s-

lt

-fa. of b KJA 289*

See l, illah disease, sickness: CIK 354,1 Illa, CIK 567,1 Ulla; ID
237; WR 62; Cantineau 131 lt; PNNR 52; HIn 430 Saf.; Tham.C JS 134,
JS 147, JS 657, WHI 102; Hismaic AMJ 76, KJA 228.
-s. of wdd AMJ 76, KJA 228

alaa brand, al a brand, il the side of the neck: CIK 354,1 Il,
CIK 567,2 Ulai; Hismaic KJA 10, KJA 223, KJA 263, KJA 271, KJA

314, KJB 4, KJB 6, KJB 7, KJB 31, KJB 38, KJB 62, KJB 64, KJB 65,
KJB 95, KJB 159, KJB 165, KJB 190, KJC 33, KJC 49, KJC 54, KJC 77a,
KJC 146, KJC 457, KJC 469, KJC 625, KJC 687, KJC 708*, KJC 730*.
-fa. of ss KJB 64, KJB 190
-fa. of (l)mt KJC 708*
-fa. of knn KJA 314, KJB 65, KJC 457, KJC 687
-s. of mn KJA 10, KJB 62
-fa. of ss KJB 6
-s. of ftt KJB 95
-fa. of knn KJB 7

lt

See l, ulah necklace, collar: HIn 431 Lihyn; Hismaic KJB 176, KJC
113, KJC 185.

lf

alafa feed (an animal), ilf a great eater, alaf fodder: CIK 354,1
Ilf, cf. CIK 567,2 Ullafa; HIn 431 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 209.

lfn

See lf: Hismaic KJB 137.

-fa. of --k

lm

-s. of sm KJB 137

alima know, allam very knowing: CIK 567,2 Ulaim; ID 165 etc. Abu
Ulaim; WR 351; BDrN 15 Allm; HIn 432 Lihyn, Saf.; Tham.D ? JS
187-189; Hismaic KJC 329* (fem.).
-fa. of brd KJC 329*

lmt

See lm, almah impression, trace: Hismaic KJC 708*.

-s. of l

ln

-fa. of s() KJC 708*

alana become public, lin overt, open or see l or yl, ayln male
hyena: CIK 149,1 Ailn; ID 162; HIn 432 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 170*.
-fa. of rst KJA 170*

ly

al be high, lofty, aliy high, elevated, lofty, aly a high place;

CIK 152,1-153,2 Al, CIK 567,1 Ulaiy; ID 166 etc.; BDrN 15 Al; HB
41; Cantineau 130 ly ?, lyw; PNNR 51; LittNE 1 24 ly; Stark 105 l, ly,
Stark 106 []lyw; HIn 433 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic KJA 35, KJC 641, TIJ 80,
TIJ 334, TIJ 339, TIJ 355.
-fa. of m KJA 35

-s. of fr KJC 641

-s. of zn TIJ 339, TIJ 355

lyn

See ly. ilyn tall and corpulent, male hyena CIK 155,2 Alyn; ID 250;
BDrN 15 Alyn; HB 41, HIn 434 Lihyn, Saf. add JaS 58b; Hismaic AMJ
131, KJA 213, KJB 54, KJB 121 KJC 345.
-s. of qnt KJB 121
-s. of nmy

-s. of rbqt

-s. of rk

-s. of bd AMJ 131

amma become common, universal, amm company of men, amam

perfect, wm, ma swim or see ym: CIK 166,2 B. l-Amm, cf. CIK
580,1 Uwaim; ID 142 Ban al-Amm, cf. ID 35 al-Awwm; Cantineau
132 m, mw, mw, myw, mmw, Cantineau 128 wmw; PNNR 49,
PNNR 52; LittNE 1 24 mmw; HIn 434 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 67, AMJ 125,
CSP 2, JS 691*, JS 731, KJA 35, KJA 174, KJA 176, KJA 191, KJA 194,
KJA 336, KJC 274, LAU 19, MNM a 1, TIJ 236, TIJ 336, TIJ 517.
-fa. of ----

-fa. of zn AMJ 67

-s. of -hzm KJA 176

-fa. of bdt KJA 194
-fa. of wtr AMJ 125, TIJ 336
-s. of l

-s. of tmlh MNM a 1

-s. of bd KJC 274

-s. of bdt

-s. of m KJA 194

-s. of bglt KJA 191

-s. of gs

-s. of d TIJ 236

-s. of sr TIJ 517

-s. of ly KJA 35
-s. of mn

m t

-s. of brky MNM a 1

amiya be blind, amah error, persistence, contention: Cantineau 132

m, mw; Hismaic AMJ 41*.
-fa. of mrt AMJ 41*

m l

Cmpd., see m: Hismaic AMJ 32, AMJ 51, TIJ 465.

-fa. of rb TIJ 465

-fa. of mrt AMJ 51

mt

See m or immt clever, intelligent watcher; CIK 354,2 Immt; Stark

106 mt; HIn 435 add HFSL 3 fem. Saf. and read HU 261,2 = Eut 306 as
Saf.; Tham.B WHI 154; Hismaic AMJ 104 (Tr.N), TIJ 379; PNNR 53.
-fa. of wtr TIJ 379

mdn

amada stay, prop, amd pole, column, umuddn tall, umdn

master of a people; cf. CIK 188,1 Amd; HIn 436 Saf.; Hismaic KJC
147d*.
-fa. of bnyt KJC 147d*

mr

amara dwell, live long, amr, umr life, mir living long; CIK 156,1
Amr, CIK 156,1-165,2 mir, CIK 166,2-167,1 Ammr, CIK 167,1187,2 Amr, CIK 568,1-569,2 Umair, CIK 570,2-571,2 Umar; ID 56, ID
178, ID 235 etc.; BDrN 15 Omar etc.; HB 41; Cantineau 133 mrw, mr;
PNNR 52, PNNR 53; LittNE 1 24 myrw, mrw; Stark 106 mr, mrw,

mr; HIn 436 Lihyn, Saf.; Tham.D JS 585, KTT A; Hismaic AMJ 35,
CTSS 1a, JS 591, JS 727, KJC 255, KJC 267, KJC 361a, KJC 711*,
KnEG 1, KnEG 4, SSA 7, TIJ 4, TIJ 48, TIJ 66, TIJ 70, TIJ 86, TIJ 106,
TIJ 121, TIJ 124, TIJ 204, TIJ 207, TIJ 232, TIJ 311, TIJ 374, WAM T
10.
-fa. of tm JS 591
-fa. of bt AMJ 35
-fa. of zhy TIJ 4, TIJ 48
-fa. of bdsqlt TIJ 204, TIJ 311
-fa. of mklt TIJ 66, TIJ 207
-fa. of whblh KJC 255, TIJ 70
-s. of bs KJC 267
-s. of TIJ 232
-s. of mklt TIJ 86, TIJ 106, TIJ 374, WAM T 10
-s. of nsr TIJ 121

mrl

Cmpd., see mr: Cantineau 133 mrl; PNNR 52; HIn 437 Saf.; Hismaic
AMJ 90, KJC 400, TIJ 30, TIJ 49 + TIJ 52, TIJ 56.

-fa. of dll TIJ 30

-fa. of slmt AMJ 90
-s. of tm [] TIJ 56
-s. of tm

mrt

-s. of mrl TIJ 49 + TIJ 52

See mr: CIK 165,2-166,2 Amra, CIK 187,2-188,2 Amra, CIK 569,2

Umaira, CIK 571,2-572,1 Umra; ID 10 etc.; Cantineau 133 mrh, mrt,

myrt; PNNR 52; Stark 106 mrt; HIn 437 Saf., Tham.D HU 568; Mixed
WTI 48; Hismaic ? WHI 120; Hismaic AMJ 41, AMJ 51, LAU 27, TIJ
17a*, WA 10682.
-fa. of rm WA 10682
-fa. of ml AMJ 51
-s. of mt AMJ 41

mrn

See mr, umrn a land well peopled: CIK 357,1-2 Imrn; ID 21 etc.;
HIn 438 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 77, KJC 427*, TIJ 166.
-s. of f AMJ 77
-s. of ws TIJ 166

mmngt

Hismaic TIJ 216.

mn

amana remain, min settler: CIK 155,2 mn; Cantineau 133 mnw,
mn; PNNR 52; HIn 441 Saf.; Tham.C HU 149 (doubtful); Hismaic TIJ
520.

mhzn

Hismaic WAM T 43.

-s. of slmn WAM T 43

See nn, nn a long mountain, wn, awna assist, help, awn help,

yn, ayn eye: CIK 213,2 Aun; ID 305; Cantineau 128 wnw, Cantineau
133 nw; PNNR 49, PNNR 53; HIn 444 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.D JS 5
(doubtful); Mixed HU 2 (Tr.N); Hismaic KJB 152, KJC 399, 414, TIJ 310,
TIJ 458, TIJ 462, TIJ 467.
-fa. of kl TIJ 310
-s. of sd TIJ 462, TIJ 467

nl

See wn under n: CIK 149,1 Ainl; HIn 444 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 114, KJB
63, KJC 282.

-fa. of b KJC 282, AMJ 114

-fa. of lh KJB 63

nb

inab grapes, annb vendor of grapes: CIK 190,1 Annb; Stark 106
nbw; Hismaic LAU 25.
-s. of zdl LAU 25

nq

aniqa be long in the neck, unuq neck, anq she-kid: Cantineau 134
nqw; PNNR 53; HIn 445 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 13*.

nl

Cmpd., see nl: Hismaic KJC 429.

nm

anam a certain tree, ainum a male frog: cf. CIK 188,1 Anama; HIn
445; Hismaic TIJ 516, WA 10386; PNNR 53 nmw.
-s. of g()mt TIJ 516

nn

anna appear, turn away, ann clouds: CIK 357,2 Inn, CIK 572,2
Unain; ID 231; Stark 106 nn, nyny, nnw, nny; HIn 445 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 465.

hd

ahada order, make a contract, ahid injunction, promise: LittNE 2 235

hdw; HIn 446 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 23, WAM T 39*; PNNR 49.
-fa. of dmt TIJ 23, WAM T 39*

hl

hil sovereign, ayhal swift she-camel, excellent strong camel: HIn

446 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 97*.
-fa. of sm KJA 97*

hm

HIn 446 Saf.; Hismaic SSA 22*.

hn

ahana remain, stay, labour, hin lasting, enduring, ihn wool: HIn
447 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 108, KJC 57, KJC 270.
-fa. of rslh KJA 108
-s. of tm

-fa. of s KJC 270

wd

da return: HIn 447 Saf.; Hismaic JS 700*.

w, a seek protection, awa protection, refuge: Cantineau 128

wyd, wydw; PNNR 49; Stark 104-5 wdw, wyd, wyd, wydw, wydy;
HIn 448 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 147, KJB 171, KJC 502, KJC 551,
MNM c 7*, Naveh TSB C, TIJ 65, TIJ 315a, TIJ 506, WAM T 42*.
-fa. of y TIJ 315a

-s. of lwd TIJ 65

-s. of ft

-fa. of qnt KJC 502

-s. of mlt WAM T 42*

wlh

Cmpd., see w: HIn 448 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 83.

wr

awira be blind in one eye, awar weakness, faultiness: CIK 580,2

Uwair; ID 215, Ban Uwr; HIn 448 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 438.
-s. of mrt

ayya be unable: HIn 449 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 13*.

-s. of zdl

-s. of slm KJC 438

-fa. of rm KJC 13*

See w: CIK 147,2-148,1 i, CIK 360,1 Iy; ID 282; WR 245

Aiy; Cantineau 129 ydw, yd, yydw; PNNR 50, PNNR 51; HIn 450
Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic JS 615, KJC 333, TIJ 169, TIJ 368, TIJ 369, TIJ 391,
TIJ 399.
-fa. of whblh TIJ 368
-s. of rs TIJ 399
-s. of b KJC 333
-s. of r TIJ 169
-s. of sdlh TIJ 369
-s. of qrb TIJ 391

yl

yl, la be poor, il poor: ayyal that inclines from side to side in

gait: Cantineau 129 ylw; PNNR 51; HIn 451 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 135,
KJB 103, KJC 285, KJC 571, KJ C 683, KJC 702.

yln

See yl: Hismaic KJC 630.

yly

See yl: Cantineau 129 yly; PNNR 51; Hismaic AMJ 154.
-s. of ns AMJ 154

tb

Hismaic KJC 382*.

tm

atima have a speech impediment, atm intense heat; Saf. WH 116;

Hismaic JS 670*, KJC 653.

aa be lean or meagre, w, a aid, succour, aw cry for aid, y,

ay rain: CIK 274,1-2 au; ID 231 etc.; HB 43 e; Cantineau 128

wtw, wty; PNNR 50; Stark 105 yt; HIn 452 Saf.; Hismaic HE 79, JS 24,

KJA 34, KJA 68, KJA 75, KJA 81*, KJA 182*, SSA 8, TIJ 5, TIJ 58, TIJ
220, TIJ 232, TIJ 366.
-fa. of mr TIJ 232
-fa. of bdlh TIJ 220
-fa. of l

-fa. of nr TIJ 366

-fa. of mqm SSA 8

-fa. of nbt JS 24
-s. of dd KJA 182*
-s. of slh TIJ 5
-s. of zhy KJA 34
-s. of hn HE 79
l

Cmpd., see : Cantineau 128 wtl; PNNR 49; HIn 452 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ
103, TIJ 104, TIJ 143, TIJ 170, TIJ 366.
-fa. of mqm TIJ 103, TIJ 104, TIJ 170

rn

-s. of rsm

-fa. of mqm TIJ 143

-s. of

-fa. of nr TIJ 366

aara become flourishing, abundant, arah abundance, urah dustcolour; Hismaic KJA 301.

lh

Cmpd., see . Cantineau 128 wtlhy; PNNR 49 wtlh, PNNR 50;

Hismaic AMJ 129, KJA 24, KJB 63, Meek, TIJ 96, TIJ 441.
-fa. of gy TIJ 96
-fa. of qrbn Meek
-s. of slh TIJ 441
-s. of nl KJB 63

rb

araba go, depart, urb crow, arb a stranger; CIK 273,2 arb,
CIK 275,2 urb; ID 297; BDrN 16 urb; HB 42 ereijib; HIn 453
Saf.; Hismaic KJA 343.
-s. of -l KJA 343

rm

al-urumn the handsome young man: Cantineau 134 rmw; PNNR

54; Hismaic KJA 83, KJA 224*, KJA 270, KJB 123, KJC 75, KJC 416.
-s. of nht

-s. of ()nt KJA 270, KJC 75

-s. of mq KJA 83
sm

asama become dark, asam darkness: cf. Cantineau 135 mw; PNNR
54; HIn 455 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 178, KJC 189, KJC 434.

bt

aiba be angry, aab anger, ab intense redness, abah

prominent rock in a mountain, al-ab the lion or the bull, al-ab
the bull and possibly the lion: cf. Cantineau 134 bw; PNNR 53; CIK
270,1 al-aba; HIn 456 Saf.; Hismaic UR 1*.
-fa. of bt UR 1*

frt

afara cover, veil, ufr young mountain goat; CIK 275,2 ufra, HIn
457 Qat.; Hismaic KJC 604.

lb

alaba overcome, allb, lib victor, conqueror: CIK 271,1 B. alb

CIK 271,1-271,2 lib; ID 16 etc.; BDrN 16 lib; HB 43; Cantineau
130 lbw; PNNR 51; cf. Stark 105 lbn; HIn 457 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 365,
KJC 368, KJC 395.
-s. of sb- KJC 368
-s. of sby KJC 395

lmt

ulm young man, ulmah lust: HIn 458 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 55.

amma cover, amm grief: HIn 458 Saf. add JaS 120a; Hismaic KJC
667*.

mlt

amal fold and bury hides, put in a right state: Hismaic WAM 42*.
-fa. of (w) WAM T 42*

anna speak with a nasal twang, unnah nasal twang: HIn 458 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 311, RTI B*.

ann singer: Hismaic KJA 272*.

ania drink taking breath at each draught, ann homme poli, qui
connit les usages du monde et qui sait vivre: CIK 273,2 an; HIn 458
Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 147, KJA 66, KJA 140, KJA 229, KJA 238, KJC
306*, KJC 356*, KJC 418, KJC 674*, KJC 745, KJC 748; PNNR 53

nytw.
-s. of fy

-fa. of bnt AMJ 147

nm

anima take, obtain spoil, anam sheep goats, anm, unm spoil:
CIK 272,1 anm, CIK 272,1-273,1 anm, CIK 273,1-2 annm; ID
270, ID 296; BDrN 16 nim etc.; HB 43; Cantineau 133-134 nmw;
PNNR 53; Stark 106 nmw; HIn 458 Saf.; Tham.B Eut 597*, Tham.D
KTT B; Hismaic CTSS 1b, LAU 15, TIJ 228, TIJ 494*.
-s. of nl LAU 15

nmt

See nm, animah spoil; HIn 458 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 459, KJC 460, KJC
477, KJC 478, KJC 479, KJC 547, TIJ 264, TIJ 293, TIJ 299.

fbr

Hismaic AMJ 12*.

ft

fatta crumble something, fatt a fissure in a rock, fwt, fta pass (time,
opportunity); cf. CIK 248,2 Futta; Hismaic KJC 675, KJC 713.
-fa. of slm KJC 675
-fa. of mry KJC 713

ft

fataa open, fat conquest, fatt conqueror: Hismaic KJA 17, KJA
139*, KJA 165, KJB 172.
-s. of gfl KJB 172
-s. of bh
-s. of nr

ftt

-s. of slm KJA 17

-fa. of mry KJA 139*

See ft, futah opening, intervening space: HIn 461 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ
39, KJA 111, KJB 7, KJB 95, KJB 132, KJC 307, KJC 487*, TIJ 142, TIJ
343.
-fa. of mn

-fa. of l KJB 95

-fa. of krt KJA 111, KJC 307

-fa. of qrs KJB 132
-s. of gm TIJ 343
-s. of yq

-s. of n()t

-fa. of mn KJB 7

-s. of AMJ 39
ftyt

fatuwa, fatiya become youthful, fata n young man, fatiy youthful: CIK
248,2 Futaiya; HIn 262 Sab.; Hismaic KJC 39, KJC 237, KJC 444, KJC
543, KJC 635, KJC 680, KJC 690.
-s. of -wr KJC 680

-s. of sn KJC 690

fgt

fajja have the feet wide apart, fujjah an opening or intervening space,
fwj, fja (musk) exhaled its odour, fawj group of men, fyj, fja kick
with hind legs backwards, fayj foot messenger; Hismaic AMJ 139.
-s. of sd AMJ 139

fmn

fam charcoal, fim black: cf. Cantineau 136 fm; cf. PNNR 55 fm,
fm; HIn 463 Saf.; KWM 1(Tr.N).

ftn

faata walk with a proud gait, fat the light of the moon: Hismaic KJA
93a*, KJB 112, KJC 676b.
-s. of sd KJB 112

fn

faa snore: Hismaic KJB 118.

fr

farra flee, turn aside furr the best of men, frr fleeing, fwr, fra boil,
ferment, fr gazelles; cf. CIK 245,2 Farr; Cantineau 137 fr; PNNR
55; HIn 464; Hismaic Do XX 37,11 (fem.), KJC 513.
-d. of nml Do XX 37,11

frds

furdis a man with big bones, Syr./Pers. fards paradise: Stark 109
prdy; HB 44 Firds; HIn Tham.C ? Eut 118; Hismaic KJA 326, TIJ 376.

frs

farasa break, crush, faras horse, fris the lion, horseman: CIK 245,1
al-Faras, CIK 246,2 Firs; ID 301 Ban Farrs, ID 104 al-Furas; BDrN
16 Fris; HB 44; Cantineau 137 frs; PNNR 56; HIn 465 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 7.
-fa. of n KJA 7

faa remove, displace, fa stone that is set in a ring, fw, almufwaah being clear, perspicious, fy, fa shine, glisten: HIn 468
Saf.; Tham.C JS 36*; Hismaic CTSS 1a, TIJ 312.

fl

Cmpd., see f and fy. Cantineau 137 fl; PNNR 55; cf. Stark 109 pyl;
HIn 468 Saf.; Tham ? WHI 109; Hismaic TIJ 494.

fy

fy, fa separate: Cantineau 137 fyw, fy; PNNR 55; LittNE 1 25 fyw,
LittNE 2 235 fyw; Stark 109 p, py; HIn 468 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ
148, LAU 22, TIJ 3, TIJ 8, TIJ 62, TIJ 222, TIJ 251, TIJ 406.
-fa. of zyd TIJ 222

-fa. of hnlh TIJ 8

-fa. of wtr TIJ 3
-fa. of yn TIJ 62
-fa. of ()slb TIJ 406
-s. of whblh AMJ 148
fyt

See fy, fayah freedom, release: CIK 246,1 Fiya, 247,2-248,1

Fuaiya; Hismaic KJC 225*, KJC 227, KJC 300*, KJC 450, KJC 454,
KJC 690a.

fg

faj sweat: Stark 109 pgw; HIn 468 Lihyn, Saf. add JaS 62; Hismaic
KJB 111, KJB 136, KJC 92, KJC 105, TIJ 300, WAM T 50.
-fa. of mn

-fa. of rms

-fa. of m TIJ 300

-s. of nl KJC 92
f

faaa disgrace: HIn 468 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 98.

fn

faa break, fw, fy fa be wide, spacious; fy, fa overflow,

become abundant, fayn abundance; Hismaic KJA 246, KJC 217.

fah cloth used as waist-wrappers, f blue ??: Hismaic AMJ 77, KJC
396.
-fa. of rs KJC 396
-fa. of mrn AMJ 77

flg

falaja succeed, overcome: CIK 244,2 Flij; HB 45 Fellg; HIn 470 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 323, TIJ 483.

flgt

-s. of zd

-fa. of tmwr TIJ 323

-s. of grmlh

-s. of bnl--

See flg; Hismaic CSP 2.

-s. of wtr

fl

-fa. of grmlh TIJ 483

-s. of rm

-fa. of tmdsr CSP 2

fala surprise, Syr. fale deliver: BDrN 17 Fl; HIn 471 Saf.; Tham.?
HU 277, HU 279; Hismaic AMJ 107.
-fa. of rs AMJ 107

flt

See fl: HIn 471 Saf.; Tham.B HU 277; Hismaic KJA 208, KJC 228, Ph
345 bis g.
-fa. of rst KJA 208

flw

flw, falhu wean, falu, fulu colt, young ass; cf. BDrN 17 Filwa fem.;
HIn 472; Hismaic TIJ 346.
-s. of rg TIJ 346

fnd

fanida lie, commit a mistake, find a great mountain, fanad

exhorbitance in speech, error in judgement: CIK 246,2 al-Find; ID 207;
Hismaic KJC 4, KJC 181, KJC 283.
-s. of b KJC 4, KJC 283

fny

faniya come to an end, vanish; Cantineau 136 fny or fnw; PNNR 55 fny;
HIn 472 Saf.; Hismaic LAU 35.

fht

fahiha lack, power, ability, fahhah forgetfulness; Hismaic AMJ 134*.

-s. of z--

qb

-fa. of wtr AMJ 134*

qabba raise a clamour, qabb the greatest head or chief, qwb, qba dig
a hollow in the ground, qb portion of a bow, qb a young bird; CIK
454,1 Qabb; Hismaic JS 730.

qbbt

See qb, qubb sharp, thick nose, qbbah a drop of rain: Hismaic AMJ
48.
-fa. of gs AMJ 48

qt

qatta tell lies, qatt fodder: HIn 475 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic KJA 308*.

qaa collect, drive: cf. CIK 473,2 Qua, Qua; cf. ID 323; HIn 476
Saf.; Hismaic KJC 394.
-s. of t(m) KJC 394

qdt

qadda cut strips, qadd the skin of a lamb, qiddah party, sect; cf. CIK
454,2 Qadd, CIK 469,2 Qudd, Qudaid; cf. ID 304; HIn 477 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 136; cf. PNNR qdd.

qdm

qadama precede, come before, qadam foot, qadm ancient: CIK

454,2 Qadam, Qdim, CIK 469,2 Qudam; Cantineau 141 qdmw; PNNR 57
qdm, qdmw; HIn 478 Saf.; Tham.B HU 780; Hismaic AMJ 71, JS 672, TIJ
206, TIJ 326, TIJ 359.
-fa. of qnt

-fa. of hnn TIJ 359

-s. of r

-fa. of rs AMJ 71

qdmt

See qdm: CIK 470,1 Qudms; ID 81 etc.; HIn 478 Saf.; Hismaic KJC
147j, LAU 23*.
-s. of lt

-fa. of brt KJC 147j

-s. of n LAU 23*

qrt

qarra settle, become firm, qirrah cold, qwr, qrah small mountain:
CIK 465,2 al-Qra; ID 110; HIn 479 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 450.
-fa. of nn TIJ 450

qr

qaraa wound, qar wound, qar pure, free: Cantineau 144 qrw;
PNNR 59; HIn 479 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 112.
-fa. of hrb AMJ 112

qrs

qarasa be intensely cold, qris intense cold: Hismaic KJA 71, KJA 87,
KJA 180, KJA 288, KJC 116, KJC 117.

qrs

qaraa gain, acquire for oneSaf.; family: CIK 471,2 Qurai; ID 6 etc.;
cf. BDrN 17 Qarie; Hismaic KJB 132, KJC 695.
-s. of krt

-s. of ftt KJB 132

qrsm

qirm large tick: HIn 480 Saf. add JaS 110; Hismaic AMJ 34*, TIJ 275.

qrm

qarama cut off, sever qirtam seed, saffron: Hismaic JS 617.

qr

qaria be bald: cf. BDrN 17 Aqra; Hismaic CTSS 2a*.

qrfz

Tham.C JS 100, JS 111-113, JS 139, JS 142-144, JS 150; Hismaic KJB

179.

qs

qws, qsa measure, qaws a bow, qys, qsa measure or see qss: CIK
455,2-464,2 Qais, CIK 473,1 Quss, CIK 466,2 Qs; ID 113 etc; Cantineau
142 qws, qs (D.N), Cantineau 143 qy (D.N), qyw; PNNR 58 qysw; cf.
Stark 110 qwy; HIn 481 Saf.; Hismaic JS 607, KWM 15.
-fa. of bb KWM 15
-s. of wlt JS 607

qsr

qasara overcome, subdue; CIK 467,1 Qasr; ID 302 Ban al-Qasr;

Cantineau 143 qysr (Csar), cf. Cantineau 144 qrw; PNNR 58; HIn 482
Saf.; Hismaic KWM 6.
-s. of tm KWM 6

qss

qassa seek after, pursue: CIK 466,2 Qass, CIK 467,1 Qasss; HIn 482;
Hismaic JS 247.
-fa. of sg JS 247

qsm

qasama divide, qasam oath, qasm fine, elegant; CIK 466,2-467,1

Qsim, CIK 473,1 Qusam; ID 39 etc.; Cantineau 144 qm; Stark 110
qsm; BDrN 17 Qsim; HB 46 Dzsim; HIn 482 Saf.; Tham.B ? JS 201;
Hismaic WAM T 29.
-fa. of wm WAM T 29

qs

qaa pick up, collect, qa stubble: CIK 473,1 Qu; HIn 482;
Hismaic JS 741*.

qs[]

Cantineau 144 qstw; PNNR 59; Hismaic TIJ 45*.

qt

HIn 484 WH 3792a but read as q(n) in WH: Hismaic KJB 160*.

qm

qamma devour, qwm, qma stand, rise, qawm a community; cf. CIK
471,1 Qumm, Qumma; Cantineau 142 qwmw; PNNR 57; HIn 487 Saf.:
Hismaic JS 654.

qmnt

qaman fit, suitable: HIn 488; Hismaic WAM T 7.

qn

qanna observe, qinn slave, qayn slave, blacksmith: CIK 455,1-2

Qain, cf. CIK 465,1-2 Qann, CIK 471,1 Qunain; ID 317, cf. 240; WR
371; Cantineau 142-143 qynw, qyn; PNNR 58 also qyny; LittNE 2 232

bnlqyny, LittNE 2 235 qyn; RNP I 30 Qain as lunar deity; HIn 489
Lihyn, Saf., Tham.D JS 741; Mixed JS 596, Hismaic AMJ 101, KJA 1,
KJA 31, KJA 44, KJA 49, KJA 63a, KJA 105, KJA 107, KJA 134, KJA
138*, KJA 162, KJA 184, KJA 279*, KJA 341, KJB 33*, KJB 156, KJB
174, KJC 112, KJC 672, KnEG 3, TIJ 19, TIJ 196, TIJ 270.
-fa. of sr(y) KJB 33*
-fa. of smn

-fa. of b KJA 44, KJB 174

-fa. of sbrmt KJA 107, TIJ 270

-fa. of qn KJA 184

-fa. of qnt KJA 1
-fa. of qnm KJC 672
-s. of tmt

-fa. of wrl KJA 31

-s. of s

-s. of tl TIJ 196

-s. of qn KJA 184

-s. of mskt

-fa. of zm KJA 341

-fa. of smn

-fa. of b KJA 49, KJB 156

-s. of nrt KnEG 3

qnt

-s. of wrl

-s. of qn

-s. of tmt KJA 31

-s. of wrl

-s. of kl

-s. of srw KJA 138*

See qn, qunnah an isolated mountain, qnt, qnit devout: CIK 471,1
Qunna; cf. Cantineau 143 l qynt; PNNR 58; HIn 489, Tham.C HU 593;
Hismaic AMJ 18, AMJ 131, KJA 1, KJA 151, KJB 121, KJA 215, KJC
118, KJC 391, KJC 452, KJC 502, TIJ 132, TIJ 146, TIJ 262, TIJ 279, TIJ
359, TIJ 386, TIJ 450, TIJ 455, TIJ 471.
-fa. of lyn KJB 121
-fa. of lg TIJ 146, TIJ 455
-fa. of mg

-fa. of hbt KJC 118

-fa. of ng

-fa. of l KJC 391, KJC 452

-fa. of wl KJA 215

-s. of lf TIJ 279
-s. of w

-s. of ft KJC 502

-s. of qdm

-fa. of hnn TIJ 359

-s. of qn KJA 1
-s. of nmy

-s. of rbqt

-s. of rk

-s. of bd

-fa. of lyn

AMJ 131
qn

qanaa be content: CIK 471,1 Qunai; ID 214 Ban Qunai; Hismaic

KJA 274*.

qnf

qanifa loathe, qanaf smallness and flatness of ears, qunf big-nosed:

CIK 465,2 Qnif; Hismaic TIJ 365*.
-s. of s(r) TIJ 365*

qnft

See qnf: CIK 471,1 Qunfa; ID 234; HIn 490 Tham ? JS 41 ?; Hismaic
KJC 472.

qnf

qunfu hedge-hog: CIK 471,1 Qunfu; ID 187 Ban Qunfu; HIn 490
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 58.

qnf

Hismaic Do XX 37, 3*.

-fa. of z--ff Do XX 37,3*

qnlh

Cmpd., see qn: Saf. JaS 111; Hismaic KJA 144, KJB 143, KJC 77, KJC
258, KJC 432, KJC 637, KJC 660.
-fa. of grmt KJB 143

qnm

qanima be rancid, dusty: HIn 490 Saf.; Tham.B Eut 185 (doubtful);
Hismaic KJB 16*, KJB 67, KJC 672.
-s. of qn KJC 672

qy

qa vomit: Hismaic KJA 164.

qym

See qm, qim conspicuous, upright: BDrN 17 Qyim; Cantineau 142

qymw; PNNR 58; HIn 492 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 319, KJC 664, Tdr 9.
-s. of nr rwt Tdr 9

qymt

See qym: Cantineau 142 qymt; PNNR 58; HIn 492 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 74*,
KJB 115, KJC 665, TIJ 494.
-fa. of b

-fa. of qymt TIJ 494

-s. of b

-s. of qymt TIJ 494

-s. of sd KJB 115, KJC 665

qyml

Cmpd. ?, see qym: Hismaic KJB 127*.

kt

ka abstain through timidity, k, kah a weak-hearted cowardly

man: Hismaic AMJ 57, 58, 59a*, KJA 265*, KJC 14, KJC 147d, KJC
265.
-s. of gff[t] AMJ 58
-s. of [g]fft

kbr

-s. of bnyt

-s. of mdn KJC 147d

kabr great, large: CIK 367,1-2 Kabr; ID 32; Cantineau 105 kbyrw;
PNNR 34; HIn 493 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 85, KJA 205*, KJC 673.

kbl

kabala fetter, put off the payment of a debt, kabl shackles: HIn 494
Tham.B JS 272 (doubtful); Hismaic KJC 537.

ktbt

kataba write, draw together, sew, kutbah a thong with which one sews:
cf. WR 203 al-Ktib; Hismaic KJB 85, KJB 167.

-s. of rm KJB 85
km

Hismaic TIJ 18a*, TIJ 29*.

-fa. of rkb TIJ 18a*
-fa. of wtm TIJ 29*

kr

See krr under krrt, karr a rope, kwr, kra hasten, carry a bundle on the
back, kawr plenty of goods, large flock, kr blacksmiths furnace,
bellows, camel saddle: Hismaic KJB 92.
-fa. of drst KJB 92

krt

See kr and krrt, karrah return to fight: HIn 498 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 15*,
KJA 83, KJA 90, KJA 111, KJA 181, KJA 258*, KJB 132, KJC 307,
Naveh TSB C, TIJ 414.
-fa. of l KJA 83
-fa. of drst KJA 258*
-s. of ftt KJA 111, KJC 307
-fa. of qrs KJB 132

krtm

kurtm rocher, grosse pierre: Hismaic KJB 104a*, TIJ 248, TIJ 335, TIJ
423, TIJ 449, TIJ 468.
-fa. of y TIJ 248

krrt

karra return, karrr returning to the fight: cf. CIK 370,1 Karrr;
Hismaic KJC 174.
-fa. of klf KJC 174

krh

kariha dislike, loathe: HIn 499 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 280, KJC 716a.
-s. of wl KJC 280
-s. of br ? KJC 716a

kzn

kazza be dry, tough, kazz ugly face: Hismaic KJC 366.

kzy

kuzza become dry, tough, kazz dry, kwz, kza collect: cf. CIK 374,2
Kz; cf. Cantineau 106 kwz; PNNR 35; Hismaic KJC 398*.

ks

kassa grind, have small teeth, kys, ksa be acute, sharp, kays acute,
sharp: cf. ID 334 Ibn al-Kais: HIn 499 Saf. add JaS 87c (doubtful);
Tham.B WA 907a; Hismaic KJC 15*.

ksby

kasab gain, acquire, kasb wolf: KJC 590*.

ksy

ksw, kas invest (with a sword), kasaa pursue: Hismaic KJA 150.
-fa. of nsr KJA 150

k b

kaaba swell (breasts), kaaba fold cloth in squares, kab joint, ankle
bone: CIK 361,1-367,1 Kab, CIK 372,1-2 Kuaib; ID 15 etc.; Cantineau
107 kbw; PNNR 36; Stark 92 kb[w]; HIn 500 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 50.

k m

kiam muzzle for a camel, kim sheath: Cantineau 107 kmw; PNNR
36; Hismaic AMJ 69, KJA 219, KJC 52*.
-s. of sd

klb

-s. of zk- AMJ 69

kaliba light-witted, kliba torment, kalb dog: CIK 368,1-369,1 Kalb,

CIK 370,2-371,1 Kilb, CIK 372,2-373,1 Kulaib; ID 13-14 etc.; WR 264;
HB 47 Tslb; Cantineau 107 klbw, klb, klybw; HIn 502 Lihyn, Saf.; Tay
HE 31, Tham.B WTI 21; Hismaic KJA 353.
-fa. of mskt KJA 353

klf

kalifa be attached, addicted, devoted, kalaf freckle, kalf reddish

brown: cf. CIK 373,1 Kulfa; cf. ID 260; HIn 503 Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic
KJC 174.
-s. of krrt

km

-fa. of d KJC 174

kamma cover, kamm quantity, amount, kimm calyx of a flower, kwm,

kma heap up earth, stones, km herd of camels: Cantineau 106 kwmy;
PNNR 35 kmw; HIn 504 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 232, KJA 237*, KJA 331,
KJB 130, KJC 47a, KJC 229*, KWM 1, TIJ 58, TIJ 144*, TIJ 225.
-fa. of b() KJA 331
-fa. of dbt KJC 47a
-fa. of sdlh KWM 1
-s. of slm KJA 237*
-s. of ns KJB 130
-fa. of tm TIJ 144*
-s. of gmhr TIJ 58
-fa. of yr TIJ 225

km

kamaa walk barefoot, kam truffle: HIn 504; Hismaic TIJ 93.
-s. of mt TIJ 93

kmt

See km, kamah truffles, dust colour: Hismaic KJA 259*, KJC 609, KJC
657*.

kms

kamasa be stern-looking: Hismaic KJC 535*.

kms

kamua be quick, resolute, resolve, kam quick: HIn 505 Saf.; Hismaic
TIJ 498.
-fa. of lt TIJ 498

kmn

kamana lie, hidden, kamina have red eyes, kamn hidden, latent: WR
266 Kamn; HIn 505 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 119, KJC 259; PNNR 35 kmnw.

kmnt

See kmn, kamnah ambush: Hismaic KJA 245.

-s. of yq KJA 245

kmy

kmy, kam conceal, put on a breast-plate and helmet, kamiy brave, ironclad: HIn 505; Hismaic KJA 132, KJC 575, TIJ 60, TIJ 417.
-fa. of mwr TIJ 60
-s. of tmlh KJA 132, KJC 575

knn

kanna conceal, kinn veil, covering, cf. kinnah quiver: cf. CIK
371,1-2 Kinna, CIK 373,2 Kunna; cf. ID 18 etc.; HIn 505 Qat., Sab.;
Hismaic KJA 314, KJB 7, KJB 20, KJB 65, KJB 110, KJC 38, KJC 165,
KJC 175, KJC 384, KJC 406, KJC 457, KJC 553, KJC 687.
-s. of bnmt

-fa. of sry KJB 110

-s. of l KJA 314, KJB 65, KJC 457, KJC 687

-s. of mn

-s. of ftt

-s. of yq KJB 7

khf

kahf cave, shelter: CIK 368,1 Kahf; HIn 506 Saf.; Hismaic JS 736*.

khl

kahl middle aged, khil withers of horse, base of the neck: CIK 368,1
Khil, Kahl; ID 110, ID 111 Kuhail; Cantineau 106 khylw; PNNR 35; cf.
Stark 92 khylw (uncertain), khyly; HIn 506 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.B JS 583
and as D.N, see HU 125, HU 126 etc., JS 256 etc.; Hismaic KJA 354, KJA
357, KJB 135, KJC 389, KJC 443, KJC 524, KJC 718, KJC 722, MNM c
7, TIJ 195, TIJ 287, TIJ 315, TIJ 401, TIJ 418.
-fa. of gml TIJ 287
-fa. of sb TIJ 401
-fa. of --tl TIJ 418

-fa. of gm TIJ 195, TIJ 315

-s. of bdmk

-fa. of bdmk MNM c 7

-s. of sny KJB 135, KJC 389, KJC 718, KJC 722
-s. of g

-s. of hml KJC 443

khlt

See khl: CIK 368,1 Kahla; HIn 506 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 118.

khln

See khl, kuhln middle aged: CIK 368,1 Kahln; Cantineau 106 khln;
PNNR 35; HIn 506 Saf.; Hismaic KWM 16, TIJ 36, TIJ 197, TIJ 352, TIJ
480a.
-fa. of slh

-fa. of mlg TIJ 36

-fa. of nmyt KWM 16

-fa. of sb TIJ 197
-s. of nt TIJ 352
-s. of r TIJ 480a
kyln

kayyil rubbish, kayyl coward, kayyl grain measurer: cf. Cantineau

106 kyl subs. arpenteur; Hismaic TIJ 61.
-fa. of slh TIJ 61

lm

laama suit, agree, repair, lim peace, equal, alike, lim peace, equal,
alike, lauma be base, ignoble, lam mean, ungenerous: CIK 376,2
Lm; ID 233; cf. Cantineau 110 lmt (fem.); PNNR 36; HIn 508 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 431, KJC 501.

lb

labba possess intellect, intelligence, labib a person of understanding,

lwb, lba be thirsty: HIn 508 Saf.; Hismaic LAU 37.
-fa. of hwd LAU 37

lbt

labaa milk a ewe for the first time, labuah lioness: cf. Cantineau 110
lb----; PNNR 36; cf. CIK 374,1 Lab, CIK 375,1 al-Labu; ID 196; HIn
508 Saf.; Tham.C JS 155, Tham.C (or Hismaic) JS 78, JS 117; Hismaic
AMJ 88, KJC 701.
-s. of nm KJC 701

lbn

lubn frankincense-tree, laban milk or see lb: CIK 375,1 Labn, cf. CIK
375,1-2 Labwn; HIn 510; Hismaic WAM T 5*; cf. PNNR 36 lbnt.
-s. of hn WAM T 58

ltb

lataba remain fixed or settled, ltib being or remaining fixed: Hismaic

KJC 324*.

laa remain, abide, lw, la take refuge, twist (a turban), lawa

langour, ly, lay strength, the lion: CIK 376,2 Lai; ID 105 etc.; HIn
510 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 79, AMJ 117, KJA 37, KJA 114, KJA 142, KJA
230, KJA 348, KJC 68, KJC 121b, KJC 147h, KJC 231, KJC 317, KJC
360, KJC 410, KJC 744.
-s. of slm AMJ 79, AMJ 117, KJA 37

lmt

laama muffle, lamah a kiss: HIn 511 Saf., Tham.C or D JS 128 (or
lgmt); Hismaic TIJ 6, TIJ 27.
-s. of n--

-fa. of wskt TIJ 6

-fa. of wskt TIJ 27

lg

lajaa graze, eat, incite: Hismaic TIJ 455.

-s. of qnt TIJ 146*, TIJ 455

lgm

lajam AMJ small lizard, lijm a bit, bridle (Pers.): CIK 378,2 Lujam,
CIK 378,2 Lujaim; ID 207; HIn 511 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 11, KJC 677.

lg

laija stick fast in the scabbard, cleave, laij confined, narrow place:
CIK 375,2 Laj; HIn 511 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 192*.
-s. of rms TIJ 192*

ld

lada deviate from the right course: HIn 511 Tham.B JS 419; Hismaic
AMJ 10.
-fa. of zhwd AMJ 10

lf

HIn 514 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 260.

lsn

laisa have dark-red lips: CIK 378,2 Lisan; HIn 516; Hismaic TIJ 9.
-fa. of m--- TIJ 9

lfn

laifa meet, kiss, laf accomplice of thieves; cf. ID 328 Ab Lufah;

Hismaic KJB 9*.

lq

laqia conceive (a camel), laq the thing with which a female palmtree is pollenated: HIn 519; Hismaic TIJ 523.

lqf

laqifa seize, take quickly, laqf nimble, dextrous: HIN 519 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 261.

-fa. of mn TIJ 261

lkt

lakka push, thrust, lakkah blow, punch: HIn 520 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 427.

lh

lahia thirst, luh heat or burning of thirst: Hismaic KJB 30, KJC 321,
KJC 750.
-s. of slm KJB 30, KJC 321, KJC 750

lhm

ilthama gulp, lihm aged, laham gluttonous, ravenous: CIK 379,1

Luhaim; ID 207; HIn 521 Saf., Tham.B HU 363 = Eut 530; Hismaic KJC
578*.

lhmt

See lhm; Hismaic KJC 770.

lws

lsa taste, laws morsel for tasting: Hismaic CTSS 1a.

m y

Hismaic KJB 180a*.

mbrr

See brr, mubirr one who overcomes: Hismaic TIJ 98*.

-fa. of l TIJ 98*

mbl

baala marry, bal lord, owner, possessor: Hismaic AMJ 130, KJA
188, KJA 266, KJA 295, KJA 356, KJB 31, KJB 41, KJC 74, KJC 79,
KJC 120, KJC 121a, KJC 129, KJC 210, KJC 336, KJC 426, KJC 464,
KJC 726, KJC 728.
-fa. of skrn AMJ 130

mtt

mataa draw water, mti water drawer: Hismaic TIJ 257*.

-s. of gm TIJ 257*

mtr

matara pull (a rope), twr, tyr, see under tr, atra repeat, mutr cast or
shot at repeatedly: Hismaic KJA 84, KJA 313, KJA 332*, KJC 114, KJC
174, KJC 176, KJC 370, KJC 638, KJC 700, TIJ 83, TIJ 297.
-fa. of brd

-fa. of nm KJA 332*, KJC 638

-fa. of bnmh KJA 313

mt

-fa. of rm

-fa. of smnt KJA 84, KJC 176, KJC 370, KJC 700, TIJ 83

-s. of d

-fa. of brd

-fa. of nm KJC 114, KJC 174

mata become advanced (the day), mat anything useful or

advantageous: CIK 404,1 Mti, CIK 438,1 Mutai; HIn 526 Lihyn, Saf.;
Hismaic JA 328, KJC 305*, KJC 332, TIJ 240, TIJ 253, TIJ 263, TIJ 265;
cf. PNNR 42 mtwl.

mtt

See mt, mutah enjoyment: Cantineau 119 mtt; PNNR 42; HIn 526,
Hismaic TIJ 26, TIJ 90, TIJ 184, TIJ 218, TIJ 320.
-fa. of rg TIJ 26, TIJ 90
-fa. of k TIJ 184
-fa. of sdl TIJ 218, TIJ 320

mtn

mattana make strong, matn the back, matn strong, firm: cf.
Cantineau 113 mwtnw, Cantineau 119 mtnw; PNNR 38 mwtnw; cf. Stark
98 mtnw, mtny, (mtn which he suggests is a hypocoriston Gift of N.N.):
HIn 527 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 54.

mtn

See mn, imtanaa abstain, refrain or cmpd. see mtn, Heb. mattn gift +

: cf. Cantineau 123 blmtn; cf. PNNR 17 blmtn, PNNR 42 mt(n)bgy; cf.
Stark 98 mtn etc.; HIn 527 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 26.
-s. of bd KJB 26
mty

mat spread: Winnett and Harding 1978: 609 quotes Mt (Tab. X, 337);
HIn 527 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 250, KJC 322, KJC 738, KJC 755, KWM 17,
KWM 18, TIJ 10, TIJ 266, TIJ 298, TIJ 463.
-fa. of wrb

-fa. of sr

-fa. of rzt TIJ 463

-s. of rfy KJA 250, KJC 322, KJC 738, KJC 755, TIJ 266, TIJ 298
-s. of mrn TIJ 10
-s. of nrt
mn

-fa. of m[n]lh

-fa. of w KWM 17

maa ungraceful gait, ma hyena: cf. HB 48 Mi; HIn 527 Saf.;

Hismaic TIJ 261.
-s. of lqf TIJ 261

mm

amm repair, miamm one who pastures for him who has no pasture:
Hismaic AMJ 150*.

mg

jy, ja, inf.n. maji come, be present, jy, ja be brown, watch over a
flock, conceal, jaiya be a brownish colour: Hismaic KJA 118, KJA
180.
-fa. of hbt KJA 180
-s. of qnt

-fa. of hbt KJC 118

mgd

majada be noble, pasture in a fertile land, majd, mjid possessing

glory; CIK 382,1-2 Majd, CIK 382,2 Mjid, CIK 418,1 Mujaid, CIK
419,1 Mujd; ID 296; HB 48 Mid; Cantineau 111 mgdw, mgd, mgdyw,
mgydw; PNNR 37; HIn 528 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 17*.

mgs

See gs: Hismaic AMJ 62.

mgn

majana act carelessly, majjn the gift of a thing without price, mijann
a shield: CIK 406,2 Mijann; cf. Cantineau 112 mgnt fem.; cf. PNNR 37;
Hismaic KJC 122a*.

mrt

See r, muirr a man whose camels are thirsty or wr, marah

defficiency, shell: HIn 530 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 154.
-s. of mrt AMJ 154

mrs

See rs: WR 321 Muris; HIn 530 Saf.; Hismaic MNM b 6, TIJ 145, TIJ
486; PNNR 38 mrsw.
-s. of lflh

-s. of whbn MNM b 6

-fa. of wl TIJ 486

-s. of whblh TIJ 145
mllt

alla untie, alight, stop, maall, maallah a place where a party

descends, muill making one to alight or descend: cf. CIK 407,1 alMiall, CIK 425,2 al-Muill; ID 138; Hismaic KJA 344, KJC 470, LAU
31; cf. PNNR 38 myl.

mmy

am prohibit, protect, al-mum, al-mamiyy epithets of the lion: cf.

CIK 383,1 Mamiya; cf. ID 411; Cantineau 113 mmyw; PNNR 38; HIn
531; Hismaic JS 699.
-fa. of whbl(h) JS 699

mwr

See wr, miwar wooden pin, muawwar dough: HIn 532 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 30, KJC 202, TIJ 60.
-s. of slh

-s. of rgt

-s. of wtr KJA 30

-s. of ()bdl()wr KJC 202

-s. of kmy TIJ 60
mr

maara cleave, plough, irrigate, take the best of: HIn 532 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 94, KJA 257.

-s. of bnmt
md

-s. of nmy KJA 94

See wd, yd or from dw, dy call out, idda claim: CIK 416,2
Muda; Cantineau 113 myd; PNNR 38; HIn 534 Saf.; Hismaic 111.
-s. of ()slm TIJ 111

mr

marra pass, murr bitter, marr time: CIK 399,2 Marr, CIK 432,2433,1 Murr; ID 251; cf. BDrN 18 Marr; HIn 536 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic
AMJ 84*, AMJ 105, AMJ 138, KJA 33, NST 1, TIJ 338; PNNR 41 mrw.

mr

marua be wholesome (food), mar man, mar manly: cf. CIK 432,1
Muraiy; Cantineau 118 mry; Stark 97 mry uncertain; HIn 536 Lihyn,
Saf.; Hismaic KJC 235*, TIJ 45.

mrgd

Cmpd., see mr and bdgd: Hismaic AMJ 44, TIJ 274*.

-s. of ()rs TIJ 274*
-s. of mnt

mrzy

-s. of fy

-fa. of mnt AMJ 44

Cmpd., see mr and bdzy: Saf. WH 621, WH 627, mrzy WH 1777, WH

3820 mrhzy: Hismaic AMJ 66.
-s. of mskt AMJ 66

mrlh

Cmpd., see mr: cf. WR 296 Murala; Cantineau 64 mrlhy; PNNR 13;
HIn 537 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.C JS 637; Hismaic AMJ 81, AMJ 95, TIJ 24,
TIJ 286, TIJ 295, TIJ 312a.

mrmnt

Cmpd., see mr: Hismaic KJA 32*, KJA 236.

-fa. of my KJA 236

mrn

See mr: HIn 537 Saf. ISB 45 (doubtful); Hismaic TIJ 10, TIJ 163.
-fa. of mty TIJ 10

mry

Cmpd., see mr and y: Cantineau 104 mrywt; cf. HIn 138 add Saf. JaS
50, JaS 135a Tham.B tmy HU 314/2 = Eut. 433, HU 480/1; Hismaic
KnEG 2.
-s. of hn KnEG 2

mr

maraa cover (the body) with oil, mar a certain kind of tree that
quickly emits fire, mar oil which is used on the body, raa have
much water so as to become soft (dough): cf. HB 48 Mrain; Hismaic
KJC 560*.

mrt

See mr: Hismaic AMJ 91.

mrmt

See rmt, arama an ostrich or hen brooded upon her eggs to hatch
them, murimah brooding on eggs to hatch them: Hismaic JS 667.
-s. of h JS 667

mzm

zaama assert, azaama make responsible, mazam an affair in which

no confidence is to be placed: HIn 543 Saf.; Hismaic JS 716.

mzn

muzn clouds, mzin ants eggs: CIK 405,1-406,2 Mzin, CIK 439,2
Muzn; ID 111 etc., ID 121 Ban Mzin; cf. HB 48 Mizne fem.; Cantineau
113 mznyt fem. (Tr.N); HIn 543 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 138 (Tr.N), Do XX
37,3, (Tr.N), KJC 641 (Tr.N).

msd

See sd: CIK 401,2-403,1 Masd; ID 6 etc.; Cantineau 118 mwdw;

PNNR 42; LittNE 1 23 mwdw; HIn 544 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 104, KJB
131, KJC 9, KJC 91, KJC 383*, KJC 480, KJC 494*, KJC 538.
-s. of wf KJC 480

msk

masaka seize, masuka be tenacious, misk musk; CIK 401,1 Msik,

CIK 409,1 al-Misk fem., CIK 435,2 Musaik; ID 246 al-Mask; WR 297;
Cantineau 118 mkw; PNNR 42; HIn 545 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic KJC 147i,
KU 1, TIJ 135.
-s. of fr

-fa. of t KJC 147i

-s. of zz KU 1
mskt

See msk: CIK 435,2 A. Musaika; HIn 545 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 66*, JS
659, 759, KJA 49, KJA 341, KJA 353, KJB 156, TIJ 43, TIJ 233.
-fa. of qn

-fa. of zm KJA 341

-fa. of smn KJB 156

-fa. of mrzy AMJ 66*

-s. of sd

-fa. of qn KJA 49

-s. of klb KJA 353

mslm

See slm: CIK 436,2-437,1 Muslim; ID 166 etc.; Cantineau 118, Cantineau
151 mlmw; PNNR 42; Stark 97 mlm; HIn 545 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 136,
KJB 47, KJB 158, KJC 522, KnEG 4, MNM b 6.
-fa. of slm

-fa. of bh KJB 47

-fa. of rs KJC 522

-fa. of b KJB 158
-fa. of wtr

-fa. of tmlh MNM b 6

-s. of shl KnEG 4

ms

maa quarrel with, suck a bone; Cantineau 118 mw ?; PNNR 42; HIn
546 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 413.

msgt

See sg: CIK 403,1-2 Magaa; Hismaic JS 678.

mry

mir partition of boundary, mir Egyptian or from ry see under tr:

Cantineau 117 mry; PNNR 41; Saf. ISB 274a (doubtful); Hismaic KJA
139*, KJC 26, KJC 713.
-s. of ft KJC 713
-s. of ft

-s. of nr KJA 139*

maa stretch, lengthen: HIn 550 Lihyn, Saf.; Tham.D JS 206; Hismaic
JS 622 (Tr.N).

mt

See m: Hismaic TIJ 519* (Tr.N).

mr

maara rain, maar rain or from yr, mar a place to or from which a
bird flies: CIK 404,1-2 Maar, CIK 438,2 Muair; ID 215 etc.; BDrN 18
Maar etc.; HB 48 Muar etc.; HIn 551 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 43, KJA 302*,
KJA 346, WAM T 30.
-s. of km WAM T 30

ml

maala stretch a rope, flatten tin, mal ironmonger: HIn 551 Saf.;
Hismaic AMJ 85*.

my

my, ma draw or pull (a well rope), hasten; cf. CIK 404,2 Maw;
Cantineau 113 myw; PNNR 38; HIn 551 Saf., read HE as Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 69, KJA 75, KJA 236, KJB 22, KJB 24*, KJC 137, KJC 362.
-s. of grm

-s. of zdl KJB 22

-s. of mrmnt KJA 236

m

may guts, my, ma flow: mw; Stark 95 my; Hismaic KJC 130*,
RyGT 2.
-s. of wd RyGT 2

mb

See b, mab fault, defect: HIn 551 Saf. (doubtful); KWM 19*.

m d

maada snatch unawares, mid a wolf that tuns quickly or see d,

muadd ready, prepared, mad place of return: CIK 379,1 Maadd ?,
CIK 380,2 Mad, CIK 410,1 Muaid; ID 20 etc.; Cantineau 116 mdw;
PNNR 40; HIn 552 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic JS 742.

m z

maiza become hard, maz goat: CIK 384,1 Miz; cf. Stark 95 mzyn;
cf. HB 49 Mwaiiz; HIn 554 Saf.; Hismaic JS 626, JS 629, JS 632, KJB
86, KJC 145, KJC 555, TIJ 395, WAM T 4.
-fa. of m

-fa. of ytr WAM T 4

-fa. of mz TIJ 395

-s. of sd JS 629
-fa. of b JS 632
mzy

See mz or zy: BDrN 15 Muazz der Trauer br die Familien bringt;

HB 39; Hismaic AMJ 124*, KJC 729.

ms

ys, ayas of a white colour mixed with red, mas dauntless, brave;
HIn 554 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 588, TIJ 173.
-s. of dd KJC 588
-s. of mr TIJ 173

m l

See l, mul a man having a family or household, mal agile, acute

man: HIn 555 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 13*, WAM T 36.
-s. of ()km WAM T 36

m n

See n, man aid, help or maana flow (water), man water flowing
on the surface CIK 397,1-2 Man; ID 165 etc.; Cantineau 117 mynw,
mnw, mn; PNNR 40; Stark 96 mn, mn, mnw, mny; LittNE 1 23
mnw; HIn 556 Lihyn, Saf.; Tham.D JS 195; Hismaic AMJ 19, KJA 78,
KJC 187, KJC 351*, MNM a 1*, TIJ 300.
-fa. of sd KJC 187

mnl

-s. of brky

-s. of bslm MNM a 1*

-s. of fg

-fa. of rms

-fa. of m TIJ 300

See mn: HIn 556 Saf.; Hismaic Meek (Tr.N), TIJ 181, TIJ 308*, TIJ 388,
TIJ 519; PNNR 40, also mnlh, PNNR 41.
-fa. of hlm TIJ 519

-s. of s TIJ 308*

mnlh

See mn: Cantineau 117 mnlhy, mnlhy, mnlh; HIn 557 Saf.; Hismaic
KWM 18, KWM 19, TIJ 81, TIJ 168, TIJ 175, TIJ 183, TIJ 185, TIJ 199 +
TIJ 201.
-fa. of tm TIJ 183
-fa. of sr

-fa. of mnlh -fa. of mhn TIJ 199 + TIJ 201

-fa. of mhn TIJ 185

mhn

-s. of sr

-s. of mnlh

-fa. of mhn TIJ 199 + TIJ 201

-s. of mty

-s. of nrt

-fa. of wt KWM 19

See hn: HIn 557 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 185, TIJ 199 + TIJ 201*.
-s. of mnlh TIJ 185
-s. of sr

-s. of mnlh TIJ 199 + TIJ 201*

See : maaa steep in water, mai wrestler, ma herbage laid in

prostrate by rain: CIK 420,2 Mu; Cantineau mytw; PNNR 40; Stark 96
mytw, myty; HIn 558 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 196, TIJ 191, TIJ 260, TIJ
300*.
-s. of rms TIJ 260
-s. of mn

mny

-s. of fg TIJ 300*

aniya be free from want, mun sufficing, enriching: HIn 558 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 72*, KJB 91, KJB 70, KJB 116, KJC 303, KJC 673a, KJC
732.
-s. of hn KJB 70
-s. of hwn KJB 116

mqtl

qatala kill, qtala fight, combat: CIK 431,2 Muqtil; HIn 560 Saf.;
Hismaic Rh 6, TIJ 268, TIJ 273.
-s. of bkr Rh 6
-s. of l TIJ 268, TIJ 273

mq

qy, qa remain in a place during summer, qay most vehement or

intense heat, maq a place where people remain or abide in summer: cf.
CIK 464,2 Qai; cf. BDrN 17 Qen; Hismaic KJA 83.
-s. of rb

-fa. of n KJA 83

mqd

qaada sit: CIK 431,1 al-Muqad: HIn 560; Hismaic WAM T 13.

mql

qalla be few, small in number, qwl, qla say, maql resting place: cf.
Stark 96 mqwl (doubtful); Hismaic JS 593; PNNR 41 mqlw.

mqm

See qm: aqma set up, miqamm voracious: Cantineau 142 mqwmw,
mqymw; PNNR 41; Stark 96 mqym, mqymw, mqymy, mqmw; HIn 560 Saf.,
Tham ? HU 28 = Eut 32, HU 60 = Eut 75, HU 64* = Eut 69; Hismaic
Meek, SSA 6, SSA 8, TIJ 53, TIJ 59, TIJ 103, TIJ 104, TIJ 143, TIJ 170,
TIJ 429.
-fa. of tm TIJ 429
-s. of SSA 8
-s. of l TIJ 103, TIJ 104, TIJ 170
-s. of rsm TIJ 143

mqml

Cmpd., see mqm: Cantineau 142 mqyml, mqml; PNNR 41; HIn 560 Saf.;
Hismaic KJB 133.
-s. of sr KJB 133

mqn

See qn: CIK 398,1 Mqn; Stark 96 mqyn; HIn 560 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ
241.

mkr

makara beguile, circumvent, makr artifice, craft, mkir deceiver: HIn

561 Saf.; Hismaic CTSS 1a.
-s. of rst CTSS 1a

mkrt

See mkr, makrah craft, stratagem: Hismaic SSA 10*.

mks

makasa diminish, deduct from a thing, kws, aksa prostrate o.s., kys,

aksa beget sagacious children: Hismaic KJA 4.

mklt

makala hold little water and much slime (a well), maklah slime in a
well, kalla become tired, or see kyl under kyln: HIn 561 Saf.; Hismaic
TIJ 66, TIJ 86, TIJ 106, TIJ 207, TIJ 226, TIJ 374, WAM T 10.
-fa. of mr TIJ 86, TIJ 106, TIJ 374, WAM T 10
-s. of mr TIJ 66, TIJ 207

ml

See mll, mall wearied, mwl, mla be rich in flocks, ml flocks,

wealth, mayl sympathy: CIK 397,1 Mall, cf. Cantineau 114 mly; HIn

562 Saf.; cf. Stark 95 ml, ml, mly; Hismaic Do XXVI 49,5 KJC 569*,
KJC 753*.
mlm

See lm, mulim becoming, convenient, fit: HIn 562 Saf.; Hismaic JS
745.
-s. of smt JS 745

mlgn

See mlj under mlg, muluj sucking kids, maljn a man who sucks teats
of goats from greed, malj foster brother, illustrious man, lajana stop,
adhere to: cf. HB 49 Meli; Hismaic KJC 8, KJC 273, KJC 760, KJC
762.

mlgnt

See mlgn: Hismaic KJC 44.

ml

malaa be salty, malua become beautiful, mil salt, knowledge,

beauty: CIK 384,1 Mal, CIK 397,1 Malla, CIK 427,1-2 Mulai; ID
276; BDrN 18 Mall; HB 49; Cantineau 114 mlw fem.; PNNR 39; HIn
563 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic Naveh TSB C, TIJ 177.

mlk

malaka possess, own, malik king: CIK 384-397,1, CIK 427,2 Mulaik;
ID 17 etc.; BDrN 18 Mallk; HB 49 Mlek; Cantineau 114-115 mlk, mlkw,
mlkyw; PNNR 39; LittNE 2 234 mlkw; Stark 95 mlk; HIn 564-565 Lihyn,
Saf., Tham.D HU 698, HU 700; Mixed WTI 31, WTI 47; Hismaic KJA
189*, KJA 305, KJA 309, TIJ 47, TIJ 215, TIJ 237, TIJ 453, WAM T 26.
-fa. of nm KJA 189*, KJA 305, KJA 309
-fa. of yl WAM T 26
-s. of b(k)r TIJ 215, TIJ 237, TIJ 453
-s. of sdt TIJ 47

mlkl

Cmpd., see mlk: Stark 95 mlkl; HIn 565 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 481*; PNNR
39 mlkltw.
-s. of m-

mlkt

-fa. of nm TIJ 481*

See mlk, malikah queen, malkah property: CIK 427,2 Mulaika;

Cantineau 115 mlykt; PNNR 39; Stark 95 mlkt; HIn 565 Saf., Tham.B JS
262; Hismaic TIJ 494, TIJ 505, TIJ 507.
-fa. of TIJ 507
-s. of s

-fa. of bsmn TIJ 505

mlky

See mlk: HIn 566; Hismaic NST 1; PNNR 39 mlkyw.

mll

malla be tedious, put bread etc. into embers: CIK 427,2 Mulail; ID 260;
HIn 566 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 24.

mly

maliy long, prolonged: Cantineau 114 mly; PNNR 39; HIn 566 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 436a*.

mmy

Hismaic JS 747.

mn

manna confer, bestow; cf. Cantineau 115-116 mnw ?; PNNR 39 mnw;

HIn 567 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 240, KJC 659.

mnbk

nabakah hill with a peak: Hismaic JS 713*.

mn

manaa prevent, protect, man unapproachable, inaccessible: CIK

398,1 Man; Cantineau 116 mn; PNNR 40; HIn 568 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ
148, KJC 731*.

mnt

See mn: CIK 398,1 Mana; WR 286, WR 287; Cantineau 116 mnwt,
mnt (fem); PNNR 39, PNNR 40; HIn 569 Saf., Tham.C JS 136; Mixed
HU 683; Hismaic AMJ 44, TIJ 18d, TIJ 45.
-s. of fy

-fa. of mrgd -fa. of mnt AMJ 44

-s. of mrgd

-s. of mnt

-s. of fy AMJ 44

mns

naasa drowse, dose: Hismaic KJA 166a*.

mnh

See mn ?: Cantineau 115 mnh inachev; Hismaic KJA 92.

mny

man determine upon, mna reward, mana n fate: HIn 570 Saf.; Tham.
? HU 119; Hismaic MNM b 6 (Tr.N); PNNR 39 mny.

mh

mahaa wash a garment, haa crush, tread under foot, ha mute a

bird, break s.os neck; Hismaic KJA 19, KJA 21, KJA 46, KJA 59*, KJA
128, KJC 29, KJC 58*, KJC 686*.
-fa. of grf KJA 21, KJA 46
-fa. of g KJA 128, KJC 686*
-s. of sy

mhd

-fa. of rhz KJC 29

mahada make a place smooth, mahd place made smooth for a child to
sleep in, muhd elevated or depressed ground, mahd pure butter: cf.
CIK 282,2 Mahd; HIn 571 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 59*.

mwtl

Hismaic JS 720*.

mys

msa walk with an elegant gait, mayys one who walks with an elegant
gait; CIK 384, 1 Maiys; ID 213 Mayys; Cantineau 113 m[y][w]; Stark
94 my; HIn 576 Saf.; Hismaic MNM c 7.

nlt

nala walk with a jerking deportment: CIK 444,1 Nila fem.; HIn 578
Saf. (doubtful); Hismaic CTSS 3 (Tr.N).

nbt

nabata grow, sprout, nabt plant: CIK 440,1 Nabt, Nbit, Nabt; ID
218; HIn 578 Saf.; Hismaic JS 24, LAU 12, TIJ 303, TIJ 305, TIJ 332, TIJ
396, WAM T 46.
-fa. of ytr LAU 12, TIJ 303, TIJ 305, TIJ 332, TIJ 396, WAM T 46
-s. of JS 24

nbty

See nbt: Hismaic LAU 3.

nbr

nabara raise the voice, nibr tick, granary, nabr shameless: HIn 578
Saf.; Hismaic KJC 193*.

nblh

Cmpd., nabaa speak, nabah word: Hismaic KJB 76*, see the
commentary to the text.

nb

nabaa well or issue forth, naba the first water that appears when a well
is dug: CIK 439,1 Naba, CIK 449,1 Nubai; ID 207; WR 337;
Cantineau 119 nbw; PNNR 43; HIn 579 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 138.
-fa. of bnsbr, KJA 138

nbh

nabuha be eminent, well-known, nabh eminent, well-known: cf. CIK

439,2 Nabhn; ID 78 Nubaih; WR 330 Nabh; Cantineau 119 nbhw;
PNNR 42; HIn 580; Hismaic JaS 1.
-s. of sl JaS 1

ng

najaa affect by an evil eye, naju (al-ayn) evil-eyed or see ngy: HIn
581 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 152*, KJB 175, KJC 391, KJC 452.
-fa. of slh KJA 152*
-fa. of sd KJB 175
-s. of qnt

ngt

-fa. of sl KJC 391, KJC 452

See ng, najah an affecting with an evil or malignant eye: HIn 581
Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 116, KJB 129*, KJB 142.
-fa. of sdn AMJ 116

ngt

najja hasten: Hismaic TIJ 302*.

-fa. of my

ng

-fa. of b-q TIJ 302*

najaa succeed, nuj, naj success: CIK 450,1 Nujai, Nujaiyi;

Hismaic TIJ 360, TIJ 384, WAM T 52.

ngr

najara hew, fashion wood, najjr carpenter: CIK 442,1 an-Najjr; HIn
581 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 87, Rh 3*.

ngf

najafa fashion (an arrow), cut (a tree) at the root, najf broad-headed
(spear): HIn 582 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 402*.

ngl

najala be verdant, beget, najila have wide eyes, najl child: cf. CIK
442,2 B. Najln; cf. ID 312; HB 49 Nel fem.; HIn 582 Saf.; Hismaic
KJA 9, KJA 89, TIJ 422.
-s. of TIJ 422

ngm

najm star: CIK 442,2 Najm; ID 83; WR 333; Cantineau 120 ngmw;
PNNR 43; Stark 98-99 ngmw; HIn 582 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 103, AMJ 135.
-s. of slh AMJ 103
-fa. of sd

ngy

-fa. of skmlh AMJ 135

ngy, naj escape, nji n swift: CIK 442,1 Nj; ID 163; HB 49 N;

HIn 582 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 26*.
-fa. of bt AMJ 26*

ngyt

See ngy: CIK 442,1-2 Njiya; ID 147 etc.; WR 333; HIn 582 Saf.;
Hismaic KWM 14.
-s. of mly KWM 14

nl

naila become emaciated, naala give something freely, naal bees,

gift, nil lean: HB 49 (ibn) Nil; HIn 583; Hismaic TIJ 402*.
-fa. of grs TIJ 402*

nr

naara snore: CIK 444,1 an-Nar; Stark 99 nwr; HIn 583 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 139, TIJ 125, TIJ 366.
-fa. of ft KJA 139
-s. of l

ny

-s. of TIJ 366

nw, nuiya boast, nuwah pride: cf. Stark 99 ny; Hismaic KJC 126.
-fa. of sdn

-fa. of mn KJC 126

ndt

nadda take fright, shy nidd the like, opponent: Hismaic WAM T 41.

ndm

nadima grieve, regret, ndim contrite, repenting, nadm a companion

in drinking: HIn 584 Saf.; Hismaic WAM T 16*.
-s. of bndm WAM T 16*

nr

nr fire, nawr blossoms, nr light: CIK 445,1 an-Nr, ID 206 Ban

al-Nr; BDrN 19 Nr; HIn 585 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 621, TIJ 224, TIJ 392.
-fa. of tm TIJ 224
-s. of rh(?)

-s. of hnt TIJ 392

nrt

See nr, nrah brand: Hismaic KJC 184.

nrn

See nr, nrn fires: BDrN 19 Nrn; HIn 585 Lihyn, Saf., Tay. JS 430;
Hismaic TIJ 375.

ns

nws, nsa dangle, ns men, nassa urge, go at a gentle pace, go to

water: CIK 445,1 an-Ns; HIn 586 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 161; PNNR 44 nw.
-s. of dgg

ns

-s. of km TIJ 161

nasaa chide, urge, nas length of life, nasiy postponed month: HIn
586 Saf.; Hismaic JS 595, WAM T 32; PNNR 44 n.
-s. of nt

-s. of (w)--kyt JS 595

-s. of dgg

-s. of km WAM T 32

ns

Hismaic AMJ 154*.

nsr

nasr vulture, (sometimes eagle): CIK 445,1 Nasr, CIK 453,2 an-Nusair;
WR 336; HIn 586-587 Saf., Tham.D WTI 6; Hismaic Meek, TIJ 121.
-fa. of mr TIJ 121

nsk

nasaka worship, nask gold or silver ingot, nsik pious: HIn 587 Saf.;
Hismaic MNM c 7.

nsq

nassaqa set in order: MNM c 7*.

ns

See nss: cf. HB 50 N; cf. Stark 100 n; Hismaic KJA 342; PNNR 44
nw.

nsg

naaja sob, bray, naaj stream of water: Cantineau 122 ngw, nygw;
PNNR 44, PNNR 45; LittNE 1 23 nygw; Hismaic AMJ 21.

nsr

naara spread out, nir spreading out: CIK 445,2 Nir; cf. Stark 100
nry; HIn 588 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 150, KJC 291.

nss

-s. of fl-

-fa. of bry KJC 291

-s. of ksy

-fa. of yb KJA 150

naa gurgle, ferment, na a tract of salt land: Hismaic WAM T 44.

-s. of kr WAM T 44

nsl

naala carry off and devour a piece of meat, nal pilferer: Cantineau
122 nlw; PNNR 45; HIn 589 Saf.; Tay. JS 563a; Hismaic KJB 147, KJC
620, MNM b 5, TIJ 421, TIJ 475.
-fa. of ymr MNM b 5

nt

-s. of zrt

-s. of nw(y) KJC 620

-s. of ---

-s. of lfl TIJ 421

naa raise, show, naah female sparrow, nuah forelock of hair,

na lag behind, naw wild ass: cf. CIK 447,2 Nau; Hismaic AMJ
128.
-s. of smn AMJ 128

nr

naara aid, assist, nar aid, nir helper: CIK 445,2-446 Nar; ID
100 etc. Nuair; WR 331; BDrN 19 Nar; HB 50 Nair etc.; Cantineau
122 nrw; PNNR 44; Stark 100 nwr, nr; HIn 590 Saf., Tay. W Tay. 3,
Tay. W Tay 31; Hismaic KJC 214, Tdr 9.
-s. of rwt

-s. of qym

-s. of nr Tdr 9

nrlh

See nr; Cantineau 122 nrlhy; PNNR 44; Hismaic AMJ 148, KJC 468.

nlt

nal a iron head or blade: HIn 591; Hismaic KJA 22, KJA 29a, KJA 136.

nt

naa dote, jump, na leap, bound: Hismaic KJB 7*.

-fa. of yq KJB 7*

nrt

naara call out, narah a sound in the nose, naira be harrassed by

flies, nair restless: Cantineau 121 nrt; PNNR 44; cf. ID 327 al-Nair;
HIn 593 Saf. add JaS 131; Hismaic KnEG 3, KWM 18.
-fa. of qn KnEG 3
-fa. of mty

n m

-fa. of m[n]lh

-fa. of w KWM 18

naima be plentiful and easy (life): CIK 439,1 Nam, CIK 444,1 Nim,
CIK 448,2-449,1 Nuaim, CIK 450,1 Num; ID 85 etc.; BDrN 19 Num;

Stark 99 nym, Stark 99-100 nm; HIn 593-4 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic JS 229,
JS 680*, KJA 282*, KJC 701; PNNR 44 nm.
-fa. of lbt KJC 701
nml

Cmpd., see nm: HIn 594 Saf.; Hismaic Do XX 37,11.

-fa. of fr Do XX 37,11

nmy

See nm, nam benefaction, favour: Stark 100 nmy; HIn 595 Saf.;
Hismaic AMJ 131, KJA 94.
-fa. of bnmt KJA 94
-s. of rbqt

-s. of rk

-s. of bd

-fa. of qnt

-fa. of lyn

AMJ 131
nl

naala be spoilt in tanning (a hide), naula be spurious (a child), nal

an illegitimate child: cf. Cantineau 121 nlw; PNNR 44; Hismaic KJC
92.
-fa. of fg KJC 92

nqt

cf. Cantineau 122; PNNR 44; Milik 1976: 150 nqys, Gk. ; see
Macdonald 1992: 158; Hismaic KJC 28*.

nkf

nakafa abstain from, nkif weak: HIn 599 Saf.; Hismaic KJB 183.

nmr

namira be angry, namir leopard: CIK 444,2-445,1 Namir, CIK 450,2

Numair; ID 113 etc.; WR 335; Cantineau 120-121 nmrw, nmr; PNNR 43;
LittNE 1 23 nmrw ?; HIn 599 Saf.; Hismaic JS 596 (Tr.N), KJA 243, KJC
286, TIJ 205, TIJ 278.
-s. of tmlh

nms

-s. of dql TIJ 278

namasa conceal, nims ferret, nms secret, mosquito: HB 51 Nmes:

HIn 600 Saf., Tay. W Tay 28; Hismaic KJB 50.

nn

nn fish: cf. Cantineau 121 nny, nnyt ?; PNNR 44; cf. Stark 99 nn; HIn
601 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 506.

nhb

nahaba take spoil, nahb spoil, booty: BDrN 19 Nahb; HIn 601 Saf.;
Hismaic KJA 42, KJA 45, KJA 96.

nhbn

See nhb: HIn 601; Hismaic TIJ 363, TIJ 461.

-s. of ws

-s. of hrb TIJ 461

nht

nahata cry out, roar, al-naht lion: HIn 601 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 29,
KJA 83, KJA 202*, KJA 231, KJA 270, KJC 75, KJC 508.
-fa. of tml KJA 202*
-fa. of bgt KJC 508
-fa. of mn KJA 231
-s. of ()nt

nhr

-fa. of rm KJA 83, KJA 270, KJC 75

nahr river, nahir much (water), nahr day-time: CIK 442,2-443,1

Nahr; WR 333; BDrN 19 Nahr; HB 51; Stark 99 nhr; HIn 601 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 518.
-s. of m-- TIJ 518

nhq

nahaqa bray, nahq wild rocket; Hismaic AMJ 120, AMJ 140.
-fa. of slm AMJ 140
-s. of rslh

nhk

-fa. of rslh AMJ 120

nahuka be brave, nahk energetic, brave: CIK 443,1-443,2 Nahk; ID

128; WR 334; HIn 602 Saf.; ; Hismaic KJC 597*, TIJ 84.
-fa. of l KJC 597*
-fa. of whbl TIJ 84

nhl

nahal first drink, nhil thirsty: CIK 443,2 Nhil; Hismaic KJC 463*.

nhm

nahima be greedy, nahama chide, road, sigh, nuhm owl: CIK 448,1
Nihm, CIK 450,1 Nuham; ID 257 Ban Nihm; WR 337; HIn 602 Saf.;
Tham. AMJ 109.
-s. of dql AMJ 109

nwy

nwy, naw intend, go off, nawiy sympathetic friend: ID 292 Ban

Naw; HIn 604 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 620*.
-fa. of zrt KJC 620*

nyrt

nyr, nra border (cloth), weave; HIn 604; Hismaic TIJ 158.

Hismaic JS 667.
-fa. of mrmt JS 667

hmy

cf. HIn 78 Saf. my; Hismaic TIJ 408*.

-s. of zr TIJ 408*

hn

Hismaic HE 79.

-fa. of HE 79
hb

habaa squander (property): Hismaic KJA 121.

htm

hatama break the front teeth: CIK 287,2 Hutaim; BDrN 19 Htmi; HIn
608 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 422*.

hg

hajja burn fiercely (fire), be sunken in its socket (eye), emigrate, hawija
be tall and foolish: cf. BDrN 19 Ha; cf. HB 51; Cantineau 84 hgw;
PNNR 21; Stark 84 hgy uncertain; HIn 608 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 676.

hgn

See hg, hajana be base-born, hajn one whose father is free and whose
mother is a slave, hijn of a good breed (a camel): CIK 286,2 al-Hugn;
HIn 609; Hismaic KJB 157.

hd

hadda demolish (a building), crash, crumble down, hadd strong, weak,

generous man or see hwd: HIn 610 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 170, KJC 471,
KJC 539.
-s. of smn KJC 539

hdd

See hd: CIK 276,1 al-Hadd, Haddd, CIK 285,2 Hudaid; ID 249, ID
284-285; HIn 611 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 351.
-s. of TIJ 351

hr

haara babble, talk nonsense, hair garrulous: cf. Cantineau 84 hdyrt;

cf. PNNR 22; cf. Stark 84 hdyr; HIn 612 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 56, KJC 7.
-fa. of wl KJC 7

hr

See hrr or hwr, hra pull down, fall to pieces, hr weak, feeble, hawr
lake, flock of sheep: CIK 284,1 Hirr; WR 227; cf. BDrN 19 Haur; HIn
612 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 352, TIJ 491.
-s. of sdlh TIJ 491

hrb

haraba flee, run away: CIK 280,1 Harrb; WR 214; HIn 612 Saf.;
Tham.B HE 38; Hismaic AMJ 112, TIJ 138, TIJ 330, TIJ 381, TIJ 461,
TIJ 470.
-fa. of -- TIJ 138
-fa. of bl TIJ 470
-s. of dlt

-fa. of ws TIJ 330

-s. of hrr

-fa. of ws TIJ 381

-fa. of ws

-fa. of nhbn TIJ 461

-s. of qr AMJ 112

hrt

See hrr or harata rent, slit, hart wide, ample, harit lion: HIn 613
Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 357.
-s. of snm TIJ 357

hrr

harra snarl (a dog), be disgusted, hirr male cat: cf. CIK 287,1 A.
Huraira; cf. ID 295; WR 206 Harr; HIn 613 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 381.
-fa. of hrb

hrkld

-fa. of ws TIJ 381

cf. Stark 85 hrqlyd Gk. , Preisigke 1922: 122-23; Hismaic

WAM T 60.

hs

hassa crumble something, speak to oneself, hws, hsa smash, eat

voraciously, hawisa be light-headed: Hin 615 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 218*.

hsr

See sr: HIn 615 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 154.

htl

atala draw, drag along violently, atal a man who hastens or is quick to
do mischief, utul gross, coarse, rude: HIn 617; Hismaic TIJ 394*.
-fa. of wr TIJ 394*

hkdn

hakada press a debtor, kadana couple oxen to a plough, kadn camelsaddle, kidn camel rope, kadin fleshy, plump: Hismaic KJC 500.

hkn

See knn, kinn veil, covering, kawn being, existence, hakka crumble,
pulverise: Hismaic KJC 276.

hl

HIn 621 add Saf. MNSI 2 ii; Hismaic TIJ 58.

hlm

halama call out, halm adhesive, sticky, hallim flaccid, soft: HIn 622;
Hismaic TIJ 25, TIJ 519.
-s. of mnl TIJ 519
-s. of wddl TIJ 25

hm

hamma purpose, intend, be anxious about, melt (fat), hamm intention,

purpose, care, himm decrepit, weak, old man, hwm, hm headmen or
chiefs: HIn 622 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 369.

hmr

See mr or hamara pour out, hammr cloud pouring forth much rain,
loquacious, a babbler: Hismaic KJB 180*.

hml

hamala overflow, pour forth, pasture freely, himl ragged hair-tent,

humml soft, waste land: HB 52 Hamel; HIn 624 Saf.; Hismaic KJC
443, TIJ 134.
-fa. of g KJC 443
-fa. of bd

hn

-fa. of gryt TIJ 134

See hwn, hawn tranquility, modesty hayn easy or hnn; CIK 281,1 alHaun; ID 110 etc.; HIn 625 Saf.; Tham.B HE 38, HU 727, HU 758;
Hismaic KJB 70.
-fa. of mny KJB 70

hn

hanua be pleasant, hanaa feed, succour, defend, smear a camel with

tar, hni servant, hin tar, liquid pitch: CIK 278,2-279,1 Hni, CIK
283,1 Hin; ID 218 etc. WR 204; BDrN 19 Hn; Cantineau 87 hn, hnw,
hnyw; LittNE 2 233 hnw; Stark 84 hny; HIn 625 Lihyn, Saf., Tham.B JS
276, Tham.? HU 157; Hismaic KJA 23, KJA 27, KJA 28, KJA 48*, KJA
99, KJA 157, KJA 197, KJA 300, KJA 351, KJB 102, KJB 105, KJB
106a*, KJB 110, KJB 139, KJB 173, KJB 177, KJC 86, KJC 93, KJC 194,
KJC 240, KJC 344*, KJC 379, KJC 576, KJC 623, KJC 679, KJC 758,
KnEG 2, KnEG 5, TIJ 31, TIJ 105, WTI 11.
-fa. of tnn KJA 48*
-fa. of mry KnEG 2
-s. of tmd TIJ 105
-s. of gs KnEG 5
-s. of zdqm KJA 27, KJA 99, KJA 300, KJB 105, KJB 173, KJB 177
-fa. of tnn KJC 758
-s. of zdqm

-s. of bd

-s. of kl KJB 110

-s. of sb TIJ 31
hnt

See hn, hanah wholesome food, easy affair: CIK 279,1 Hnia,
Hana, CIK 286,2 Huna; ID 292; WR 204; LittNE 2 233 hnt; HIn 625
Saf.; Hismaic KWM 1, TIJ 211, TIJ 350, TIJ 392, TIJ 497; PNNR 22.
-fa. of rh (?)

-fa. of nr TIJ 392

-s. of snt TIJ 350

-s. of sd TIJ 211

-s. of m TIJ 497
hnlh

Cmpd., see hn: LittNE 2 233 hnlhy; HIn 626; Hismaic AMJ 132, KJC 2,
KJC 5, KJC 31, KJC 557, TIJ 8, TIJ 127, TIJ 133, TIJ 438, TIJ 482;
PNNR 22 hnlhy.
-fa. of tblt TIJ 438
-fa. of tmlt TIJ 482
-fa. of zdlh

-fa. of smdt AMJ 132

-s. of TIJ 127

-s. of mr TIJ 133
-s. of tmlwr -s. of whblh KJC 2
-s. of fy TIJ 8
-s. of wddl
hnmnt

-fa. of zdlh KJC 5

Cmpd., see hn: HIn 626 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 37*.

-fa. of whblh -fa. of -rgs TIJ 37*

hnlh

Cmpd., see hn: Hismaic AMJ 45, AMJ 49.

-s. of bb

hnn

-s. of rg

-fa. of whblh AMJ 45, AMJ 49

hanna weep, moan: HIn 627; Saf.; Hismaic KJC 710*, TIJ 359.
-s. of qnt

-s. of qdm TIJ 359

hhd

See hd: Hismaic KJC 663*.

hwd

hwd, hda return, act gently: HIn 628 Saf.; Hismaic LAU 37*.
-s. of lb LAU 37*

hwn

hwn, hna be low, base, easy, huwn abjection; cf. Cantineau 86 hynt
fem.; cf. PNNR 22; Hismaic KJB 116.
-fa. of mny KJB 116

hyd

hyd, hda move, put in motion, frighten, chide: cf. Cantineau 86 hydn ?;
cf. PNNR 22 ?; Hismaic KJC 243*.

wl

waala seek refuge, shelter: CIK 584,2-585,1 Wil; ID 79 etc.;

Cantineau 88 wl, wlw fem.; PNNR 23; LittNE 1 20 wlw; HIn 632 Lihyn,
Saf., Tham.B HU 357*, Tham.C HU 122; Hismaic CTSS 1a, HU 498, JS
630, KJB 179, KJC 7, KWM 3, TIJ 223, TIJ 272, TIJ 486, WAM T 47.

-fa. of sd TIJ 223

-fa. of yly HU 498
-fa. of yly JS 630
-s. of sdlh KJB 179
-s. of mrs TIJ 486
-s. of hr KJC 7
wlt

See wl: CIK 585,2 Wla; ID 114; WR 459; Cantineau 88 wlt, wylt;
PNNR 23; LittNE 1 20 wlt; HIn 632 Saf., Hismaic JS 607, JS 734, TIJ
490.
-fa. of qs JS 607
-s. of sfr TIJ 490

wln

See wl: WR 460 wln; Cantineau 88 wln; PNNR 23; HIn 633 Lihyn,
Saf.; Hismaic JS 707, NST 1.
-s. of bnbr JS 707

wb

wabba (from abba) prepare for a fight: Hismaic KJA 61, KJA 339, KJC
754.

wbr

wabr hyrax, wabar fur or soft hair of the camel: CIK 581,1 Wabr, CIK
588,2 Wubair; ID 180 Abu Wabr; WR 456; HIn 633 Saf.; Hismaic WAM
T 40*; PNNR 23 wbr.

wtr

watara make sole or one, witr single, sole: Cantineau 90-91 wtrw,
wtyrw; PNNR 25; HB 53 el-Witair; HIn 633-634 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 17*,
AMJ 125, AMJ 134, AMJ 137, CSP 2, KJA 30, KJB 19, KJB 48, KU 2,
MNM b 6, Rh 1, TIJ 3, TIJ 73, TIJ 309, TIJ 336, TIJ 379.
-fa. of rgt KJA 30
-fa. of sbt KJB 19
-s. of tmlh

-s. of wtr MNM b 6

-s. of rm

-fa. of flgt

-fa. of tmdsr CSP 2

-s. of m TIJ 336, AMJ 125

-s. of mt TIJ 379
-s. of fy TIJ 3
-s. of fht

-s. of z-- AMJ 134

-s. of whblh TIJ 309

wtm

From ytm ?, yatama be an orphan, yatima weary, jaded, yatm

orphan: HIn 634 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 29.
-s. of km TIJ 29

wm

waama run swiftly (a horse), paw the ground, waima have scanty
plants, waam small quantity: cf. CIK 588,2 Wama; Hismaic WAM T
29.
-s. of qsm WAM T 29

wgdt

wajada find, wujd, wajd richness, sufficiency, wjid finder, rich,

possessing competence: HIn 635 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 355, KJC 218.
-fa. of [t]m KJA 355
-fa. of tm KJC 218

Hismaic KWM 18.

-s. of mnlh

wt

-s. of mty

-s. of nrt KWM 18

See w: Hismaic TIJ 294, TIJ 469.

-s. of rq TIJ 294, TIJ 469

wg

Hismaic KJA 212*, KJC 315*.

-s. of k(y) KJA 212*, KJC 315*

wd

waada be alone, wad, wad alone: CIK 584,2 al-Wad; ID 180;

WR 458; HIn 635 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 297, TIJ 361.

ws

wa desolate, deserted (country), wild (animal): cf. CIK 584,2 Wa;

BDrN 19 Wa; HB 53; Cantineau 90 ww; PNNR 24; HIn 636 Saf.;
Hismaic TIJ 166*, TIJ 412.
-s. of mrn TIJ 166*

wf

waafa hurry towards, waifa be luxuriant (plant, hair), waf

luxuriant, thick (plant, hair); CIK 584,2 Waf, CIK 589,1 Wuaif; ID
243; HIn 636 Saf. add Tr.N JaS 171; Tham.B HU 268; Hismaic KJB
113a*, KJC 102, KJC 610, TIJ 139, WAM T 54.
-fa. of s TIJ 139

wd

See wdd: widd, wudd, wadd loved one, beloved: CIK 581,2 Wadd;
Cantineau 89 wdw; PNNR 23; LittNE 1 20, LittNE 2 233 wdw; HIn 636

Saf. add JaS 174a?; Hismaic CTSS 3, JS 664*, TIJ 58, RyGT 2, TIJ 58,
WA 10379.
-fa. of CTSS 3
-fa. of m RyGT 2
wdt

wadaa make even, ill-treat, wad destruction, perdition: HIn 637;

Hismaic TIJ 182.
-s. of rt TIJ 182

wdd

wadda love, wadd loved, beloved: HB 53 Udd; Cantineau 89 wdydw;

PNNR 23; HIn 637 Lihyn, Saf., Tay. JS 552; Hismaic AMJ 76, KJA 228.
-fa. of lt AMJ 76, KJA 228

wddl

Cmpd., see wdd: HIn 637 Lihyn, Saf., Tay. JS 560; Hismaic KJC 5, TIJ
25, TIJ 68, TIJ 180*; PNNR 23 wddll ??.
-fa. of hlm TIJ 25

wd

wadua be still, quiet, in a state of ease: CIK 581,1-2 Wad; ID 298; cf.
WR 457 wada; Cantineau wdw; PNNR 24; LittNE 2 233 wdw; HIn 638
Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic JS 714, KnEG 1.

wrb

wariba become corrupt, warib corrupt, warb den of wild beasts: HIn
639; Hismaic TIJ 452, TIJ 463.

wrst

-fa. of sr

-fa. of rzt TIJ 452

-s. of mty

-fa. of sr

-fa. of rzt TIJ 463

waraa take, eat greedily, covet, waria be swift, wari brisk, lively:
HIn 640; TIJ 140, TIJ 322.
-s. of ft TIJ 322

wrl

waral monitor lizzard: HIn 640 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 31, KJA 138*.
-s. of kl

-fa. of qn KJA 138*

-s. of qn

-fa. of qn KJA 31

wrqns

cf. Gk. Preisigke 1922: 451 ; HIn 640; Hismaic TIJ 208.

ws

wasa middle, just: BDrN 20 Wi: Hin 642 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 330, TIJ
381, TIJ 461.
-s. of hrb

-fa. of nhbn TIJ 461

-s. of dlt TIJ 330

-s. of hrr TIJ 381

ws

wasia be broad, wide, ample, wasi ability, wealth, was broad,

capacious, wsi having power, ability; CIK 588,1 al-Was, Wsi; HIn
642 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 165.
-fa. of bd TIJ 165

wsq

wasaqa store, heap, drive (camels), wasq camels load: HIn 642 Saf.;
Hismaic KJC 689.

wsl

wsil pious, waslah means of access to a thing: HIn 642 Saf.; Hismaic
RTI B.

wsml

wasm comely, handsome: HIn 642 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 160*.

wskt

waaka be quick, expeditious (an affair), wak expeditious, speedy:

Cantineau 90 wykt; HIn 643 Saf. add JaS 118; Hismaic TIJ 6, TIJ 27;
PNNR 25.
-s. of n-- TIJ 6
-s. of lmt TIJ 6, TIJ 27

waua be fair, clean: HIn 643 Saf.; Tham.B HU 374; Hismaic KJA 138.
-s. of zhmn

ws

-fa. of nn KJA 138

waasa stamp, beat the ground, wa battle, wa ptre, berger: HIn

644 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ 254*.

wd

waada promise, threaten, wad promise, wad threatening, threat:

Stark 85 wd; Hin 644 Saf.; Mixed WTI 32, WTI 33; Hismaic CTSS 2b.

See wd: Hismaic KJA 318.

-fa. of zyt KJA 318

w r

waura be rugged, war rugged: Stark 85 wr; HIn 645 Saf.; Hismaic
TIJ 515.
-s. of sdlh

Hismaic TIJ 362.

wl

wal mountain goat, walah steep part of a mountain: cf. CIK 586,1
Waala, Wala; cf. ID 211; LittNE 1 20 wl; HIn 645 Saf., Tham.B HU
375; Hismaic AMJ 121, KJC 7, KJC 215, KJC 280, KJC 346, TIJ 321, TIJ
325, WAM T 27.

-fa. of tm AMJ 121

-fa. of sgr TIJ 325
-fa. of krh KJC 280
-s. of gl

-fa. of shr TIJ 321

-s. of qnt KJA 215

-s. of hr KJC 7
wfd

wafada come as an ambassador, wafd envoy, embassy: HIn 646 Saf.;

Tham.? HU 774*, HU 775; Hismaic TIJ 416, TIJ 446.

wf

Hismaic KJC 480*.

-fa. of msd KJC 480*

wqs

waqaa spread on the body (a scab), waq scab: CIK 587,1 Waq; HIn
647 Saf.; Hismaic JS 746, JS 753.
-fa. of ()ys JS 746

wqf

waqafa stand up, wqif standing still: CIK 587,1 Wqif; ID 265 Ban
Wqif; HIn 647 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 167.

wly

wly, wal be adjacent, waliya rule, waliy friend, master: Stark 85

wly; HIn 650 Saf.; JS 35 (Tr.N).

whb

wahaba give, whib giving; CIK 582,1-584,1 Wahb, Whib, CIK 588,2
Wuhaib; ID 36, ID 56 etc.; WR 458; BDrN 20 Wihib etc.; Cantineau 89
whb, whbw; PNNR 24; Stark 85 whb, whby, Stark 91 yhyb; HIn 651
Lihyn, Saf.; Mixed WTI 12; Hismaic KJC 62, KJC 196, MNM a 4, TIJ 1.
-s. of [---]

-s. of [s]dlh MNM a 4

-s. of rfd TIJ 1

whbwr

Cmpd., see whb and wr: Hismaic KJC 291.

-s. of bry

whbl

-s. of nsr KJC 291

Cmpd., see whb: CIK 584,1 Wahbl; Cantineau 89 whbl; PNNR 24; HIn
651 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic KJB 182*, KJB 392, TIJ 84, TIJ 234, TIJ 235,
TIJ 239, TIJ 451*, TIJ 485.
-fa. of swr TIJ 235
-s. of kl TIJ 485
-s. of nhk TIJ 84

whbl

Cmpd., see whb: Hismaic KJC 581.

whblh

Cmpd., see whb: CIK 584,1 Wahlballah; WR 458; Cantineau 89 whblh,

whblhy, whblhy; PNNR 24; HIn 652, HIn 653 Lihyn, Saf.; Hismaic AMJ
43, AMJ 45, AMJ 49, AMJ 141, AMJ 148, AMJ 157, JS 675*, JS 699*,
KJA 36, KJA 254*, KJC 2, KJC 255, KJC 624, MNM a 2, TIJ 37, TIJ 70,
TIJ 78, TIJ 85, TIJ 87, TIJ 145, TIJ 157, TIJ 190, TIJ 217*, TIJ 230, TIJ
309, TIJ 368, TIJ 460, TIJ 484, TIJ 487.
-fa. of []tm TIJ 157
-fa. of slh TIJ 85, TIJ 487
-fa. of tmlwr -fa. of hnlh KJC 2
-fa. of sdlh TIJ 78
-fa. of fy AMJ 148
-fa. of mrs TIJ 145
-fa. of wtr TIJ 309
-fa. of yr KJA 36
-s. of dn AMJ 157
-fa. of dn AMJ 141
-s. of tmbdt

-s. of sfr

-s. of tmbdt TIJ 190

-s. of tym

-s. of rgl TIJ 460

-s. of sl

-fa. of bd AMJ 43
-fa. of rgt TIJ 484

-s. of sd

-s. of wh-- TIJ 217*

-s. of sdl

-fa. of sdl MNM a 2

-s. of qrb KJA 254*

-s. of mr KJC 255, TIJ 70
-s. of y TIJ 368
mmy JS 699*
-s. of hn[]mnt
-s. of hnlh

-fa. of -rgs TIJ 37

-s. of bb

-s. of rg AMJ 45, AMJ 49

whbn

See whb: CIK 584,1 Wahbn; Cantineau 89 whbn; PNNR 24; HIn 653
Saf.; Hismaic JS 623, MNM b 6, TIJ 252, TIJ 340.
-s. of ()ms JS 623
-fa. of lflh

whdt

-fa. of mrs MNM b 6

wahd low, depressed place, wahdah hollow, cavity: HIn 653 Saf.;
Hismaic NST 1, TIJ 304.
-fa. of r TIJ 304

wyq

Hismaic LAU 21.

y l

See wl, imperfect yaila: wl, la return: Hismaic KJC 201.

yb

yabba waste, ruin: Hismaic KJA 150.

-s. of nsr

-fa. of sbr KJA 150

ybnn

See bnn: cf. HIn 656 ybn; Hismaic UR 4.

ytr

See wtr: Cantineau 105 ytyr; PNNR 34; HIn 657 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 297*,
LAU 12, KJC 297*, TIJ 122, TIJ 303, TIJ 305, TIJ 332, TIJ 370, TIJ 380,
TIJ 396, TIJ 404, TIJ 435, TIJ 456, WAM T 46.
-fa. of sdl KJC 297*
-s. of bt TIJ 122, TIJ 370, TIJ 380, TIJ 404
-s. of nbt LAU 12, TIJ 303, TIJ 305, TIJ 332, TIJ 396, WAM T 46

ygq

Hismaic KJC 297*.

yld

See ld: CIK 589,2-590,1 Yalud; ID 35; WR 251; HIn 663 Saf.; Tham.C
JS 130; Tham.C ? JS 65, JS 76, JS 140; Hismaic KJA 138*.
-s. of bnsbr

yd

-fa. of zhmn KJA 138*

See wd, dw, da call, yadaa dye cloth red, Syr. yda know: Stark
90 ydw, ydy, ydy; HIn 663 Lihyn, Saf.; Tay. JS 538; Mixed JS 596;
Hismaic HS 551.
-fa. of bdzy HS 551

yr

arra sprinkle salt on meat, yr, ra loathe or from naara make a

vow, nar vow: cf. CIK 235,2 arr; cf. HIn 131 Saf. tr; Hismaic KJA
36, LAU 33, TIJ 225*, WAM T 11.
-fa. of rgt LAU 33, WAM T 11
-s. of bd

-s. of yr

-s. of whblh KJA 36

-s. of km

-s. of gmhr TIJ 225*

-s. of whblh

-fa. of bd KJA 36

See yd: HIn 665; Hismaic TIJ 69.

-fa. of rgt TIJ 69

ymtn

Hismaic KJC 720.

yrfn

rafana be weak, remiss, flee away and rest, cool (anger): Hismaic KJC
239, KJC 567.

yzd

See zyd: CIK 592,2-597,1 Yazd; ID 53 etc.; WR 255; HIn 669 Tham.?
HU 57; Hismaic TIJ 14a.

yslm

See slm. HIn 671 Saf.; Tham.? JS 17; Hismaic CTSS 2b.

yr

arra cut off a fragment of hard stone or from nr: Cantineau 103 ywr;
PNNR 33; HIn 674 Saf.; Hismaic KJC 133, KJC 490, KJC 505.

yly

See ly: CIK 590,1 Yal; ID 44; Cantineau 104, Cantineau 131 yly;
PNNR 34; HIn 677 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 151, HU 498, JS 694, WTI 11.
-fa. of wr AMJ 151
-fa. of r JS 694
-s. of rs WTI 11
-s. of wl HU 498

ymr

See mr: CIK 590,1-2 Yamar, ID 106; WR 253; Cantineau 104,

Cantineau 133 ymrw; PNNR 34; HIn 677 Saf.; Hismaic MNM b 5.
-s. of nsl MNM b 5

See : ID 59 Ya (as idol mentioned in the Quran); Faris 1952: 9;

Cantineau 104 ywt D.N.; Stark 91 yt, ytw; HIn 678 Saf.; Hismaic KJA
123, KJA 159, KJC 24*, TIJ 315a WAM T 6*.
-fa. of by KJC 24*
-s. of fy WAM T 6*
-s. of w TIJ 315a

yf

yafaa be grown up, adult, yfi adult, young man: CIK 587,1 Yfi;
HIn 679 Lihyn, Saf., Tay. JS 460, Tay. JS 507, Tay. JS 524, Tay. JS 563
bis; Hismaic MNM a 4*.
-s. of whb

-fa. of sdlh MNM a 4*

yqm

See qm; Cantineau 142 yqwm; PNNR 34; HIn 680 Saf.; Hismaic KJA 95,
KJA 299*, KJC 147c, KJC 149, LAU 34.
-fa. of sr LAU 34
-s. of --y KJA 299*

ykbr

See kbr: HIn 683 Saf.; Hismaic AMJ 13.

yly

From wly ?: HIn 683; Hismaic JS 630.

-s. of wl JS 630

yn

yanaa ripen, be practicable, yni ripe, red colour, yana red beads,
red shells, cornelian: CIK 590,2 Yan, Yan; HIn 685 Saf.; Hismaic TIJ
62, TIJ 406.
-s. of fy TIJ 62
-fa. of ()slb TIJ 406

INDEX a: Names and Genealogies from the Wd Judayyid Sites

KJA 206

bn

KJC 288, 481

tr

KJC 403

gd

KJC 405

ls

KJA 40, KJB 138, KJC 423, 631

lk

KJB 138

KJA 20

-fa. of fnd, KJC 4, 283

-s. of nl, KJC 282

-fa. of sr, KJB 58

-s. of gd, KJC 134

dd

-fa. of , KJA 182

-fa. of ms, KJC 588

dr

KJA 195

drm

-fa. of r, KJA 349, KJC 253

-s. of slh
- fa. of r, KJC 271

dm

-fa. of mt, KJC 223

kw

-fa. of ky

nt

KJA 5

rs

KJC 206, 247

-s. of ft, KJC 269, 380, 573
-s. of f, KJC 396

- fa. of smr KJC 179

- fa. of snm KJC 742

rs[t] -s. of ln, KJA 170

rslh KJA 255, KJB 69, 114, 125, KJC 512
-s. of hn, KJA 108

r t

KJC 570

-fa. of slm, KJC 36

-s. of bnngt, KJC 82
-s. of -, KJB 141
-s. of hn
-s. of tm, KJC 270

sd

KJC 216, 232

slm KJA 327

-fa. of bh, KJA 17, KJB 57, KJC 151
-fa. of rs, KJA 112, KJC 442a
-fa. of km, KJA 237
-fa. of l, KJA 37
-fa. of lh, KJB 30, KJC 321, 750
-s. of s, KJC 36
-s. of mslm -fa. of bh, KJB 47
-fa. of rs, KJC 522
-fa. of b, KJB 158
slh

KJB 166
-s. of tm
-fa. of drm, KJC 271
-s. of grt
-fa. of mwr, KJA 30
-s. of rs, KJC 440

smnt KJA 167, KJC 101, 155a, 580

-fa. of brr, KJC 128, 257, 668
-s. of rm, KJA 29b, 186, 225, KJC 21, 55, 89, 221, 263
-s. of mtr, KJA 84, KJC 176, 370, 700
sy

-fa. of mh

-fa. of rhz, KJC 29

srs KJA 226

ss

KJA 334, KJB 8, 97, KJC 160, 166, 334

-s. of l, KJB 64, KJC 190
-s. of mn, KJB 6

sr

KJA 16, 207, KJB 151, KJC 248, 278, 565, 661
-s. of zdqm, KJA 53, KJB 155, KJC 287

fr

-fa. of ly, KJC 641

KJC 73, 515, 596, 698

-s. of ng, KJA 152
-s. of qnt, KJC 391, 452

-fa. of mtr, KJC 114

-s. of klf
-fa. mtr, KJC 174

bd

KJC 22
-fa. of zdqm, KJC 188
-fa. of m, KJC 274
-fa. m, KJA 194
-s. of bdt
-s. of kl
-fa. zdqm, KJB 110, KJC 169

bdt

KJA 179, KJC 35, 182, 241, 277, 503, 594

-s. of syr, KJB 17, 90

KJC 31a

fr

-s. of b

nt

-fa. of zdn, KJC 740

-fa. of nht
-fa. of rm, KJA 270, KJC 75
-s. of mq
-fa. nht
-fa. of rm, KJA 83

ft

-fa. of rs, KJC 269, 380, 573

-fa. of sll, KJB 73

fl

KJC 42, 147f, 191, 451, 550b, 646

-s. of bdlg, KJC 205

lw

-fa. of srqt, KJC 281

KJA 157

mt

KJC 498, 710

-s. of dm, KJC 223

mr

KJA 244

mrt

KJC 439
-s. of slm

mrh

KJA 133

mn

KJA 62, KJB 40, KJC 142, 361, 407, 485, 492, 564
-fa. of l, KJA 10, KJB 6, 62
-s. of sdn, KJA 198
-s. of ny, KJC 126
-s. of s-, KJC 708
-s. of ftt
-fa. of l, KJB 95

-fa. of msk, KJC 147i

-fa. of wr, KJC 438

-s. of yq, KJB 7

mh

KJC 659

ns

-fa. of km, KJB 130

nm

KJA 171, 315, KJB 81, KJC 53, 78, 158, 371, 387, 642, 688, 723
-s. of brd, KJA 190, KJB 78, 84, 87, 144, KJC 20, 372, 448, 645, 705, 737
-s. of mtr, KJA 332, KJC 638
-s. of d, KJC 114
-s. of klf
-s. of krrt, KJC 174
-s. of m--, KJA 278
-s. of mlk, KJA 189, 305, 309

nf

KJA 58, 145, KJB 117

ys

KJC 41

bgt

KJA 130, 193, KJC 43, 147e, 714

-fa. of m--, KJC 81
-s. of tml, KJC 224
-s. of nht, KJC 508

bgl

KJB 162

bglt

KJC 628
-fa. of gg, KJB 77
-fa. of m, KJA 191
-s. of zdlh
-fa. of gg, KJC 5

bd

KJC 618a

br

KJC 411, 751

brt

-s. of qdmt

brd

KJA 28, 345, KJB 140, KJC 100

-fa. nm, KJA 190, KJB 78, 84, 87, 144, KJC 20, 372, 448, 645, 705, 737
-d. of lm, KJC 329
-s. of mtr
-fa. of nm, KJA 332, KJC 638
-s. of mtr
-s. of d
-fa. of nm, KJC 114, 174

brr

KJA 220, KJB 83, KJC 147, 147a, 350

-s. of smnt, KJC 128, 257, 668

brqs KJC 639

-fa. of bmr, KJC 147j

brn

KJB 11

bs

KJC 97b, 187b, 601

br

KJC 442b

-s. of km, KJA 331

KJC 171

bry

-s. of nsr

KJC 122

bb

KJB 15

br

KJC 140

bhn

KJC 162

KJC 741

bt

KJC 318

KJC 172, 759

bqqt

-s. of shr

bql

KJB 13

bls

-s. of rmt, KJC 572

blt

KJC 711

blqt

-s. of bqqt

bll

KJA 57
-s. of b, KJC 699

bn

KJA 141, KJC 75a, 417

bnb

KJC 164, 461, 462, 467, 473, 474, 475, 476, 482, 484, 486, 491, 532, 533, 536,
537a, 563, 694, 706

bnl

KJA 8, KJC 335

-fa. of whbwr, KJC 291

-fa. of blqt, KJC 5

-fa. of wddl, KJC 5

bnmt KJA 137

-s. of b
-s. of nmy

-fa. of knn, KJB 110

-fa. of mr, KJA 94

bnbsr KJA 118, KJC 415

-s. of skr, KJC 634
bntrb KJC 284, 611, 640
bns

KJC 19, 163

bnsbr -s. of nb

-fa. of yld, KJA 138

bnrlh KJC 27, 525

bnlh KJC 127
bntq KJA 109, KJB 5, 98
bnml KJB 18
bnmh KJA 146, KJB 146, KJC 493, 608
-s. of mtr, KJA 313
bnlh

KJA 227, KJC 510

-fa. of tm, KJB 66, 169, KJC 211

bnmr -s. of brt

-s. of qdmt, KJC 147j

bnngt -fa. of s, KJC 82

bny

KJA 28, KJC 592

-s. of smnn, KJC 626

bnyt

KJA 120, 161

-s. of mdn
-fa. of [g]fft, KJC 147d

bh

KJB 124
-fa. of ?, KJA 20
-fa. of gfl, KJC 50a
-fa. of grf, KJC 71
-s. of slm
-fa. of gf, KJB 57
-fa. of gfl, KJC 151
-fa. of ft, KJA 17
-s. of mslm

-fa. of gf, KJB 47

bhn

KJB 154

bys

KJC 442c

tbb

KJC 527

tr

KJA 122

tsq

KJB 178
-s. of zbd, KJA 25

tr

-fa. of ----, KJC 291

KJC 681

tm

KJA 86, KJB 96, KJC 192, 421, 509

-fa. of slh, KJC 271
-fa. of zdqm, KJB 3
-fa. of hn, KJC 270
-fa. of q, KJC 394
-s. of bnlh, KJB 66, 169, KJC 211
-s. of znd, KJA 310
-s. of m
-fa. zdqm, KJC 212
-s. of m, KJC 667
-s. of n--, KJC 121
-s. of wgdt, KJA 355, KJC 218

tml

KJB 36, KJC 296, 320

-fa. of bgt, KJC 224
-s. of nht, KJA 202
-fa. of bgt, KJC 508

tmlwr -s. of whblh

-fa. of hnlh, KJC 2

tmlh

-KJC 204, 348, 658, 766

-fa. of kmy, KJA 132, KJC 575
-s. of bd, KJC 703

tn

KJC 299

tntn

KJC 289

tnn

KJC 761
-s. of sdn
-s. of yb, KJC 183
-s. of hn, KJA 48
-s. of zdqm, KJC 758

br

KJB 46, KJC 568, 719

-fa. of n, KJC 716
-fa. of krh, KJC 716a

tmt

-fa. of qn, KJA 31

KJC 250

KJC 236

ry

KJB 109

KJC 347

lbn

KJA 64, KJB 25, KJC 143

fnt

KJC 519

gb

KJA 3

gbn

KJA 163

-s. of hml

gf

KJA 20, 217, 293, KJB 28, KJC 32, 109, 150, 767
-s. of slm, KJB 57
-s. of bh
-s. of mslm, KJB 47

gfl

KJA 158, KJB 55, 136, KJC 56, 72, 104, 238, 326, 428, 559
-fa. of ft, KJB 172
-s. of bh, KJC 50a
-s. of slm, KJC 151
-fa. of ft, KJA 17
-s. of -h
-s. of shnlh, KJB 44

gr

KJC 215, 736

-s. of sb, KJC 733

grs

KJA 296

grs

KJC 739

grf

KJA 50, 171, 216, 277, KJB 12, KJC 34, 48, 51, 60, 69, 95, 103, 152, 161, 419,
585, 613, 696, 734

grm

KJC 550

-fa. of sny, KJC 443

-s. of rm
-s. of zdl
grmt

-s. of y, KJC 13
-fa. of mty, KJB 22

KJB 106

grmlh KJC 266

-s. of skmlh, KJC 200
grmnt KJC 6
gs

KJC 662a

gst

KJC 678

gsm

KJC 445, 544, 546, 548, 558, 614, 618, 622, 632, 684, 746, 771

gm

KJC 199, 390

gd

-fa. of y, KJC 134

[g]fft -s. of bnyt

-fa. of kt, KJC 147d

gl

KJA 329, KJC 619

gml

KJA 92, KJB 58, 149, KJC 511

-s. of zrt, KJC 173

KJA 335, 352, KJC 251

-s. of rgt, KJA 352
-s. of sb, KJA 150a

bb

KJC 304

bbl KJC 47
by

-s. of y, KJC 24

-s. of msk

KJA 39, 262, 376, 579

-s. of sdt, KJC 202
-s. of mh, KJA 128, 686

gg

KJA 330
-s. of bglt, KJB 77
-s. of zdlh

-s. of fr, KJC 147i

-s. of hnlh, KJC 5

gst

KJC 364

glt

KJC 242

KJA 232, 323

dd

KJC 123

dmr -s. of bd

-s. of zdqm, KJB 88

-s. of bd, KJC 188

KJA 276
-s. of drm, KJA 349, KJC 253
-s. of slh
-s. of tm, KJC 271
-s. of y, KJA 222

rs

KJC 131, 605, 692

-fa. of rs, KJC 207, 261, 337, 516, 615
-s. of slm
-fa. of rs, KJA 112, KJC 442a
-s. of mslm -fa. of rs, KJC 522

rst

-s. of flt, KJA 208

KJC 367

rm

KJA 317, 340, KJC 603

-fa. of smnt, KJA 29b, 186, 225, KJC 21, 55, 89, 221, 263
-s. of y
-fa. grm, KJC 13
-fa. ktbt, KJB 85
-s. of mtr
-fa. of smnt, KJA 84, KJC 176, 370, 700

rw

KJC 308

ry

-s. of sd, KJC 385

zbr

KJA 286, KJC 90, 198, 293

-s. of bd, KJC 25, 97, 489
-s. of zdqm, KJC 107, 169

zrm KJA 172

zyt

-s. of w, KJA 318

ss

KJC 562

l ?

KJC 88

KJC 528, 583a

lt

-fa. of qdmt, KJC 147j

KJC 16, 40

mdt

-fa. of sr, KJB 43

KJA 100, 153

()(y)l KJA 201

brt

KJA 186

mn -s. of nht, KJA 231

r

-fa. of rs, KJA 52

rgt

-fa. of b, KJA 352

-s. of wtr
-fa. of slh, KJA 30

rm

-fa. of rb, KJA 765

-s. of krt

lt

KJC 375

lf

KJC 267

wf

KJC 141

yb

-fa. of sdn, KJC 183

db

KJC 727
-fa. of rfd, KJC 111

dgt

KJA 157

dgg

KJA 297

db

KJA 256

dr

KJA 273, 333

-fa. of d, KJA 83

drg

KJB 79, KJC 155, 209, 589, 602

-s. of k, KJA 101, 175

drs

KJA 350, KJB 56, 61, 99, 150

-s. of k, KJC 264, 458

drst

KJB 93
-s. of kr, KJB 92
-s. of krt, KJA 258

drh

KJA 214

dbt

-s. of km, KJC 47a

dm

KJB 136, KJC 87

-s. of b, KJA 26, 154
-s. of slm
-s. of mslm, KJB 158

dnn

KJC 148

KJA 55, KJB 60, 72, KJC 83, 157, 219, 441, 517, 561, 587, 650, 693
-fa. of y, KJC 333
-s. of smn, KJA 290, KJB 148, KJC 756
-s. of qn, KJA 44, KJB 174
-s. of mskt, KJB 156
-s. of sd, KJA 49

frn

KJB 53, KJC 45, 648

ky

-fa. of wg, KJA 212, KJC 315

-fa. of smr KJC 179
-s. of kw
-fa. of smn, KJC 742

lhs

-s. of slh, KJA 298

hbn

KJA 103, 104

r l

KJC 177, 449, 455

rmlt

-fa. of rmk, KJC 3

rb

KJC 648
-fa. of zdqm, KJA 304

rbt

KJA 264

rb

KJC 234

rbn

KJC 226

rgf

KJB 168

rgm

KJA 241

rmt

-fa. of bls, KJC 572

KJB 127

KJA 150b

ry

KJC 119, 598

KJC 17

rfy

-fa. of mty, KJA 250, KJC 322, 738, 755

rfd

KJA 235, KJC 156, 362, 408

-s. of db, KJC 111

rqb

KJA 2

rks

KJA 73, 264, 306, 325, KJB 119, 126, KJC 63, 420

rm

KJC 98, 411a

rmmlt KJB 21
rms

KJA 261, KJC 76, 409, 424, 530, 540, 666, 670

rmk

-s. of rmlt, KJC 3

rh

KJA 79, KJC 47b

rhs

KJA 6

rhsn KJA 8
zbd

-fa. of tsq, KJA 25

zb

KJC 711

zrt

KJC 10

zn

KJC 343
-s. of frs, KJA 7

zdl

KJB 23
-s. of y, KJC 13

zdqm KJC 147b, 195

-fa. of sr, KJA 53, KJB 155, KJC 287
-fa. of bd, KJA 187, KJC 768
-fa. of dmr, KJB 88
-fa. of zbr, KJC 107
-fa. hn, KJA 27, 99, 300, KJB 105, 173, 177
-fa. of tnn, KJC 758
-fa. of hn, KJB 110
-s. of bd
-fa. of bd, KJC 169, 188
-s. of tm, KJB 3
-s. of m, KJC 212
-s. of rb
-fa. of -n, KJA 304
zdlh

KJB 71, KJC 138, 144

-s. of hnlh
-fa. of bglt, KJC 5

zdn

KJC 11, 30, 115, 139

-s. of ---, KJA 65
-s. of --, KJC 331
-s. of nt, KJC 740

zdnn

KJC 135

zrt

-fa. of gml, KJC 173

zrm

KJA 82

zm

-s. of qn

znd

-fa. of tm, KJA 310

-s. of mskt, KJA 341

zhmn KJB 68, KJC 358

-s. of yld
-fa. of w, KJA 138
zhy

KJA 322
-fa. of , KJA 34

sb

KJA 127

sr

-s. of rm-, KJB 45, 163

sr

KJA 316

sd

KJB 1, KJC 577

sdl

-s. of ytr, KJC 297

sdn

KJC 671
-fa. of mn, KJA 198
-s. of yb
-fa. of tnn, KJC 183
-s. of ny
-fa. of mn, KJC 126

sr

-fa. of mqml, KJB 133

srr

KJB 52

srq

KJA 84a

srqt

KJB 161, KJC 302

-s. of lw, KJC 281

srw

-s. of nn

sry

-s. of qn, KJB 33

-s. of knn
-fa. of kl, KJB 110

sd

KJA 12, 51, 155, 281, 287, KJB 74, 134, 145, KJC 96, 154, 159, 220, 275, 404,
488, 504, 521
-fa. of ry, KJC 385
-fa. of bdyb, KJA 168
-fa. of ftn, KJB 112
-fa. of qymt, KJB 115, KJC 665
-fa. of mskt, KJA 49
-s. of mn, KJC 187
-s. of ng, KJB 175

-fa. of kl, KJB 138

sdl KJC 711

sdt

-fa. of g, KJC 202, 293

sdlh KJA 148

-fa. of wl, KJB 179
sr

KJC 656

smn KJC 153

sfn

KJA 173

sl

KJC 59, 652

sl

KJA 284

slm

KJB 42, KJC 430, 712

-fa. of mrt, KJC 438
-fa. of syr, KJA 76, 320, KJB 82, 100, KJC 290
-s. of nt, KJA 88, KJC 295, 749
-s. of ft
-fa. of syr, KJC 675

slml KJC 499

sm

KJB 13, KJC 662

-s. of hl, KJA 97
-fa. of lfn, KJB 137

smn KJA 192, KJC 351, 353

-fa. of b, KJA 290, KJB 148, 756
-fa. of hd, KJC 539
-s. of qn
-fa. of b, KJA 44, KJB 174
-fa. of sbrmt, KJB 107
-s. of mskt
-fa. of db, KJB 156
-s. of sd, KJA 49
-fa. of b, KJA 49
smn

KJA 106

smnn -fa. of bny, KJC 626

snr

KJA 80

snm

KJB 39, KJC 136

-s. of ky
-s. of kw, KJC 742

snn

KJC 697

sny

-fa. of khl, KJB 135, KJC 389, 718, 722

-s. of g
-fa. of khl, KJC 443

shr

KJC 606

s(h)m KJA 126

shnlh -fa. of -h, KJB 44

syr

KJA 70, 75, 239, 291, 292, KJB 34, 35, 37, 181, KJC 94, 314, 357, 359, 518,
676a, 724, 743, 747
-fa. of bdt, KJB 17, KJB 90
-fa. of bd, KJA 113, 337, KJC 378, 685, 735
-fa. of ft, KJC 433
-s. of slm, KJA 76, KJB 100
-fa. of bd, KJA 320, KJB 82, KJC 290
-s. of ft, KJC 675

swt

KJC 339

sb

KJA 268
-fa. of b, KJA 150a

sbt

-s. of wtr, KJB 19

sbr

-s. of yb

sbrmt KJC 554

-s. of smn

-s. of nsr, KJA 150

-s. of qn, KJB 107

sby

-fa. of lb, KJC 395

sg

KJB 94

-s. of bd, KJC 125

sr

KJA 248

sr

KJB 29

sr

KJA 242, KJB 59, KJC 654

-s. of y, KJB 58

KJC 552

slh

-s. of lhs, KJA 298

sn

-fa. of ftyt, KJC 690

skr

-fa. of bnbsr, KJC 634

skmlh -fa. of grmlh, KJC 200

sll

-s. of ft, KJB 73

smr KJA 115, 199, KJB 2, KJC 110, 310, 311

-s. of ky
-s. of kw, KJC 179
smmt KJC 203
shr

-fa. of bqqt, KJC 5

bn

KJA 110

-fa. of bll, KJA 699

-fa. of dm, KJA 26, 154
-s. of slm
-s. of mslm

-fa. of dm, KJB 158

KJB 14

-fa. of fr, KJC 147i

dt

KJC 591

mn

KJA 204

hb

KJB 164

hbt

KJB 89, KJC 99, 197, 213, 374, 725

-s. of mg, KJC 180
-s. of qnt, KJC 118

KJA 247
-s. of lb, KJA 289

-fa. of bnmt, KJB 110

bn

KJB 86
-s. of bdbdt, KJC 574

-fa. of drg, KJA 101, 175

-fa. of drs, KJC 264, 458

gd

KJB 595

yft

KJC 586, 769

yq

-fa. of kmnt, KJA 245

-s. of nt

-fa. of ftt, KJB 7

KJC 721
-s. of br, KJC 716

nt

KJC 341
-fa. of slm, KJA 88, KJC 295, 749

nn

-s. of w

KJA 124, 147, 260, 275, 338

KJC 377

KJA 18

bd

KJA 116, KJC 18, 23, 436, 453, 526, 682, 715
-fa. of tmlh, KJC 703
-fa. of zbr, KJC 25, 97, 489
-fa. of s, KJC 125
-fa. of mtn, KJB 26
-fa. of m-ktb, KJC 442
-s. of zdqm, KJA 187, 768
-fa. of dmr, KJB 88
-fa. of zbr, KJC 107
-s. of bd
-fa. of dmr, KJC 188
-fa. of zbr, KJC 169
-s. of bd
-s. of syr, KJA 113, 337, KJC 378, 685, 735
-s. of slm, KJA 320, KJB 82, KJC 290
-s. of yr
-fa. of yr, KJA 36

-fa. of srw, KJA 138

bdwr KJC 757

bdl()[]wr -s. of mwr, KJC 202
bdyb KJC 631a
-s. of sd, KJA 168
bdt

KJC 437
-s. of m

-sa. of bd, KJA 194

bdrt KJC 272

bdbdt -fa. of dbn, KJC 574
bdlg KJC 647

-fa. of fl, KJC 205

bdlh KJC 446

br

KJA 149, 381

bs

-fa. of mr, KJC 267

()bn

KJB 51

-s. of l

KJA 14

KJC 496

rb

KJA 15, 47, KJB 10, KJC 245

-s. of rm, KJC 765
-s. of d
-fa. of mq, KJA 83

rs

KJB 170, KJC 66, 80, 106, 222, 294, 338, 342, 393, 495, 629, 651, 763
-fa. of slh, KJC 440
-s. of r, KJA 52
-s. of rs, KJA 207, 261, 337, 516, 615
-s. of slm, KJA 112, KJC 442a
-s. of mslm, KJC 522

-fa. of rb, KJA 83

r(t) KJC 752

rn

KJC 703b

rhz

KJA 319, KJC 168, 425, 582, 593

-s. of mh
-s. of sy, KJC 29

ry

KJA 102

zz

KJA 6

sn

KJC 124

sy

KJA 38

KJC 583

sb

-fa. of gr, KJC 733

()b

KJC 707

ft

-fa. of w, KJC 502

-fa. of tm, KJC 212

ft

-s. of syr, KJC 433

KJC 70

qrb

KJA 185
-fa. of whblh, KJC 254

KJA 283

kl

-fa. of bd, KJC 169

-s. of srw
-fa. of wrl, KJA 138
-s. of sry
-fa. of bd, KJB 110

kmt

KJC 312

KJC 443a
-s. of nhk, KJC 597

lb

KJB 108
-s. of s-

-fa. of b, KJA 289

lt

-s. of wdd, KJA 228

KJA 223, 263, 271, KJB 4, 31, 38, 159, 165, KJC 33, 49, 54, 77a, 146, 469, 625,
730
-fa. of ss, KJB 64, 190
-fa. of lmt, KJC 708
-fa. of knn, KJA 314, KJB 65, KJC 457, 687
-s. of mn, KJA 10, KJB 62
-fa. of ss, KJB 6
-s. of ftt, KJB 95
-fa. of knn, KJB 7

lt

KJB 176, KJC 113, 185

lf

KJA 209

lfn

-fa. of --k

lm

-fa. of brd, KJC 329

-s. of sm, KJB 137

(l)mt -s. of l, KJC 708

ln

-fa. of rst, KJA 170

ly

-fa. of m, KJA 35
-s. of fr, KJC 641

lyn

KJA 213, KJB 54, KJC 345

-s. of qnt, KJB 121

KJA 174, 336

-fa. of bdt, KJA 194
-s. of -hzm, KJA 176
-s. of bd, KJC 274
-s. of bdt, KJA 194
-s. of bglt, KJA 191
-s. of ly, KJA 35

mdn -fa. of bnyt, KJC 147d

mr

KJC 361a, 711

-fa. of whblh, KJC 255
-s. of bs, KJC 267

mrl KJC 400

mrn

KJC 427

KJB 152, KJC 399, 414

nl

-fa. of b, KJC 282

-fa. of lh, KJB 63

nq

KJB 13

nl

KJC 429

nn

KJC 465

hl

-fa. of sm, KJA 97

hn

KJC 57
-fa. of rslh, KJA 108
-s. of tm
-fa. of s, KJC 270

KJB 171, KJC 551

-s. of ft
-fa. of qnt, KJC 502

wr

-s. of mrt

-s. of slm, KJC 438

-s. of zdl

-fa. of rm, KJC 13

-s. of b, KJC 333

yl

KJA 135, KJB 103, KJC 285, 571, 683, 702

yln

KJC 630

tb

KJC 382

tm

KJC 653

KJA 68, 75, 81

-s. of dd, KJA 182
-s. of zhy, KJA 34

rn

KJA 301

lh

KJA 24
-s. of nl, KJB 63

rb

-s. of -l, KJA 343

rm

KJA 224, KJB 123, KJC 416

-s. of nht
-s. of nt, KJA 270, KJC 75
-s. of mq, KJA 83

sm

KJC 178, 189, 434

frt

KJC 604

lb

KJC 365
-s. of sb-, KJC 368
-s. of sby, KJC 395

()m

-fa. of tm, KJC 667

KJA 311

KJA 272

KJA 66, 140, 229, 238, KJC 306, 356, 418, 674, 745, 748

nmt

KJC 459, 460, 475, 478, 479, 547

ft

-fa. of slm, KJC 675

-fa. of mry, KJC 713

ft

KJA 165
-s. of gfl, KJB 172
-s. of slm, KJA 17
-s. of bh
-s. of nr
-fa. of mry, KJA 139

ftt

KJC 487
-fa. of mn
-fa. of l, KJB 95
-fa. of krt, KJA 111, KJC 307
-fa. of qrs, KJB 132
-fa. of l, KJB 7
-s. of yq
-fa. of mn

ftyt

KJC 39, 237, 444, 543, 635

-s. of -wr, KJC 680
-s. of sn, KJC 690

ftn

KJA 93a, KJC 676b

-s. of sd, KJB 112

fn

KJB 118

fr

KJC 513

frds

KJA 326

frs

-fa. of zn, KJA 7

fyt

KJC 225, 227, 300, 450, 454, 690a

fg

KJB 111, 136, KJC 105

-s. of nl, KJC 92

fn

KJA 246, KJC 217

-fa. of rs, KJC 396

flt

KJC 228
-fa. of rst, KJA 208

fnd

KJC 181

-s. of b, KJC 4, 283

qt

KJA 308

-s. of tm, KJC 394

qdmt

-s. of lt

qrs

KJA 71, 87, 180, 288, KJC 116, 117

qrs

KJC 695
-s. of krt

-fa. of brt, KJC 147j

-s. of ftt, KJB 132

qrfz

KJB 179

q t

KJB 160

qn

KJA 63a, 105, 134, 162, 279, KJC 112

-fa. of sry, KJB 33
-fa. of smn -fa. of b, KJA 44, KJB 174
-fa. of sbrmt, KJA 107
-fa. of qn, KJA 184
-fa. of qnt, KJA 1
-fa. of qnm, KJC 672
-s. of tmt
-fa. of wrl, KJA 31
-s. of qn, KJA 184
-s. of mskt
-fa. of zm, KJA 341
-fa. of smn -fa. of b, KJA 49, KJB 156
-s. of wrl
-s. of qn
-s. of tmt, KJA 31
-s. of wrl
-s. of kl, KJA 138

qnt

KJA 151
-fa. of lyn, KJB 121
-fa. of mg
-fa. of hbt, KJC 118
-fa. of l, KJC 391, 452
-fa. of ng
-fa. of wl, KJA 215
-s. of w
-s. of ft, KJC 502
-s. of qn, KJA 1

qn

KJA 274

qnft

KJC 472

qnlh

KJA 144, KJC 77, 258, 432, 637, 660

-fa. of grmt, KJB 143

qnm

KJB 16, 67

-s. of qn, KJC 672

qy

KJA 164

qym

KJA 319, 664

qymt

-s. of sd, KJA 74, KJB 115, KJC 665

qyml

KJB 127

kt

KJA 265, KJC 14, 265

-s. of [g]fft
-s. of bnyt, KJC 147d

kbr

KJA 85, 205, KJC 673

kbl

KJC 537

ktbt

KJB 167
-s. of rm, KJB 85

kr

-fa. of drst, KJB 92

krt

KJA 90, 181

-fa. of l, KJA 83
-fa. of drst, KJA 258
-s. of ftt, KJA 11, KJC 307
-fa. of qrs, KJB 132

krtm

KJB 104a

krrt

-fa. of klf, KJC 174

krh

-fa. of wl, KJC 280

-s. of br, KJC 716a

kzn

KJC 366

kzy

KJC 398

ks

KJC 15

ksby KJC 590

ksy

-fa. of nsr, KJA 150

km

KJA 219, KJC 52

klb

-fa. of mskt, KJA 353

klf

-s. of krrt

km

KJA 232, KJC 229

-fa. of b, KJA 331
-fa. of dbt, KJC 47a
-s. of slm, KJA 237
-s. of ns, KJB 130

kmt

KJA 259, KJC 609, 657

kms

KJC 535

kmn

KJA 119, KJC 259

kmnt

-s. of yq, KJA 245

kmy

-s. of tmlh, KJA 132, KJC 575

knn

KJB 20, KJC 38, 165, 384, 406, 553

-s. of bnmt -fa. of sry, KJB 110
-s. of l, KJA 314, KJB 65, KJC 457, 687
-s. of mn
-s. of ftt, KJB 7

khl

KJA 354, 357, KJC 524

-s. of sny, KJB 135, KJC 389, 718, 722
-s. of g
-s. of hml, KJC 443

l m

KJC 431, 501

lbt

-s. of nm, KJC 701

ltb

KJC 324

KJA 114, 142, 230, 348, KJC 68, 121b, 147h, 231, 317, 360, 410, 744
-s. of slm, KJA 37

lgm

KJA 11, KJC 677

lf

KJC 260

lfn

KJB 9

lh

-s. of slm, KJB 30, KJC 321, 750

-fa. of d, KJC 174

lhm

KJC 578

lhmt

KJC 770

m()y KJB 180a

mbl

KJA 188, 266, 295, 356, KJB 31, 41, KJC 74, 79, 120, 121a, 129, 210, 336, 426,
726, 728

mtr

-fa. of brd
-fa.of nm, KJA 332, KJC 638
-fa. of bnmh, KJA 313
-fa. of rm
-fa. of smnt, KJA 84, KJC 176, KJC 370, 700
-s. of d
-fa. of brd
-fa. of nm, KJC 114, 174

mt

KJA 328, KJC 305, 332

mtn

KJA 54

mtn

-s. of bd, KJB 26

mty

-s. of rfy, KJA 250, KJC 322, 738, 755

mg

-fa. of hbt, KJC 180

-s. of qnt
-fa. hbt, KJC 118

mgn

KJC 122a

mllt KJA 344, KJC 470

mwr -s. of slh
-s. of rgt
-s. of bdlwr, KJC 202
mr

KJA 257
-s. of bnmt

mr

KJA 33

mr

KJC 235

-s. of wtr, KJA 30

-s. of nmy, KJA 94

mrmnt KJA 32
-fa. of my, KJA 236
mr

KJC 560

msd KJB 104, 131, KJC 9, 91, 383, 494, 538

-s. of wf, KJC 480

msk

-s. of fr

-fa. of t, KJC 147i

mskt -fa. of qn

-fa. of zm, KJA 341

-fa. of smn, KJB 156
-s. of sd
-fa. of qn, KJA 49
-s. of klb, KJA 353

mslm -fa. of slm

-fa. of bh, KJB 47

-fa. of rs, KJC 522
-fa. of b, KJB 158

ms

KJC 413

mry

KJC 26
-s. of ft, KJC 713
-s. of ft
-s. of nr, KJA 139

mr

KJA 43, 302, 346

my

KJA 69, 75, KJB 24, KJC 137, 362

-s. of grm
-s. of zdl, KJB 22
-s. of mrmnt, KJA 236

KJC 130

mz

KJB 86, KJC 145, 555

mzy

KJC 729

ms

-s. of dd, KJC 588

ml

KJA 13

mn

KJA 78, KJC 351

-fa. of sd, KJC 187

KJA 196

mny KJA 72, KJB 91, KJC 303, 673a, 732

-s. of hn, KJB 70
-s. of hwn, KJB 116
mq

-s. of rb

-fa. of nt, KJA 83

mqml -s. of sr, KJB 133

mks

KJA 4

ml

KJC 569, 753

mlgn

KJC 8, 273, 760, 762

mlgnt KJC 44
mlk

-fa. of nm, KJA 189, 305, 309

mly

KJC 436a

mn

KJA 240

mn

KJC 731

mns KJA 166a

mnh

KJA 92

mh

KJA 19, 59, KJC 58

-fa. of grf, KJA 21, 46
-fa. of g, KJA 128, KJC 686
-s. of sy
-fa. of rhz, KJC 29

nb(r) KJC 193

nblh KJB 76
nb

-fa. of bnsbr, KJA 138

ng

-fa. of sl, KJA 152

-fa. of sd, KJB 175
-s. of qnt
-fa. of sl, KJC 391, 452

ngt

KJB 129, 142

ngf

KJC 402

ngl

KJA 9, 89

nr

-fa. of ft, KJA 139

ny

-fa. sdn

-fa. of mn, KJC 126

nr

KJC 621

nrt

KJC 184

ns

KJA 342

nsr

-s. of fl
-s. of ksy

-fa. of bry, KJC 291

-fa. of yb, KJA 150

nsl

KJB 147
-s. of zrt

-s. of nwy, KJC 620

nr

KJC 214

nrlh KJC 468

nlt

KJA 22, 29a, 136

nt

-fa. of yq, KJB 7

n m

KJA 282
-fa. of lbt, KJC 701

nmy

-fa. of bnmt, KJA 94

nl

-fa. of fg, KJC 92

nqt

KJC 28

nkf

KJB 183

nmr

KJA 243, KJC 286

nms

KJB 50

nhb

KJA 42, 45, 96

nht

KJA 29
-fa. of tml, KJA 202
-fa. of bgt, KJC 508
-fa. of mn, KJA 231
-s. of nt
-fa. of rm, KJA 83, 270, KJC 75

nhk

-fa. of l, KJC 597

nhl

KJC 463

nwy

-fa. of zrt, KJC 620

hb

KJA 121

htm

KJC 422

hg

KJC 676

hgn

KJB 157

hd

KJC 170
-s. of smn, KJC 539

hr

KJA 56
-fa. of wl, KJC 7

hr

KJC 352

hs

KJA 218

hkdn

KJC 500

hkn

KJC 276

hm

KJC 369

hmr

KJB 180

hml

-fa. of g, KJC 443

hn

-fa. of mny, KJB 70

hn

KJA 23, 28, 157, 197, 351, KJB 102, 106a, 139, KJC 86, 93, 194, 240, 344, 379,
576, 623, 679
-fa. of tnn, KJA 48
-s. of zdqm, KJA 27, 99, 300, KJB 105, 173, 177
-fa. of tnn, KJC 758
-s. of zdqm
-s. of bd
-s. of kl, KJB 110

hnlh KJC 31, KJC 557

-s. of tmlwr -s. of whblh, KJC 2
-s. of wddl -fa. of zdlh, KJC 5
hnn

KJC 710a

hhd

KJC 663

hwn

-fa. of mny, KJB 116

hyd

KJC 243

wl

-s. of sdlh, KJB 179

-s. of hr, KJC 7

wb

KJA 61, 339, 754

wtr

KJB 48
-fa. of rgt, KJA 30
-fa. of sbt, KJB 19

wgdt

-fa. of [t]m, KJA 355

-fa. of tm, KJC 218

wg

-s. of ky, KJA 212, KJC 315

wf

KJB 113a, KJC 102, 610

wdd

-s. of lt, KJA 228

wddl -s. of blqt

-fa. of hnlh, KJC 5

wrl

-s. of kl
-s. of qn

wsq

KJC 689

-s. of zhmn

-fa. of zyt, KJA 318

wl

KJC 346
-fa. of krh, KJC 280
-s. of qnt, KJA 215
-s. of hr, KJC 7

wf

-fa. of msd, KJC 480

wqf

KJC 167

whb

KJC 62, 196

-fa. of qn, KJA 138

-fa. of qn, KJA 31

-fa. of nn, KJA 138

whbwr -s. of bry -s. of nsr, KJC 291

whbl KJB 182, 392
whbl

KJC 581

whblh KJC 624

-fa. of tmlwr -fa. of hnlh, KJC 2
-fa. of yr, KJA 36
-s. of qrb, KJA 254
-s. of mr, KJC 255
yl

KJC 201

yb

-s. of nsr

ytr

-fa. of sdl, KJC 297

ygq

KJC 28

yld

-s. of bnsbr

-fa. of zhmn, KJA 138

yr

-s. of bd
-s. of whblh

-s. of yr
-s. of whblh, KJA 36
-fa. of bd, KJA 36

-fa. of sbr, KJA 150

ymtn KJC 720

yrfn

KJC 239, 567

yr
y

KJC 133, 490, 505

KJA 123, 159
-fa. of by, KJC 24

yqm

KJA 95, KJC 147c, 149

-s. of -y, KJA 299

Genealogies which occur in both the Wd Judayyid texts and in other parts of the ism
desert of Jordan:

b bn n!

KJC 282
AMJ 114 Wd afr, Jabal Amd

smnt bn rm bn mtr KJA 84 etc.

TIJ 83 E. side of Wd Ramm 3049 II 353736

nm bn brd KJA 190 etc.

nm bn br[d] AMJ 68 Wd afr
gg bn bglt

KJB 77, KJC 5 + additional generations

AMJ 52 Wd afr

sbrmt bn smn bn qn KJB 107

TIJ 269 Ain al-Wujayht 3049 II 343769

lt bn wdd

KJA 228
AMJ 76 Wd afr

lyn bn qnt
lyn bn qnt bn nmy bn rbqt bn rk bn bd

KJB 121
AMJ 131 Wd afr

kt bn [g]fft bn bnyt bn mdn KJC 147d

AMJ 58 Wd afr
w kt bn gff[t]
l bn slm

KJA 37
AMJ 79, 117 Wd afr

mty bn rfy

KJA 250 etc.

TIJ 298 Ain al-Wujayht 3049 II 34369

Appendix 2
Published Hismaic Texts
AMJ
The AMJ texts listed below are those that have been published by Dr. W. Jobling
in various preliminary reports on the work of the Aqabah-Man survey. Because the
publication of the texts is so dispersed I have included them all, even when I have
nothing to add to Joblings reading. There are several texts that appears on the published
photographs that have not been read by Jobling, these are included as well. The texts that
are now in the Amman and Kerak museums have been checked by Mr. Michael
Macdonald and myself, otherwise, the readings are made on the basis of the published
photographs. There are some inscriptions collected by the survey and now in the
museums that have not been published, these have been given a number although no
comment has been made on them. The texts have been given the siglum AMJ (AqabahMan) with the first letter of the editors name attached to the end. This is to prevent
confusion with the works of Father A. Jamme where a J is prefixed to the abbreviations
of his publications.
TIJ 311 = Jobling 1982(a) Pl. LVI
1
2
3
4

Jobling 1982(a): 202 n.6 + Pl.LVII.

Jobling 1983(c): 32 + Fig.8
l r bn tm
Amman Museum Reg.No. J.14202
Unpublished. The text is mentioned in Jobling 1982(a): 202 and Macdonald 1980:
200.
Jobling 1982(b): 469 + Pl.112,3.
l brq bn ddn bn tmlh
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 82-300.
Jobling 1983(a): 189 + Pl.XXXV,1 (S.A. 06B 31)
Jobling 1982(b): 469 + 113,4.
l wm
The first letter is a rather than as read by Jobling.
Jobling 1983(a): 192 + Pl.XXXVIII (W.L. 14B/4)
Jobling 1982(b): 469 + 113,5
l tms srt f byt w y
By tms ------and he spend the night and took refuge
The interpretation of the central part of the text is uncertain. The eleventh letter
might be a as read by AMJ although it would be an unusual shape. The curved
top of the letter might have been added later, in which case the letter would be z.
byt, cf. Ar. bta spend the night. y might be translated from Ar. wy, aw
take refuge, come by night. One would expect the second radical to be
represented orthographically in either the perfect or active participle, although
ayy occurs in Ar. as a verbal noun, cf. the occurrence of y in KJC 46.
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 82-301

9
10-13
10=1
11=2

12=3

13=4
14
15-24
15=1

16=2
17=3

Jobling 1983(a): 192 + Pl.XXXVII,2

l m
Jobling 1983(a): 192 + Pl.XXXVI,2
Jobling 1982(b): 113,6; Jobling 1983-1984: 270 Fig.27
l gg
The text is painted on to the rock.
Jobling 1983(b): 205 + Pl.XL,2 (AM 83/26B/17)
Campetti and Lwenstern 1983: Pl. XXXVIId
w sdd
And sdd is [the] inscriber
Jobling 1983(b): 205 + Pl.XLIV,1 (AM 83/20B/18A)
lq
The text is not Hismaic
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 83-358
Jobling 1983(b): 205 + Pl.XLIV,2 (AM 83/35B/6 Nos.1-4)
l zhwd bn ld
The second letter consists of two parallel lines joined by a short stroke across the
middle.
h sry l tb
O sry [grant?] to tb
Macdonald 1986: 111 + 142 n.75 mentions the deitys name sry.
The text turns at a right angle after the l and the last three letters are read in the
edition with AMJ 12. The l has not got a hook and the second letter of the proper
name is a slightly curved stroke. It is different from the s and r of the text, which
are both quite distinctive, and, in this instance, I would suggest reading a b. For
this type of prayer, see Ch.4.C.3.
fbr
The text reads down towards the end of AMJ 11. Possibly AMJ is correct in
suggesting that the first letter should be interpreted as and in which case the text
would read f br And br. This would be the first instance of a name being
introduced by f, although the particle introduces a verb in KJC 140 and there are
several instances where w occurs at the beginning of a text before a name, see
Ch.4.A.3.
l ykbr
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 83-359
Jobling 1983(b): 205 + Pl.XLV,1 (AM 83/35B/7)
bnmr
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 83-357
Jobling 1983(b): 206 + Pl.XLV,2 (AM 83/30/8A nos.1-10)
l krt [] b
There is a dot after the t which I would take as extraneous and a b inscribed below
the t of the name which might be a start at continuing the text, abandoned because
of the lack of space.
l wf
The last letter is a slightly wavy line. It is possible that it should be read s.
l wtr

The w has been partially hammered over.

18=4 l qnt
19=5 l mn
20=6 l kbr
See AMJ 23.
21=7 l nsg
22=8 AMJ reads s but I think the line and circle are probably not a text, cf. the lines to
the left of AMJ 18.
23=9 bn d[]
There is a dot after the but it does not appear to be as definite as the rest of the
letters. I think it is quite likely that this is a continuation of AMJ 20, judging by
the technique of inscribing, although such a reading would only make sense on
the assumption that AMJ 21 and 24 were inscribed first leaving kbr little space to
write his patronymic directly after his name.
24=10 l mll
The first letter has not got a very distinctive hook and I would read the last two
letters as l rather than s, as in the edition.
25
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 83-361
Unpublished.
26
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 83-360
Jobling 1983(b): 206-207 + Pl.XLVI,1 (AM 83/40B/31)
[l] bt bn ng(y)
The rock has been broken since being taken to the museum.
27
Kerak Museum Reg.No. 81-299
Unpublished.
28
Jobling 1983(a): 188 + Pl.XXXIV
The text is not read by AMJ. It is not Hismaic.
29-30 Amman Museum Reg.No. 14540.
Unpublished.
31
Jobling 1984(a): 195 + Pl.XLI,1 (AM 84/48/28-29)
l swr
32-41 Jobling 1984(a): 195-197 + Pl.XLI,2 (AM 84/54/11 nos.2-11); Jobling 1984(c),
Pl.86.2
32=2 l ml
33=3 l dll
34=4 l qrsm
The s is indistinct on the photograph.
35=5 l bt bn mr
36=6 l brst bn dt
37=7 l srk bn zdl
38=8 l qm
39=9 l ftt bn
39a=9 l tml
AMJ reads 39 and 39a as ftt bn sk mt ftt son of sk has died. There is
clearly a l before the f on the published photograph and I would read the first nine
letters as one text. It is either unfinished or possibly a further letter is obscured by

40=10
41=11
42
43-44
43=1
44=2
45-50
45=1
46=2

47=3
48=4

49=5

50=6
51
52-53
52=1
53=2
54-56
54=1

55=2

the long hammered line after the . The remaining letters are inscribed in a
different technique to those above and do not belong to them. They should be
read from right to left as l tml. The l before the t is clear on the photograph.
l tml
AMJ 39a, which also reads l tml, is written directly after this text.
l mrt bn mt
The last name is not on the photograph and cannot be checked.
Jobling 1984(a): 197-198 + Pl.XLII (AM/84/56/7)
htrsm sd f w ly w d w gdd
AMJs reading cannot be checked on the published photograph. The text is most
probably Tham.B.
Jobling 1984(a): 198 + Pl.XLII,2 (AM 84/52/30 nos. 1-2)
l bd bn whblh bn sl
l mnt bn mrgd bn mnt bn fy
Jobling 1984(a): 198-200 + Pl.XLIII,1 (AM 84/52/MB nos.1-6)
l whblh bn hnlh bn bb bn rg
l bb bn bnlh bn bb w kr dsr skmlh w bb
By bb son of bnlh son of bb; and may dsr remember skmlh, and bb is [the]
inscriber
= AMJ 147. See. Ch.4.C.1, for this type of prayer.
l rs
l gs ? bn qbbt
The reading cannot be checked on the photograph. AMJ has s for the first
name where presumably the first letter should be corrected to g. Possibly s is a
misprint for s in the text of the edition, gs is a fairly common name in the
Hismaic texts form this area, see the Index of names.
l whblh bn hnlh bn b(b) bn rg b--The last letter of the third name looks like a k in the photograph but the name bb
is clear in AMJ 45 which has the same genealogy. The end of the text cannot be
checked from the photograph.
l kb
The first letter is indistinct on the photograph.
Jobling 1984(a): 200 + Pl.XLIII,2 (AM 84/45/33)
l ml bn mrt
Jobling 1985: 214-215 + Pl.XLIII (AM 83/37/22 nos.1-2); Jobling 1984(b): 46-47
+ Pl.4
w gg bn bglt kll
And gg son of bglt is [the] inscriber of all [of it]
l mn bn smdt
Jobling 1985: 215 + Pl.XLVI (AM 85/93/25 nos.1-3)
w tbb
And tbb is [the] inscriber
The text is not by a woman as suggested by AMJ as the word does not have a
feminine ending.
w lmt h wl kll
And lmt is the inscriber of the ibex all [of it]

56=3
57-66
57=1
58=2

59
59a

60
61
62
63
64

65
66
67-70
67

The second letter which has a distinct curving tail is a and not a s.
l glt
AMJ drawings Jobling 1985: 215 + Pl.XLIV (AM 85/83/15)
Jobling 1985: + 215 Pl.XLVII (AM 85/83/15 nos.1-2).
Only two of the texts in the photograph have been read by AMJ, AMJ 57-58.
l kt h gml
BY kt is the camel
w kt bn gff[t]
And kt son of gff[t] is [the] inscriber
The t has been restored in the patronym on the basis of the name in KJC 147d.
[l] mhd
Written between the neck of the large camel and its hump. An initial l is probably
obscured by the rein of the camel.
l kt
Below AMJ 59. The second letter might be a , although, probably, the apparent
lower arm belongs to the outline of the camel. There is a line after the t but it is
less distinct than the rest of the letters.
l wr
l gdlt
l mgs
l zhr
w (n) sgy f bt blgt l h ml
And sgy fled and was [here] at dawn on the tract of sand with pasture
The second letter is rather long and slightly curved. It might be a r facing
backwards but it is more likely that the lower nick is a chip that flaked away
during the inscribing of the dash of a n. The bs are all facing downwards even
though the text is written horizontally. n, cf. Ar. na flee. Ar. bta means
spend the night (cf. byt in AMJ 5) but, if it is translated with that meaning here,
it is difficult to see how the rest of the text should translate. Perhaps it should be
taken here with the meaning was, cf. Lane 279b, bta bimawi ka he was in
such a place. blgt, cf. Ar. baljah the light of dawn. The word would be an
adverbial accusative. It is less likely that b should be taken as the preposition bi
with the meaning with and lgt read either as a proper name or as a substantive,
cf. Ar. lujjah a numerous assembly, troop. Ar. amlah means a tract of ground
producing good pasture or trees and probably ml should be translated here with
a similar meaning. mlt occurs in Saf. WH 1771, 3093, 3691b and ml in ISB
438.
l gsmt
Written down to the right of th rump of the camel.
l mrzy bn mskt
The t is indistinct on the photograph.
Jobling 1985: 216-217 + Pl.XLV (AM 85/100/12).
Only one text, AMJ 67, is read in the edition.
l zn bn ---- bn m gml
By zn son of ---- son of m is the drawing of a camel

The first n is clear on the photograph. The second name is completely covered by
a more recent drawing of a camel. zn bn bnyt bn m occurs in an unpublished
text from the norht of the area.
68
l nm bn br
There is no letter after the r in the photograph but the name nm bn brd occurs
frequently in the Wd Judayyid texts.
69
l km bn sd bn zkIt is possible the third name continues.
70
l ddyl
The second and third letters are circles with lines at either end but not going
through them. Both letters might equally be qs. The tail of the y is indistinct.
71-75 Jobling 1986(b): 243 + Fig.98-99 (AM 85/96B/16 nos.1-5)
71=1 l rs bn qdm bn r
72=2 l zdlh
73=3 l bnn
74=4 l blh
As AMJ, although it is possible the second letter should be read r.
75
l grt bn zdmnt
By grt is [the] drawing son of zdmnt
I would read the patronym at the end of the text rather than after the first name as
AMJ, see Ch.4.B.2.
76-101 Jobling 1986(b): 243 + Fig.100-101 (AM 85/91B/6 nos.1-25); AMJ 101 is not
read in the pubication.
76=1 l lt bn wdd
77=2 l mrn bn f
It is possible the text continues under a drawing of an ibex.
78=3 l srs
79=4 l l bn slm
80=5 l rs
AMJs reading of the final letter as s is probably a misprint.
81=6 l mrlh
82=7 l r
83=8 l wlh
84=9 l m(r)
The r is slightly damaged.
85=10 l ml
The final l is less distinct than the other letters of the text.
86=11 l srqt
It is possible that bn ngr written to the right belongs with this name and not with
AMJ 87.
87=12 l bnbsr bn ngr
See under AMJ 86.
88=13 l lbt
90=14 l btlt
90a=15 l slmt bn mrl
91=16 l mrt

92=17 l bthdt
The reading of this seems clear on the photograph, although I would read it as a
compound name rather than translate bt as daughter. The name would
nevertheless be feminine and parallel to masculine names compounded with bn.
93=18 l rhs bn sby
AMJ reads sry for the last name, however, comparison of the letter with the r and
b suggests it is a b.
94=19 l tkl
95=20 l mrlh
96=21 l wt
97=22 [l] y (b)n gn
AMJ reads d yzng(?) and translates This is yzng. The d in the edition is
probably a misprint for , although I would prefer to read the letter as . The
fourth letter is not a z, although, again, this might be a printing mistake for ,
which would be a possibility. I think, however, the letter is more likely to be a
badly formed b. The and n at the end are not entirely clear on the photograph.
98=23 l f
The does seem to be a l before the f, although it is rather short. f is a proper
name and not, as AMJ seems to suggest, a substantive meaning disgrace or
dawn.
99=24 l b
100=25 l skn
The second lettr may be a r as the tail seems to be shallower and not quite
attached to the rest of the letter.
101
l qn
The text is not read by AMJ. It is written above and slightly to the left of AMJ
100.
102-103 Jobling 1986(a): 261 + Pl.XLVIII,1 (AM 82/9B/15 nos.1-2)
102=1 l bd
103=2 l ngm bn slh
104
Jobling 1986(a): 262 + Pl.XLVIII,2 (AM 83/32B/10)
l bnt bn zdl l mt
By bnt son of zdl of the tribe of mt
105
Jobling 1986(a): 261-262 + Pl.XLIX,1 (AM 83/32B/7)
l mr bn d
106-109 Jobling 1986(a): 262 + Pl.XLIX,2 (AM 83/32B/15 nos.1-4)
106=1 l grm
107=2 l rs bn fl
108=3 l r
109=4 l nhm bn dql
110
Jobling 1986(a): 262 + Pl.L,1 (AM 83/36B/26)
l rt bn rs
111
Jobling 1986(a) 263 + Pl.L,2 (AM 83/36B/29)
l rt
By rt is [the] drawing
112-114 Jobling 1986(a): 263 + Pl.LI,1 (AM 85/71B/30 nos.1-3)

112=1 l hrb bn qr bn
The reading of the second r and are doubtful. The text appears to be unfinished.
113=2 l slh
114=3 w b bn nl kll
And b son of nl is [the] inscriber of all [of it]
115-116 Jobling 1986(a): 263 + Pl.LI,2 (AM 85/99B/21 nos.1-2)
115
l snt
116
[l] [s]dn bn ngt
117
Jobling 1986(a): 263 + Pl.LII,1 (AM 85/83B/19)
l l bn slm
118-119 Jobling 1986(a): 264 + Pl.LII,2 (AM 85/87B/14 nos.1-2)
118=1 l khlt
119=2 l swr bn sr
120
Jobling 1986(a): 264 + Pl.LIII,1 (AM 85/97B/8)
l rslh bn nhq bn rslh
Despite the commentary in AMJ the letters are quite clear, the only doubtful one
being the second r which is much larger than the first.
121
Jobling 1986(a): 264 + Pl.LIII,2 (AM 85/83B/27)
w tm bn wl
And tm son of wl is [the] inscriber
122-124 Jobling 1986(a): 264 + Pl.LIV,1 (AM 85/96B/15 nos.1-3)
122=1 l bnn
123=2 l bn
The second letter is most likely a with the inner circle filled in rather than an
with a dot in the middle, see Ch.2.A under and Ch.2.E.2. AMJ reads d for
which is presumably a misprint. The third letter might be a r rather than b.
124=3 w h sry (l) mzy
And O sry [grant ?] to mzy
The h was originally left out and has been added to the left of the w and . AMJ
reads the text w h sry r mz and translates it And O sry see (the) goats. It is
most unlikely that the imperative of the verb ra see would lose the medial
radical despite the orthography in Ar. (Wright I:93) I would prefer to emend the
letter to l. There seems to be a y after the z which is not read by AMJ.
125-130 Jobling 1986(a): 265 + Pl.LIV,2 (AM 85/74B/23 nos.1-4)
125=1 l wtr bn m
126=2 l bnrb
The l seems to be less definite than the rest of the text.
127=3 l kbr
128=4 (w) l nt bn smn
And by nt son of smn
There seems to be half of a letter w running into the back of the initial l, possibly
the two letters are intended to form a monogramme. The depth of the curve of the
eighth letter suggests that it is more likely to be a s than a r as in the edition.
There seems to be a tail, slightly shallower than the rest of the letter, coming out
at an angle.
129=5 l lh

The second letter is clearly a and not a k as in the edition.

130=6 l skrn bn mbl
The dot read as n by AMJ at the end of the last name seems to be much shallower
than the rest of the text and I think it is probably natural.
131-133 Jobling 1986(a): 265 + Pl.LV,1 (AM 85/65B/14 nos.1-3)
131=1 l lyn bn qnt bn nmy bn rbqt bn rk bn bd
132=2 l smdt bn zdlh bn hnlh

Appendix 5
Elements in Compound Names in Thamudic E
The words in brackets are possible hypocoristic forms.
a:

db: dbl
n: nl*
rs (rs, rst): rslh
s (s): sl, slh, smnt
lf (lf): lfl
mr (mr, mrt): mrl
b (b): blh*
bn (bn, bny): bnl, bnlh
tm (tm, tym): tmwr, tms, tml, tmgrb, tmry*, tmdsr, tm, tmbs, tmbdt, tmbt,
tmktb*, tmktb, tmktby, tmlt, tmlwr, tmlh
gd: gdlt*
grm (grm, grmt): grml, grm, grmlh, grmnt*
bb (b, bb, bbt, tbb): bbl
n: (n, nn, nnt) nl
l (l): ll
lf (lf): lflh
dd (ddh): ddl
dn: dnlh
kr: krl
rm: rmlt
rbb (rb, rbbt, rbt): rbbl
r: rl*
rm (rm): rml
zd (zd, zdn, yzd): zdl, zdqm, zdlh, zdmnt
zr: zrlh
zyd (zyd, zydt): zydqm
sd (sd, sdt): sdl, sdl, sdlh
sq (tsq): (bd)sqlt

sqlt: bdsqlt
slm (slm, slmt, yslm): slml
shn: shnlh*
s: s, slh
skm (skm): skmlh

bd (bd, bdt): bdwr, bdlwr*, bdlyb, bdyb, bdg, bdgd, bdgns, bdrt,
bdsry, bdsqlt, bdn*, bdbdt, bdzy, bdmn, bdqn, bdlg, bdlh, bdmk, bdmnt
tnl: tnl*
l (l, lt, ly, yly): ll
m (m): ml
n (n): nl, nl, ln*
w (w): wlh
(, t, y): l, lh
f (f, fy, fyt): fl
qn (qn, qnt): qnlh
qym: qyml*
mtn (mtn): mtn*
mr (mr, mrn): mrgd, mrzy, mrlh, mrmnt, mryt
mn (mn): mnl, mnlh
mqm (mqm, yqm): mqml
mlk (mlk, mlkt): mlkl
nb: nblh*
nr (yr): nrlh
hn (hn): hnlh
hn (hn, hnt, thn): hnlh, hnmnt*
wd (wd): lwd*
wdd (wdd): wddl
wsm: wsml*
whb (whb, whbn): whbwr, whbl, whbl, whblh
b:

wr tmwr, bdwr, bdlwr*, whbwr

s tms
ktb m-ktb* (See the commentary to KJC 442)
l

dbl, sl, lfl, ln*, lwd*, mrl, bnl, tml, grml, bbl, ll, ddl, krl, rbbl,
rml, rl*, zdl, sdl, slml, ll, ml, mrl, nl, l, fl, mnl, mqml, mlkl,
wddl, wsml*, whbl

lh dnlh
yb bdlyb, bdyb
g bdg, bdlg
gd bdgd, mrgd
grb tmgrb
gns bdgns
rt bdrt
ry tmry*
wr tmlwr, bdlwr
dsr tmdsr
sry bdsry
sqlt bdsqlt
n bdn*

tm, grm, mtn*

bdt tmbdt, bdbdt
bt tmbt
bs tmbs
zy bdzy, mrzy
mn bdmn
qm zdqm, zydqm
qn bdqn
ktb tmktb*
ktb tmktb
ktby tmktby
l nl*, nl, sdl, tnl*, nl, qyml*, whbl
lt tmlt, gdlt*, rmlt, (bd)sqlt
lh

rslh, slh, blh, bnlh, tmlh, grmlh, lflh, zdlh, zrlh, sdlh, shnlh*, slh, skmlh,

bdlh, wlh, lh, qnlh, mrlh, mnlh, nblh*, nrlh, hnlh, hnlh, whblh
mlk bdmk
mnt smnt, grmnt*, zdmnt, bdmnt, mrmnt, hnmnt*
y s
y mry

Bibliography:
Abu Assf, A. 1973 Kitbt arabyah afawyah jaddah fi l-mahaf al-waan bi
dimashq. AAAS 23: 201-209.
Abdullah, Y. 1975 Die Personnamen in al-Hamdanis al-Ikll und ihre Parallelen in den
altsdarabischen Inschriften. Ph.D Dissertation. Tbingen.
Albright, W. F. 1959 Some Notes on the Nabataean Goddess al-Kutba and Related
Matters. BASOR 156: 37-8.
Al-Ansary, A. 1966 A Critical and Comparative Study of Lihyanite Personal Names.
Ph.D thesis presented to the University of Leeds, Department of Semitic
Languages and Literatures. Unpublished.

1970 Kitbt min Alb. Bulletin of the Faculty of Arts, University of Riyadh 1:
113-124.

1975 Lihyanite Personal Names: A Comparative Study. The Annual of the

Leeds Oriental Society 8 (1969-1973): 5-16.

Beeston, A. F. L. 1968 The Men of the Tanglewood in the Quran. JSS 13 no. 2:
253-255.

1978 Epigraphic South Arabian Nomenclature. Raydan 1: 13-21.

1984 Sabaic Grammar. Journal of Semitic Studies Monograph No.6.

Manchester.

Ghul, M. A., Mller, W. W. and Ryckmans, J. 1982 Sabaic Dictionary.

Louvain/Beyrouth.

Bender, F. 1974 Geology of Jordan. Translated from the German edition of 1968.
Berlin.

1975 Geology of the Arabian Peninsular: Jordan. U.S. Geological Survey

Professional Paper 560-1.

Benz, F. L. 1972 Personal Names in the Phoenician and Punic Inscriptions. Studia Pohl
8. Rome.
Bowersock, G. W. 1975 The Greek Nabataean Bilingual Inscription at Ruwwafa,
Saudi Arabia. Le Monde grec, Hommages Claire Praux. Brussels, pp. 513522.

1983 Roman Arabia. Cambridge, Massachusetts/London.

Branden van den, A. 1950 (a) Les Inscriptions Thamoudennes. Bibliothque du

Muson. 25. Louvain.
Review by Albright, W. F. BASOR 121 1951: 24; Beeston, A. F. L. JRAS 1951:
195-196; Caskel, W. OLZ 49 1954: 51-55; Dussaud, R. Syria 1951: 304-305;
Littmann, E. BO 9 1952: 216-220; Ryckmans, G. Vetus Testamentum 1 1951:
149-155; Savignac, R. RB 58 1951: 447-452.

1950 (b) Une inscription Thamoudene (Pseudo-Chrtienne). Le Muson 63:

47-51.

1954 La Divinit Thamoudenne A. Le Muson 67: 349-354.

1956 (a) Les Textes Thamoudens de Philby, I, Bibliothque du Muson. 40.

Louvain.
Review by Ryckmans, J. 1960.

1956 (b) Les Textes Thamoudens de Philby, II, Bibliothque du Muson. 41.
Louvain.
Review by Ryckmans, J. 1960.

1956 (c) Les textes Thamoudens de Huber et Euting. Le Muson 69: 109-137.

1957 (a) Nu adath iktishf fi uw al-Riy. As-Sanbil: 41-48.

1957 (b) Lunit de lalphabet thamouden. Studia Islamica 6: 5-27.

1958 (a) Essai de solution du problme thamouden. BO 15: 7-12.

1958 (b) Notes Thamoudennes. Syria 35: 110-116.

1966 Histoire de Thamoud. Publications de lUniversit Libanaise, Section des

tudes Historiques VI. 2me edition. Beirut.
Review by Beeston, A. F. L. BO 19 1962: 172-175; Couroyer, B. RB 68 1961:
634-636.

1969 Lexpression Safaitique tm l r. al-Machriq 63: 733-744.

Brown, F., Driver, D. D. and Briggs, C. A. eds. 1978 A Hebrew and English Lexicon of
the Old Testament based on the Lexicon of W. Gesenius. Oxford.
Al-Bustn, B. Mu al-Mu. Reprint Beirut 1977.
Campetti, S. and von Lwenstern, E. 1983 LAltra Umanit. Sansoni. Firenze.
Cantineau, J. 1930 Le Nabaen. Vol. I. Paris. Reprint Osnabrck 1978.

1932 Le Nabaten. Vol. II Paris. Reprint Osnabrck 1978.

Caskel, W. 1954 Lihyan und Lihyanisch. Arbeitsgemeinschaft fr Forschung des Landes

Nordhein-Westfalen, Heft 4. Kln und Opladen.

1966 Gamharat an-Nasab das genealogische Werk des Hiam ibn Muhammad
al-Kalb, Vols. 1 and 2. Leiden.

Clark, V. A. 1976-77 Some New Pre-Islamic Arabian Inscriptions from Northern

Arabia. Abr-Nahrain 17: 35-42.

1980 Three Safaitic Stones from Jordan. ADAJ 24: 125-128.

1983 A Study of new Safaitic Inscriptions from Jordan. Ph.D. thesis, University
of Melbourne. 1979: University Microfilms International. Ann Arbor.

Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum, 1889 Pars II, Tomus 1, Inscriptiones aramaicas

continens. Paris.
Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum, 1907 Pars II, Tomus 2, Inscriptiones aramaicas
continens. Paris.
Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum, 1950-1951 Pars V, Tomus 1, Fasc. I, Inscriptiones
saracenicas continens. Paris.
Doughty, C. 1884 Documents pigraphiques recueillis dans le Nord de lArabie. Paris.
Dozy, R. 1881 Supplment aux Dictionnaires Arabes., 2 Vols. Leiden. Reprint Beirut
1968.
Drewes, A. J. 1985 The Phonemes of Lihyanite in Robin, Ch., ed. Mlanges
linguistiques offerts Maxime Rodinson par ses lves, ses collgues et ses amis.
Supplment 12 aux Comptes Rendus du GLECS. Paris, pp. 165-173.
Eadie, J. 1984 Humayma 1983: The Regional Survey. ADAJ 28: 211-224.

and Oleson, J. P. 1986 The Water-Supply Systems of Nabataean and Roman

umayma. BASOR 262: 49-76.

Ephal, I. 1982 The Ancient Arabs. Nomads on the borders of the Fertile Crescent, 9th5th centuries B. C. Jerusalem.
Euting, J. 1896, 1914 (ed. Littmann, E.) Tagebuch einer Reise in Innerarabien von Julius
Euting. 2 Vols. Leiden.

Fahd, T. 1968 Le panthon de lArabie centrale la veille de lgire. Institut Franais

dArchologie de Beyrouth, Bibliothque Archologique et Historique, 88. Paris.
Faris, N. A. 1952 The Book of Idols being a translation of the Kitb al-Anm of Ibn alKalbi. Princeton Oriental Series 14. Princeton.
Field, H. 1952 Camel Brands and Graffiti from Iraq, Syria, Jordan, Iran and Arabia.
Supplement to the Journal of American Oriental Society 15. Baltimore.
Fowler, J. D. 1988 Theophoric Personal Names in Ancient Hebrew: A Comparative
Study. Journal for the Study of the Old Testament, Supplement Series 49.
Sheffield.
Glidden, H. W. 1939 Koranic Iram, Legendary and Historical. BASOR 73: 13-15.
Graf, D. 1978 Saracens and the Defense of the Arabian Frontier. BASOR 229: 1-26.

1979 A Preliminary Report on a survey of Nabatean-Roman Military Sites in

Southern Jordan. ADAJ 23: 121-127.

1983 (a) Dedanite and Minean (South Arabian) Inscriptions from the ism.
ADAJ 27: 555-569.

1983 (b) The Nabataeans and the ism: In the footsteps of Glueck and Beyond
in Meyers, C. L. and OConnor, M. eds. The Word of the Lord Shall Go Forth.
Essays in Honor of David Noel Freedman in Celebration of his Sixtieth Birthday.
American Schools of Oriental Research, Indiana, pp. 647-664.

n. d. A Thamudic Graffiti survey of the ism 1979-1980. Department of History,

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

and M. OConnor 1977 The Origin of the Term Saracen and the Rawwfa
Inscription. Byzantine Studies 4. Prt. 1: 52-66.

Gregory, S. and Kennedy, D. Sir Aurel Steins Limes Report. Prt 1 and 2. BAR
International Series 272 (i-ii). Oxford.
Grimme, H. 1926 (a) Ein Felspsalm aus altarabischer Heidenzeit. OLZ 29: 13-23.

1926 (b) Die Lsung des Sinaischriftproblems: Die altthamudische Schrift.

Mnster.
Review by Savignac, R. RB 36 1927: 275-278; Hoonacker, van A. Le Muson 40
1927: 132-134.

1927 Zwei rtselhafte Gtter der thamudischen Inschriften. Zeitschrift fr

Semitistik und Verwandte Gebiet 5: 250-261.

1929 Die Altsinaitischen Buchstabeninschriften. Berlin.

1934 Religises aus thamudischen Inschriften. Le Monde Orientale (Uppsala)

28: 72-98.

1935 Thamudica. Zeitschrift fr Semitistik und Verwandte Gebiet 10: 177-188.

1936 propos de quelques graffites du temple de Ramm. RB 45: 90-95.

1938 Sind unsere Begriffe vom lihjanischen und thamudischen Alphabet

reformbedrftig ? OLZ 41: 345-353.

Halvy, J. 1901 Nouvel Essai sur les Inscriptions proto-arabes. RS 9: 316-355.

1902 Nouvel Essai sur les Inscriptions proto-arabes. RS 10: 61-76, 172-173,
269-274.

Harding, G. L. 1951 New Safaitic Texts. ADAJ 1: 25-29.

1953 The Cairn of Hani. ADAJ 2: 8-56.

1969 The Safaitic Tribes. Al-Abhath 22: 3-25.

1971 An Index and Concordance of Pre-Islamic Names and Inscriptions.

Toronto.
Review by Bernus, M. Syria 49 1972: 269-270; Couroyer, B. RB 80 1973: 149150; Gruntfest, J. B. JAOS 94 1974: 496-499; Irvine, A. K. JSS 18 1973: 297-300;
Loundine, A. G. BO 1973: 284-288; Madelung, W. JNES 32 1973: 278;
Ryckmans, J. Le Muson 86 1973: 543-547.

1972 (a) Safaitic Inscriptions from Tapline in Jordan. ADAJ 17: 5-14.

1972 (b) The Thamudic and Lihyanite Texts in Part II of Parr, P. et al. 1972:
36-52, 60-61.

and Littmann, E. 1952 Some Thamudic Inscriptions from the Hashimite Kingdom
of Jordan. Leiden.
Review by Abbott, N. JNES 13 1954: 193-194; Branden, van den A. Oriens 6
1953: 170-171; Dussaud, R. Syria 30 1953: 330-331; Jamme, A. Oriente
Moderno 33 1953: 111-112; Torrey, C. C. JAOS 73 1953: 222-224.

Hava, J. G. Al-Farid Arabic-English Dictionary. 5th edition. 1982. Beirut.

Hess, J. 1911 Die Entzifferung der Thamdischen Inschriften. Recueil de travaux
relatifs la philologie et larchologie Egyptiennes et Assyriennes 1: 156-175.

1912 Beduinennamen aus Zentralarabien. Sitzungsberichte der Heidelberger

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, III, Jahrgang
1912, Abhandlung 19. Heidelberg.

Hoftijzer, J. and Jean, C-F. 1965 Dictionnaire des Inscriptions Smitiques de lOuest.
Leiden.
Huber, Ch. 1884 (a) Inscriptions recueilles dans lArabie centrale 1878-1882. Bulletin
de la socit de Gographie, 7 srie, 5: 289-303.

1884 (b) Voyage dans lArabie centrale. Bulletin de la socit de Gographie,

7 srie, 5: 304-362.

1885 Voyage dans lArabie centrale. Bulletin de la socit de Gographie, 7

srie, 6: 920148.

1891 Journal dun Voyage en Arabie. Paris.

Ibn Durayd, Ab Bakr Muammad ibn al-asan, Al-Ishtiqq. Abd al-Salm

Muammad Hrn ed. Baghdad reprint 1979.
Ibn Manr, Muammad ibn al-Mukarram, Lisn al-Arab. Beirut reprint.
Ingraham, M. L. et al. 1981 Saudi Arabian Comprehensive Survey Program: c.
Preliminary Report on a Reconnaissance Survey of the Northwestern Province
(with a note on a brief survey of the northern province). All 5: 59-80.
Ingholt, H., Starcky, J. and Ryckmans, G. 1951 Recueil pigraphique in Schlumberger,
D. La Palmyrne du Nord-Ouest. Paris, pp. 139-87.
Jackson, K. P. 1983 Ammonite Personal Names in the Context of the West Semitic
Onomasticon in Meyers, C. L. and OConnor, M. eds. The Word of the Lord
Shall Go Forth. Essays in Honor of David Noel Freedman in Celebration of his
Sixtieth Birthday. American Schools of Oriental Research, Indiana, pp. 507-521.
Jamme, A. 1959 A Safaitic Inscription from the Negev. Atiquot 2: 150-151.

1967 (a) Thamudic Studies. Washington. Privately printed.

1967 (b) The so-called Thamudic Divine name wt = wtn. BO 24: 279-288.

1968 (a) Minaean Inscriptions published as Lihyanite. Washington. Privately

printed.

1968 (b) The Thamudic verb tm. JAOS 88: 290-294.

1970 (a) Lihyanite, Sabaean and Thamudic Inscriptions from Western Saudi
Arabia. RSO 45: 91-113.

1970 (b) The Pre-Islamic Inscriptions of the Riydh Museum. OA 9: 115-139.

1970 (c) Note de Mthodologie Thamoudenne. Parole de lOrient 1: 441-444.

1971 (a) Review of Winnett and Reed 1970. Orientalia 40: 481-489.

1971 (b) Safaitic Inscriptions from the country of Arar and Ras al-Annyah.
Ch. 2 in Altheim, F. and Stiehl, R. Christentum am Roten Meer I. Berlin, pp. 41109.

1972 Review of Winnett and Reed 1970. JAOS 92: 519-529.

1974 (a) Miscellanes dancient [sic] arabe V. Washington. Privately printed.

1974 (b) Miscellanes dancient [sic] arabe VII. Washington. Privately printed.

1981 Pre-Islamic Arabian Miscellanea in Stieger, R. G. ed. Al-Hudhud.

Festschrift Maria Hfner zum 80 Geburtstag. Graz.

1985 Miscellanes dancient [sic] arabe XIV. Washington. Privately printed.

1988 Miscellanes dancient [sic] arabe XVI. Washington. Privately printed.

Jaussen, A. and Savignac, R. 1909, 1914 Mission archologique en Arabie. Vols 1-2
and Atlas. Paris.
Jeffrey, A. 1938 The Foreign Vocabulary of the Qurn. Baroda.
Jobling, W. J. 1982 (a) Aqaba Maan Survey, Jan.-Feb., 1981. ADAJ 26: 199-209.

1982 (b) The Aqaba Maan Archaeological and Epigraphic Survey 1982
Season. Liber Annuus 32: 467-470.

1983 (a) The 1982 Archaeological and Epigraphic Survey of the Aqaba - Maan
Area of Southern Jordan. ADAJ 27: 183-196.

1983 (b) Preliminary Report on the Fourth Season of the Aqaba Maan
Archaeological and Epigraphic Survey, 1982/1983. ADAJ 27: 197-208.

1983 (c) Recent Exploration and Survey in Southern Jordan: Rock Art,
Inscriptions and History. Berytus 31: 27-40.

1983 (d) Prospection archologique et pigraphiques dans la rgion dAqaba

Maan. Syria 60: 317-323.

1983-1984 The Aqaba Maan Archaeological and Epigraphic Survey 19801982. A. F. O. 29-30: 264-270.

1984 (a) The Fifth Season of the Aqaba Maan Survey 1984. ADAJ 28: 191202.

1984 (b) The Aqaba Maan Archaeological and Epigraphic Survey 19801984. Tri-annual of the Archaeological Society, University of Sydney (TRASUS)
2, No. 2, Winter: 34-52.

1984 (c) The Fifth Season of the Aqaba Maan Archaeological Survey.
Liber Annuus 34: 423-428.

1984-1986 Desert Deities: Some new Epigraphic evidence for the Deities
Dushares and al-Lat from the Aqaba Maan Area of Southern Jordan.
Religious Traditions 7-9: 25-40.

1985 Preliminary Report on the Sixth Season of the Aqaba Maan Epigraphic
and Archaeological Survey. ADAJ 29: 211-220.

1986 (a) North Arabian (Thamudic) Inscriptions and rock Art fromt eh Aqaba
Maan Area of Southern Jordan. ADAJ 30: 261-283.

1986 (b) The Aqaba Maan Archaeological and Epigraphic Survey 19831985. A. F. O. 33: 233-247.

Joon, P. 1935 Quelues remarques sur les inscriptions thamoudennes. Orientalia. N.

S. 4: 86-91.
Justi, F. 1895 Iranisches Namenbuch. Reprinted Hildesheim 1963.
Kahaleh, A. R. 1978 Muajam qabil al-arab. Beirut.
Kazimirski, A. 1860 Dictionnaire Arabe-Franais. 2 Vols. Paris. Reprinted Beirut.
Kensdale, W. E. N. 1952 Three Thamudic Inscriptions from the Nile Delta. Le Muson
65: 285-290.
Khraysheh, F. 1986 Die Personnenamen in den nabatischen Inschriften des Corpus
Inscriptionem Semiticarum. Ph.D Dissertation. Marburg/Lahn.
Killick, A. Udruh The Frontier of an Empire: 1980 and 1981 Seasons, a Preliminary
Report. Levant 15: 110-131.

King, G. M. H. 1985 The Corpus of the Inscriptions of Jordan Project: Epigraphic

Report. Appendix III in Betts, A. 1985 Black Desert Survey, Jordan: Third
Preliminary Report. Levant 17: 50-51.

1988 Wadi Judayid Epigraphic Survey: A Preliminary Report. ADAJ 32: 307317.

1989 Some Inscriptions from Wadi Matakh in Ibrahim, M. M. ed. Arabian

Studies in Honour of Mahmoud Ghul: Symposium at Yarmouk University
December 8-11, 1984. Harrassowitz, Wiesbaden, pp. 37-55.

1990 The Basalt Desert Rescue Survey and some Preliminary Remarks on the
Safaitic Inscriptions and Rock Drawings. PSAS 20: 55-78.

n. d. Thamudic Inscriptions in Killick, A. ed. Udruh: Caravan City and Desert

Oasis. Privately printed.

Kirkbride, A. S. and Harding, G. L. Hasma. 1947 PEQ: 7-26.

Kirkbride, D. 1960 (a) Communication in Chronique Archologique. RB 67: 230-244.

1960 (b) Le temple Nabaten de Ramm. RB 67: 65-92.

1969 Ancient Arabian Ancestor Idols. Prt. 1, Archaeology 22: 116-121, Prt. 2,
Archaeology 22: 188-195.

Kirwan, L. Sir 1985 Where to Search for the Ancient Port of Leuke Kome in Abdalla,
A. M. et al. eds. Studies in the History of Arabia, Vol. II, Pre-Islamic Arabia.
Riyadh, pp. 55-61.
Knauf, A. 1980 Eine Gruppe safaitischer Inschriften aus der esm. ZDPV 96: 169173.

1981 Zwei thamudische Inschriften aus der gegend von era. ZDPV 97: 188192.

1982 Vier thamudischen Inschriften vom Sinai. ZDPV 98: 170-173.

1983 Sdsafaitisch. ADAJ 27: 587-596.

1984 Altnordarabisches Register. ZDPV 100: 153-154.

1985 A South Safaitic Alphabet from Khirbet es-Samr. Levant 17: 204-206.

Koenig, J. 1971 La Site de al-Jaw dans lAncien Pays de Madian. Paris. 1971.

Review by Mller, W. W. OLZ 73 1978: 266-270.; Winnett, F. V. JAOS 97

1971: 85-86.
Lane, E. W. 1863 An Arabic-English Lexicon. Parts 1-8. Reprinted Beirut 1980.
Lidzbarski, M. 1908 Ephemeris fr semitische Epigraphik II. Giessen.

1915 Ephemeris fr semitische Epigraphik III. Giessen.

1904 (a) Zur Entzifferung der thamudischen Inschriften. Mitteilungen der

Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft 9. Berlin.

1904 (b) Semitic Inscriptions. Part IV of Publications of an American

Archaeological Expedition to Syria 1899-1900. New York.

1914 Nabataean Inscriptions. Division IV, Section A of Publications of the

Princeton University Archaeological Expeditions to Syria in 1904-1905 and 1909.
Leiden.

1921 Beduinen und Drusen Namen aus dem aurn Gebiet. Nachrichten
der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gttingen, Philologisch historische
Klasse, Berlin, pp. 1-20.

1940 Thamd und af Studien zur altnordarabischen Inschriftenkunde.

Abhandlungen fr die Kunde des Morgenlandes 25, 1. Leipzig.
Review by Dussaud, R. Syria 22 1941: 285-286; Grimme, H. OLZ 45 1940: 174185; Ryckmans, G. 1941.

1943 Safaitic Inscriptions. Division IV, Section C of Publications of the

Princeton University Archaeological Expeditions to Syria in 1904-1905 and 1909.
Leiden.

1945-1949 Neues zur altnordarabischen Dialectkunde. ZDMG 99: 168-180.

1950 Jesus in a Pre-Islamic Arabic Inscription. Moslem World 40: 16-18.

1953 Nabataean Inscriptions from Egypt 1 BSOAS 15: 1-28.

1954 Nabataean Inscriptons from Egypt 2 BSOAS 16: 211-246.

Lwenstern, von E. B., Pinna, G. and Ponticelli, S. C. 1977 Le Incisioni Rupestri di

Wadi Rum (Giordania meridionale). Natura 68 (1-2): 84-100.
Macdonald, M. C. A. 1979 Review of Winnett, F. V. and Harding, G. L. 1978. PEQ:
137-140.

1980 Safaitic Inscriptions in the Amman Museum and other collections II.
ADAJ 24: 185-208.

1981 Notes on some Safaitic Inscriptions. Appendix G in Helms, S. Jawa Lost

City of the Black Desert. London, pp. 257-263.

1986 ABCs and letter order in Ancient North Arabian PSAS 16: 101-168.

1989 Cursive Safaitic Inscriptions ? A Preliminary Investigation in Ibrahim, M.

M. ed. Arabian Studies in Honour of Mahmoud Ghul: Symposium at Yarmouk
University December 8-11, 1984. Wiesbaden, pp.62-81.

1991 HU 501 and the use of s in Taymanite. To appear in a Festschrift for

Professor A. F. L. Beeston. Oxford.

in press, Safaitic [Inscriptions]. Anchor Bible Dictionary.

and Lankester Harding, G. L. 1976 More Safaitic Texts from Jordan. ADAJ 21:
119-130.

and Searight, A. 1982 The Inscriptions and Rock-drawings of the Jawa area: A
Preliminary Report on the First Season of Field-work of the Corpus of the
Inscriptions of Jordan Project. ADAJ 26: 159-172.

1983 Inscriptionss and Rock-art of the Jawa area, 1982 A Preliminary

Report. ADAJ 27: 571-576.
McKenzie, J. 1990 The Architecture of Petra. Oxford.
Milik, J. T. 1958 Nouvelles inscriptions nabatennes Syria 35: 227-251.

1958-1959 Nouvelles inscriptions smitiques et grecques du Pays de Moab.

Liber Annuus 9: 330-358.

1959-1960 Notes dpigraphie et de topographie Jordaniennes. Liber Annuss

10: 147-184.

1972 (a) Inscriptions Grecques et Nabatennes de Rawwafah in Part II of Parr,

P. et al. 1972: 54-59.

1972 (b) Ddicaces faites par des dieux (Palmyre, Hatra, Tyr) et des thiases
smitiques lpoque romaine. Recherches dpigraphie proche-orientale I.
Bibliothque archologique et historique 92. Paris.

1976 Une inscription bilingue nabatenne et grecque Ptra. ADAJ 21: 143152.

and Starcky, J. 1975 Inscriptions rcemment dcouvertes Ptra. ADAJ 20:

111-130.

and Teixidor, J. 1961 New evidence on the North Arabic Deity Aktab-Kutb.
BASOR 163: 22-25.

al-Muaysin, Z. 1988 Naqsh jaddah min Janb al-Urdun. Newsletter of the Institute
of Archeology and Anthropology Yarmouk University 5: 6-8.
Mller, D. H. 1893 ber die von Prof. Julius Euting in Nordarabien entdeckten und
gesamelten proto-arabischen Inschriften. Transactions of the 9th International
Congress of Orientalists. 2: 86-95.
Mller, W. W. 1979 Abyaa und andere mit y gebildete Namen im
Frhnordarabischen und Altsdarabischen. WO 10: 23-29.

1980 Some Remarks on the Safaitic Inscriptions. PSAS 10: 67-74.

Musil, A. 1926 The Northern ez. American Geographical Society, Oriental

Explorations and Studies No. 1. New York (reprint AMS New York 1978).

1928 The Manners and Customes of the Rwala Bedouins. American

Geographical Society, Oriental Explorations and Studies No. 6. New York
(reprint AMS New York 1978).

Nasif, A. A. 1980 Qanats at al-Ul. PSAS 10: 75-80. (Thamudic D inscription

p. 78, pl. 2).

Naveh, J. 1975 Thamudic Inscriptions from the Negev. Eretz-Israel 12: 129-131.

1978 Ancient North Arabian Inscriptions on the Three Stone Bowls. In Hebrew
with an English summary. Eretz-Israel 14: 178-182 and 129.

and Stern, E. 1974 A Stone vessel with a Thamudic Inscription. IEJ 24: 79-83.

Negev, A. 1963 Nabataean Inscriptions from Avdat (Oboda) IEJ 13, 2: 113-124.

1977 The Nabataeans and the Provincia Arabia in Temporini, H. ed. Austieg
und Niedergang der rmischen Welt 2.8. Berlin, pp. 520-686.

Nldeke, Th. 1898 Syrische Grammatik. Leipzig.

1903 Names in Gray, G. B., Kautizsch, E. F. and Noldeke, Th. Names in

Cheyne, T. K. and Black, J. S. eds. Encyclopaedia Biblica, cols. 3271-3331.

1904 Beitrge zur semitischen Sprachwissensschaft. Strasburg.

Noth, M. 1928 Die israelitischen Personennamen im Rahmen der gemeinsemitischen

Namengebung. Beitrge zur Wissenschaft vom Alten und Neuen Testament, 3rd
series, X, Stuttgart.
Oleson, J. P. 1986 The umayma Hydraulic Survey: Preliminary Report of the 1986
Season. ADAJ 30: 253-260.
Osborn, G. and Duford, J. M. 1981 Geomorphological Processes in the Inselberg Region
of South-Western Jordan. PEQ: 1-17.
Oxtoby, W. G. 1968 Some Inscriptions of the Safaitic Bedouin. American Oriental
Series 50. New Haven.
Parker, S. T. 1980 Towards a History of the Limes Arabicus in Hanson, W. S. and
Keppie, L. J. F. eds. Roman Frontier Studies. BAR International Series 71(iii),
pp. 865-878.
Parr, P. et al. 1970 Preliminary Survey in N. W. Arabia, 1968. Bulletin of the Institute
of Archaeology 8 and 9 (1968): 193-242.

1972 Preliminary Survey in N. W. Arabia, 1968 Bulletin of the Institute of

Archaeology 10 (1971): 23-61.

Payne Smith, R. 1903 A Compendious Syriac Dictionary. Oxford. Reprint 1976.

Petrek, K. 1973 Zur semantischen Struktur der safatenischen Inschriften. ArOr 41:
52-57.
Petrie, W. and Duncan, J. 1906 Hyksos and Israelite Cities. London.
Pliny Natural History, Book VI. Loeb Classical Library. Cambridge,
Massachusetts/London.
Praetorius, F. 1912 Zu Thamudischen Inschriften. ZDMG 66: 785-786.
Preishigke, F. 1922 Namenbuch. Heidelberg.
Pritchard, J. B. ed. 1955 Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament.
Princeton.
Rabin, C. 1951 Ancient West-Arabian. London.
Rhotert, W. 1938 Transjordanien. Stuttgart.

Rllig, W. 1987 The Thamudic Inscriptions. Appendix A in Ibrahim, M. ed. A

cemetery at Queen Alia International Airport, Wiesbaden, pp. 43-45.
Rostovtzeff, M. 1934 Linscription dAnnianos au sanctuaire dIram. RB 43: 402.
Rsn, M. M. 1987 Al-qabil al-amdiyah wa l-afawiyah: Dirsah muqrinah.
Riyadh.
Ryckmans, G. 1934 Inscriptions minennes de Ramm. Appendix 1 in Savignac, R.
1934: 590-591.

1934-1935 Les noms propres sud-smitiques. Bibliothque du Muson 2.

Vols.1-3. Louvain.

1937 Notes pigraphiques 2me srie. Le Muson 50: 323-344: IV Le

dchiffrement de inscriptions Lihiyanite et Thamoudennes 323-337; V
Inscriptions Thamoudennes de Ramm 337-342; VI Graffites Thamoudens de
Umm er-Ra 343-344.

1939 Graffites thamoudennes de la Rgion de Cads. RB 48: 242-247.

1941 Review of Littmann 1940 in Notes pigraphiques, 3me srie. Le Muson

54: 139-159.

1951 Les Religions Arabes Prislamiques. Bibliothque du Muson. 26.

Louvain.

1957 Langues et critures smitiques II. Groupe du sud. in Pirot, L. et al. eds.
Supplment au Dictionnaire de la Bible 5. Paris, cols. 317-334.

Ryckmans, J. 1954 Aperu provisoire sur des inscriptions Thamoudennes releves en

Arabie Centrale. Proceedings of the 22nd International Congress of Orientalists,
Cambridge: 91-92.

1956 Aspects nouveaux du problme Thamouden. Studia Islamica 5: 5-17.

Review by Dussaud, R. Syria 34 1957: 396-397.

1960 Review of Van den Branden, 1956 (a) and 1956 (b). BO 17: 199-204.

1985 Alphabets, Scripts and Languages in Pre-Islamic Arabian Epigraphical

Evidence in Abdalla, A. M. et al. eds. Studies in the History of Arabia, Vol. II.,
Pre-Islamic Arabia. Riyadh, pp. 73-86.

n. d. List of Names in the 10,000 unpublished Thamudic texts collected on the

Ryckmans Philby Lippens Expedition to Saudi Arabia in 1952. Unpublished.

Savignac, R. 1932 Notes de voyage: Le sanctuaire dAllat Iram RB 41: 581-597.

1933 Le sanctuaire dAllat Iram (1) RB 42: 405-422.

1934 Le sanctuaire dAllat Iram (suite) RB 43: 572-589.

1936 Sur les pistes de Transjordanie mridionale RB 45: 235-262.

and Horsfield, G. 1935 Le Temple de Ramm RB 44: 245-278.

and Starcky, J. 1957 Une Inscription Nabatenne provenant du Djf. RB 64:

197-217.

and de Vaux, R. 1938 Novelles recherches dans la rgion de Cads. RB 47:

89-100.

Seyrig, H. 1957 Sur trois inscriptions du Hedjaz. Antiquits syriennes 668. Syria 34:
259-261.
Stark, J. K. 1971 Personal Names in Palmyrene Inscriptions. Oxford.
Review by Irvine, A. K. BSOAS 35 1972: 355.
Starcky, J. 1966 Ptra et la Nabatne. in Pirot, L. et al. eds. Supplment au
Dictionnaire de la Bible 7 Paris, cols. 886-1017.
Strugnell, J. 1959 The Nabataean Goddess al-Kutba and her Sanctuaries. BASOR 156:
29-36.
Teixidor, J. 1977 The Pagan God: Popular religion in the Greco-Roman Near East.
Princeton.

1979 The Pantheon of Palmyra. tudes prliminaires aux religions orientales

dans lempire romain 79. Leiden.

Voigt, R. M. 1981 On the Structure of Safaitic Inscriptions. ADAJ 24: 79-93.

1984 Some Notes on South Safaitic. ADAJ 28: 311-314.

Wellhausen, J. 1887 Reste arabischen Heidentums. Skizzen und Vorarbeiten, III. Berlin
(Reprint 1961).
Winnett, F. V. 1937 A Study of the Lihyanite and Thamudic Inscriptions. Toronto;
Review by Albright, W. F. BASOR 66 1937: 30-31. Fvrier, J. Journal Asiatique
229 1937: 660-662; Grimme, H. 1938; Hfner, M. WZKM 47 1940: 311-312;
Ryckmans, G. 1937 IV; Savignac, R. RB 46 1937: 586-591.

1938 (a) Allah before Islam. The Moslem World 28: 239-248.

1938 (b) Notes on the Lihyanite and Thamudic Inscription. Le Muson 51:
299-310.

1940 The Daughters of Allah. The Moslem World 30: 113-130.

1941 References to Jesus in Pre-Islamic Arabic Inscriptions. The Moslem

World 31: 341-353.

1957 Safaitic Inscriptions from Jordan. Toronto.

1959 Thamudic Inscriptions from the Negev. Atiqot 2: 146-149.

1971 An Arabian Mischellany AION 31 (N. S. 21): 443-454.

1973 (a) The il Inscriptions Prt II of Winnett, F. V. and Reed, W. L. 1973,

pp. 62-94.

1973 (b) Some Thamudic Religious Texts in the light of the il Inscriptions.
Berytus 22: 95-100.

[1982] Studies in Thamudic. Unpublished typescript.

and Lankester Harding, G. L. 1978 Inscriptions from Fifty Safaitic Cairns.

Toronto.
Review by Macdonald, M. C. A. 1979.

1987 Studies in Ancient North Arabian. JAOS 107: 239-244.

and Reed, W. L. 1967 Report on the Archaeological Expedition to il in

Northern Saudi Arabia (1967). BASOR 188: 2-3.

1970 Ancient Records from North Arabia. Toronto.

Review by Couroyer, B. RB 78 1971: 633-635; Greenfield, J. C. Journal of
Biblical Literature 89 1970: 483-484; Jamme, A. 1971 (a); Jamme, A. 1972;
Mller, W. W. ZDMG 1972 122: 319-321. Oelsner, J. OLZ 72 1977: 280-282;
Ryckmans, J. Chronique dgypte 45 1970: 317; Ryckmans, J. BO 31 1974: 143144.
1973 An Archaeological Epigraphical Survey of the il of Northern
Saudi Arabia, Berytus 22: 53-113.
Wright, W. 1859 A Grammar of the Arabic Language. Cambridge University Press.
Reprint 1975.

Wstenfeld, F. 1854 Ibn Doreids genealogisch-etymologisches Handbuch. Gttingen.

Reprint Leipzig 1900.
Wthnow, H. 1930 Die semitischen Menschennamen in griechischen Inschriften und
Papyri des vorderen Orients. Studien zur Epigraphik und Papyruskunde, Bd. 1,
Schrift 4. Leipzig.

Abbreviations:
AAAS
ADAJ
Adr
A. f. O
AION
AKSD
AMJ
Ar.
ArOr
BAR
BASOR
Bdr
BDrN
BES
BIT
BO
BP I
BP II
BSOAS
C
Cantineau
Cdr
Ch.
CIK
CIS
cmpd.
conj.
CSNS
CSP
CTSS
D.N
Do
Eut
Eut T
fem.
Fig.
GLECS
Gk.
HB
HCH
HE
Heb.
HIC
HIn

Les Annales Archologiques Arabes Syriennes

Annual of the Department of Antiquities of Jordan
Drawings from Wd Judayyid Site A
Archiv fr Orientforschung
Annali dellIstituto Orientale di Napoli
Inscriptions in Ab Assf 1973
Inscriptions in W. Joblings reports on the Aqaba-Maan survey
Arabic
Archiv Orientlni
British Archaeological Reports
Bulletin of the American Schools of Oriental Research
Drawings from Wd Judayyid Site B
Littman 1921
Van den Branden 1969
Van den Branden 1950
Bibliotheca Orientalis
Van den Branden 1956 (a)
Van den Branden 1956 (b)
Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies
Safaitic inscriptions in CIS Pars V, Tomus 1
Cantineau 1932
Drawings from Wd Judayyid Site C
chapter
Caskel 1966
Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum
compound
conjunction
Inscriptions in Clark 1983
Inscriptions in Clark 1976-77
Inscriptions in Clark 1980
Divine Name
Doughty 1884
Inscriptions copied by J. Euting
Euting 1896, 1914
feminine
Figure
Groupe Linguistique dtudes Chamito-Smitiques
Greek
Hess 1912
Inscriptions in Harding 1953
Inscriptions in Harding 1972 (b)
Hebrew
Inscriptions in Petrie and Duncan 1906
Harding 1971

HS
Hu
HU
ID
IEJ
imp.
inf. n.
intro. part.
ISB
ISP
JaL
JaT
JaS
JAOS
JMAA
JMIL
JNES
JPIR
JRAR
JS
JS L
JS Nab
JSS
JS Tay
JTS
JTW
Kaz
KJA
KJB
KJC
KJPr
KnA
KnEG
KnVT
KTT
KU
KWM
Lane
LAU
Lihyn
Lisan
LittNE
LittNE
LP
LP Nab

Inscriptions photographed during the 1986 exploratory survey of the

ism
Inscriptions in Huber 1891 according to page number
Inscriptions in Huber 1891 as re-numbered by Van den Branden 1950
Ibn Durayd Al-Ishtiqq. Page numbers are those in Wstenfeld 1854
Israel Exploration Journal
imperative
infinitive noun
introductory particle
Oxtoby 1968
Inscriptions in Ingholt et al. 1951
Lihyanite inscriptions read by A. Jamme
Thamudic inscriptions read by A. Jamme
Safaitic inscriptions read by A. Jamme
Journal of the American Oriental Society
A. Jammes Miscellanes dancient [sic] arabe
Jamme 1968
Journal of Near Eastern Studies
Jamme 1970 (b)
Jamme 1971 (a)
Thamudic inscriptions in Jaussen and Savignac
Lihyanite inscriptions in Jaussen and Savignac 1909, 1914
Nabataean inscriptions in Jaussen and Savignac 1909, 1914
Journal of Semitic Studies
Taymanite inscriptions in Jaussen and Savignac 1909, 1914
Jamme 1967 (a)
Jamme 1967 (b)
Kazimirski 1860
Inscriptions from Wd Judayyid Site A
Inscriptions from Wd Judayyid Site B
Inscriptions from Wd Judayyid Site C
Inscriptions in King 1988
Hismaic alphabet read in Knauf 1985
Inscriptions in Knauf 1980
Knauf 1982
Inscriptions in Kensdale 1952
Inscriptions read in King n. d.
Inscriptions in King 1989
Lane, E. W. An Arabic-English Lexicon
Inscriptions in the Plates and Figures in Campetti et al. 1983
Lihyanite
Ibn Manr, Lisn al-arab
1 Littmann 1953
2 Littmann 1954
Safaitic inscriptions in Littmann 1943
Nabataean inscriptions in Littmann 1914

masc.
Meek
Min.
MNE
MNM
MNSI
MSTJ
MU
MuNJ
N
Nab
Naveh N
Naveh TSB
n.
n. d.
Noth
NST
OA
OLZ
PEQ
Pers.
pers.
Ph

masculine
Inscription edited in Winnett 1937: 5-7
Minaic
Milik 1959-1960
Inscriptions in Milik 1958-1959
Inscriptions in Macdonald 1981
Inscriptions in Macdonald and Harding 1976
Inscription read by Macdonald, M. C. A. in Killick 1983: 115, Pl. XIIA
Inscriptions in al-Muaysin
Name
Nabataean
Inscriptions in Naveh 1975
Inscriptions in Naveh 1978
noun
no date
Noth 1928
Inscriptions in Harding 1951
Oriens Antiquus
Orientalistische Literaturzeitung
Palestine Exploration Quarterly
Persian
person
Texts copied by H. St. J. B. Philby and published by Van den Branden
1956 (a) and 1956 (b)
Pl.
Plate
pl.
plural
prep.
preposition
pron.
pronoun
prtc.
participle
PSAS
Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies
Qat.
Qatabanic
Ramm
SSA inscriptions read in Van den Branden 1950 (a)
RB
Revue Biblique
Reg. No.
Registration Number
Rh
Inscriptions in the plates in Rhotert 1938
RNE
Ryckmans, G. 1937, 1941 Notes pigraphiques
RNP
Ryckmans, G. 1934-1935
RSO
Rivista degli Studi Orientali
RTI
Inscriptions in Rllig 1987
RyGT
Inscriptions in Ryckmans, G. 1939
Sab.
Sabaic
Saf.
Safaitic
Savignac AS Nabataean inscriptions from Ayn alllah in Savignac 1933 and 1934
SIAM
Inscriptions in Macdonald 1980
SIJ
Inscriptions in Winnett 1957
sing.
singular

SSA
Stark
Stehle
subs.
Syr.
Tay.
Tham.
Tdr
TIJ
Tr. N.
UR
vb.
voc. part.
WA
WAM T
WH
WHI
WLT
WO
WR
Wright
WTay
WTI
ZDMG
ZDPV

Thamudic inscriptions in Savignac 1934: 579-580 Figs. 4-5 and edited by

Ryckmans 1937 V
Stark 1971
Inscriptions in D. Stehle South Arabic Graffiti from Field Museum
Collections. Unpublished M.A. thesis, 1960.
substantive
Syriac
Taymanitic
Thamudic
Inscriptions in Koenig 1971
Inscriptions in Harding and Littmann 1952
Tribal Name
Inscriptions in Savignac 1936: 245, Fig.4 and edited by Ryckmans, G.
1937 VI
verb
vocative particle
Inscriptions in Winnett 1959
Thamudic inscriptions in Winnett 1971
Inscriptions in Winnett and Harding 1978
Inscriptions in Winnett 1973 (a)
Winnett 1937
Die Welt des Orients
Wstenfeld 1853
1859
Taymanitic inscriptions in Winnett and Reed 1970
Thamudic inscriptions in Winnett and Reed 1970
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlndischen Gesellschaft
Zeitschrift des Deutschen palstin-Vereins